CORNELL
UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
GIFT OF
Hendrik Van Loon
LIBItARlUUINEX
SfOlTiar'
L,J.t>W.tUL.J(5»
-SfP^
leyi mH*
mrr
^40^ «
: DFn^^
lOTeffpr^
TO
•' ^ kt "^
I
jAWjd
. 215 post) , they were intended for his own private use as
a quarry front which to take material for his writing, and it is
remarkable that in practice he scarcely ever used them, in this
way ("These Notes," p. 261 post) . When he had written and
re-written a note and spoken it and repeated it in conversation,
it became so much a part of him that, if he wanted to introduce
it in a book, it wens less trouble to re-state it again from memory
than to search through his "precious indexes^' for it and copy it
("Gadshill and Trapani," p. 194, "AtPiora," p. 272 post) . But
he could not have re-stated a note from memory if he had not
learnt it by writing it, so that it m^y be said that he did use
the notes for his books, though not precisely in the way he orig-
inally intended. And the constant re-writing and re-consider-
ing were useful also by forcing him to settle exactly what he
thought and to state it as clearly and iersely as possible. In this
way the making of the notes must have had an influence on the
formation of his style — though here again he had no such idea
in his mind when writing them {"Style," pp. 186-7 post).
Preface to the Original Edition xi
In one of the notes he says:
"A man may make, as it were, cash entries of himself in a
day-book, but the entries in the ledger and the balancing of the
accounts should be done by others."
When I began to write the Memoir of Butler on which I
am still engaged, I marked all the nu)re autobiographical notes
and had them copied; again I was struck by the interest, the
variety, and the confusion of those I left untouched. It seemed
to me that any one who undertook to become Butler's account-
ant and to post his entries upon himself would have to settle
first how many and what accounts to open in the ledger, and this
could not be done until it had been settled which items were to
be selected for posting. It was the difficulty of those who dare
not go into the water until after they have learnt to sivim. I
doubt whether I should ever have made the plunge if it had not
been for the interest which Mr. Desmond MacCarthy took in
Butler and his writings. He had occasionally browsed on my
copy of the books, and when he became editor of a review, the
New Quarterly, he asked for some of the notes for publication,
thus providing a practical and simple way of entering upon the
business without any very alarming plunge. I talked his pro-
posal over with Mr. R. A. Streatfeild, Butler's literary execu-
tor, and, having obtained his approval, set to work. From No-
vember 1907 to May 1910, inclusive, the New Quarterly pub-
lished six groups of notes and the long note on "Genius^' {pp.
174-8 post). The experience gained in selecting, arranging,
and editing these items has been of great use to me and I thank
the proprietor and editor of the New Quarterly for permission
to republish such of the notes as appeared in their review.
In preparing this book I began by going through the notes
again and marking all that seemed to fall within certain groups
roughly indicated by the arrangement in the review. I had
these selected items copied, distributed them among those which
were already in print, shuMed them and turned them over,
meditatitig on them, familiarising myself with them and tentor-
tively forming new groups. While doing this I was continually
gleaning from the books more notes which I had overlooked,
and making such verbal alterations as seemed necessary to
avoid repetition, to correct obvious errors and to remove causes
of reasonable offence. The ease with which two or more notes '
would condense into one was sometimes surprising, but there
xii Preface to the Original Edition
were cases in which the Umguage had to be varied and others in
which a few words had to be added to bridge over a gap; as a
rule, however, the necessary words were lying ready in some
other note. I also reconsidered the titles and provided titles for
many notes which had none. In making these verbal alter-
ations I bore in mind Butler's own views on the subject which
I found in a note about editing letters:
"Gramted that an editor, like a translator, should keep as
religiously close to the original text as he reasonably can, and,
in every alteration, should consider what the writer would have
wished and done if he or she could have been consulted, yet,
subject to these limitations, he should be free to alter accord-
ing to his discretion or indiscretion."
My "discretion or indiscretion" was less seriously strained
in m^aking textual changes than in determining how many, and
what, groups to have and which notes, in what order, to include
in each group. Here is a note Butler made about classification:
"Fighting about words is like fighting about accounts, and all
classiftcation is like CKcounts. Sometimes it is easy to see which
way the balance of convenience lies, som,etim,es it is very hard
to know whether an item should be carried to one account or
to another."
Except in the group headed "Higgledy-Piggledy," I have
endeavoured to post each note to a suitable account, but som,e
of Butler's leading ideas, expressed in different forms, will
be found posted to more than one account, and this kind of
repetition is in accordance with his habit in conversation. It
would probably be correct to say that I have heard him speak
the substance of every note many tim^s in different contexts.
In seeking for the most characteristic context, I have shifted
and shifted the notes and considered and re-considered them
under different aspects, taking hints from the delicate chame-
leon changes of significance that came over them as they har-
Wionised or discorded with their new surroundings. Presently
I caught myself restoring notes to positions they had previously
occupied instead of finding new places for them, and the in-
creasing frequency with which difficulties were solved by these
restorations at last forced m.e to the conclusion, which I accept-
ed only with very great regret, that my labours were at an end.
I do not expect every one to approve of the result. If I had
been trying to please every one, I should have made only a very
Preface to the Original Edition xiii
short and unrepresentative selection which Mr. Fifield would
have refused to publish. I have tried to make such a book as I
believe would have pleased Butler. That is to say, I have tried
to please one who, by reason of his intimate knowledge of the
subject and of the difficulties, would have looked with indul-
gence upon the mmiy mistakes which it is now too late to cor-
rect, even if I knew how tp correct them. Had it been possible
for him to see what I heme done, he would have detected all my
sins, both of omission and of commission, and I like to imagine
that he would have used some such consoling words as these:
"Well, never mind; one cannot ha/ue everything; and, after all,
'Le rmeux est I'ennemi du bien.' "
Here will be found much of what he used to say as he talked
with one or two intimiote friends in his own chambers or in
mine at the close of the day, or on a Sunday walk in the coun^-
try round London, or as we wandered together through Italy
and Sicily; and I would it were possible to charge these pages
with some echo of his voice and with some reflection of his
manner. But, again, one cannot have everything.
"Men's work we have," quoth one, "but we want them —
Them palpable to touch and clear to view."
Is, it so nothing, then, to have the gem
But we must cry to have the setting too?
In the New Quarterly each note was headed with a reference
to its place in the Note-Books. This has not been done here
because, on consideration, it seemed useless, and even irritat-
ing, to keep on putting before the reader references which he
could not verify. I intend to give to the British Museum a copy
of this volume wherein each note will show where the material
of which it is composed can be found;, thus, if the original
Note-Books are also some day given to the Museum, any one
sufficiently interested will be able to see exactly what I have
done in selecting, omitting, editing, condensing and classifying.
Some items are included that are not actually in the Note-
Books; the longest of these are the two New Zealand articles
"Darwin among the Machines" and "Lucubratio Ebria" as to
which something is said in the Prefatory Note to "The Germs
of Erewhon and of Life and Habit" (pp. 39-42 post) . In that
Prefatory Note a Dialogue on Species by Butler and an auto-
graph letter from Charles Darwin are mentioned. Since the
note was in type I have received from New Zealand a copy of
xiv Preface to the Original Edition
the Weekly Press of igth June, 1912, containing the Dialogue
again reprinted and a facsimile reproduction of Darwin's let-
ter. I thank Mr. W. H. Triggs, the present editor of the
Press, Christchurch, New Zealand , also Miss Colborne-Veel
and the members of the staff for their industry and persever-
ance in searching for and identifying Butler's early contribu-
tions to the newspaper.
The other principal items not actually in the Note-Books,
the letter to T. W. G. Butler (pp. 53-5 post), "A Psalm of
Montreal" (pp. 388-9 post) and "The Righteous Man" (pp.
390-1 post). I suppose Butler kept all these out of his notes
because he considered that they had served their purpose; but
they have not hitherto appeared in a form now accessible to
the general reader.
All the footnotes are mine and so are all those prefatory
notes which are printed in italics and the explanatory remarks
in square brackets which occur occasionally in the text. I have
also preserved, in square brackets, the date of a note when any-
thing seemed to turn on it. And I hwve made the index.
The Biographical Statement is fownded on a skeleton Diary
which is in the Note-Books. It is intended to show, among
other things, how intimately the great variety of subjects
touched upon in the nates entered into and formed part of
Butler's working life. It does not stop at the i&th of June,
1902, because, as he says (p. 23 post), "Death is not more the
end of some than it is the beginning of other/'; and, again
(p. 13 post), for those who come to the true birth the life we
live beyond the graive is our truest life. The Biographical
Statement has accordingly been carried on to the present time
so as to include the principal events that have occurred dur-
ing the opening period of the "good average three-score years
and ten of immortality" which he modestly hoped he might
inherit in the life of the world to come.
Henry Festing Jones.
Mount Eryx,
Trapani, Sicily,
August, 1912.
Contents
PAOB
Biographical Statement i
I. Lord, What is Man? 9
II. Elementary Morality 24
III. The Germs of Erewhon and of Life and Habit . . 39
IV. Memory and Design 56
V. Vibrations 66
VI. Mind and Matter 74
VII. On the Making of Music, Pictures and Books . 93
VIII. Handel and Music . . ' no
IX. A Painter's Views on Painting 135
X. The Position of a Homo Unius Libri .... 155
XI. Cash and Credit 168
XII. The Enfant Terrible of Literature . . . .183
XIII. Unprofessional Sermons 200
XIV. Higgledy-piggledy 215
XV. Titles and Subjects 229
XVI. Written Sketches 237
XVII. Material for a Projected Sequel to Alps and Sanc-
tuaries 2S9
XVIII. Material for' Erewhon Revisited 288
XIX. Truth and Convenience 297
XV
xvi Contents
FAGE
XX. First Principles 309
XXI. Rebelliousness 33^
XXII. Reconciliation 346
XXIII. Death 3S3
XXIV. The Life of the World to Come 36°
XXV. Poems 379
Index 399
The Note-Books of Samuel Butler
Biographical Statement
1835. Dec. 4. Samuel Butler born at Langar Rectory, Not-
tingham, son of the Rev. Thomas Butler, who was
the son of Dr. Samuel Butler, Headmaster of Shrews-
bury School from 1798 to 1836, and afterwards
Bishop of Lichfield.
1843-4. Spent the winter in Rome and Naples with his
family.
1846. Went to school at Allesley, near Coventry.
1848. Went to school at Shrewsbury under Dr. Kennedy.
" Went to Italy for the second time with his family.
" First heard the music of Handel.
1854. Entered at St. John's College, Cambridge.
1858. Bracketed 12th in the first class of the Classical Tripos
and took his degree.
" Went to London and began to prepare for ordination,
living among the jyoor and doing parish work: this
led to his doubting the efficacy of infant baptism and
hence to his declining to take orders.
1859. Sailed for New Zealand and started sheep-farming in
Canterbury Province: while in the colony he wrote
much for the Press of Christchurch, N.Z.
1862. Dec. 20. "Darwin on The Origin of Species. A Dia-
logue," unsigned but written by Butler, appeared in
the Press and was followed by correspondence to
which Butler contributed.
1863. A First Year in Canterbury Settlement: made out of
his letters home to his family together with two arti-
cles reprinted from the Eagle (the magazine of St.
John's College, Cambridge) : MS. lost.
2 Biographical Statement
1863. "Darwin among the Machines," a letter signed "Cel-
larius" written by Butler, appeared in the Press.
1864. Sold out his sheep run and returned to England in
company with Charles Paine Pauli, whose acquaint-
ance he had made in the colony. He brought back
enough to enable him to live quietly, settled for good
at 15 Clifford's Inn, London, and began life as a
painter, studying at Cary's, Heatherley's and the
South Kensington Art Schools and exhibiting pic-
tures occasionally at the Royal Academy and other
exhibitions: while studying art he made the
acquaintance of, among others, Charles Gogin,
William Ballard and Thomes William Gale Butler.
" "Family Prayers" : a small painting by Butler.
1865. "Lucubratio Ebria," an article, containing variations
of the view in "Darwin among the Machines," sent
by Butler from England, appeared in the Press.
" The Evidence for the Resurrection of Jesus Christ as
contained in the Four Evangelists critically exam-
ined: a pamphlet of VIII-)- 48 pp. written in New
Zealand : the conclusion arrived at is that the evi-
dence is insufficient to support the belief that Christ
died and rose from the dead : MS. lost, probably used
up in writing The Fair Haven.
1869-70. Was in Italy for four months, his health having
broken down in consequence of over-work.
i870ori87i. First meeting with Miss Eliza Mary Ann
Savage, from whom he drew Alethea in The Way of
All Flesh.
1872. Erewhon or Over the Range: a Work of Satire and
Imagination : MS. in the British Museum.
1873. Ereiwhon translated into Dutch.
" The Fair Haven: an ironical work, purporting to be
"in defence of the miraculous element in our Lord's
ministry upon earth, both as against rationalistic
impugners and certain orthodox defenders," written
under the pseudonym of John Pickard Owen, with
a memoir of the supposed author by his brother
William Bickersteth Owen. This book reproduces
the substance of his pamphlet on the resurrection:
MS. at Christchurch, New Zealand.
Biographical Statement 3
1874. "Mr. Heatherley's Holiday," his most important oil
painting, exhibited at the Royal Academy Exhibition,
now in the National Gallery of British Art.
1876. Having invested his money in various companies that
failed, one of which had its works in Canada, and
having spent much time during the last few years in
that country, trying unsuccessfully to save part of
his capital, he now returned to London, and during
the next ten years experienced serious financial diffi-
culties.
" First meeting with Henry Festing Jones.
1877. Life and Habit: an Essay after a Completer View of
Evolution: dedicated to Charles Paine Pauli:
although dated 1878 the book was published on But-
ler's birthday, 4th December, 1877: MS. at the
Schools, Shrewsbury.
1878. "A Psalm of Montreal" in the Spectator: There are
probably many MSS. of this poem in existence given
by Butler to friends : one, which he gave to H. F.
Jones, is in the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge.
" A Portrait of Butler, painted in this year by himself,
now at St. John's College, Cambridge.
1879. Evolution Old and New: A comparison of the theories
of Buffon, Dr. Erasmus Darwin and Lamarck with
that of Charles Darwin : MS. in the Fitzwilliam Mu^
seum, Cambridge.
" A Clergyman's Doubts and God the Known and God
the Unknown appeared in the Examiner: MS. lost.
" Erewhon translated into German.
1880. Unconscious Memory: A comparison between the
theory of Dr. Ewald Hering, Professor of Physiology
in the University of Prague, and the Philosophy of
the Unconscious of Dr. Edward von Hartmann, with
translations from both these authors and preliminary
chapters bearing upon Life and Habit, Evolution
Old and New, and Charles Darwin's Edition of Dr.
Krause's Erasmus Darwin.
" A Portrait of Butler^ painted in this year by himself,
now at the Schools, Shrewsbury. A third portrait
of Butler, painted by himself about this time, is at
Christchurch, New Zealand.
4 Biographical Statement
1881. A property at Shrewsbury, in which under his grand-
father's will he had a reversionary interest contingent
on his surviving his father, was re-settled so as to
make his reversion absolute : he mortgaged this re-
version and bought small property near London:
this temporarily alleviated his financial embarrass-
ment but added to his work, for he spent much time
in the management of the houses, learnt book-
keeping by double-entry and kept elaborate ac-
counts.
" Alps and Sanctuaries of Piedmont and the Canton
Ticino illustrated by the author, Charles Gc^n and
Henry Festing Jones: an account of his holiday
travels with dissertations on most of the subjects that
interested him: MS. with H. F. Jones.
1882. A new edition of Evolution Old and New, with a short
preface alluding to the recent death of Charles Dar-
win, an appendix and an index.
1883. Began to compose music as nearly as he could in the
style of Handel.
1884. Selections from Previous Works with "A Psalm of
Montreal" and "Remarks on G. J. Romanes' Mental
Evolution in Animals."
1885. Death of Miss Savage.
" Gavottes, Minuets, Fugues and other short pieces for
the piano by Samuel Butler and Henry Festing
Jones : MS. with H. F. Jones.
1886. Holbein's La Danse: a note on a drawing in the Mu-
seum at Basel.
" Stood, unsuccessfully, for the Professorship of Fine
Arts in the University of Cambridge.
" Dec. 29. Death of his father and end of his financial
embarrassments.
1887. Engaged Alfred Emery Cathie as clerk and general
attendant.
" Luck or Cunning as the main means of Organic Modi-
fication ? An attempt to throw additional light upon
Charles Darwin's theory of Natural Selection.
" Was entertained at dinner by the Municipio of Varallo-
Sesia on the Sacro Monte.
1888. Took up photography.
Biographical Statement 5
1888. Ex Voto: an account of the Sacro Monte or New Jeru-
salem at Varallo-Sesia, with some notice of Taba-
chetti's remaining work at Crea and illustrations from
photographs by the author : MS. at Varallo-Sesia.
" Narcissus: a Cantata in the Handelian form, words
and music by Samuel Butler and Henry Festing
Jones : MS. of the piano score in the British Museum.
MS. of the orchestral score with H. F. Jones.
" In this and the two following years contributed some
articles to the Universal Review, most of which were
republished after his death as Essays on Life, Art,
amd Science (1904).
1890. Began to study counterpoint with William Smith Rock-
stro and continued to do so until Rockstro's death in
1895.
1892. The Humour of Homer. A Lecture delivered at the
Working Men's College, Great Ormond Street, Lon-
don, January 30, 1892, reprinted with preface and ad-
ditional matter from the Eagle.
" Went to Sicily, the first of many visits, to collect evi-
dence in support of his theory identifying the Scheria
and Ithaca of the Odyssey with Trapani and the
neighbouring Mount Eryx.
1893. "L'Origine Siciliana dell' Odissea." Extracted from
the Rassegna della Letteratura Siciliana.
" "OntheTrapaneseOriginoiftheOdyssey" (Translation).
1894. Ex Voto translated into Italian by Cavaliere Angelo
Rizzetti.
" "Ancora sull' origine dell' Odissea." Extracted from
the Rassegna della Letteratura Sicilians.
1895. Went to Greece and the Troad to make up his mind
about the topography of the Iliad.
1896. The Life and Letters of Dr. Samuel Butler (his grand-
father) in so far as they illustrate the scholastic,
religious and social life of England from 1790-1840:
MS. at the Shrewsbury Town Library or Museum.
" His portrait painted by Charles Gogin, now in the Na-
tional Portrait Gallery.
1897. The Authoress of the Odyssey, where and when she wrote,
who she was, the use she made of the Iliad and how
the poem grew under her hands : MS. at Trapani.
6 Biographical Statement
1897. Death of Charles Paine Pauli.
1898. The Iliad rendered into English prose: MS. at St.
John's College, Cambridge.
1899. Shakespeare's Sonnets reconsidered and in part rear-
ranged, with introductory chapters, notes and a re-
print of the original 1609 edition : MS. with R. A.
Streatfeild.
1900. The Odyssey rendered into English prose : MS. at Aci-
Reale, Sicily.
1901. Erewhon Revisited twenty years later both by the Orig-
inal Discoverer of the Country and by his Son : this
was a return not only to Erewhon but also to the
subject of the pamphlet on the resurrection. MS.
in the British Museum,
1902. June, 18. Death of Samuel Butler.
1902. "Samuel Butler," an article by Richard Alexander
Streatfeild in the Monthly Review (September).
" "Samuel Butler," an obituary notice by Henry Test-
ing Jones in the Eagle (December) .
1903. Samuel Butler Records and Memorials, a collection of
obituary notices with a note by R. A. Streatfeild,
his literary executor, printed for private circulation :
With reproduction of a photograph of Butler taken
at Varallo in 1889.
" The Way of All Flesh, a novel, written between 1872
and 1885, published by R. A. Streatfeild : MS. with
Mr. R. A. Streatfeild.
1904. Seven Sonnets and A Psalm of Montreal printed for
private circulation.
" Essays on Life, Ar6 and Science, being reprints of
his Universal Review articles, together with two lec-
tures.
" Ulysses, an Oratorio: Words and music by Samuel
Butler and Henry Festing Jones : MS. of the piano
score in the British Museum, MS. of the orchestral
score with H. F. Jones.
" "The Author of Erewhon," an article by Desmond
MacCarthy in the Independent Review (September).
Biographical Statement 7
1904. Diary of a Journey through North Italy to Sicily (in
the spring of 1903, undertaken for the purpose of
leaving the MSS. of three books by Samuel Butler at
Varallo-Sesia, Aci-Reale and Trapani) by Henry
Festing Jones, with reproduction of Gogin's portrait
of Butler. Printed for private circulation.
1907. Nov. Between this date and May, 1910, some Extracts
from The Note-Books of Samuel Butler appeared in
the New Quarterly Review under the editorship of
Desmond MacCarthy.
1908. July 16. The first Erewhon dinner at Pagani's Restau-
rant, Great Portland Street; 32 persons present:
the day was fixed by Professor Marcus Hartog.
" Second Edition of The Way of All Flesh.
1909. God the Known and God the Unknown republished in
book form from the Examiner (1879) by A. C.
Fifield, with prefatory note by R. A. Streatfeild.
" July 15. The second Erewhon dinner at Pagani's; 53
present: the day was fixed by Mr. George Bernard
Shaw.
1910. Feb. 10. Samuel Butler Author of Erewhon, a Paper
read before the British Association of Homoeopathy
at 43 Russell Square, W.C., by Henry Festing Jones.
Some of Butler's music was performed by Miss
Grainger Kerr, Mr. R. A. Streatfeild, Mr. J. A.
Fuller Maitland and Mr. H. J. T. Wood, the Secre-
tary of the Association.
" June. Unconscious Memory, a new edition entirely reset
with a note by R. A. Streatfeild and an introduction
byProfessor Marcus Hartog, m.a.jD.sc.,f.l.s.,f.r.h.s.,
Professor of Zoology in University College, Cork.
" July 14. The third Erewhon dinner at Pagani's Restau-
rant ; 58 present : the day was fixed by the Right Hon-
ourable Augustine Birrell, k.c, m.p.
" Nov. 16. Samuel Butler Author of Erewhon. A paper
read before the Historical Society of St. John's Col-
lege, Cambridge, in the Combination-room of the
college, by Henry Festing Jones. The Master (Mr.
R. F. Scott), who was also Vice-Chancellor of the
University, was in the chair and a Vote of Thanks
was proposed by Professor Bateson, f.r.s.
8 Biographical Statement
1910. Nov. 28. Life and Habit, a new edition with a preface
by R. A. Streatfeild and author's addenda, being
three pages containing passages which Butler had
cut out of the original book or had intended to insert
in a future edition.
1911. May 25. The jubilee number of the Press, New Zea-
land, contained an account of Butler's connection with
the newspaper and reprinted "Darwin among the
Machines" and "Lucubratio Ebria."
" July 15. The fourth Erewhon dinner at Pagani's Res-
taurant ; 75 present : the day was fixed by Sir William
Phipson Beale, Bart., k.c, m.p.
" Nov. Charles Darwin and Samuel Butler: A Step
towards Reconciliation, by Henry Festing Jones. A
pamphlet giving the substance of a correspondence
between Mr. Francis Darwin and the author and
reproducing letters by Charles Darwin about the
quarrel between himself and Butler referred to in
Chapter IV of Unconscious Memory.
" Evolu£on Old and New, a reprint of the second edition
(1882) with prefatory note by R. A. Streatfeild.
1912. June I. Letter from Henry Festing Jones in the
Press, Christchurch, New Zealand, about Butler's
Dialogue, which had appeared originally in the Press
December 20, 1862, and could not be found.
" June 8. "Darwin on the Origin of Species. A Dia-
logue" discovered in consequence of the foregoing
letter and reprinted in the Press.
" June 15. The Press reprinted some of the correspon-
dence, etc., which followed on the original appear-
ance of the Dialogue.
" Some of Butler's water-colour drawings having been
given to the British Museum, two were included in
an exhibition held there during the summer.
" July 12. The Fifth Erewhon Dinner at Pagani's Res-
taurant; 90 present: the day was fixed by Mr. Ed-
mund GoSSe, C.B., LL.D.
I
Lord, What is Man?
Man
i
We are like billiard balls in a game played by unskilful play-
ers, continually being nearly sent into a pocket, but hardly ever
getting right into one, except by a fluke.
We are like thistle-down blown about by the wind — up and
down, here and there — ^but not one in a thousand ever getting
beyond seed-hood.
iii
A man is a passing mood coming and going in the mind of
his country ; he is the twitching of a nerve, a smile, a frown,
a thpught of shame or honour, as it may happen.
iv
How loosely our thoughts must hang together when the
whiff of a smell, a band playing in the street, a face seen in
the fire, or on the gnarled stem of a tree, will lead them into
such vagaries at a moment's warning.
When I was a boy at school at Shrewsbury, old Mrs. Brown
used to keep a tray of spoiled tarts which she sold cheaper.
They most of them looked pretty right till you handled them.
We are all spoiled tarts.
vi
He is a poor creature who does not believe himself to be
better than the whole world else. No matter how ill we may
9
lo Lord, What is Man?
be, or how low we may have fallen, we would not change
identity with any other person. Hence our self-conceit sus-
tains and always must sustain us till death takes us and our
conceit together so that we need no more sustaining.
vii
Man must always be a consuming fire or be consumed. As
for hell, we are in a burning fiery furnace all our lives — for
what is life but a process of combustion ?
Life
We have got into life by stealth and petitio principii, by
the free use of that contradiction in terms which we declare
to be the most outrageous violation of our reason. We have
wriggled into it by holding that everything is both one and
many, both infinite in time and space and yet finite, both like
and unlike to the same thing, both itself and not itself, both
free and yet inexorably fettered, both every adjective in the
dictionary and at the same time the flat contradiction of every
one of them.
ii
The beginning of life is the beginning of an illusion to the
effect that there is such a thing as free will and that there is
such another thing as necessity — the recognition of the fact
that there is an "I can" and an "I cannot," an "I may" and
an "I must."
iii
Life is not so much a riddle to be read as a Gordian knot
that will get cut sooner or later.
iv
Life is the distribution of an error — or errors.
Murray (the publisher) said that my Life of Dr. Butler was
an omnium gatherum. Yes, but life is an omnium gatherum.
Lord, What is Man? n
vi
Life is a superstition. But superstitions are not without
their value. The snail's shell is a superstition, slugs have no
shells and thrive just as well. But a snail without a shell
would not be a slug unless it had also the slug's indifference
to a shell.
vii
Life is one long process of getting tired.
viii
My days run through me as water through a sieve.
ix
Life is the art of drawing sufficient conclusions from in-
sufficient premises.
X
Life is eight parts cards and two parts play, the unseen
world is made manifest to us in the play.
Lizards generally seem to have lost their tails by the time
they reach middle life. So have most men. '
xii
A sense of humour keen enough to show a man his own
absurdities, as well as those of other people, will keep him
from the commission of all sins, or nearly all, save those that
are worth committing.
Life is like music, it must be composed by ear, feeling and
instinct, not by rule. Nevertheless one had better know the
rules, for they sometimes guide in doubtful cases — ^though not
often.
xiv
There are two great rules of life, the one general and the
other particular. The first is that every one can, in the end,
get what he wants if he only tries. This is the general rule.
The particular rule is that every individual is, more or less,
an exception to the general rule.
12 Lord, What is Man?
XV
Nature is essentially mean, mediocre. You can have
schemes for raising the level of this mean, but not for making
every one two inches taller than his neighbour, and this is
what people really care about.
All progress is based upon a universal innate desire on the
part of every organism to live beyond its income.
The World
i
\ The world is a gambling-table so arranged that all who
enter the casino must play and all must lose more or less
heavily in the long run, though they win occasionally by the
way.
ii
We play out our days as we play out cards, taking them
as they come, not knowing what they will be, hoping for a
lucky card and sometimes getting one, often getting just the
wrong one.
iii
The world may not be particularly wise — still, we know of
nothing wiser.
iv
The world will always be governed by self-interest. We
should not try to stop this, we should try to make the self-
interest of cads a little more coincident with that of decent
people.
The Individual and the World
There is an eternal antagonism of interest between the
individual and the world at large. The individual will
not so much care how much he may suflFer in this world
provided he can live in men's good thoughts long after he
has left it. The world at large does not so much care how
much suffering the individual may either endure or cause
in this life, provided he will take himself clean away out of
men's thoughts, whether for good or ill, when he has left it.
Lord, What is Man? 13
My Life
i
I imagine that life can give nothing much better or much
worse than what I have myself experienced. I should say
I had proved pretty well the extremes of mental pleasure
and pain ; and so I believe each in his own way does, almost
every man.
ii
I have squandered my life as a schoolboy squanders a
tip. But then half, or more than half the fun a schoolboy
gets out of a tip consists in the mere fact of having something
to squander. Squandering is in itself delightful, and so I
found it with my life in my younger days. I do not squander
it now, but I am not sorry that I have squandered a good deal
of it. What a heap of rubbish there would have been if I had
not! Had I not better set about squandering what is left
of it?
The Life we Live in Others
A man should spend his life or, rather, does spend his life
in being born. His life is his birth throes. But most men
mis-carry and never come to the true birth at all and some
live but a very short time in a very little world and none are
eternal. Still, the life we live beyond the grave is our truest
life, and our happiest, for we pass it in the profoundest sleep
as though we were children in our cradles. If we are wronged
it hurts us not; if we wrong others, we do not suffer for it;
and when we die, as even the Handels and Bellinis and Shake-
speares sooner or later do, we die easily, know neither fear
nor pain and. live anew in the lives of those who have been
begotten of our work and who have for the time come up
in our room.
An immortal like Shakespeare knows nothing of his own
immortality about which we are so keenly conscious. As he
knows nothing of it when it is in its highest vitality, centuries,
it may be, after his apparent death, so it is best and happiest
if during his bodily life he should think little or nothing about
it and perhaps hardly suspect that he will live after his death
at all.
14 Lord, What is Man?
And yet I do not know — I could not keep myself going at
all if I did not believe that I was likely to inherit a good aver-
age three-score years and ten of immortality. There are very
few workers who are not sustained by this belief, or at least
hope, but it may well be doubted whether this is not a sign
that they are not going to be immortal — and I am content (or
try to be) to fare as my neighbours.
The World Made to Enjoy
When we grumble about the vanity of all human things,
inasmuch as even the noblest works are not eternal but must
become sooner or later as though they had never been, we
should remember that the world," so far as we can see, was
made to enjoy rather than to last. Come-and-go pervades
everything of which we have knowledge, and though great
things go more slowly, they are built up of small ones and
must fare as that which makes them.
Are we to have our enjoyment of Handel aad Shakespeare
weakened because a day will come when there will be no
more of either Handel or Shakespeare nor yet of ears to hear
them? Is it not enough that they should stir such countless
multitudes so profoundly and kindle such intense and affec-
tionate admiration for so many ages as they have done and
probably will continue to do ? The life of a great thing may
be so long as practically to come to immortality even now,
but that is not the point. The point is that if anything was
aimed at at all when things began to shape or to be shaped,
it seems to have been a short life and a merry one, with an
extension of time in certain favoured cases, rather than a
permanency even of the very best and noblest. And, when
one comes to think of it, death and birth are so closely cor-
related that one could not destroy either without destroying
the other at the same time. It is extinction that makes crea-
tion possible.
If, however, any work is to have long Ufe it is not enough
that it should be good of its kind. Many ephemeral things
are perfect in their way. It must be of a durable kind as
well.
Lord, What is Man? 15
Living in Others
We had better live in others as much as we can if only
because we thus live more in the race, which God really does
seem to care about a good deal, and less in the individual,
to whom, so far as I can see, he is indifferent. After we are
dead it matters not to the life we have led in ourselves what
people may say of us, but it matters much to the life we lead
in others and this should be our true life.
Karma
When I am inclined to complain about having worked so
many years and taken nothing but debt, though I feel the
want of money so continually (much more, doubtless, than I
ought to feel it), let me remember that I come in free, gratis,
to the work of hundreds and thousands of better men than
myself who often were much worse paid than I have been. If
a man's true self is his karma — the life which his work lives
but which he knows very little about and by which he takes
nothing — let him remember at least that he can enjoy the
karma of others, and this about squares the account — or rather
far more than squares it. [1883.]
Birth and Death
i
They are functions one of the other and if you get rid
of one you must get rid of the other also. There is birth
in death and death in birth. We are always dying and being
bom again.
ii
Life is the gathering of waves to a head, at death they
break into a million fragments each one of which, however,
is absorbed at once into the sea of life and helps to form a
later generation which comes rolling on till it too breaks.
iii
What happens to you when you die? But what happens
to you when you are bom? In the one case we are born
1 6 Lord, What is Man?
and in the other we die, but it is not possible to get much
further.
iv
We commonly know that we are going to die though we
do not know that we are going to be born. But are we sure
this is so? We may have had the most gloomy forebodings
on this head and forgotten all about them. At any rate we
know no more about the very end of our lives than about
the very b^inning. We come up unconsciously, and go down
unconsciously ; and we rarely see either birth or death. We
see people, as consciousness, between the two extremes.
Reproduction
Its base must be looked for not in the desire of the parents
to reproduce but in the discontent of the germs with their
surroundings inside those parents, and a desire on their part
to have a separate maintenance.* [1880.]
Thinking Almost Identically
The ova, spermatozoa and embryos not only of all human
races but of all things that live, whether animal or vegetable,
think little, but that little almost identically on every sub-
ject. That "almost" is the little rift within the lute which
by and by will give such different character to the music.
[1889.]
*"The doctrine preached by Weismann was that to start with
the body and inquire how its characters got into the germ was to
view the sequence from the wrong end; the proper starting point
was the germ, and the real question was not 'How do the characters
of the organism get into the germ-cell which it produces ?' but 'How
are the characters of an organism represented in the germ which
produces it?' Or, as Samuel Butler has it, the proper statement of
the relation between successive generations is not to say that a hen
produces another hen through the medium of an egg, but to say that
a hen is merely an egg's way of producing another egg." Breeding
and the Mendelian Discovery, by A. D. Darbishire. Cassell & Co.,
1911, p. 187-8.
"It has, I believe, been often remarked that a hen is only an egg's
way of making another egg." Life and Habit, Trubner & Co., 1878,
chapter viii, p. 134.
And compare the idea underlying "The World of the Unborn" in
Erewhon.
Lord, What is Man? 17
Is Life Worth Living?
This is a question for an embryo, not for a man. [1883.]
Evacuations
There is a resemblance, greater or less, between the pleas-
ure we derive from all the evacuations. I believe that in all
cases the pleasure arises from rest — rest, that is to say,
from the considerable, though in most cases unconscious
labour of retaining that which it is a relief to us to be
rid of.
In ordinary cases the effort whereby we retain those things
that we would get rid of is unperceived by the central govern-
ment, being, I suppose, departmentally made; we — as distin-
guished from the subordinate personalities of which we are
composed^ — know nothing about it, though the subordinates in
question doubtless do. But when the desirability of remov-
ing is abnormally great, we know about the effort of retaining
perfectly well, and the gradual increase in our percep-
tion of the effort suggests strongly that there has been
effort all the time, descending to conscious and great through
unconscious and normal from unconscious and hardly any
at all. The relaxation of this effort is what causes
the sense of refreshment that follows all healthy dis-
charges.
All our limbs and sensual organs, in fact our whole body
and life, are but an accretion round and a fostering of the
spermatozoa. They are the real "He." A man's eyes, ears,
tongue, nose, legs and arms are but so many organs and tools ,
that minister to the protection, education, increased intelli-
gence and multiplication of the spermatozoa; so that our
whole life is in reality a series of complex efforts in respect
of these, conscious or unconscious according to their com-
parative commonness. They are the central fact in our exist-
ence, the point towards which all effort is directed. Relaxa-
tion of effort here, therefore, is the most complete and com-
prehensive of all relaxations and, as such, the supreme gratifi-
cation — ^the most complete rest we can have, short of sleep and
death.
1 8 Lord, What is Man?
Man and His Organism
i
Man is but a perambulating tool-box and workshop, or
office, fashioned for itself by a piece of very clever slime,
as the result of long experience; and truth is but its own
most enlarged, general and enduring sense of the coming
togetherness or con-venience of the various conventional
arrangements which, for some reason or other, it has been
led to sanction. Hence we speak of man's body as his
"trunk."
ii
The body is but a pair of pincers set over a bellows and a
stewpan and the whole fixed upon stilts.
iii
A man should see himself as a kind of tool-box; this is
simple enough; the difficulty is that it is the tools them-
selves that make and work the tools. The skill which now
guides our organs and us in arts and inventions was at one
time exercised upon the invention of these very organs them-
selves. Tentative bankruptcy acts afford good illustrations of
the manner in which organisms have been developed. The
ligaments which bind the tendons of our feet or the valves of
our blood vessels are the ingenious enterprises of individual
cells who saw a want, felt that they could supply it, and have
thus won themselves a position among the old aristocracy of
the body politic.
'The most incorporate tool — as an eye or a tooth or the
fist, when a blow is struck with it — ^has still something of the
non-ego about it ; and in like manner such a tool as a locomo-
tive engine, apparently entirely separated from the body, must
still from time to time, as it were, kiss the soil of the human
body and be handled, and thus become incorporate with man,
if it is to remain in working order.
Tools
A tool is anything whatsoever which is used by an intelli-
gent being for realising its object. The idea of a desired
Lord, What is Man? 19
end is inseparable from a toolN The vety essence of a tool
is the being an instrument for the achievement of a purpose.
We say that a man is the tool of another, "meaning that
he is being used for the furtherance of that other's ends,
and this constitutes him a machine in use. Therefore the
word "tool" implies also the existence of a living, intelligent
being capable of desiring the end for which the tool is used,
for this is involved in the idea of a desired end. And as few
tools grow naturally fit for use (for even a stick or a fuller's
teasel must be cut from their places and modified to some
extent before they can be called tools), the word "tool"
implies not only a purpose and a purposer, but a purposer
who can see in what manner his purpose can be achieved,
and who can contrive (or find ready-made and fetch and
employ) the tool which shall achieve it.
Strictly speaking, nothing is a tool unless during actual
use. Nevertheless, if a thing has been made for the express
purpose of being used as a tool it is commonly called a tool,
whether it is in actual use or no. Thus hammers, chisels,
etc., are called tools, though lying idle in a tool-box. What
is meant is that, though not actually being used as instru-
ments at the present moment, they bear the impress of their
object, and are so often in use that we may speak of them
as though they always were so. Strictly, a thing is a tool
or not a tool just as it may happen to be in use or not. Thus
a stone may be picked up and used to hammer a nail with,
but the stone is not a tool until picked up with an eye to
use ; it is a tool as soon as this happens, and, if thrown away
immediately the nail has been driven home, the stone is a
tool no longer. We see, therefore, matter alternating be-
tween a toolish or organic state and an untoolish or in-
organic. Where there is intention it is organic, where there
is no intention it is inorganic. Perhaps, however, the word
"tool" should cover also the remains of a tool so long as
there are manifest signs that the object was a tool once.
The simplest tool I can think of is a piece of gravel used
for making_a road. Nothing is done to it, it owes its being
a tool simply to the fact that it subserves a purpose. A
broken piece of granite used for macadamising a road is
a more complex instriunent, about the toolishness of which
no doubt can be entertained. It will, however, I think, be
20 Lord, What is Man?
held that even a piece of gravel found in situ and left there
untouched, provided it is so left because it was deemed
suitable for a road which was designed to pass over the spot,
would become a tool in virute of the recognition of its utility,
while a similar piece of gravel a yard off on either side the
proposed road would not be a tool.
The essence of a tool, therefore, lies in something outside
the tool itself. It is not in the head of the hammer, nor in
the handle, nor in the combination of the two that the essence
of mechanical characteristics exists, but in the recognition
of its utility and in the forces directed through it in virtue
of this recognition. This appears more plainly when we
reflect that a very complex machine, if intended for use by
children whose aim is not serious, ceases to rank in our
minds as a tool, and becomes a toy. It is seriousness of aim
and recognition of suitability for the achievement of that aim,
and not anything in the tool itself, that makes the tool.
The goodness or badness, again, of a tool depends not upon
anything within the tool as regarded without relation to the
user, but upon the ease or difficulty experienced by the person
using it in comparison with what he or others of average
capacity would* experience if they had used a tool of a differ-
ent kind. Thus the same tool may be good for one man and
bad for another.
It seems to me that all tools resolve themselves into the
hammer and the lever, and that the lever is only an inverted
hammer, or the hammer only an inverted lever, whichever
one wills ; so that all the problems of mechanics are present
to us in the simple stone which may be used as a hammer,
or in the stick that may be used as a lever, as much as in
the most complicated machine. These are the primordial
cells of mechanics. And an organ is only another name for
a tool.
Organs and Makeshifts
I have gone out sketching and forgotten my water-dipper;
among my traps I always find something that will do, for
example, the top of my tin case (for holding pencils). This
is how organs come to change their uses and hence their
forms, or at any rate partly how.
Lord, What is Man? 21
Joining and Disjoining
These are the essence of change.
One of the earliest notes I made, when I began to make
notes at all, I found not long ago in an old book, since
destroyed, which I had in New Zealand. It was to the effect
that all things are either of the nature of a piece of string or
a knife. That is, they are either for bringing and keeping
things together, or for sending and keeping them apart.
Nevertheless each kind contains a little of its opposite and
some, as the railway train and the hedge, combine many
examples of both. Thus the train, on the whole, is used for
bringing things together, but it is also used for sending them
apart, and its divisions into classes are alike for separating
and keeping together. The hedge is also both for joining
things (as a flock of sheep) and for disjoining (as for keeping
the sheep from getting into corn). These are the more im-
mediate ends. The ulterior ends, both of train and hedge,
so far as we are concerned, and so far as anything can have
an end, are the bringing or helping to bring meat or dairy
produce into contact with man's inside, or wool on to his
back, or that he may go in comfort somewhere to converse
with people and join his soul on to theirs, or please himself
by getting something to come within the range of his senses
or imagination.
A piece of string is a thing that, in the main, makes for
togetheriness ; whereas a knife is, in the main, a thing that
makes for splitty-uppiness ; still, there is an odour of to-
getheriness hanging about a knife also, for it tends to bring
potatoes into a man's stomach.
In high philosophy one should never look at a knife with-
out considering it also as a piece of string, nor at a piece of
string without considering it also as a knife.
Cotton Factories
Surely the work done by the body is, in one way, more
its true life than its limbs and organisation are. Which
is the more true life of a great cotton factory — ^the bales
of goods which it turns out for the world's wearing or the
22 Lord, What is Man?
machinery whereby its ends are achieved ? The manufacture
is only possible by reason of the machinery; it is produced
by this. The machinery only exists in virtue of its being
capable of producing the manufacture; it is produced for
this. The machinery represents the work done by the factory
that turned it out.
Somehow or other when we think of a factory we think
rather of the fabric and mechanism than of the work, and so
we think of a man's Ufe and living body as constituting
himself rather than of the work that the life and living body
turn out. The instinct being as strong as it is, I suppose
it sound, but it seems as though the life should be held to be
quite as much in the work itself as in the tools that produce
it — ^and perhaps more.
Our Trivial Bodies
Though we think so much of our body, it is in reality
a small part of us. Before birth we get together our tools,
in life, we use them, and thus fashion our true life which
consists not in our tools and tool-box but in the work we
have done with oui tools. It is Handel's work, not the body
~with which he did the work, that pulls us half over London.
There is not an action of a mtiscle in a horse's leg upon a
winter's night as it drags a carriage to the Albert Hall but
is in connection with, and part outcome of, the force gen-
erated when Handel sat in his room at Gopsall and wrote the
Messiah. Think of all the forces which that force has con-
trolled, and think, also, how small was the amount of molecu-
lar disturbance from which it proceeded. It is as though we
saw a conflagration which a spark had kindled. This is the
true Handel, who is a more living power among us one
hundred and twenty-two years after his death than during
the time he was amongst us in the body.
The whole life of some people is a kind of partial death —
a long, lingering death-bed, so to speak, of stagnation and
nonentity on which death is but the seal, or solemn signing,
as the abnegation of all further act and deed on the part
Lord, What is Man? 23
of the signer. Death robs these people of even that little
strength which they appeared to have and gives them nothing
but repose.
On others, again, death confers a more living kind of life
than they can ever possibly have enjoyed while to those about
them they seemed to be alive. Look at Shakespeare; can
he be properly said to have lived in anything like his real life
till a hundred years or so after his death? His physical life
was but as a dawn preceding the sunrise of that life of the
world to come which he was to enjoy hereafter. True, there
was a little stir — a little abiding of shepherds in the fields,
keeping watch over their flocks by night — a little buzzing in
knots of men waiting to be hired before the daybreak — a little
stealthy movement as of a burglar or two here and there —
an inchoation of life. But the true life of the man was after
death and not before it.
Death is not more the end of some than it is the h^inning
of others. So he that loses his soul may find it, and he that
finds may lose it.
II
Elementary Morality
The Foundations of Morality
These are like all other foundations ; if you dig too much
about them the superstructure will come tumbling down.
ii
The foundations which we would dig about and find are
within us, like the Kingdom of Heaven, rather than without.
iii
To attempt to get at the foundations is to try to recover
consciousness about things that have passed into the un-
conscious stage ; it is pretty sure to disturb and derange those
who try it on too much.
Counsels of Imperfection
It is all very well for mischievous writers to maintain
that we cannot serve God and Mammon. Granted that it
is not easy, but nothing that is worth doing ever is easy.
Easy or difiScult, possible or impossible, not only has the
thing got to be done, but it is exactly in doing it that the
wTiole duty of man consists. And when the righteous man
turneth away from his righteousness that he hath committed
and doeth that which is neither quite lawful nor quite right,
he will generally be found to have gained in amiability what
he has lost in holiness.
" If there are two worlds at all (and that there are I have
24
Elementary Morality 25
no doubt) it stands to reason that we ought to make the best
of both of them, and more particularly of the one with which
we are most immediately concerned. It is as immoral to be
too good as to be too anything else. The Christian morality
is just as immoral as any other. It is at once very moral
and very immoral. How often do we not see children ruined
through the virtues, real or supposed, of their parents!
Truly he visiteth the virtues of the fathers upon the children
unto the third and fourth generation. The most that can
be said for virtue is that there is a considerable bal-
ance in its favour, and that it is a good deal better to be for
it than against it; but it lets people in very badly some-
times.
If you wish to understand virtue you must be sub-vicious ;
for the really virtuous man, who is fully under grace,
will be virtuous unconsciously and will know nothing
about it. Unless a man is out-and-out virtuous he is sub-
vicious.
Virtue is, as it were, the repose of sleep or death. Vice"
is the awakening to the knowledge of good and evil — without
which there is no life worthy of the name. Sleep is, in a
way, a happier, more peaceful state than waking and, in
a way, death may be said to be better than life, but it is
in a very small way. We feel such talk to be blasphemy
against good life and, whatever we may say in death's favour,
so long as we do not blow our brains out we show that we do
not mean to be taken seriously. To know good, other than
as a heavy sleeper, we must know vice also. There cannot,
as Bacon said, be a "Hold fast that which is good" without
a "Prove all things" going before it. There is no knowledge'
of good without a knowledge of evil also, and this is why
all nations have devils as well as gods, and regard them with
sneaking kindness. God without the devil is dead, being
alone.
Lucifer
We call him at once the Angel of Light and the Angel of
Darkness: is this because we instinctively feel that no one
can know much till he has sinned much — or because we feel
that extremes meet, or how ?
26 Elementary Morality
The Oracle in Erewhon
The answer given by the oracle was originally written con-
cerning any vice — say drunkenness, but it applies to many
another — ^and I wrote not "sins" but "knows" : *
He who knows aught
Knows more than he ought ;
But he who knows nought
Has much to be taught.
God's Laws
The true laws of God are the laws of our own well-being.
Physical Excellence
The question whether such and such a course of conduct
does or does not do physical harm is the safest test by which
to try the question whether it is moral or no. If it does no
harm to the body we ought to be very chary of calling it
immoral, while if it tends towards physical excellence there
should be no hesitation in calling it moral. In the case
of those who are not forced to over- work themselves — and
there are many who work themselves to death from mere
inability to restrain the passion for work, which masters
them as the craving for drink masters a drunkard — over-
work in these cases is as immoral as over-eating or drinking.
This, so far as the individual is concerned. With regard
to the body politic as a whole, it is, no doubt, well that there
should be some men and women so built that they cannot
be stopped from working themselves to death, just as it is
unquestionably well that there should be some who cannot
be stopped from drinking themselves to death, if only that
they may keep the horror of the habit well in evidence.
*The two chapters entitled "The Rights of Animals" and "The
Rights of Vegetables" appeared first in the new and revised edition
of Erewhon 1901 and form part of the additions referred to in the
preface to that book.
Elementary Morality 27
Intellectual Self-indulgence
Intellectual over-indulgence is the most gratuitous and dis-
graceful form which excess can take, nor is there any the con-
sequences of which are more disastrous.
Dodging Fatigue
When fatigued, I find it rests me to write very slowly
with attention to the formation of each letter. I am often
thus able to go on when I could not otherwise do so.
Vice and Virtue
i
Virtue is something which it would be impossible to over-
rate if it had not been over-rated. The world can ill spare'
any vice which has obtained long and largely among civilised
people. Such a vice must have some good along with its
deformities. The question "How, if every one were to do-"
so and so ?" may be met with another "How, if no one were
to do it?" We are a body corporate as well as a collection
of individuals.
As a matter of private policy I doubt whether the mod-
erately vicious are more unhappy than the moderately virtu-
ous; "Very vicious" is certainly less happy than "Toler-
ably virtuous," but this is about all. What pass muster as
the extremes of virtue probably make people quite as unhappy
as extremes of vice do.
The truest virtue has ever inclined toward excess rather
than asceticism; that she should do this is reasonable as
well as observable, for virtue should be as nice a calculator
of chances as other people and will make due allowance for
the chance of not being found out. Virtue knows that it is
impossible to get on without compromise, and tunes herself,
as it were, a trifle sharp to allow for an inevitable fall in
playing. So the Psalmist says, "If thou. Lord, wilt be ex-
treme to mark what is done amiss: O Lord who may abide
it?" and by this he admits tliat the highest conceivable form
of virtue still leaves room for some compromise with vice.
28 Elementary Morality
So again Shakespeare writes, "They say, best men are
moulded out of faults; And, for the most, become much
more the better For being a little bad."
The extremes of vice and virtue are alike detestable; abso-
lute virtue is as sure to kill a man as absolute vice is, let
alone the dullnesses of it and the pomposities of it.
iii
God does not intend people, and does not like people, to
be too good. He likes them neither too good nor too bad, but
a little too bad is more venial with him than a little too good.
iv
As there is less difference than we generally think between
the happiness of men who seem to differ widely in fortune,
so is there also less between their moral natures; the best
are not so much better than the worst, nor the worst so
much below the best as we suppose; and the bad are just
as important an element in the general progress as the good,
or perhaps more so. It is in strife that life lies, and were
there no opposing forces there would be neither moral nor
immoral, neither victory nor defeat.
If virtue had everything her own way she would be as
insufferable as dominant factions generally are. It is the
function of vice to keep virtue within reasonable bounds.
vi
Virtue has never yet been adequately represented by any
who have had any claim to be considered virtuous. It is
the sub-vicious who best understand virtue. Let the virtuous
people stick to describing vice — which they can do well
enough.
My Virtuous Life
I have led a more virtuous life than I intended, or thought
I was leading. When I was young I thought I was vicious :
now I know that I was not and that my unconscious know-
Elementary Morality 29
ledge was sounder than my conscious. I regret some things
that I have done, but not many. I regret that so many j
should think I did much which I never did, and shouHT
know of what I did in so garbled and distorted a fashion as
to have done me much mischief. But if things were known
as they actually happened, I believe I should have less to be
ashamed of than a good many of my neighbours — and less
also to be proud of.
Sin
Sin is like a mountain with two aspects according to
whether it is viewed before or after it has been reached : yet
both aspects are real.
Morality
turns on whether the pleasure precedes or follows the pain.
Thus, it is immoral to get drunk because the headache comes
after the drinking, but if the headache came first, and the
drunkenness afterwards, it would be moral to get drunk.
Change and Immorality
Every discovery and, indeed, every change of any sort
is immoral, as tending to unsettle men's minds, and hence
their custom and hence their morals, which are the net
residuum of their "mores" or customs. Wherefrom it should
follow that there is nothing so absolutely moral as stagna-
tion, except for this that, if perfect, it would destroy all
mores whatever. So there must always be an itnmorality
in morality and, in like manner, a morality in immorality.
For there will be an element of habitual and legitimate cus-
tom even in the most imhabitual and detestable things that
can be done at all.
Cannibalism
Morality is the custom of one's country and the current;
feeling of one's peers. Cannibalism is moral in a cannibal,
country.
30 Elementary Morality
Abnormal Developments
If a man can get no other food it is more natural for him
to kill another man and eat him than to starve. Our horror
is rather at the circumstances that make it natural for the
man to do this than at the man himself. So with other things
the desire for which is inherited through countless ancestors,
it is more natural for men to obtain the nearest thing they
can to these, even by the most abnormal means if the ordi-
nary channels are closed, than to forego them altogether.
The abnormal growth should be regarded as disease but,
nevertheless, as showing more health and vigour than no
growth at all would do. I said this in Life and Habit (ch. iii.
p. 52) when I wrote "it is more righteous in a man that he
should eat strange food and that his cheek so much as lank
not, than that he should starve if the strange food be at his
command." *
Young People
With regard to sexual matters, the best opinion of our
best medical men, the practice of those nations which have
proved most vigorous and comely, the evils that have followed
this or that, the good that has attended upon the other
should be ascertained by men who, being neither moral nor
immoral and not caring two straws what tlie conclusion
arrived at might be, should desire only to get hold of the
best available information. The result should be written
down with some fulness and put before the young of both
sexes as soon as they are old enough to understand such
matters at all. There should be no mystery or reserve.
None but the corrupt will wish to corrupt facts; honest
people will accept them eagerly, whatever they may prove
to be, and will convey them to others as accurately as they
can. On what pretext therefore can it be well that knowledge
should be withheld from the universal gaze upon a matter
* On the Alps
It is reported thou didst eat strange flesh,
Which some did die to look on: and all this —
It wounds thine honour that I speak it now —
Was borne so like a soldier, that thy cheek
So much as lank'd not. — Ant. & Cleop., I. iv 66-71.
Elementary Morality 31
of such universal interest? It cannot be pretended that
there is nothing to be known on these matters beyond what
unaided boys and girls can be left without risk to find out
for themselves. Not one in a hundred who remembers his
own boyhood will say this. How, then, are they excusable
who havethe care of young people and yet leave a matter
of such vital importance so almost absolutely to take care
of itself, although they well know how common error is,
how easy to fall into^and how disastrous in its effects both
upon the individual and the race? ^
Next to sexual matters there are none upon which there
is such complete reserve between parents and children as
on those connected with money. The father keeps his affairs
as closely as he can to himself and is most jealous of letting
his children into a knowledge of how he manages his money.
His children are like monks in a monastery as regards money
and he calls this training them up with the strictest regard
to principle. Nevertheless he thinks himself ill-used if his
son, on entering life, falls a victim to designing persons whose
knowledge of how money is made and lost is greater than his
own.
The Family
I believe that more unhappiness comes from this source
than from any other — I mean from the attempt to prolong
family connection unduly and to make people hang together
artificially who would never naturally do so. The mischief
among the lower classes is not so great, but among the middle
and upper classes it is killing a large number daily. And the
old people do not really like it much better than the young.
ii
On my way down to Shrewsbury some time since I read
the Bishop of Carlisle's Walks in the Regions of Science and
Faith/' then just published, and found the following on p. 129
in the essay which is entitled "Man's Place in Nature."
After saying that young sparrows or robins soon lose sight
* Walks in the Regions of Science and Faith, by Harvey Goodwin,
D.D., Lord Bishop of Carlisle. John Murray, 1883.
32 Elementary Morality
of their fellow-nestlings and leave off caring for them, the
bishop continues : —
"Whereas 'children of one family' are constantly found
joined together by a love which only grows with years, and
they part for their posts of duty in the world with the
hope of having joyful meetings from time to time, and of
meeting in a higher world when their life on earth is finished."
I am sure my great-grandfather did not look forward to
meeting his father in heaven — his father had cut him out
of his will; nor can I credit my grandfather with any great
longing to rejoin my great-grandfather — a. worthy man
enough, but one with whom nothing ever prospered. I
am certain my father, after he was 40, did not wish to see
my grandfather any more — indeed, long before reaching that
age he had decided that Dr. Butler's life should not be written,
though R. W. Evans would have been only too glad to write
it. Speaking for myself, I have no wish to see my father
again, and I think it likely that the Bishop of Carlisle would
not be more eager to see his than I mine.
Unconscious Humour
"Writing to the Hon. Mrs. Watson in 1856, Charles Dick-
ens says : 'I have always observed within my experience that
the men who have left home very young have, many long years
afterwards, had the tenderest regard for it. That's a pleasant
thing to think of as one of the wise adjustments of this life
of ours.' " *
Homer's Odyssey
From the description of the meeting between Ulysses
and Telemachus it is plain that Homer considered it quite
as dreadful for relations who had long been separated to
come together again as for them to separate in the first
instance. And this is about true.f
* This quotation occurs on the title page of Charles Dickens and
Rochester by Robert Langton. Chapman & Hall, 1880. Reprinted
with additions from the Papers of the Manchester Literary Club,
Vol. VI, 1880. But the italics are Butler's.
tThis is Butler's note as he left it. He made it just about the
time he hit upon the theory that the Odyssey was written by a woman.
If it had caught his eye after that theory had become established in
Elementary Morality 33
Melchisedec
He was a really happy man. He was without father, with-
out mother and without descent. He was an incarnate bach-
elor. He was a born orphan.
Bacon for Breakfast
Now [1893] when I am abroad, being older and taking
less exercise, I do not want any breakfast beyond coffee
and bread and butter, but when this note was written [1880]
I liked a modest rasher of bacon in addition, and used to
notice the jealous indignation with which heads of families
who enjoyed the privilege of Cephas and the brethren of
our Lord regarded it. There were they with three or four
elderly unmarried daughters as well as old mamma — ^how
could they afford bacon ? And there was I, a selfish bachelor — .
The appetising, savoury smell of my rasher seemed to drive
them mad. I used to feel very uncomfortable, very small
and quite aware how low it was of me to have bacon for
breakfast and no daughters instead of daughters and no
bacon. But when I consulted the oracles of heaven about
it, I was always told to stick to my bacon and not to make
a fool of myself. I despised myself but have not withered
under my own contempt so completely as I ought to have
done.
God and Man
To love God is to have good health, good looks, good sense,
experience, a kindly nature and a fair balance of cash in
hand. "We know that all things work together for good to
them that love God." To be loved by God is the same as
to love Him. We love Him because He first loved us.
The Homeric Deity and the Pall Mall Gazette
A writer in the Pall Mall Gazette (I think in 1874 or 1875,
and in the autumn months, but I cannot now remember)
his mind, he would have edited it so as to avoid speaking of Homer as
the author of the poem.
34 Elementary Morality
summed up Homer's conception of a god as that of a "super-
latively strong, amorous, beautiful, brave and cunning man."
This is pretty much what a good working god ought to be,
but he should also be kind and have a strong sense of humour,
together with a contempt for the vices of meanness and
_for the meannesses of virtue. After saying what I have
quoted above the writer in the Pall Mall Gazette goes on,
"An impartial critic can judge for himself how far, if at all,
this is elevated above the level of mere fetish worship."
Perhaps it is that I am not an impartial critic, but, if I am
allowed to be so, I should say that the elevation above mere
fetish worship was very considerable.
Good Breeding the Summum Bonum
When people ask what faith we would substitute for that
which we would destroy, we answer that we destroy no faith
and need substitute none. We hold the glory of God to be
the summum bonum, and so do Christians generally. It is
on the question of what is the glory of God that we join
issue. We say it varies with the varying phases of God as
Inade manifest in his works, but that, so far as we are our-
selves concerned, the glory of God is best advanced by ad-
vancing that of man. If asked what is the glory of man we
"answer "Good breeding" — using the words in their double
sense and meaning both the continuance of the race and that
grace of manner which the words are more commonly taken
to signify. The double sense of the words is all the more
significant for the unconsciousness with which it is passed
over.
Advice to the Young
You will sometimes find your elders laying their heads
together and saying what a bad thing it is for young men
to come into a little money — that those always do best
who have no expectancy, and the like. They will then quote
some drivel from one of the Kingsleys about the deadening
effect an income of ^300 a year will have upon a man. Avoid
any one whom you may hear talk in this way. The fault
lies not with the legacy (which would certainly be better
if there were more of it) but with those who have so mis-
Elementary Morality 35
managed our education that we go in even greater danger
of losing the money than other people are.
Religion
Is there any religion whose followers can be pointed to
as distinctly more amiable and trustworthy than those of
any other? If so, this should be enough. I find the nicest
and best people generally profess no religion at all, but are
ready to like the best men of all religions.
Heaven and Hell
Heaven is the work of the best and kindest men and women.
Hell is the work of prigs, pedants and professional truth-
tellers. The world is an attempt to make the best of both.
Priggishness
The essence of priggishness is setting up to be better
than one's neighbour. Better may mean more virtuous, more
clever, more agreeable or what not. The worst of it is that
one cannot do anything outside eating one's dinner or tak-
ing a walk without setting up to know more than one's
neighbours. It was this that made me say in Life and
Habit [close of ch. ii.] that I was among the damned in
that I wrote at all. So I am; and I am often very sorry
that I was never able to reach those more saintly classes
who do not set up as instructors of other people. But one
must take one's lot.
Lohengrin
He was a prig. In the bedroom scene with Elsa he should
have said that her question put him rather up a tree but that,
as she wanted to know who he was, he would tell her and
would let the Holy Grail sUde.
Swells
People ask complainingly what swells have done, or do,
for society that they should be able to live without working.
The good swell is die creature towards which all nature has
36 Elementary Morality
been groaning and travailing together until now. He is an
ideal. He shows what may be done in the way of good breed-
ing, health, looks, temper and fortune. He realises men's
dreams of themselves, at any rate vicariously. He preaches
the gospel of grace. The world is like a spoilt child, it has
this good thing given it at great expense and then says it is
useless !
Science and Religion
These are reconciled in amiable and sensible people but
jiowhere else.
Gentleman
If we are asked what is the most essential characteristic
that underlies this word, the word itself will guide us to
gentleness, to absence of such things as brow-beating, over-
bearing manners and fuss, and generally to consideration for
other people.
The Finest Men
I suppose an Italian peasant or a Breton, Norman or
English fisherman, is about the best thing nature does in
the way of men — the richer and the poorer being alike mis-
takes.
On being a Swell all Round
I have never in my life succeeded in being this. Some-
times I get a new suit and am tidy for a while in part, mean-
while the hat, tie, boots, gloves and underclothing all clamour
for attention and, before I have got them well in hand, the
new suit has lost its freshness. Still, if ever I do get any
money, I will try and make myself really spruce all round
till I find out, as I probably shall in about a week, that if
I give my clothes an inch they will take an ell. [1880.]
Money
is the last enemy that shall never be subdued. While there
is flesh there is money — or the want of money; but money
is always on the brain so long as there is a brain in reasonable
order.
Elementary Morality 37
A Luxurious Death
Death in anything like luxury is one of the most expensive
things a man can indulge himself in. It costs a lot of money
to die comfortably, unless one goes off pretty quickly.
Money, Health and Reputation
Money, if it live at all, that is to say if it be reproductive
and put out at any interest, however low, is mortal and
doomed to be lost one day, though it may go on living through
many generations of one single family if it be taken care of.
No man is absolutely safe. It may be said to any man,
"Thou fool, this night thy money shall be required of thee."
And reputation is like money : it may be required of us with-
out warning. The little unsuspected evil on which we trip
may swell up in a moment and prove to be the huge. Janus-
like mountain of unpardonable sin. And his health may be
required of any fool, any night or any day.
A man will feel loss of money more keenly than loss of
bodily health, so long as he can keep his money. Take his
money away and deprive him of the means of earning any
more, and his health will soon break up ; but leave him his
money and, even though his health breaks up and he dies,
he does not mind it so much as we think. Money losses are
the worst, loss of health is next worst and loss of reputation
comes in a bad third. All other things are amusements
provided money, health and good name are untouched.
Solicitors
A man must not think he can save himself the trouble
of being a sensible man and a gentleman by going to his
solicitor, any more than he can get himself a sound consti-
tution by going to his doctor; but a solicitor can do more
to keep a tolerably well-meaning fool straight than a doctor
can do for an 'invalid. Money is to the solicitor what souls
are to the parson or life to the physician. He is our money-
doctor.
38 Elementary Morality
Doctors
Going to your doctor is having such a row with your cells
that you refer them to your solicitor. Sometimes you, as it
were, strike against them and stop their food, when they go
on strike against yourself. Sometimes you file a bill in
Chancery against them and go to bed.
Priests
We may find an argument in favour of priests if we con-
sider whether man is capable of doing for himself in respect
of his moral and spiritual welfare (than which nothing can
be more difficult and intricate) what it is so clearly better for
him to leave to professional advisers in the case of his money
and his body which are comparatively simple and unim-
portant.
Ill
The Germs of Erewhon and of Life
and Habit
Prefatory Note
The Origin of Species was published in the autumn of 1859,
and Butler arrived in New Zealand about the same time and
read the book soon afterwards. In 1880 he wrote in Uncon-
scious Memory {close of Chapter I): "As a member of the
general public, at that time residing eighteen miles from the
nearest human habitation, and three days' journey on horse-
back from, a bookseller's shop, I became one of Mr. Darwin's
many enthusiastic admirers, and wrote a philosophic dialogue
{the most oifensive form, except poetry and books of travel
into supposed unknown countries, that even literature can
assume) upon the Origin of Species. This production ap-
peared in the Press, Canterbury, New Zealand, in 1861 or
1862, but I have long lost the only copy I had."
The Press was founded by James Edward FitzGerald, the
Urst Superintendent of the Province of Canterbury. Butler
was an intimate friend of FitzGerald, was closely associated
with the newspaper and frequently wrote for it. The first
number appeared 25th May, 1861, and on 2^th May, 191 1, the
Press celebrated its jubilee with a numSer which contained
particulars of its early life, of its editors, and of Butler; it also
contained reprints of two of Butler's contributions, viz. Dar-
win among the Machines, which originally appeared in its col-
umns 13 June, 1863, and Lucubratio Ebria, which originally
appeared 29 July, 1865. The Dialogue was not reprinted
because, although the editor knew of its existence and searched
for it, he could not find it. At my request, after the appear-
39
40 The Germs of Erewhon
ance of the jubilee mimher, a further search was made, hut
the Dialogue was not found and I gave it up for lost.
In March, 1912, Mr. R. A. Streatfeild pointed out to me
that Mr. Tregaskis, in Holborn, was advertising for sale an
autograph letter by Charles Darwin sending to an unknown
editor a Dialogue on Species from a New Zealand newspaper,
described in the letter as being "remarkable from its spirit and
from giving so clem' and accurate a view of Mr. D.'s theory."
Having no doubt that this referred to Butler's lost contribu-
tion to the Press, / bought the autograph letter and sent it to
New Zealand, where it now is in the Canterbury Museum,
Christchurch. With it I sent a letter to the editor of the
Press, giving all further infornuition in my possession about
the Dialogue. This letier, which appeared i June, 1912, to-
gether with the presentation of Darimn's autograph, stimu-
lated further search, and in the issue for 20th December , 1862,
the Dialogue was found by Miss Colborne-Veel, whose father
was editor of the paper at the time BuMer was writing for it.
The Press reprinted the Dialogue 8th June, 191 2.
When the Dialogue tirst appeared it excited a great deal of
discussion in the colony and, to quote Butler's words in a letter
to Darwin (1865), "called forth a contemptuous rejoinder
from (I believe) the Bishop of Wellington." This rejoinder
was an article headed "Barrel-Organs," the idea being that
there was nothing new in Darwin's book, it was only a grind-
ing out of old tunes with which we were all familiar. Butler
alludes to this controversy in a note made on a letter from
Darwin which he gave h the British Museum. "I remember
answering an attack {in the Press, New Zealand) on me by
Bishop Abraham, of Wellington,as though I were someone else,
and, to keep up the deception, attacking myself also. But it was
all very young and silly." The bishop's article and Butler's
reply, which was a letter signed A. M. and some of the result-
ing correspondence were reprinted in thePress,isth June, 191 2.
At first I thought of including here the Dialogue, and per-
haps the letter signed A. M. They are interesting as showing
that Butler was among the earliest to study closely the Origin
of Species, and also as showing the state of his mind before he
began to think for himself, before he wrote Darwin among the
Machines from which so much followed; but they can hardly
be property considered as germs of Erewhon and Life and
and of Life and Habit 41
Habit. They rather show the preparation of the soil in which
those germs sprouted and grew; and, remembering his last
remark on the subject that "it was all very young and silly,"
I decided to omit them. The Dialogue is no longer lost, and
the numbers of the Press containing it and the correspondence
that ensued can be seen in the British Museum.
Butler's other two contributions to the Press mentioned
above do contain the germs of the machine chapters in Ere-
whon, and led him to the theory put forward in Life and
Habit. In 1901 he wrote in the preface to the new and re-
vised edition of Erewhon : "The first part of Erewhon writ-
ten was an article headed Darwin among the Machines and
signed 'Cellarius.' It was written in the Upper Rangitata dis-
trict of Canterbury Province (as it then was) of New Zea-
land, and appeared at Christchurch in the Press newspaper,
lune 13, 1863. A copy of this article is indexed under my
books in the British Museu4n catalogue."
The article is in the form of a letter, and the copy spoken of
by Butler, as indexed under his name in the British Museum,,
being defective, the reprint which appeared in the jubilee
number of the Press hds been used in completing the version
which follows.
Further on in the preface to the 1901 edition of Erewhon
he writes: "A second article on the same subject as the one
jtist referred to appeared in the Press shortly after the ftrst,
but I have no copy. It treated machines from a different
point of view and was the basis of pp. 270274 of the present
edition of Erewhon. This view ultimately led me to the
theory I put forward in Life and Habit, published in Novem-
ber, 1877.* / have put a bare outline of this theory {which I
believe to be quite sound) into the mouth of an Erewhonian
professor in Chapter XXVII of this book."
This second article was Lucubratio Ebria, and was sent by
Butler from England to the editor of the Press in 1865, with
a letter from which this is an extract:
"I send you an article which you can give to FitzGerald
or not, jUfSt as you think it most expedient — for him. Is not
the subject worked out, and are not the Canterbury people
tired of Darwinism? Forme — is it an article to my credit f I
* Life and Habit is dated 1878, but it actually appeared on Butler's
birthday, 4th December, 1877.
42 The Germs of Erewhon
do not send it to FitzGerald because I am sure he would put it
into the paper. . . . I know the undue lenience which he
lends to my performances, and believe you to be the sterner
critic of the two. That there are some good things in it you
will, I think, feel; but I am almost sure that considering usque
ad nauseam, etc., you will think it had better not appear. . . .
I think you and he will like that sentence: 'There was a
moral government of the world before man came into it.'
There is hardly a sentence in it written without deliberation;
but I need hardly say that it was done upon tea, not upon
whiskey. . . .
"P.S. If you are in any doubt about the expediency of the
article take it to M.
"P.P.S. Perhaps better take it to him anyhow."
The preface to the 1901 edition of Erewhon contains some
further particulars of the genesis of that work, and there ewe
still further particulars in Unconscious Memory, Chapter II,
"How I wrote Life and Habit."
The first tentative sketch of the Life and Habit theory oc-
curs in the letter to Thomas William Gale Butler which is
given post. This T. W. G. Butler was not related to Butler,
they met first as art-students at Heatherley's, and Butler used
to speak of him as the most brilliant man he had ever known.
He died many years ago. He was the writer of the "letter
from a friend now in New Zealand," from which a quotation
is given in Life and Habit, Chapter V {pp. 83, 84). Butler
kept a copy of his letter to T. W. G. Butler, but it was imper-
fectly pressed; he afterwards supplied some of the missing
words from, memory, and gave it to the British Museum.
Darwin among the Machines
[To the Editor of the Press, Christchurch, New Zealand —
13 June, 1863.] »
Sir — There are few things of which the present generation
is more justly proud than of the wonderful improvements
which are daily taking place in all sorts of mechanical appli-
ances. And indeed it is matter for great congratulation on
many grounds. It is unnecessary to mention these here,
for they are sufficiently obvious; our present business lies
with considerations which may somewhat tend to humble
and of Life and Habit 43
our pride and to make us think seriously of the future pros-
pects of the human race. If we revert to the earliest primor-
dial types of mechanical life, to the lever, the wedge, the
inclined plane, the screw and the pulley, or (for analogy
would lead us one step further) to that one primordial type
from which all the mechanical kingdom has been developed,
we mean to the lever itself, and if we then examine the
machinery of the Great Eastern, we find ourselves almost
awestruck at the vast development of the mechanical world,
at the gigantic strides with which it has advanced in com-
parison with the slow progress of the animal and vegetable
kingdom. We shall find it impossible to refrain from asking
ourselves what the end of this mighty movement is to be.
In what direction is it tending? What will be its upshot?
To give a few imperfect hints towards a solution of these
questions is the object of the present letter.
We have used the words "mechanical life," "the mechani-
cal kingdom," "the mechanical world" and so forth, and
we have done so advisedly, for as the vegetable king-
dom was slowly developed from the mineral, and as, in
like manner, the animal supervened upon the vegetable, so
now, in these last few ages, an entirely new kingdom has
sprung up of which we as yet have only seen what will
one day be considered the antediluvian prototypes of the
race.
We regret deeply that our knowledge both of natural his-
tory and of machinery is too srhall to enable us to under-
take the gigantic task of classifying machines into the genera
and sub-genera, species, varieties and sub-varieties, and so
forth, of tracing the connecting links between machines of
widely different characters, of pointing out how subservience
to the use of man has played that part among machines
which natural selection has performed in the animal and vege-
table kingdom, of pointing out rudimentary organs [see
note] which exist in some few machines, feebly developed
and perfectly useless, yet serving to mark descent from some
ancestral type which has either perished or been modified
into some new phase of mechanical existence. We can only
point out this field for investigation ; it must be followed by
others whose education and talents have been of a much
higher order than any which we can lay claim to.
44 The Germs of Erewhon
Some few hints we have determined to venture upon,
though we do so with the profoundest diffidence. Firstly we
would remark that as some of the lowest of the vertebrata
attained a far greater size than has descended to their more
highly organised living representatives, so a diminution in
the size of machines has often attended their development
and progress. Take the watch for instance. Examine the
beautiful structure of the little animal, watch the inteUigent
play of the minute members which compose it; yet this
little creature is but a development of the cumbrous clocks
of the thirteenth century — it is no deterioration from them.
The day may come when clocks, which certainly at the
present day are not diminishing in bulk, may be entirely
superseded by the universal use of watches, in which case
clocks will become extinct like the earlier saurians, while the
watch (whose tendency has for some years been rather to
decrease in size than the contrary) will remain the only
existing type of an extinct race.
The views of machinery which we are thus feebly indi-
cating will suggest the solution of one of the greatest and
most mysterious questions of the day. We refer to the
question : What sort of creature man's next successor in the
supremacy of the earth is likely to be. We have often heard
this debated; but it appears to us that we are ourselves
creating our own successors; we are daily adding to the
beauty and delicacy of their physical organisation; we are
daily giving them greater power and supplying, by all sorts
of ingenious contrivances, that self-regulating, self-acting
power which will be to them what intellect has been to the
human race. In the course of ages we shall find ourselves
the inferior race. Inferior in power, inferior in that moral
quality of self-control, we shall look up to them as the acme
of all that the best and wisest man can ever dare to aim at.
No evil passions, no jealousy, no avarice, no impure desires
will disturb the serene might of those glorious creatures.
Sin, shame and sorrow will have no place among them.
Their minds will be in a state of perpetual calm, the content-
ment of a spirit that knows no wants, is disturbed by no
regrets. Ambition will never torture them. Ingratitude will
never cause them the uneasiness of a moment. The guilty
conscience, the hope deferred, the pains of exile, the insolence
and of Life and Habit 45
of office and the spurns that patient merit of the unworthy
takes — these will be entirely unknown to them. If they
want "feeding" (by the use of which very word we betray
our recognition of them as Uving organism) they will be
attended by patient slaves whose business and interest it
will be to see that they shall want for nothing. If they are
out of order they will be promptly attended to by physicians
who are thoroughly acquainted with their constitutions; if
they die, for even these glorious animals will not be exempt
from that necessary and universal consummation, they will
immediately enter into a new phase of existence, for what
machine dies entirely in every part at one and the same
instant ?
We take it that when the state of things shall have arrived
which we have been above attempting to describe, man will
have become to the machine what the horse and the dog are
to man. He will continue to exist, nay even to improve,
and will be probably better off in his state of domestication
under the beneficent rule of the machines than he is in his
present wild state. We treat our horses, dogs, cattle and
sheep, on the whole, with great kindness, we give them what-
ever experience teaches us to be best for them, and there can
be no doubt that our use of meat has added to the happiness
of the lower animals far more than it has detracted from it ;
in like manner it is reasonable to suppose that the machines
will treat us kindly, for their existence is as dependent upon
ours as ours is upon the lower animals. They cannot kill us
and eat us as we do sheep, they will not only require our
services in the parturition of their young (which branch of
their economy will remain always in our hands) but also in
feeding them, in setting them right if they are sick, and bury-
ing their dead or working up their corpses into new ma-
chines. It is obvious that if all the animals in Great Britain
save man alone were to die, and if at the same time all
intercourse with foreign countries were by some sudden catas-
trophe to be rendered perfectly impossible, it is obvious that
under such circumstances the loss of human life would be
something fearful to contemplate — in like manner, were man-
kind to cease, the machines would be as bady off or even
worse. The fact is that our interests are inseparable from
theirs, and theirs from ours. Each race is dependent upon
4^ The Germs of Erewhon
the other for innumerable benefits, and, until the reproduc-
tive organs of the machines have been developed in a manner
which we are hardly yet able to conceive, they are entirely
dependent upon man for even the continuance of their species.
It is true that these organs may be ultimately developed,
inasmuch as man's interest lies in that direction; there is
nothing which our infatuated race would desire more than
to see a fertile union between two steam engines; it is true
that machinery is even at this present time employed in
begetting machinery, in becoming the parent of machines
often after its own kind, but the days of flirtation, courtship
and matrimony appear to be very remote and indeed can
hardly be realised by our feeble and imperfect imagination.
Day by day, however, the machines are gaining ground
upon us; day by day we are becoming more subservient to
them; more men are daily bound down as slaves to tend
them, more men are daily devoting the energies of their
whole lives to the development of mechanical life. The
upshot is simply a question of time, but that the time will
come when the machines will hold the real supremacy over
the world and its inhabitants is what no person of a truly
philosophic mind can for a moment question.
Our opinion is that war to the death should be instantly
proclaimed against them. Every machine of every sort
should be destroyed by the well-wisher of his species. Let
there be no exceptions made, no quarter shown; let us at
once go back to the primeval condition of the race. If it be
urged that this is impossible under the present condition of
human affairs, this at once proves that the mischief is already
done, that our servitude has commenced in good earnest,
that we have raised a race of beings whom it is beyond our
power to destroy and that we are not only enslaved but are
absolutely acquiescent in our bondage.
For the present we shall leave this subject which we
present gratis to the members of the Philosophical Society.
Should they consent to avail themselves of the vast field
which we have pointed out, we shall endeavour to labour in
it ourselves at some future and indefinite period.
I am, Sir, &c.,
Cellarius.
and of Life and Habit 47
Note. — We were asked by a learned brother philosopher
who saw this article in MS. what we meant by alluding to
rudimentary organs in machines. Could we, he asked, give
any example of such organs? We pointed to the little pro-
tuberance at the bottom of the bowl of our tobacco pipe.
This organ was originally designed for the same purpose as
the rim at the bottom of a tea-cup, which is but another form
of the same function. Its purpose was to keep the heat of
the pipe from marking the table on which it rested. Originally,
as we have seen in very early tobacco pipes, this protuberance
was of a very different shape to what it is now. It was broad
at the bottom and flat, so that while the pipe was being
smoked, the bowl might rest iipon the table. Use and disuse
have here come into play and served to reduce the function
to its present rudimentary condition. That these rudimentary
organs are rarer in machinery than in animal life is owing to
the more prompt action of the human selection as compared
with the slower but even surer operation of natural selection.
Man may make mistakes ; in the long run nature never does
so. We have only given an imperfect example, but the
intelligent reader will supply himself with illustrations.
Lucubratio Ebria
[From the Press, 29 July, 1865]
There is a j)eriod in the evening, or more generally towards
the still small hours of the morning, in which we so far un-
bend as to take a single glass of hot whisky and water. We
will neither defend the practice nor excuse it. We state it as
a fact which must be borne in mind by the readers of this
article; for we know not how, whether it be the inspiration
of the drink, or the relief from the harassing work with which
the day has been occupied, or from whatever other cause,
yet we are certainly liable about this time to such a pro-
phetic influence as we seldom else experience. We are rapt
in a dream such as we ourselves know to be a dream, and
which, like other dreams, we can hardly embody in a distinct
utterance. We know that what we see is but a sort of in-
tellectual Siamese twins, of which one is substance and the
other shadow, but we cannot set either free without killing
both. We are unable to rudely tear away the veil of phantasy
4^ The Germs of Erewhon
in which the truth is shrouded, so we present the reader
with a draped figure, and his own judgment must discriminate
between the clothes and the body. A truth's prosperity is
like a jest's, it lies in the ear of him that hears it. Some may
see our lucubration as we saw it ; and others may see nothing
but a drunken dream, or the nightmare of a distempered
imagination. To ourselves it is as the speaking with unknown
tongues to the early Corinthians; we cannot fully under-
stand our own speech, and we fear lest there be not a sufficient
number of interpreters present to make our utterance edify.
But there! (Go on straight to the body of the article.)
The limbs of the lower animals have never been modified
by any act of deliberation and forethought on their own part.
Recent researches have thrown absolutely no light upon the
origin of life — upon the initial force which introduced a
sense of identity, and a deliberate faculty into the world ;
but they do certainly appear to show very clearly that each
species of the animal and vegetable kingdom has been mould-
ed into its present shape by chances and changes of many mil-
lions of years, by chances and changes over which the crea-
ture modified had no control whatever, and concerning whose
aim it was alike unconscious and indifferent, by forces which
seem insensate to the pain which they inflict, but by whose
inexorably beneficent cruelty the brave and strong keep com-
ing to the fore, while the weak and bad drop behind and
perish. There was a moral government of this world before
man came near it — a moral government suited to the capaci-
ties of the governed, and which, vmperceived by them, has laid
fast the foundations of courage, endurance and cunning.
It laid them so fast that they became more and more heredi-
tary. Horace says well, fortes creantur fortibus et bonis —
good men beget good children; the rule held even in the
geological period ; good ichthyosauri begat good ichthyosauri,
and would to our discomfort have gone on doing so to the
present time, had not better creatures been' begetting better
things than ichthyosauri, or famine, or fire, or convulsion
put an end to them. Good apes begat good apes, and at
last when human intelligence stole like a late spring upon
the mimicry of our semi-simious ancestry, the creature learnt
how he could, of his own forethought, add extracorporaneous
limbs to the members of his body and become not only a
and of Life and Habit 49
vertebrate mammar, but a vertebrate machinate mammal into
the bargain.
It was a wise monkey that first learned to carry a stick
and a useful monkey that mimicked him. For the race of
man has learned to walk uprightly much as a child learns
the same thing. At first he crawls on all fours, then he
clambers, laying hold of whatever he can ; and ■ lastly he
stands upright alone and walks, but for a long time with
an unsteady step. So when the human race was in its gorilla-
hood it generally carried a stick; from carrying a stick for
many million years it became accustomed and modified to an
upright position. The stick wherewith it had learned to
walk would now serve it to beat its younger brothers and then
it found out its service as a lever. Man would thus learn
that the limbs of his body were not the only limbs that he
could command. His body was already the most versatile in
existence, but he could render it more versatile still. With
the improvement in his body his mind improved also. He
learnt to perceive the moral government under which he held
the feudal tenure of his life — ^perceiving it he symbolised it,
and to this day our poets and prophets still strive to symbolise
it more and more completely.
The mind grew because the body grew — ^more things were
perceived — more things were handled^ and being handled
became familiar. But this came about chiefly because there
was a hand to handle with ; without the hand there would be
no handling; and no method of holding and examining is
comparable to the human hand. The tail of an opossum
is a prehensile thing, but it is too far from his eyes — ^the
el^hant's trunk is better, and it is probably to their trunks
that the elephants owe their sagacity. It is here that the
bee in spite of her wings has failed. She has a high
civilisation but it is one whose equilibrium appears to have
been already attained; the appearance is a false one, for the
bee changes, thoi:igh more slowly than man can watch her;
but the reason of the very gradual nature of the change is
chiefly because the physical organisation of the insect changes,
but slowly also. She is poorly off for hands, and has never
fairly grasped the notion of tacking on other limbs to the
limbs of her own body and so, being short-lived to boot,
she reniains from century to century to human eyes in statu
50 The Germs of Erewhon
quo. Her body never becomes machinate, whereas this new
phase of organism, which has been introduced with man into
the mundane economy, has made him a very quicksand for the
foundation of an unchanging civilisation ; certain fundamental
principles will always remain, but every century the change in
man's physical status, as compared with the elements around
him, is greater and greater ; he is a shifting basis on which no
equilibrium of habit and civilisation can be established ; were
it not for this constant change in our physical powers, which
our mechanical limbs have brought about, man would have
long since apparently attained his limit of possibility; he
would be a creature of as much fixity as the ants and bees
— he would still have advanced, but no faster than other
animals advance.
If there were a race of men without any mechanical ap-
pliances we should see this clearly. There are none, nor
have there been, so far as we can tell, for millions and millions
of years. The lowest Australian savage carries weapons for
the fight or the chase, and has his cooking and drinking
utensils at home; a race without these things would be
completely ferae naturae and not men at iall. We are unable
to point to any example of a race absolutely devoid of extra-
corporaneous limbs, but we can see among the Chinese that
with the failure to invent new limbs, a civilisation becomes
as much fixed as that of the ants; and among savage tribes
we observe that few implements involve a state of things
scarcely human at all. Such tribes only advance pari passu
with the creatures upon which they feed.
It is a mistake, then, to take the view adopted by a previous
correspondent of this paper; to consider the machines as
identities, to animalise them, and to anticipate their final
triumph over mankind. They are to be regarded as the mode
of development by which human organism is most especially
advancing, and every fresh invention is to be considered as
an additional member of the resources of the human body.
Herein lies the fundamental difference between man and his
inferiors. As regards his flesh and blood, his senses, appetites,
and affections, the difference is one of degree rather than of
kind, but in the deliberate invention of such unity of limbs
as is exemplified by the railway train — that seven-leagued foot
which five hundred may own at once^ — he stands quite alone.
and of Life and Habit 51
In confirmation of the views concerning mechanism which
we have been advocating above, it must be remembered
that men are not merely the children of their parents, but
they are begotten of the institutions of the state of the
mechanical sciences under which they are born and bred.
These things have made us what we are. We are children of
the plough, the spade, and the ship; we are children of the
extended liberty and knowledge which the printing press
has diffused. Our ancestors added these things to their
previously existing members; the new limbs were preserved
by natural selection, and incorporated into human society;
they descended with modifications, and hence proceeds the
difference between our ancestors and ourselves. By the
institutions and state of science under which a man is bom
it is determined whether he shall have the limbs of an
Australian savage or those of a nineteenth century English-
man. The former is supplemented with little save a rug
and a javelin; the latter varies his physique with the changes
of the season, with age, and with advancing or decreasing
wealth. If it is wet he is furnished with an organ which is
called an umbrella and which seems designed for the purpose
of protecting either his clothes or his lungs from the injurious
effects of rain. His watch is of more importance to him
than a good deal of his hair, at any rate than of his whiskers ;
besides this he carries a knife, and generally a pencil case-
His memory goes in a pocket book. He grows more complex
as he becomes older and he will then be seen with a pair of
spectacles, perhaps also with false teeth and a wig ; but, if he
be a really well-developed specimen of the race, he will be
furriished with a large box upon wheels, two horses, and a
coachman.
Let the reader ponder over these last remarks, and he will
see that the principal varieties and sub-varieties of the human
race are not now to be looked for among the negroes, the
Circassians, the Malays, or the American aborigines, but
among the rich and the poor. The difference in physical
organisation between these two species of man is far greater
than that between the so-called types of humanity. The
rich man can go from here to England whenever he feels
so inclined. The legs of the other are by an invisible fatality
prevented from carrying him beyond certain narrow limits.
52 The Germs of Erewhon
Neither rich nor poor as yet see the philosophy of the thing,
or admit that'he who can tack a portion of one of the P. & O.
boats on to his identity is a much more highly organised
being than one who cannot. Yet the fact is patent enough,
if we once think it over, from the mere consideration of the
respect with which we so often treat those who are richer
than ourselves. We observe men for the most part (admitting
however some few abnormal exceptions) to be deeply im-
pressed by the superior organisation of those who have
money. It is wrong to attribute this respect to any unworthy
motive, for the feeling is strictly legitimate and springs from
some of the very highest impulses of our nature. It is the
same sort of affectionate reverence which a dog feels for
man, and is not infrequently manifested in a similar manner.
We admit that these last sentences are open to question,
and we should hardly like to commit ourselves irrecoverably
to the sentiments they express; but we will say this much
for certain, namely, that the rich man is the true hundred-
handed Gyges of the poets. He alone possesses the full
complement of limbs who stands at the summit of opulence,
and we may assert with strictly scientific accuracy that the
Rothschilds are the most astonishing organisms that the
world has ever yet seen. For to the nerves or tissues, or
whatever it be that answers to the helm of a rich man's
desires, there is a whole army of limbs seen and unseen
attachable: he may be reckoned by his horse-power — ^by the
number of foot-pounds which he has money enough to set
in motion. Who, then, will deny that a man whose will
represents the motive power of a thousand horses is a being
very different from the one who is equivalent but to the power
of a single one ?
Henceforward, then, instead of saying that a man is hard
up, let us say that his organisation is at a low ebb, or, if
we wish him well, let us hope that he will grow plenty of
limbs. It must be remembered that we are dealing with
physical organisations only. We do not say that the thou-
sand-horse man is better than a one-horse man, we only say
that he is more highly organised, and should be recognised as
being so by the scientific leaders of the period. A man's will,
truth, endurance are part of him also, and may, as in the
case of the late Mr. Cobden, have in themselves a power
and of Life and Habit 53
equivalent to all the horse-power which they can influence;
but were we to go into this part of the question we should
never have done, and we are compelled reluctantly to leave
our dream in its present fragmentary condition.
Letter to Thomas William Gale Butler
My dear Namesake . . . February iSth, 1876.
My present literary business is a little essay some 25 or
30 pp. long, which is still all in the rough and I don't know
how it will shape, but the gist of it is somewhat as follows : —
1. Actions which we have acquired with difficulty and
now perform almost unconsciously — as in playing a difficult
piece of music, reading, talking, walking and the multitude of
actions which escape our notice inside other actions, etc. — all
this worked out with some detail, say, four or five pages.
General deduction that we never do anything in this
unconscious or semi-conscious manner unless we know how
to do it exceedingly well and have had long practice. ^--
Also that consciousness is a vanishing quantity and that as
soon as we know a thing really well we become unconscious in
respect of it — consciousness being of attention and attention
of uncertainty — and hence the paradox comes clear, that
as long as we know that we know a thing (or do an action
knowingly) we do not know it (or do the action with thor-
ough knowledge of our business) and that we only know it
when we do not know of our knowledge.
2. Whatever we do in this way is all one and the same
in kind — the difference being only in degree. Playing
[almost?] unconsciously — writing, more unconsciously (as
to each letter) — reading, very unconsciously — talking, still
more unconsciously (it is almost impossible for us to notice
the action of our tongue in every letter) — walking, much the
same — breathing, still to a certain extent within our own
control — heart's beating, perceivable but beyond our control
— digestion, unperceivable and beyond our control, digestion
being the oldest of the . . . habits.
3. A baby, therefore, has known how to grow itself in
the womb and has only done it because it wanted to, on a
balance of considerations, in the same way as a man who goes
into the City to buy Great Northern A Shares. ... It is only
54 The Germs of Erewhon
unconscious of these operations because it has done them
a very large number of times already. A man may do a
thing by a fluke once, but to say that a foetus can perform
so difficult an operation as the growth of a pair of eyes out
of pure protoplasm without knowing how to do it, and with-
out ever having done it before, is to contradict all human
experience. Ipso facto that it does it, it knows how to do it,
and ipso facto that it knows how to do it, it has done it before.
Its unconsciousness (or speedy loss of memory) is simply the
_result of over-knowledge, not of under-knowledge. , It knows
so well and has done it so often that its power of self-analysis
is gone. If it knew what it was doing, or was conscious of
its own act in oxidising its blood after birth, I should suspect
that it had not done it so often before ; as it is I am confident
that it must have done it more often — much more often — than
any act which we perform consciously during our whole lives.
4. When, then, did it do it? Clearly when last it was
an impregnate ovum or some still lower form of life which
resulted in that impregnate ovum.
5. How is it, then, that it has not gained perceptible
experience? Simply because a single repetition makes little
or no difference; but go back 20,000 repetitions and you will
find that it has gained in experience and modified its per-
formance very materially.
,6. But how about the identity? What is identity? Iden-
tity of matter? Surely no. There is no identity of matter
between me as I now am, and me as an impregnate ovum.
Continuity of existence? Then there is identity between me
as an impregnate ovum and my father and mother as impreg-
nate ova. Drop out my father's and mother's lives between
the dates of their being impregnate ova and the moment when
I became an impregnate ovum. See the ova only and consider
the second ovum as the first two ova's means not of repro-
ducing themselves but of continuing themselves — repeating
themselves — the intermediate lives being nothing but, as it
were, a long potato shoot from one eye to the place where
it will grow its next tuber.
7. Given a single creature capable of reproducing itself
and it must go on reproducing itself for ever, for it would
not reproduce itself, unless it reproduced a creature that was
going to reproduce itself, and so on ad infinitum.
and of Life and Habit 55
Then comes Descent with Modification. Similarity tem-
pered with dissimilarity, and dissimilarity tempered with
similarity — a contradiction in terms, like almost everything
else that is true or useful or indeed intelligible at all. In
each case of what we call descent, it is still the first repro-
ducing creature identically the same — doing what it has done
before — only with such modifications as the struggle for
existence and natural selection have induced. No matter
how highly it has been developed, it can never be other than
the primordial cell and must always begin as the primordial
cell and repeat its last performance most nearly, but also,
more or less, all its previous performances.
A begets A' which is A with the additional experience of
a dash. A' begets A" which is A with the additional ex-
periences of A' and A" ; and so on to A°, but you can never
eliminate the A.
8. Let A° stand for a man. He begins as the primordial
cell — being verily nothing but the primordial cell which goes
on splitting itself up for ever, but gaining continually in
experience. Put him in the same position as he was in before
and he will do as he did before. First he will do his tadpoles
by rote, so to speak, on his head, from long practice ; then he
does his fish trick; then he grows arms and legs, all uncon-
sciously from the inveteracy of the habit, till he comes to
doing his man, and this lesson he has not yet learnt so thor-
oughly. Some part of it, as the breathing and oxidisation
business, he is well up to, inasmuch as they form part of
previous roles, but the teeth and hair, the upright position,
the power of speech, though all tolerably familiar, give him
more trouble — for he is very stupid — a regular dunce in fact.
Then comes his newer and more complex environment, and
this puzzles him — arrests his attention — whereon conscious-
ness springs into existence, as a spark from a horse's hoof.
To be continued — I see it will have to be more than 30 pp.
It is still foggy in parts, but I must clear it a little. It will
go on to show that we are all one animal and that death
(which was at first voluntary, and has only come to be dis-
liked because those who did not dislike it committed suicide
too easily) and reproduction are only phases of the ordinary
waste and repair which goes on in our bodies daily.
Always very truly yours, S. Buti.er.
IV
Memory and Design
Clergymen and Chickens
[Extract from a lecture On Memory as a Key to the Pheno-
mena of Heredity delivered by Butler at the W or king Men's Col-
lege,Great Ormond Street, on Saturday, 2nd December, 1882.]
Why, let me ask, should a hen lay an egg which egg can
become a chicken in about three weeks and a full-grown hen
in less than a twelvemonth, while a clergyman and his wife
lay no eggs but give birth to' a baby which will take three-
and-twenty years before it can become another clergyman?
Why should not chickens be born and clergymen be laid and
hatched? Or why, at any rate, should not the clergyman
be bom full grown and in Holy Orders, not to say already
beneficed? The present arrangement is not convenient, it
is not cheap, it is not free from danger, it is not only not
perfect but is so much the reverse that we could hardly find
words to express our sense of its awkwardness if we could look
upon it with new eyes, or as the cuckoo perhaps observes it.
The explanation usually given is that it is a law of nature
that children should be born as they are, but this is like the
parched pea which St. Anthony set before the devil when he
came to supper with him and of which the devil said that it
was good as far as it went. We want more; we want to
know with what familiar set of facts we are to connect the
one in question which, though in our midst, at present dwells
apart as a mysterious stranger of whose belongings, reason
for coming amongst us, antecedents, and so forth, we believe
ourselves to be ignorant, though we know him by sight and
name and have a fair idea what sort of man he is to deal
with.
56
Memory and Design 57
We say it is a phenomenon of heredity that chjckens
should be laid as eggs in the first instance and clergymen
born as babies, but, beyond the fact that we know heredity
extremely well to look at and to do buspess with, we say
that we know nothing about it. I have for some years main-
tained this to be a mistake and have urged, in company with
Professor Hering, of Prague, and others, that the connectioii
between memory and heredity is so close that there is no
reason for regarding the two as generically different, though
for convenience sake it may be well to specify them by
different names. If I can persuade you that this is so, I
believe I shall be able to make you understand why it is
that chickens are hatched as eggs and clergymen born as
babies.
When I say I can make you understand why this is so, I
only mean that I can answer the first "why" that any one is
likely to ask about it, and perhaps a "why" or two behind
this. Then I must stop. This is all that is ever meant by
those who say they can tell us why a thing is so and so. No
one professes to be able to reach back to the last "why"
that an/ one can ask, and to answer it. Fortunately for
philosophers, people generally become fatigued after they
have heard the answer to two or three "whys" and are glad
enough to let the matter drop. If, however, any one will
insist on pushing question behind question long enough, he
will compel us to admit that we come to the end of our
knowledge which is based ultimately upon ignorance. To
get knowledge out of ignorance seems almost as hopeless a
task as to get something out of any number of nothings, but
this in practice is what we have to do and the less fuss we
make over it the better.
When, therefore, we say that we know "why" a thing is
so and so, we mean that we know its immediate antecedents,
and connections, and find them familiar to us. I say that
the immediate antecedent of, and the phenomenon most
closely connected with, heredity is memory. I do not profess
to show why anything can remember at all, I only maintain
that whereas, to borrow an illustration from mathematics,
life was formerly an equation of, say, loo unknown quantities,
it is now one of 99 only, inasmuch as memory and heredity
have been shown to be one and the same thing.
S8 Memory and Design
Memory
i
Memory is a kind of way (or weight — whichever it should
be) that the mind has got upon it, in virtue of which the
sensation excited endures a little longer than the cause which
excited it. There is thus induced a state of things in which
mental images, and even physical sensations (if there can be
such a thing as a physical sensation) exist by virtue of
association, though the conditions which originally called
them into existence no longer continue.
This is as the echo continuing to reverberate after the sound
has ceased.
ii
To be is to think and to be thinkable. To live is to con-
tinue thinking and to remember having done so. Memory
is to mind as viscosity is to protoplasm, it gives a tenacity to
thought — a kind of pied a terre from which it can, and with-
out which it could not, advance.
Thought, in fact, and memory seem inseparable; no
thought, no memory; and no memory, no thought. And,
as conscious thought and conscious memory are functions
one of another, so also are unconscious thought and uncon-
scious memory. Memory is, as it were, the body of thought,
and it is through memory that body and mind are linked
together in rhythm or vibration ; for body is such as it is by
reason of the characteristics of the vibrations that are going
on in it, and memory is only due to the fact that the vibra-
tions are of such characteristics as to catch on to and be
caught on to by other vibrations that flow into them from
without — no catch, no memory.
Antitheses
Memory and forgetfulness are as life and death to one
another. To live is to remember and to remember is to live.
To die is to forget and to forget is to die. Everything is so
much involved in and is so much a process of its opposite
that, as it is almost fair to call death a process of life and
life a process of death, so it is to call memory a process of
forgetting and forgetting a process of remembering. There
Memory and Design 59
is never either absolute memory or absolute forgetfulness,
absolute life or absolute death. So with light and darkness,
heat and cold, you never can get either all the light, or all the
heat, out of anything. So with God and the devil; so with
everything. Everything is like a door swinging backwards
and forwards. Everything has a little of that from which
it is most remote and to which it is most opposed and these
antitheses serve to explain one another.
Unconscious Memory
A man at the Century Club was falling foul of me the
other night for my use of the word "memory." There was
no such thing, he said, as "unconscious memory" — ^memory
was always conscious, and so forth. My business is — and I
think it can be easily done — to show that they cannot beat
me off my unconscious memory without my being able, to
beat them off their conscious memory ; that they cannot deny
the legitimacy of my maintaining the phenomena of heredity
to be phenomena of memory without my being able to deny
the legitimacy of their maintaining the recollection of what
they had for dinner yesterday to be a phenomenon of memory.
My theory of the unconscious does not lead to universal un-
consciousness, but only to pigeon-holing and putting by. We
shall always get new things to worry about. If I thought
that by learning more and more I should ever arrive at the
knowledge of absolute truth, I would leave off studying. But
I believe I am pretty safe.
Reproduction and Memory
There is the reproduction of an idea which has been pro-
duced once already, and there is the reproduction of a living
form which has been produced once already. The first re-
production is certainly an effort of memory. It should not
therefore surprise us if the second reproduction should turn
out to be an effort of memory also. Indeed all forms of
reproduction that we can follow are based directly or in-
directly upon memory. It is only the one great act of repro-
duction that we cannot follow which we disconnect from
memory.
6o Memory and Design
Personal Identity
We are so far identical with our ancestors and our con-
temporaries that it is very rarely we can see anything that
they do not see. It is not unjust that the sins of the fathers
should be visited upon the children, for the children com-
mitted the sins when in the persons of their fathers; they
ate the sour grapes before they were bom: true, they have
forgotten the pleasure now, but so has a man with a sick
headache forgotten the pleasure of getting drunk the night
before.
Sensations
Our sensations are only distinguishable because we feel
them in different places and at different times. If we feel
them at very nearly the same time and place we cannot
distinguish themi
Cobwebs in the Dark
If you walk at night and your face comes up against a
spider's web woven across the road, what a shock that thin
line gives you! You fristle through every nerve of your
body.
Shocks and Memory
Memory is our sense that we are being shocked now as we
were shocked then.
Shocks
Given matter conscious in one part of itself of a shock in
another part (i.e. knowing in what part of itself it is
shocked) retaining a memory of each shock for a little while
afterwards, able to feel whether two shocks are simultaneous
or in succession, and able to know whether it has been shocked
much or little — given also that association does not stick to
the letter of its bond — and the rest will follow.
Design
i
There is often connection but no design, as when I stamp
my foot with design and shake something down without
Memory and Design 6i
design, or as when a man runs up against another in the
street and knocks him down without intending it. This is
undesign within design.
Fancied insults are felt by people who see design in a con-
nection where they should see little connection, and no design.
Connection with design is sometimes hard to distinguish
from connection without design; as when a man treads on
another's corns, it is not always easy to say whether he has
done so accidentally or on purpose.
Men have been fond in all ages of ascribing connection
where there is none. Thus astrology has been believed in.
Before last Christmas I said I had neglected the feasts of
the Church too much, and that I should probably be more
prosperous if I paid more attention to them: so I hung up
three pieces of ivy in my rooms on Xmas Eve. A few months
afterwards I got the entail cut off my reversion, but I should
hardly think there was much connection between the two
things. Nevertheless I shall hang some holly up this year.
ii
It seems also designed, ab extra (though who can say
whether this is so?), that no one should know anything
whatever about the ultimate, or even deeper springs of growth
and action. If not designed the result is arrived at as effectu-
ally as though it were so.
Accident, Design and Memory
It is right to say either that heredity and memory are one
and the same thing, or that heredity is a mode of memory,
or that heredity is due to memory, if it is thereby intended
that animals can only grow in virtue of being able to recol-
lect. Memory and heredity are the means of preserving ex-
periences, of building them together, of uniting a mass of
often confused detail into homogeneous and consistent mind
and matter, but they do not originate. The increment in each
generation, at the moment of its being an increment, has noth-
ing to do with memory or heredity, it is due to the chances
and changes of this mortal state. Design comes in at the
moment that a living being either feels a want and forecasts
for its gratification, or utilises some waif or stray of accident
62 Memory and Design
on the principle, which underlies all development, that enough
is a little more than what one has. It is the business of mem-
ory and heredity to conserve and to transmit from one gener-
ation to another that which has been furnished by design, or
by accident designedly turned to account.
It is therefore not right to say, as some have supposed me
to mean, that we can do nothing which we do not remember
to have done before. We can do nothing very difficult or
complicated which we have not done before, unless as by a
tour de force, once in a way, under exceptionally favourable
circumstances, but our whole conscious life is the perform-
ance of acts either imperfectly remembered or not remem-
bered at all. There are rain-drops of new experiences in
every life which are not within the hold of our memory or
past experience, and, as each one of these rain-drops came
originally from something outside, the whole river of our
life has in its inception nothing to do with memory, though it
is only through memory that the rain-drops of new experience
can ever unite to form a full flowing river of variously organ-
ised life aind intelligence.
Memory and Mistakes
Memory vanishes with extremes of resemblance or differ-
ence. Things which put us in mind of others must be neither
too like nor too unlike them. It is our sense that a position
is not quite the same which makes us find it so nearly the
same. We remember by the aid of differences as much as by
that of samenesses. If there could be no difference there
would be no memory, for the two positions would become
absolutely one and the same, and the universe would repeat
itself for ever and ever as between these two points.
When ninety-nine hundredths of one set of phenomena
are presented while the hundredth is withdrawn without ap-
parent cause, so that we can no longer do something which
according to our past experience we ought to find no difficulty
in doing, then we may guess what a bee must feel as it goes
flying up and down a window-pane. Then we have doubts
thrown upon the fundamental axiom of life, i.e. that like
antecedents will be followed by like consequents. On this
we go mad and die in a short time.
Memory and Design 63
Mistaken memory may be as potent as genuine recollec-
tion so far as its effects go, unless it happens to come more
into collision with other and not mistaken memories than it
is able to contend against.
Mistakes or delusions occur mainly in two ways.
First, when the circumstances have changed a little but
not enough to make us recognise the fact: this may happen
either because of want of attention on our part or because
of the hidden nature of the alteration, or because of its
slightness in itself, the importance depending upon its rela-
tions to something else which make a very small change have
an importance it would not otherwise have : in these cases the
memory reverts to the old circumstances unmodified, a suffi-
cient number of the associated ideas having been repro-
duced to make us assume the remainder without further
inspection, and hence follows a want of harmony between
action and circumstances which results in trouble somewhere.
Secondly, through the memory not reverting in full per-
fection, though the circumstances are reproduced fully and
accurately.
Remembering
When asked to remember "something" indefinitely you
cannot: you look round at once for something to suggest
what you shall try and remember. For thought must be
always about some "thing" which thing must either be a
thing by courtesy, as an air of Handel's, or else a solid,
tangible object, as a piano or an organ, but always the thing
must be linked on to matter by a longer or shorter chain as
the case may be. I was thinking of this once while walking
by the side of the Serpentine and, looking round, saw some
ducks alighting on the water; their feet reminded me of the
way the sea-birds used to alight when I was going to New
Zealand and I set to work recalling attendant facts. Without
help from outside I should have remembered nothing.
A Torn Finger-Nail
Henry Hoare [a college friend], when a young man of
about five-and-twenty, one day tore the quick of his finger-
nail — I mean he separated the fleshy part of the finger from
64 Memory and Design
the nail — and this reminded him that many years previously,
while quite a child, he had done the same thing. Thereon he
fell to thinking of that time which was impressed upon his
memory partly because there was a great disturbance in the
house about a missing five-pound note and partly because it
was while he had the scarlet fever.
Following the train, of thought aroused by his torn finger,
he asked himself how he had torn it, and after a while it came
back to him that he had been lying ill in bed as a child of
seven at the house of an aunt who lived in Hertfordshire.
His arms often hung out of the bed and, as his hands wan-
dered over the wooden frame, he felt that there was a place
where a nut had come out so that he could put his fingers in.
One day, in trying to stuff a piece of paper into this hole, he
stuffed it in so far and so tightly that he tore the quick of his
nail. The whole thing came back vividly and, though he had
not thought of it for nearly twenty years, he could see the
room in his aunt's house and remembered how his aunt used
to sit by his bedside writing at a little table from which he
had got the piece of paper which he had stuffed into the hole.
So far so good. But then there flashed upon him an idea
that was not so pleasant. I mean it came upon him with
irresistible force that the piece of paper he had stuffed into
the hole in the bedstead was the missing five-pound note
about which there had been so much disturbance. At that
time he Was so young that a five-pound note was to him only
a piece of paper ; when he heard that the money was missing,
he had thought it was five sovereigns; or perhaps he was.
too ill to think anything, or to be questioned ; I forget what I
was told about this — at any rate he had no idea of the value
of the piece of paper he was stuffing into the hole. But now
the matter had recurred to him at all he felt so sure that it
was the note that he immediately went down to Hertford-
shire, where his aunt was still living, and asked, to the sur-
prise of every one, to be allowed to wash his hands in the
room he had occupied as a child. He was told that there
were friends staying in the house who had the room at pres-
ent, but, on his saying he had a reason and particularly beg-
ging to be allowed to remain alone a little while in this room,
he was taken upstairs and left there.
He went to the bed, lifted up the chintz which then covered
Memory and Design 65
the frame, and found his old friend the hole. A nut had been
supplied and he could no longer get his finger into it. He
rang the bell and when the servant came asked for a bed-key.
All this time he was rapidly acquiring the reputation of
being a lunatic throughout the whole house, but the key was
brought, and by the help of it he got the nut off. When he
had done so, there, sure enough, by dint of picking with his
pocket-knife, he found the missing five-pound note. _,
See how the return of a given present brings back the)
presents that have been associated with it. /
Unconscious Association
One morning I was whistling to myself the air "In Sweet-
est H]armony" from Saul. Jones heard me and said :
"Do you know why you are whistling that?"
I said I did not.
Then he said: "Did you not hear me, two minutes ago,
whistling 'Eagles were not so Swift'?"
I had not noticed his doing so, and it was so long since
I had played that chorus myself that I doubt whether I
should have consciously recognised it. That I did recognise it
unconsciously is tolerably clear from my having gone on
with "In Sweetest Harmony," which is the air that follows it.
Association
If you say "Hallelujah" to a cat, it will excite no fixed
set of fibres in connection with any other set and the cat
will exhibit none of the phenomena of consciousness. But
if you say "Me-e-at," the cat will be there in a moment,
for the due connection between the sets of fibres has been
established.
Language
The reason why words recall ideas is that the word has
been artificially introduced among the associated ideas, and
the presence of one idea recalls the others.
V
Vibrations
Contributions to Evolution
To me it seems that my contributions to the theory of evolu-
tion have been mainly these :
1. The identification of heredity and memory and the
corollaries relating to sports, the reversion to remote ancestors,
the phenomena of old age, the causes of the sterility of hybrids
and the principles underlying longevity — all of which follow
as a matter of course. This was Life and Habit. [1877.]
2. The re-introduction of teleology into organic life which,
to me, seems hardly (if at all) less important than the Life
and Habit theory. This was Evolution Old and New. [1879.]
3. An attempt to suggest an explanation of the physics
of memory. I was alarmed by the suggestion and fathered
it upon Professor Hering who never, that I can see, meant
to say anything of the kind, but I forced my view on him,
as it were, by taking hold of a sentence or two in his lecture,
on Memory as a Universal Function of Organised Matter, and
thus connected memory with vibrations. This was Un-
conscious Memory. [ 1880. ]
What I want to do now [1885] is to connect vibrations
not only with memory but with the physical constitution of
that body in which the memory resides, thus adopting New-
land's law (sometimes called Mendelejeff's law) that there is
only one substance, and that the characteristics of the vibra-
tions going on within it at any given time will determine
whether it will appear to us as (say) hydrogen, or sodium, or
chicken doing this, or chicken doing the other. [This is
touched upon in the concluding chapter of Luck or Cunning?
1887.]
66
Vibrations 67
I would make not only the mind, but the body of the
organism to depend on the characteristics of the vibrations
going on within it. The same vibrations which remind the
chicken that it wants iron for its blood actually turn the
pre-existing matter in the egg into the required material.
According to this view the form and characteristics of the
elements are as much the living expositions of certain vibra-
tions — are as much our manner of perceiving that the vibra-
tions going on in that part of the one universal substance are
such and such — as the colour yellow is otir perception that a
substance is being struck by vibrations of light, so many to
the second, or as the action of a man walking about is our
mode of perceiving that such and such another combination
of vibrations is, for the present, going on in the substance
which, in consequence, has assumed the shape of the par-
ticular man.
It is somewhere in this neighbourhood that I look for the
connection between organic and inorganic.
The Universal Substance
We shall never get straight till we leave off trying to
separate mind and matter. Mind is not a thing or, if it bej_
we know nothing about it ; it is a function of matter. Matter
is not a thing or, if it be, we know nothing about it; it is
a function of mind.
We should see an omnipotent, universal substance, some-
times in a dynamical and sometimes in a statical condition
and, in either condition, always retaining a little of its oppo-
site ; and we should see this substance as at once both material
and mental, whether it be in the one condition or in the other.
The statical condition represents content, the dynamical, dis-
content; and both content and discontent, each still retain-
ing a little of its opposite, must be carried down to the
lowest atom.
Action is the process whereby thought, which is mental,
is materialised and whereby substance, which is material,
is mentalised. It is like the present, which unites times
past and future and which is the only time worth thinking of
and yet is the only time which has no existence.
68 Vibrations
I do not say that thought actually passes into substance,
or mind into matter, by way of action — I do not know what
thought is — but every thought involves bodily change, i.e.
action, and every action involves thought, conscious or un-
conscious. The action is the point of juncture between bodily
change, visible and otherwise sensible, and mental change
which is invisible except as revealed through action. So that
action is the material symbol of certain states of mind. It
translates the thought into a corresponding bodily change.
When the universal substance is at rest, that is, not vibrat-
ing at all, it is absolutely imperceptible whether by itself
or anything else^ It is to all intents and purposes fast
asleep or, rather, so completely non-existent that you can
walk through it, or it through you, and it knows neither
time nor space but presents all the appearance of perfect
vacuum. It is in an absolutely statical state. But when it
is not at rest, it becomes perceptible both to itself and others ;
that is to say, it assumes material guise such as makes it
perceptible both to itself and others. It is then tending
towards rest, i.e. in a dynamical state. The not being at
rest is the being in a vibratory condition. It is the disturbance
of the repose of the universal, invisible and altogether im-
perceptible substance by way of vibration which constitutes
matter at all ; it is the character of the vibrations which con-
stitutes the particular kind of matter. (May we imagine
that some vibrations vibrate with a rhythm which has a
tendency to recur like the figures in a recurring decimal, and
that here we have the origin of the reproductive system?)
We should realise that all space is at all times full of a
stufif endowed with a mind and that both stuff and mind are
immaterial and imperceptible so long as they are undisturbed,
but the moment they are disturbed the stufif becomes material
and the mind perceptible. It is not easy to disturb them,
for the atmosphere protects them. So long as they are un-
disturbed they transmit light, etc., just as though they were
a rigid substance, for, not being disturbed, they detract
nothing from any vibration which enters them.
What will cause a row will be the hitting upon some plan
for waking up the ether. It is here that we must look for
Vibrations 69
the extension of the world when it has become over-peopled
or when, through its gradual cooling down, it becomes less
suitable for a habitation. By and by we shall make new
worlds.
Mental and Physical
A strong hope of £20,000 in the heart of a poor but capable
man may effect a considerable redistribution of the forces
of nature — may even remove mountains. The little, unseen
impalpable hope sets up a vibrating movement in a messy
substance shut in a dark warm place inside the man's skull.
The vibrating substance undergoes a change that none can
note, whereupon rings of rhythm circle outwards from it
as from a stone thrown into a pond, so that the Alps are
pierced in consequence.
Vibrations, Memory and Chemical Properties
The quality of every substance depends upon its vibrations,
but so does the quality of all thought and action. Quality
is only one mode of action; the action of developing, the
desire to make this or that, and do this or that, and the
stuff we make are alike due to the nature and characteristics
of vibrations.
I want to connect the actual manufacture of the things a
chicken makes inside an egg with the desire and memory of
the chickens, so as to show that one and the same set of
vibrations at once change the universal substratum into the
particular phase of it required and awaken a consciousness of,
and a memory of and a desire towards, this particular phase
on the part of the molecules which are being vibrated into it
So, for example, that a set of vibrations shall at once turn
plain white and yolk of egg into the feathers, blood and bones
of a chicken and, at the same time, make the mind of the
embryo to be such or such as it is.
Protoplasm and Reproduction
The reason why the offspring of protoplasm progressed,
and the offspring of nothing else does so, is that the viscid
nature of protoplasm allows vibrations to last a very long
70 Vibrations
time, and so very old vibrations get carried into any fragment
that is broken off; whereas in the case of air and water,
vibrations get soon effaced and only very recent vibrations
get carried into the young air and the young water which
are, therefore, born fully grown ; they cannot grow any more
nor can they decay till they are killed outright by something
decomposing them. If protoplasm was more viscid it would
not vibrate easily enough ; if less, it would run away into the
surrounding water.
Germs within Germs
When we say that the germ within the hen's egg remem-
bers having made itself into a chicken on past occasions, or
that each one of 100,000 salmon germs remembers to have
made itself into a salmon (male or female) in the persons of
the single pair of salmon its parents, do we intend that each
single one of these germs was a witness of, and a concurring
agent in, the development of the parent forms from their
respective germs, and that each one of them therefore, was
shut up within the parent germ, like a small box inside a big
one?
If so, then the parent germ with its millions of brothers
and sisters was in like manner enclosed within a grand-
parental germ, and so on till we are driven to admit, after
even a very few generations, that each ancestor has contained
more germs than could be expressed by a number written
in small numerals, beginning at St. Paul's and ending at
Charing Cross. Mr. Darwin's provisional theory of pangen-
esis comes to something very like this, so far as it can be
understood at all.
Therefore it will save trouble (and we should observe no
other consideration) to say that the germs that unite to form
any given sexually produced individual were not present in
the germs, or with the germs, from which the parents sprang,
but that they came into the parents' bodies at some later
period.
We may perhaps find it convenient to account for their
intimate acquaintance with the past history of the body into
which they have been introduced by supposing that in virtue
of assimilation they have acquired certain periodical rhvthms
Vibrations 7^
already pre-existing in the parental bodies, and that the
communication of the characteristics of these rhythms de-
termines at once the physical and psychical development of
the individual in a course as nearly like that of the parents
as changed surroundings will allow.
For, according to my Life and Habit theory, everything
in connection with embryonic development is referred to
memory, and this involves that the thing remembering should
have been present and an actor in the development which it
is supposed to remember; but we have just settled that the
germs which unite to form any individual, and which when
united proceed to develop according to what I suppose to
be their memory of their previous developments, were not
participators in any previous development and cannot there-
fore remember it. They cannot remember even a single
development, much less can they remember that infinite
series of developments the recollection and epitomisation of
which is a sijie qua non for the unconsciousness which we
note in normal development. I see no way of getting out o£
this difficulty so convenient as to say that a memory is the
reproduction and recurrence of a rhythm communicated di-
rectly or indirectly from one substance to another, and that
where a certain rhythm exists there is a certain stock of
memories, whether the actual matter in which the rhythm
now subsists was present with the matter in which it arose
or not.
. There is another little difficulty in the question whether
the matter that I suppose introduced into the parents'
bodies during their life-histories, and that goes to form the
germs that afterwards become their offspring, is living or
non-living. If living, then it has its own memories and life-
histories which must be cancelled and undone before the
assimilation and the becoming imbued with new rhythms can
be complete. That is to say it must become as near non-
living as anything can become.
Sooner or later, then, we get this introduced matter to be
non-living (as we may call it) and the puzzle is how to get
it living again. For we strenuously deny equivocal generation.
When matter is living we contend that it can only have been
begotten of other like living matter; we deny that it can
have become living from non-living. Here, however, within
72 Vibrations
the bodies of animals and vegetables we find equivocal gen-
eration a necessity ; nor do I see any way out of it except by
maintaining that nothing is ever either quite dead or quite
alive, but that a little leaven of the one is always left in the
other. For it would be as difficult to get the thing dead, if it
is once all alive, as alive if once all dead.'
According to this view to beget offspring is to communicate
to two pieces of protoplasm (which afterwards combine)
certain rhythmic vibrations which, though too feeble to gen-
erate visible action until they receive accession of fresh
similar rhythms from exterior objects, yet on receipt of
such accession set the game of development going and main-
tain it. It will be observed that the rhythms supposed to be
communicated to any germs are such as have been already
repeatedly refreshed by rhythms from exterior objects in
preceding generations, so that a consonance is rehearsed and
pre-arranged, as it were, between the rhythm in the germ and
those that in the normal course of its ulterior existence are
likely to flow into it. If there is too serious a discord between
inner and outer rhythms the organism dies.
Atoms and Fixed Laws
When people talk of atoms obeying fixed laws, they are
either ascribing some kind of intelligence and free will to
atoms or they are talking nonsense. There is no obedience
unless there is at any rate a potentiality of disobeying.
No objection can lie to our supposing potential or elemen-
tary volition and consciousness to exist in atoms, on the score
that their action would be less regular or uniform if they had
free will than if they had not. By giving them free will we
do no more than those who make them bound to obey fixed
laws. They will be as certain to use their freedom of will
only in particular ways as to be driven into those ways by
obedience to fixed laws.
The little element of individual caprice (supposing we start
with free will), or (supposing we start with necessity) the
little element of stiffneckedness, both of which elements we
find everywhere in nature, these are the things that prevent
even the most reliable things from being absolutely reliable.
It is they that form the point of contact between this universe
Vibrations 73
and something else quite different in which none of those
fundamental ideas obtain without which we cannot think at
all. So we say that nitrous acid is more reUable than nitric
for etching.
Atoms have a mind as much smaller and less complex
than ours as their bodies are smaller and less complex.
Complex mind involves complex matter and vice versa.
On the whole I think it would be most convenient to endow
all atoms with a something of consciousness and volition,
and to hold them to be pro tanto, living. We must suppose
them able to remember and forget, i.e. to retain certain vibra-
tions that have been once established — gradually to lose them
and to receive others instead. We must suppose some more
intelligent, versatile and of greater associative power than
others.
Thinking
All thinking is of disturbance, dynamical, a state of unrest
tending towards equilibrium. It is all a mode of classifying
and of criticising with a view of knowing whether it gives us,
or is likely to give us, pleasure or no.
Equilibrium
In the highest consciousness there is still unconsciousness,
in the lowest unconsciousness there is still consciousness. If
there is no consciousness there is no thing, or nothing. To
understand perfectly would be to cease to understand at all.
It is in the essence of heaven that we are not to be thwarted
or irritated, this involves absolute equiUbrium and absolute
equilibrium involves absolute unconsciousness. Christ is
equilibrium — ^the not wanting anything, either more or less.
Death also is equilibrium. But Christ is a more living kind
of death than death is.
VI
Mind and Matter
Motion
We cannot define either motion or matter, but we have
certain rough and ready ideas concerning them which, right
or wrong, we must make the best of without more words,
for the chances are ten to one that attempted definition will
fuzz more than it will clear.
Roughly, matter and motion are functions one of another,
as are mind and matter; they are essentially concomitant
with one another, and neither can vary but the other varies
also. You cannot have a thing "matter" by itself which
shall have no motion in it, nor yet a thing "motion" by
itself which shall exist apart from matter; you must have
both or neither. You can have matter moving much, or
little, and in all conceivable ways; but you cannot have
matter without any motion more than you can have motion
without any matter that is moving.
Its states, its behaviour under varying circumstances, that
is to say the characteristics of its motions, are all that we
can cognise in respect of matter. We recognise certain
varying states or conditions of matter and give one state
one name, and another another, as though it were a man or
a dog; but it is the state not the matter that we cognise,
just as it is the man's moods and outward semblance that
we alone note, while knowing nothing of the man. Of matter
in its ultimate essence and apart from motion we know
nothing whatever. As far as we are concerned there is no
such thing: it has no existence: for de non apparentibus et
non existentibus eadem est ratio.
It is a mistake, therefore, to speak about an "eternal
74
Mind and Matter 75
unchangeable underlying substance" as I am afraid I did
! in the last pages of Luck or Cunning? but I am not going to
j be at the trouble of seeing. For, if the substance is eternal
and unknowable and unchangeable, it is tantamount to noth-
ing. Nothing can be nearer non-existence than eternal un-
knowableness and unchangeableness.
I If, on the other hand, the substance changes, then it is
not unknowable, or uncognisable, for by cognising its changes
we cognise it. Changes are the only things that we can
cognise. Besides, we cannot have substance changing without
condition changing, and if we could we might as well ignore
condition. Does it not seem as though, since the motions or
states are all that we cognise, they should be all that we
need take account of? Change of condition is change of
substance. Then what do we want with substance? Why
have two ideas when one will do?
I suppose it has all come about because there are so many
tables and chairs and stones that appear not to be moving,
and this gave us the idea of a solid substance without any
motion in it.
How would it be to start with motion approximately
patent, and motion approximately latent (absolute patency,
and absolute latency being unattainable), and lay down that
motion latent as motion becomes patent as substance, or
matter of chair-and-table order; and that when patent as
motion it is latent as matter and substance?
I am only just recovering from severe influenza and have
no doubt I have been writing nonsense.
Matter and Mind
People say we can conceive the existence of matter and
the existence of mind. I doubt it. I doubt how far we have
any definite conception of mind or of matter, pure and
simple.
What is meant by conceiving a thing or understanding it?
When we hear of a piece of matter instinct with mind, as
protoplasm, for example, there certainly comes up before
our closed eyes an idea, a picture which we imagine to bear
some resemblance to the thing we are hearing of. But when
76 Mind and Matter
we try to think of matter apart from every attribute of
matter (and this I suspect comes ultimately to "apart from
every attribute of mind") we get no image before our closed
eyes — we realise nothing to ourselves. Perhaps we surrep-
titiously introduce some little attribute, and then we think
we have conceived of matter pure and simple, but this I
think is as far as we can go. The like holds good for mind :
we must smuggle in a little matter before we get any definite
idea at all.
ii
Matter and mind are as heat and cold, as life and death,
certainty and uncertainty, union and separateness. There is
no absolute heat, life, certainty, union, nor is there any
absolute cold, death, uncertainty or separateness.
We can conceive of no ultimate limit beyond which a
thing cannot become either hotter or colder, there is no
limit; there are degrees of heat and cold, but there is no
heat so great that we cannot fancy its becoming a little
hotter, that is we cannot fancy its not having still a few
degrees of cold in it which can be extracted. Heat and cold
are always relative to one another, they are never absolute.
So with life and death, there is neither perfect life nor perfect
death, but in the highest life there is some death and in the
lowest death there is still some life. The fraction is so small
that in practice it may and must be neglected ; it is neglected,
however, not as of right but as of grace, and the right to
insist on it is never finally and indefeasibly waived.
iii
An energy is a soul — a something working in us.
As we cannot imagine heat apart from something which is
hot, nor motion without something that is moving, so we
cannot imagine an energy, or working power, without matter
through which it manifests itself.
On the other hand, we cannot imagine matter without
thinking of it as capable of some kind of working power or
energy — ^we cannot think of matter without thinking of it as
in some way ensouled.
iv
Matter and mind form one another, i.e. they give to one
another the form in which we see them. They are the help-
Mind and Matter 77
meets to one another that cross each other and undo each
other and, in the undoing, do and, in the doing, undo, and so
see-saw ad mUfdtum.
Organic and Inorganic
Animals and plants cannot understand our business, so we
have denied that they can understand their own. What we
call inorganic matter cannot understand the animals' and
plants' business, we have therefore denied that it can under-
stand anything whatever.
What we call inorganic is not so really, but the organisa-
tion is too subtle for our senses or for any of those appliances
with which we assist them. It is deducible however as a
necessity by an exercise of the reasoning faculties.
People looked at glaciers for thousands of years before
they found out that ice was a fluid, so it has taken them and
will continue to take them not less before they see that the
inorganic is not wholly inorganic.
The Power to make Mistakes '
This is one of the criteria of life as we commonly think of
it. If oxygen could go wrong and mistake some other gas
for hydrogen and thus learn not to mistake it any more, we
should say oxygen was alive. The older life is, the more
unerring it becomes in respect of things about which it is
conversant — the more like, in fact, it becomes to such a
thing as the force of gravity, both as regards unerringness
and unconsciousness.
Is life such a force as gravity in process of formation, and
was gravity once — or rather, were things once liable to make
mistakes on such a subject as gravity?
If any one will teiU me what life is I will tell him whether
the inorganic is alive or not.
The Omnipresence of Intelligence
A little while ago no one would admit that animals had
intelligence. This is now conceded. At any rate, then,
vegetables had no intelligence. This is being fast disputed.
78 Mind and Matter
Even Darwin leans towards the view that they have intelli-
gence. At any rate, then, the inorganic world has not got
an intelligence. Even this is now being denied. Death is
being defeated at all points. No sooner do we think we have
got a bona fide barrier than it breaks down. The divisions
between varieties, species, genus, all gone; between instinct
and reason, gone ; between animals and plants, gone ; between
man and the lower animals, gone; so, ere long, the division
between organic and inorganic will go and will take with it
the division between mind and matter.
The Super-Organic Kingdom
As the solid inorganic kingdom supervened upon the
gaseous (vestiges of the old being, nevertheless, carried over
into and still persisting in the new) and as the organic king-
dom supervened upon the inorganic (vestiges of the old be-
ing, again, carried over into and still persisting in the new)
so a third kingdom is now in process of development, the
super-organic, of which we see the germs in the less practical
and more emotional side of our nature.
Man, for example, is the only creature that interests him-
self in his own past, or forecasts his future to any consider^
able extent. This tendency I would see as the monad of a
new regime — a regime that will be no more governed by the
ideas and habits now prevailing among ourselves than we
are by those still obtaining among stones or water. Never-
theless, if a man be shot out of a cannon, or fall from a great
height, he is to all intents and purposes a mere stone. Place
anything in circumstances entirely foreign to its immediate
antecedents, and those antecedents become non-existent to
it, it returns to what it was before they existed, to the last
stage that it can recollect as at all analogous to its present.
Feeling
Man is a substance, he knows not what, feeling, he knows
not how, a rest and unrest that he can only in part distin-
guish. He is a substance feeling equilibrium or want of
equilibrium; that is to say, he is a substance in a statical
Mind and Matter 79
or dynamical condition arid feeling the passage from one
state into the other. ,
Feeling is an art and, like any other art, can be acquired
by taking pains. The analogy between feelings and words
is very close. Both have their foundation in volition and
deal largely in convention; as we should not be word-ridden
so neither should we be feeling-ridden; feelings can deceive
us; they can lie; they can be used in a non-natural, arti-
ficial sense; they can be forced; they can carry us away;
they can be restrained.
When the surroundings are familiar, we know the right
feeling and feel it accordingly, or if "we" (that is the central
government of our personality) do not feel it, the subordinate
departmental personality, whose business it is, feels it in the
usual way and then goes on to something else. When the
surroundings are less familiar and the departmental person-
ality cannot deal with them, the position is reported through
the nervous system to the central government which is fre-
quently at a loss to know what feeling to apply. Sometimes j
it happens to discern the right feeling and apply it, some-
times it hits upon an inappropriate one and is thus induced
to proceed from solecism to solecism till the consequences
lead to a crisis from which we recover and which, then be-
coming a leading case, forms one of the decisions on which
our future action is based. Sometimtes it applies a feeling
that is too inappropriate, as when the position is too horribly
novel for us to have had any experience that can guide the
central government in knowing how to feel about it, and this
results in a cessation of the eifort involved in trying to feel.
Hence we may hope that the most horrible apparent suffering
is not felt beyond a certain point, but is passed through un-
consciously under a natural, automatic anaesthetic — ^the uncon-
sciousness, in extreme cases, leading to death.
It is generally held that animals feel; it will soon be
generally held that plants feel; after that it will be held
that stones also can feel. For, as no matter is so organic
that there is not some of the inorganic in it, so, also, no
matter is so inorganic that there is not some of the organic
in it. We know that we have nerves and that we feel, it
does not follow that other things do not feel because they
have no nerves — it only follows that they do not feel as we
8o Mind and Matter
do. The difference between the organic and the inorganic
kingdoms will some day be seen to lie in the greater power
of discriminating its feelings which is possessed by the
former. Both are made of the same universal substance,
but, in the case of the organic world, this substance is
able tc feel more fully and discreetly and to show us that
it feels.
Animals and plants, as they advance in the scale of life,
differentiate their feelings more and more highly; they
record them better and recognise them more readily. They
get to know what they are doing and feeling, not step by step
only, nor sentence by sentence, but in long flights, forming
chapters and whole books of action and sensation. The
difference as regards feeling between man and the lower
animals is one of degree and not of kind. The inorganic is
less expert in differentiating its feelings, therefore its memory
of them must be less enduring; it cannot re-cognise what it
could scarcely cognise. One might as well for some purposes,
perhaps, say at once, as indeed people generally do for most
purposes, that the inorganic does not feel; nevertheless the
somewhat periphrastic way of putting it, by saying that the
inorganic feels but does not know, or knows only very slightly,
how to differentiate its feelings, has the advantage of ex-
pressing the fact that feeling depends upon differentiation
and sense of relation inter se of the things differentiated — a
fact which, if never expressed, is apt to be lost sight of.
As, therefore, human discrimination is to that of the lower
animals, so the discrimination of the lower animals and
plants is to that of inorganic things. In each case it is greater
discriminating power (and this is mental power) that under-
lies the differentiation, but in no case can there be a denial
of mental power altogether.
Opinion and Matter
Moral force and material force do pass into one another ;
a conflict of opinion often ends in a fight. Putting it the
other way, there is no material conflict without attendant
clash of opinion. Opinion and matter act and react as do all
things else; they come up hand in hand out of something
which is both and neither, but, so far as we can catch sight
Mind and Matter 8i
of either first on our mental horizon, it is opinion that is the
prior of the two.
Moral Influence
The caracal lies on a shelf in its den in the Zoological
Gardens quietly licking its fur. I go up and stand near it.
It makes a face at me. I come a little nearer. It makes a
worse face and raises itself up on its haunches. I stand and
look. It jumps down from its shelf and makes as if it in-
tended to go for me. I move back. The caracal has exerted a
moral influence over me which I have been unable to resist.
Moral influence means persuading another that one can
make that other more uncomfortable than that other can
make oneself.
Mental and Physical Pabulum
When we go up to the shelves in the reading-room of the
British Museum, how like it is to wasps flying up and down
an apricot tree that is trained against a wall, or cattle coming
down to drink at a pool !
Eating and Proselytising
All eating is a kind of proselytising — a kind of dogmatising
— a maintaining that the eater's way of looking at things is
better than the eatee's. We convert the food, or try to do
so, to our own way of thinking, and, when it sticks to its own
opinion and refuses to be converted, we say it disagrees with
us. An animal that refuses to let another eat it has the
courage of its convictions and, if it gets eaten, dies a martyr
to them. So we can only proselytise fresh meat, the con-
victions of putrid meat begin to be too strong for us.
It is good for a man that he should not be thwarted —
that he should have his own way as far, and with as little
difficulty, as possible. Cooking is good because it makes
matters easier by unsettling the meat's mind and preparing
it for new ideas. All food must first be prepared for us by
animals and plants, or we cannot assimilate it; and so
thoughts are more easily assimilated that have been already
digested by other minds. A man should avoid converse with
82 Mind and Matter
things that have been stunted or starved, and should not eat
such meat as has been overdriven or underfed or afflicted
with disease, nor should he touch fruit or vegetables that
have not been well grown.
Sitting quiet after eating is akin to sitting still during
divine service so as not to disturb the congregation. We are
catechising and converting our proselytes, and there should
be no row. As we get older we must digest more quietly
still, our appetite is less, our gastric juices are no longer so
eloquent, they have lost that cogent fluency which carried
away all that came in contact with it. They have become
sluggish and unconciliatory. This is what happens to any
man when he suffers from an attack of indigestion.
Sea-Sickness
Or, indeed, any other sickness is the inarticulate expres-
sion of the pain we feel on seeing a proselyte escape us just
as we were on the point of converting it.
Indigestion
This, as I have said above, may be due to the naughtiness
of the stiff-necked things that we have eaten, or. to the poverty
of our own arguments ; but it may also arise from an attempt
on the part of the stomach to be too damned clever, and to
depart from precedent inconsiderately. The healthy stomach
is nothing if not conservative. Few radicals have good
digestions.
Assimilation and Persecution
We cannot get rid of persecution; if we feel at all we
must persecute something; the mere acts of feeding and
growing are acts of persecution. Our aim should be to
persecute nothing but such things as are absolutely incapable
of resisting us. Man is the only animal that can remain on
friendly terms with the victims he intends to eat until he
eats them.
Matter Infinitely Subdivisible
We must suppose it to be so, but it does not follow that
we can know anything about it if it is divided into pieces
Mind and Matter 83
smaller than a certain size; and, if we can know nothing
about it when so divided, then, qiM us, it has no existence
and therefore matter, qtia us, is not infinitely subdivisible.
Differences
We often say that things differ in degree but not in kind,
as though there were a fixed line at which degree ends and
kind begins. There is no such line. All differences resolve
themselves into differences of degree. Everything can in
the end be united with everything by easy stages if a way
long enough and round-about enough be taken. Hence to
the metaphysician everything will become one, being united
with everything else by degrees so subtle that there is no
escape from seeing the universe as a single whole. This in
theory; but in practice it would get us into such a mess
that we had better go on talking about differences of kind as
well as of degree.
Union and Separation
In the closest union there is still some separate existence
of component parts; in the most complete separation there
is still a reminiscence of union. When they are most sepa-
rate, the atoms seem to bear in mind that they may one day
have to come together again; when most united, they still
remember that they may come to fall out some day and do
not give each other their full, unreserved confidence.
The difficulty is how to get unity and separateness at one
and the same time. The two main ideas underlying all
action are desire for closer unity and desire for more sepa-
rateness. Nature is the puzzled sense of a vast number of
things which feel they are in an illogical position and should
be more either of one thing or the other than they are. So
they will first be this and then that, and act and re-act and
keep the balance as near equal as they can, yet they know all
the time that it isn't right and, as they incline one way or the
other, they will love or hate.
When we love, we draw what we love closer to us; when
we hate a thing, we fling it away from us. All disruption
and dissolution is a mode of hating; and all that we call
affinity is a mode of loving.
84 Mind and Matter
The puzzle which puzzles every atom is the puzzle which
puzzles ourselves — a conflict of duties — our duty towards
ourselves, and our duty as members of a body politic. It
is swayed by its sense of being a separate thing — of having
a life to itself which nothing can share; it is also swayed
by the feeling that, in spite of this, it is only part of an indi-
viduality which is greater than itself and which absorbs it.
Its action will vary with the predominance of either of these
two states of opinion.
Unity and Multitude
We can no longer separate things as we once could: every-
thing tends towards unity; one thing, one action, in one
place, at one time. On the other hand, we can no longer
unify things as we once could; we are driven to ultimate
atoms, each one of which is an individuality. So that we
have an infinite multitude of things doing an infinite multi-
tude of actions in infinite time and space; and yet they are
not many things, but one thing.
The Atom
^The idea of an indivisible, ultimate atom is inconceivable
by the lay mind. If we can conceive an idea of the atom
at all, we can conceive it as capable of being cut in half;
indeed, we cannot conceive it at all unless we so conceive
it. The only true atom, the only thing which we cannot
subdivide and cut in half, is the universe. We cannot cut a
bit off the universe and put it somewhere else. Therefore,
the universe is a true atom and, indeed, is the smallest piece
of indivisible matter which our minds can conceive ; and they
cannot conceive it any more than they can the indivisible,
ultimate atom.
Our Cells
A string of young ducklings as they sidle along through
grass beside a ditch — ^how like they are to a single serpent!
I said in Life and Habit that a colossal being, looking at the
earth through a microscope, would probably think the ants
and flies of one year the same as those of the preceding year.
Mind and Matter 85
I should have added : — So we think we are composed of the
same cells from year to year, whereas in truth the cells are a
succession of generations. The most continuous, homo-
geneous things we know are only like a lot of cow-bells on an
alpine pasture.
Nerves and Postmen
A letter, so long as it is connected with one set of nerves,
is one thing; loose it from connection with those nerves —
open your fingers and drop it in the opening of a pillar box —
and it becomes part and parcel of another nervous system.
Letters in transitu contain all manner of varied stimuli and
shocks, yet to the postman, who is the nerve that conveys
them, they are all alike, except as regards mere size and
weight. I should think, therefore, that our nerves and ganglia
really see no difference in the stimuli that they convey.
Aiid yet the postman does see some difference: he knows
a business letter from a valentine at a glance and practice
teaches him to know much else which escapes ourselves.
Who, then, shall say what the nerves and ganglia know and
what they do not know ? True, to us, as we think of a piece
of brain inside our own heads, it seems as absurd to consider
that it knows anything at all as it seems to consider that a
hen's egg knows anything ; but then if the brain could see us,
perhaps the brain might say it was absurd to suppose that that
thing could know this or that. Besides what is the self of
which we say that we are self-conscious? No one can say
what it is that we are conscious of. This is one of the things
which lie altogether outside the sphere of words.
The postman can open a letter if he likes and know all
about the message he is conveying, but, if he does this, he is
diseased qua postman. So, maybe, a nerve might open a
stimulus or a shock on the way sometimes, but it would not
be a good nerve.
Night-Shirts and Babies
On Hindhead, last Easter, we saw a family wash hung out
to dry. There were papa's two great night-shirts and
mamma's two lesser night-gowns and then the children's
smaller articles of clothing and mamma's drawers and the
girls' drawers, all full swollen with a strong north-east wind.
86 Mind and Matter
But mamma's night-gown was not so well pinned on and,
instead of being full of steady wind like tfie others, kept blow-
ing up and down as though she were preaching wildly. We
stood and laughed for ten minutes. The housewife came to
the window and wondered at us, but we could not resist the
pleasure of watching the absurdly life-like gestures which
the night-gowns made. I should like a Santa Famiglia with
clothes drying in the backgrotmd.
A love story might be told in a series of sketches of the
clothes of two families hanging out to dry in adjacent gar-
dens. Then a gentleman's night-shirt from one garden, and a
lady's night-gown from the other should be shown hanging
in a third garden by themselves. By and by there should be
added a little night-shirt.
A philosopher might be tempted, on seeing the little night-
shirt, to suppose that the big night-shirts had made it. What
we do is much the same, for the body of a baby is not much
more made by the two old babies, after whose pattern it
has cut itself out, than the little night-shirt is made by the
big ones. The thing that makes either the little night-shirt
or the little baby is something about which we know nothing
whatever at all.
Our Organism
Man is a walking tool-box, manufactory, workshop and
bazaar worked from behind the scenes by someone or some-
thing that we never see. We are so used to never seeing more
than the tools, and these work so smoothly, that we call
them the workman himself, making much the same mistake
as though we should call the saw the carpenter. The only
workman of whom we know anything at all is the one that
runs ourselves and even this is not perceivable by any of our
gross palpable senses.
The senses seem to be the link between mind and matter —
never forgetting that we can never have either mind or matter
pure and without alloy of the other.
Beer and My Cat
Spilt beer or water seems sometimes almost human in its
uncertainty whether or no it is worth while to get ever such
Mind and Matter 87
a little nearer to the earth's centre by such and such a slight
trickle forward.
I saw my cat undecided in his mind whether he should get
up on the table and steal the remains of my dinner or not.
The chair was some eighteen inches away with its back
towards the table, so it was a little troublesome for him to
get his feet first on the bar and then on the table. He was
not at all hungry but he tried, saw it would not be quite
easy and gave it up; then he thought better of it and tried
again, and saw again that it was not all perfectly plain
sailing; and so backwards and forwards with the first-he-
would-and-then-he-wouldn'tism of a mind so nearly in equi-
librium that a hair's weight would turn the scale one way or
the other.
I thought how closely it resembled the action of beer
trickling on a slightly sloping table.
The Union Bank
There is a settlement in the Union Bank building. Chancery
Lane, which has made three large cracks in the main door
steps. I remember these cracks more than twenty years ago,
just after the bank was built, as mere thin lines and now they
must be some half an inch wide and are still slowly widening.
They have altered very gradually, but not an hour or a minute
has passed without a groaning and travailing together on the
part of every stone and piece of timber in the building to
settle how a modv^ vivendi should be arrived at. This is why
the crack is said to be caused by a settlement — some parts
of the building willing this and some that, and the battle
going on, as even the steadiest and most unbroken battles
must go, by fits and starts which, though to us appearing
as an even tenor, would, if we could see them under a micro-
scope, prove to be a succession of bloody engagements be-
tween regiments that sometimes lost and sometimes won.
Sometimes, doubtless, strained relations have got settled by
peaceful arbitration and reference to the solicitors of the
contending parts without open visible rupture; at other
times, again, discontent has gathered on discontent as the
snow upon a sub-alpine slope, flake by flake, till the last is
one too many and the whole comes crashing down —
88 Mind and Matter
whereon the cracks have opened some minute fraction of an
inch wider.
Of this we see nothing. All we note is that a score of years
have gone by and that the cracks are rather wider. So,
doubtless, if the materials of which the bank is built could
speak, they would say they knew nothing of the varied inter-
ests that sometimes coalesce and sometimes conflict within
th^ building. The joys of the rich depositor, the anguish of
the bankrupt are nothing to them; the stream of people
coming in and going out is as steady, continuous a thing to
them as a blowing wind or a running river to ourselves; all
they know or care about is that they have a trifle more weight
of books and clerks and bullion than they once had, and that
this hinders them somewhat in their effort after a permanent
settlement.
The Unity of Nature
I meet a melancholy old Savoyard playing on a hurdy-
gurdy, grisly, dejected, dirty, with a look upon him as though
the iron had long since entered into his soul. It is a frosty
morning but he has very little clothing, and there is a dumb
despairing look about him which is surely genuine. There
passes him a young butcher boy with his tray of meat upon
his shoulder. He is ruddy, lusty, full of life and health and
spirits, and he vents these in a shrill whistle which eclipses
the hurdy-gurdy of the Savoyard.
The like holds good with the horses and cats and dogs
which I fneet daily, with the flies in window panes and with
plants, some are successful, others have now passed their
prime. Look at the failures per se and they make one very
unhappy, but it helps matters to look at them in their capaci-
ties as parts of a whole rather than as isolated.
I cannot see things round about me without feeling that
they are all parts of one whole which is trying to do some-
thing; it has not perhaps a perfectly clear idea of what it is
trying after, but it is doing its best. I see old age, decay and
failure as the relaxation, after effort, of a muscle in the cor-
poration of things, or as a tentative effort in a wrong direc-
tion, or as the dropping off of particles of skin from a healthy
limb. This dropping off is the death of any given generation
Mind and Matter 89
of our cells as they work their way nearer and nearer to our
skins and then get rubbed off and go away. It is as though we
sent people to live nearer and nearer the churchyard the older
they grew. As for the skin that is shed, in the first place it
has had its turn, in the second it starts anew under fresh aus-
pices, for it can at no time cease to be part of the universe,
it must always live in one way or another.
Croesus and His Kitchen-Maid
I want people to see either their cells as less parts of them-
selves than they do, or their servants as more.
Croesus's kitchen-maid is part of him, bone of his bone and
flesh of his flesh, for she eats what comes from his table and,
being fed of one flesh, are they not brother and sister to one
another in virtue of community of nutriment which is but
a thinly veiled travesty of descent? When she eats peas
with her knife, he does so too ; there is not a bit of bread and
butter she puts into her mouth, nor a lump of sugar she drops
into her tea, but he knoweth it altogether, though he knows
nothing whatever about it. She is en-Croesused and he en-
scullery-maided so long as she remains linked to him by the
golden chain which passes from his pocket to hers, and which
is greatest of all unifiers.
True, neither party is aware of the connection at all as long
as things go smoothly. Croesus no more knows the name of,
or feels the existence of, his kitchen-maid than a peasant in
health knows about his liver; nevertheless he is awakened to
a dim sense of an undefined something when he pays his
grocer or his baker. She is more definitely aware of him
than he of her, but it is by way of an overshadowing presence
rather than a clear and intelligent comprehension. And
though Croesus does not eat his kitchen-maid's meals other-
wise than vicariously, still tO' eat vicariously is to eat: the
meals so eaten by his kitchen-maid nourish the better ordering
of the dinner which nourishes and engenders the better order-
ing of Croesus himself. He is fed therefore by the feeding of
his kitchen-maid.
And so with sleep. When she goes to bed he, in part, does
so too. When she gets up and lays the fire in the back-
kitchen he, in part, does so. He lays it through her and in
90 Mind and Matter
her, though knowing no more what he is doing than we know
when we digest, but still doing it as by what we call a reflex
action. Qid facit per almm facit per se, and when the back-
kitchen fire is lighted on Croesus's behalf, it is Croesus who
lights it, though he is all the time fast asleep in bed.
Sometimes things do' not go smoothly. Suppose the
kitchen-maid to be taken with fits just before dinner-time;
there will be a reverberating echo of disturbance throughout
the whole organisation of the palace. But the oftener she
has fits, the more easily will the household know what it is
all about when she is taken with them. On the first occasion
Lady Croesus will send some one rushing down into the
kitchen, there will, in fact, be a general flow of blood (i.e.
household) to the part affected (that is to say, to the scullery-
maid) ; the doctor will be sent for and all the rest of it. On
each repetition of the fits the neighbouring organs, reverting
to a more primary undifferentiated condition, will discharge
duties for which they were not engaged, in a manner for
which no one would have given them credit, and the disturb-
ance will be less and less each time, till by and by, at the
sound of the crockery smashing below. Lady Croesus will just
look up to papa and say :
"My dear, I am afraid Sarah has got another fit."
And papa will say she will probably be better again soon,
and will go on reading his newspaper.
In course of time the whole thing will come to be managed
automatically downstairs without any reference either to
papa, the cerebrum, or to mamma, the cerebellum, or even
to the medulla oblongata, the housekeeper. A precedent or
routine will be established, after which everything will work
quite smoothly.
But though papa and mamma are unconscious of the reflex
action which has been going on within their organisation,
the kitchen-maid and the cells in her immediate vicinity
(that is to say her fellow-servants) will know all about it.
Perhaps the neighbours will think that nobody in the house
knows, and that because the master and mistress show no
sign of disturbance therefore there is no consciousness. They
forget that the scullery-maid becomes more and more con-
scious of the fits if they grow upon her, as they probably will,
and that Croesus and his lady do show more signs of con-
Mind and Matter 91
sciousness, if they are watched closely, than can be detected
on first inspection. There is not the same violent perturbation
that there was on the previous occasions, but the tone of the
palace is lowered. A dinner party has to be put off; the
cooking is more homogeneous and uncertain, it is less highly
differentiated than when the scullery-maid was well; and
there is a grumble when the doctor has to be paid and also
when the smashed crockery has to be replaced.
If Croesus discharges his kitchen-maid and gets another,
it is as though he cut out a small piece of his finger and re-
placed it in due course by growth. But even the slightest
cut may lead to blood-poisoning, and so even the dismissal
of a kitchen-maid may be big with the fate of empires. Thus
the cook, a valued servant, may take the kitchen-maid's
part and go too. The next cook may spoil the dinner and
upset Croesus's temper, and from this all manner of conse-;
quences may be evolved, even to the dethronement and death
of the king himself. Nevertheless as a general rule an injury
to such a low part of a great monarch's organism as a kitchen-
maid has no important results. It is only when we are at-
tacked in such vital organs as the solicitor or the banker that
we need be uneasy. A wound in the solicitor is a very serious
thing, and many a man has died from failure of his bank's
action.
It is certain, as we have seen, that when the kitchen-maid
lights the fire it is really Croesus who is lighting it, but it is
less obvious that when Croesus goes to a ball the scullery-maid
goes also. Still this- should be held in the same way as it
should be also held that she eats vicariously when Croesus
dines. For he must return the balls and the dinner parties
and this comes out in his requiring to keep a large establish-
ment whereby the scullery-maid retains her place as part of
his organism and is nourished and amused also.
On the other hand, when Croesus dies it does not follow
that the scullery-maid should die at the same time. She
may grow a new Croesus, as Croesus, if the maid dies, will
probably grow a new kitchen-maid, Croesus's son or successor
may take over the kingdom and palace, and the kitchen-maid,
beyond having to wash up a few extra plates and dishes at
coronation time, will know little about the change. It is as
though the establishment had had its hair cut and its beard
92 Mind and Matter
trimmed; it is smartened up a little, but there is no other
change. If, on the other hand, he goes bankrupt, or his
kingdom is taken from him and his whole establishment is
broken up and dissipated at the auction mart, then, even
though not one of its component cells actually dies, the
organism as a whole does so, and it is interesting to see that
the lowest, least specialised and least highly differentiated
parts of the organism, such as the scUUery-maid and the
stable-boys, most readily iind an entry into the life of some
new system, while the more specialised and highly differenti-
ated parts, such as the steward, the old housekeeper and,
still more so, the librarian or the chaplain may never be able
to attach themselves to any new combination, and may die
in consequence. I heard once of a large builder who retired
unexpectedly from business and broke up his establishment
to the actual death of several of his older employes. So a bit
of flesh or even a finger may be taken from one body and
grafted on to another, but a leg cannot be grafted ; if a leg is
cut off it must die. It may, however, be maintained that the
owner dies too, even though he recovers, for a man who has
lost a leg is not the man he was.*
*The five notes here amalgamated together into "Croesus and his
Kitchen-Maid" were to have been part of an article for the Universal
Review, but, before Butler wrote it, the review died. I suppose, but I
do not now remember, that the article would have been about Mind
and Matter or Organs and Tools, and, possibly, all the concluding
notes of this group, beginning with "Our Cells," would have been
introduced as illustrations.
VII
On the Making of Music, Pictures and
Books
Thought and Word
i
Thought pure and simple is as near to God as we can get ;,
it is through this that we are linked with God. The highest
thought is ineffable; it must be felt from one person to
another but cannot be articulated. All the most essential
and thinking part of thought is done without words or con-
sciousness. It is not till doubt and consciousness enter that
words become possible.
The moment a thing is written, or even can be written, and
reasoned about, it has changed its nature by becoming tangi-
ble, and hence finite, and hence it will have an end in disin-
tegration. It has entered into death. And yet till it can be
thought about and realised more or less definitely it has not
entered into life. Both life and death are necessary factors
of each other. But our profoundest and most important
convictions are unspeakable.
So it is with unwritten and indefinable codes of honour,
conventions, art-rules^ — things that can be felt but not
explained — these are the most important, and the less we
try to understand them, or even to think about them, the
better.
ii
Words are organised thoughts, as living forms are organ-
ised actions. How a thought can find embodiment in words is
nearly, though perhaps not quite, as mysterious as how an
action can find embodiment in form, and appears to involve a
93
94 On the Making of Music,
somewhat analogous transformation and contradiction in
terms.
There was a time when language was as rare an accom-
plishment as writing was in the days when it was first in-
vented. Probably talking was originally confined to a few
scholars, as writing was in the middle ages, and gradually be-
came general. Even now speech is still growing; poor folks
cannot understand the talk of educated people. Perhaps read-
ing and writing will indeed one day come by nature. Analogy
points in this direction, and though analogy is often mislead-
ing, it is the least misleading thing we have.
iii
Communications between God and man must always be
either above words or below them; for with words come in
translations, and all the interminable questions therewith
connected.
iv
The mere fact that a thought or idea can be expressed
articulately in words involves that it is still open to question ;
and the mere fact that a difficulty can be definitely conceived
involves that it is open to solution.
We want words to do more than they can. We try to do
with them what comes to very much like trying to mend a
|watch with a pickaxe or to paint a miniature with a mop;
we expect them to help us to grip and dissect that which
injjltimate essence is as ungrippable as shadow. Nevertheless
there they are; we have got to live with thern, and the wise
course is to treat them as we do our neighbours, and make
-the best and not the worst of them. But they are parvenu
people as compared with thought and action. What we
should read is not the words but the man whom we feel to be
behind the words.
vi
Words impede and either kill, or are killed by, perfect
thought; but they are, as a scaffolding, useful, if not indis-
pensable, for the building up of imperfect thought and helping
to perfect it.
Pictures and Books 95
vii
All words are juggles. To call a thing a juggle of words is
often a bigger juggle than the juggle it is intended to complain
of. The question is whether it is a greater juggle than is
generally considered fair trading.
viii
Words are like money; there is nothing so useless, unless
when in actual use.
ix
Gold and silver coins are only the tokens, symbols, out-
ward and visible signs and sacraments of money. When not
in actual process of being applied in purchase they are no
more money than words not in use are language. Books are
like imprisoned souls until some one takes them down from
a shelf and reads them. The coins are potential money as
the words are potential language, it is the power and will to
apply the counters that make them vibrate with life; when
the power and the will are in abeyance the counters lie dead
as a log.
The Law
The written law is binding, but the unwritten law is much
more so. You may break the written law at a pinch and on
the sly if you can, but the unwritten law — which often com-
prises the written — must not be broken. Not being written,
it is not always easy to know what it is, but this has got to be
done.
Ideas
They are like shadows — substantial enough until we try
to grasp them.
Expression
The fact that every mental state is intensified by expres-
sion is of a piece with the fact that nothing has any existence
at all save in its expression.
Development
All things are like exposed photographic plates that have
no visible image on them till they have been developed.
96 On the Making of Music,
Acquired Characteristics
If there is any truth in the theory that these are inherited
— and who can doubt it? — the eye and the finger are but
the aspiration, or word, made manifest in flesh.
Physical and Spiritual
The bodies of many abandoned undertakings lie rotting
unburied up and down the country and their ghosts haunt
the law-courts.
Trail and Writing
Before the invention of writing the range of one man's
influence over another was limited to the range of sight,
sound and scent ; besides this there was trail, of many kinds.
Trail unintentionally left is, as it were, hidden sight. Left
intentionally, it is the unit of literature. It is the first mode
of writing, from which grew that power of extending men's
influence over one another by the help of written symbols of
all kinds without which the development of modern civilisa-
tion would have been impossible.
Conveyancing and the Arts
In conveyancing the ultimately potent thing is not the deed
but the invisible intention and desire of the parties to the
deed; the written document itself is only evidence of this
intention and desire. So it is with music, the written notes
are not the main thing, nor is even the heard performance;
these are only evidences of an internal invisible emotion that
can be felt but never fully expressed. And so it is with the
words of literature and with the forms and colours of painting.
The Rules for Making Literature, Music and
Pictures
The arts of the musician, the painter and the writer are
essentially the same. In composing a fugue, after you have
exposed your subject, which must not be too unwieldy, you
introduce an episode or episodes which must arise out of your
Pictures and Books 97
subject. The great thing is that all shall be new, and yet
nothing new, at the same time; the details must minister to
the main effect and not obscure it; in other words, you must
have a subject, develop it and not wander from it very far.
This holds just as true for literature and painting and for art
of all kinds.
No man should try even to allude to the greater part of
what he sees in his subject, and there is hardly a limit to
what he may omit. What is required is that he shall say
what he elects to say discreetly; that he shall be quick to
see the gist of a matter, and give it pithily without either
prolixity or stint of words.
Relative Importances
It is the painter's business to help memory and imagination, ,
not to supersede them. He cannot put the whole before the
spectator, nothing can do this short of the thing itself; he
should, therefore, not try to realise, and the less he looks as
if he were trying to do so the more signs of judgment he will
show. His business is to supply those details which will most
readily bring the whole before the mind along with them.^
He must not give too few, but it is still more imperative on
him not to give too many.
Seeing, thought and expression are rendered possible only
by the fact that our minds are always ready to compromise
and to take the part for the whole. We associate a number
of ideas with any given object, and if a few of the most
characteristic of these are put before us we take the rest as
read, jump to a conclusion and realise the whole. If we did
not conduct our thought on this principle — simplifying by
suppression of detail and breadth of treatment — it would
take us a twelvemonth to say that it was a fine morning and
another for the hearer to apprehend our statement. Any
other principle reduces thought to an absurdity.
All painting depends upon simplification. All simplifica-
tion depends upon a perception of relative importances. All_
perception of relative importances depends upon a just ap-
preciation of which letters in association's bond association
will most readily dispense with. This depends upon the
sympathy of the painter both with his subject and with him
98 On the Making of Music,
who is to look at the picture. And this depends upon a man's
common sense.
He therefore tells best in painting, as in literature, who
has best estimated the relative values or importances of the
more special features characterising his subject: that is to
say, who appreciates most accurately how much and how
fast each one of them will carry, and is at most pains to give
those only that will say most in the fewest words or touches.
It is here that the most difficult, the mo,st important, and the
most generally neglected part of an artist's business will be
found to lie.
The difficulties of doing are serious enough, nevertheless
we can most of us overcome them with ordinary perseverance
for they are small as compared with those of knowing what
not to do — with those of learning to disregard the incessant
importunity of small nobody-details that persist in trying
to thrust themselves above their betters. It is less trouble
to give in to these than to snub them duly and keep them in
their proper places, yet it is precisely here that strength or
weakness resides. It is success or failure in this respect that
constitutes the difference between the artist who may claim
to rank as a statesman and one who can rise no higher than
a village vestryman.
It is here, moreover, that effort is most remunerative.
For when we feel that a painter has made simplicity and sub-
ordination of importances his first aim, it is surprising how
much shortcoming we will condone as regards actual execu-
tion. Whereas, let the execution be perfect, if the details
given be ill-chosen in respect of relative importance, the
whole effect is lost — it becomes top-heavy, as it were, and
collapses. As for the number of details given, this does not
matter: a man may give as few or as many as he chooses;
he may stop at outline, or he may go on to Jean Van Eyck ;
what is essential is that, no matter how far or how small a
distance he may go, he -should have begun with the most
important point and added each subsequent feature in due
order of importance, so that if he stopped at any moment
there should be no detail ungiven more important th^n
another which has been insisted on.
Supposing, by way of illustration, that the details are as
grapes in a bunch, they should be eaten from the best grape
Pictures and Books 99
to the next best, and so on downwards, never eating a worse
grape while a better one remains uneaten.
Personally, I think that, as the painter cannot go the
whole way, the sooner he makes it clear that he has no inten-
tion of trying to do so the better. When we look at a very
highly finished picture (so called), unless we are in the hands
of one who has attended successfully to the considerations
insisted on above, we feel as though we were with a trouble-
some cicerone who will not let us look at things with our
own eyes but keeps intruding himself at every touch and
turn and trying to exercise that undue influence upon us
which generally proves to have been the accompaniment of
concealment and fraud. This is exactly what we feel with
Van Mieris and, though in a less degree, with Gerard Dow;
whereas with Jean Van Eyck and Metsu, no matter how far
they may have gone, we find them essentially as impressionist
as Rembrandt or Velasquez.
For impressionism only means that due attention has been
paid to the relative importances of the impressions made by
the various characteristics of a given subject, and that they
have been presented to us in order of precedence.
Eating Grapes Downwards
Always eat grapes downwards — that is, always eat the
best grape first; in this way there will be none better left
on the bunch, and each grape will seem good down to the
last. If you eat the other way, you will not have a good
grape in the lot. Besides, you will be tempting Providence
to kill you before you come to the best. This is why autumn
seems better than spring: in the autumn we are eating our
days downwards, in the spring each day still seems "very
bad." People should live on this principle more than they
do, but they do live on it a good deal ; from the age of, say,
fifty we eat our days downwards.
In New Zealand for a long time I had to do the washing-up
after each meal. I used to do the knives first, for it might
please God to take me before I came to the forks, and then
what a sell it would have been to have done the forks rather
than the knives!
100 On the Making of Music,
Terseness
Talking with Gogin last night, I said that in writing it
^took more time and trouble to get a thing short than long.
He said it was the same in painting. It was harder not to
paint a detail than to paint it, easier to put in all that one
can see than to judge what may go without saying, omit it
and range the irreducible minima in due order of precedence.
Hence we all lean towards prolixity.
The difficulty lies in the nice appreciation of relative
importances and in the giving each detail neither more nor
less than its due. This is the difference between Gerard, Dow
and Metsu. Gerard Dow gives all he can, but unreflectingly ;
hence it does not reflect the subject effectively into the
^spectator. We see it, but it does not come home to us. Metsu
on the other hand omits all he can, but omits intelligently,
and his reflection excites responsive enthusiasm in ourselves.
We are continually trying to see as much as we can, and to
put it down. More wisely we should consider how much we
can avoid seeing and dispense with.
So it is also in music. Cherubini says the number of
things that can be done in fugue with a very simple subject
is endless, but that the trouble lies in knowing which to
choose from all these infinite possibilities.
As regards painting, any one can paint anything in the
minute manner with a little practice, but it takes an exceed-
ingly able man to paint so much as an egg broadly and simply.
Bearing in mind the shortness of life and the complexity of
affairs, it stands to reason that we owe most to him who
packs our trunks for us, so to speak, most intelligently,
neither omitting what we are likely to want, nor including
what we can dispense with, and who, at the same time,
arranges things so that they will travel most safely and be
got at most conveniently. So we speak of composition and
arrangement in all arts.
Making Notes
My notes always grow longer if I shorten them. I mean
the process of compression makes them more pregnant and
Pictures and Books lor
they breed new notes. I never try to lengthen them, so I do
not know whether they would grow shorter if I did. Perhaps
that might be a good way of getting them shorter.
Shortening
A young author is tempted to leave anything he has
written through fear of not having enough to say if he goes
cutting out too freely. But it is easier to be long than short.
I have always found compressing, cutting out, and tersifying
a passage suggest more than anything else does. Things
pruned oif in this way are like the heads of the hydra, two
grow for every one that is lopped off.
Omission
If a writer will go on the principle of stopping everywhere
and anywhere to put down his notes, as the true painter will
stop anywhere and everywhere to sketch, he will be able to
cut down his works liberally. He will become prodigal not
of writing' — any fool can be this — ^but of omission. You
become brief because you have more things to say than time
to say them in. One of the chief arts is that of knowing what
to neglect and the more talk increases the more necessary
does this art become.
Brevity
Handel's jig in the ninth Stdte de Pieces, in G minor, is
very fine but it is perhaps a little long. Probably Handel was
in a hurry, for it takes much more time to get a thing short
than to leave it a little long. Brevity is not only the soul of
wit, but the soul of making oneself agreeable and of getting
on with people, and, indeed, of everything that makes life
worth living. So precious a thing, however, cannot be got
without more expense and trouble than most of us have the
moral wealth to lay out.
Diffuseness
This sometimes helps, as, for instance, when the subject is
hard; words that may be, strictly speaking, unnecessary
I02 On the Making of Music,
still may make things easier for the reader by giving him
more time to master the thought while his eye is running
over the verbiage. So, a little water may prevent a strong
drink from burning throat and stomach. A style that is too
terse is as fatiguing as one that is too diffuse. But when a
passage is written a little long, with consciousness and com-
punction but still deliberately, as what will probably be most
easy for the reader, it can hardly be called diffuse.
Difficulties in Art, Literature and Music
The difficult and the imintelligible are only conceivable at
all in virtue of their catching on to something less difficult
and less unintelligible and, through this, to things easily
done and understood. It is at these joints in their armour
that difficulties should be attacked.
Never tackle a serious difficulty as long as something
which must be done, and about which you see your way
fairly well, remains undone; the settling of this is sure to
throw light upon the way in which the serious difficulty is to
be resolved. It is doing the What-you-can that will best help
you to do the What-you-cannot.
Arrears of small things to be attended to, if allowed to
accumulate, worry and depress like unpaid debts. The main
work should always stand aside for these, not these for the
main work, as large debts should stand aside for small ones,
or truth for common charity and good feeling. If we attend
continually and promptly to the little that we can do, we
shall ere long be surprised to find how little remains that we
cannot do.
Knowledge is Power
Yes, but it must be practical knowledge. There is nothing
less powerful than knowledge unattached, and incapable of
application. That is why what little knowledge I have has
done myself personally so much harm. I do not know much,
but if I knew a good deal less than that little I should be far
more powerful. The rule should be never to learn a thing
till one is pretty sure one wants it, or that one will want it
before long so badly as not to be able to get on without it.
This is what sensible people do about money, and there is no
Pictures and Books 103
' reason why people should throw away their time and trouble
more than their money. There are plenty of things that most
boys would give their ears to know, these and these only are
the proper things for them to sharpen their wits upon.
If a boy is idle and does not want to learn anything at all,
the same principle should guide those who have the care of
him — ^he should never be made to learn anything till it is
pretty obvious that he cannot get on without it. This will
save trouble both to boys and teachers, moreover it will be
far more likely to increase a boy's desire to learn. I know in
my own case no earthly power could make me learn till I had
my head given me; and nothing has been able to stop me
from incessant study from that day to this.
Academicism
Handicapped people sometimes owe their success to the
misfortune which weights them. They seldom know before-
hand how far they are going to reach, and this helps them;
for if they knew the greatness of the task before them they
would not attempt it. He who knows he is infirm, and would
yet climb, does not think of the summit which he believes
to be beyond his reach but climbs slowly onwards, taking
very short steps, looking below as often as he likes but not
above him, never trying his powers but seldom stopping,
and then, sometimes, behold! he is on the top, which he
would never have even aimed at could he have seen it from
below. It is only in novels and sensational biographies that
handicapped people, "fired by a knowledge of the difficulties
that others have overcome, resolve to triumph over every
obstacle by dint of sheer determination, and in the end carry
everything before them." In real life the person who starts
thus almost invariably fails. This is the worst kind of start.
The greatest secret of good work whether in music, litera-
ture or painting lies in not attempting too much ; if it be asked,
"What is too much?" the answer is, "Anything that we
find difficult or unpleasant." We should not ask whether
others find this same thing difficult or no. If we find the
diflSculty so great that the overcoming it is a labour and not
a pleasure, we should either change our aim altogether, or
aim, at any rate for a time, at some lower point. It must be
I04 On the Making of Music,
remembered that no work is required to be more than right"
as far as it goes; the greatest work cannot get beyond this
and the least comes strangely near the greatest if this can be
said of it.
~~ The more I see of academicism the more I distrust it. If
I had approached painting as I have approached bookwriting
and music, that is to say by beginning at once to do what I
wanted, or as near as I could to what I could find out of this,
and taking pains not by way of solving academic difficulties,
in order to provide against practical ones, but by waiting till
a difficulty arose in practice and then tackling it, thus making
the arising of each difficulty be the occasion for learning what
had, to be learnt about it — if I had approached painting in
this way I should have been all right. As it is I have been
^all wrong, and it was South Kensington and Heatherley's
that set me wrong. I listened to the nonsense about how I
ought to study before b^inning to paint, and about never
painting without nature, and the result was that I learned
to study but not to paint. Now I have got too much to do
and am too old to do what I might easily have done, and
should have done, if I had found out earlier what writing
Life and Habit was the chief thing to teach me.
So I painted study after study, as a priest reads his
breviary, and at the end of ten years knew no more what the
face of nature was like, unless I had it immediately before
me, than I did at the beginning. I am free to confess that in
respect of painting I am a failure. I have spent far more
time on painting than I have on anything else, and have
failed at it more than I have failed in any other respect
almost solely for the reasons given above. I tried very hard,
but I tried the wrong way.
Fortunately for me there are no academies for teaching
people how to write books, or I should have fallen into them
as I did into those for painting and, instead of writing, should
have spent my time and money in being told that I was
learning how to write.. If I had one thing to say to students
before I di^d (I mean, if I had got to die, but might tell
students one thing first) I should say : —
"Don't learn to do, but learn in doing. Let your falls not
be on a prepared ground, but let them be bona fide falls in
the rough and tumble of the world ; only, of course, let them
Pictures and Books 105
be on a small scale in the first instance till you feel your feet
safe under you. Act more and rehearse less."
A friend once asked me whether I liked writing books,
composing music or painting pictures best. I said I did not
know. I like them all; but I never find time to paint a
picture now and only do small sketches and studies. I know
in which I am strongest — writing; I know in which I am
weakest — painting; I am weakest where I have taken most
pains and studied most.
Agonising
In art, never try to find out anything, or try to learn
anything until the not knowing it has come to be a nuisance
to you for some time. Then you will remember it, but not
otherwise. Let knowledge importune you before you will
hear it. Our schools and universities go on the precisely
opposite system.
Never consciously agonise; the race is not to the swift,
nor the battle to the strong. Moments of extreme issue are
unconscious and must be left to take care of themselves.
During conscious moments take reasonable pains but no more
and, above all, work so slowly as never to get out of breath.
Take it easy, in fact, until forced not to do so.
There is no mystery about art. Do the things that you
can see; they will show you those that you cannot see. By
doing what you can you will gradually get to know what it is
that you want to do and cannot do, and so to be able to do it.
The Choice of Subjects
Do not hunt for subjects, let them choose you, not you
them. Only do that which insists upon being done and runs
right up against you, hitting you in the eye until you do it.
This calls you and you had better attend to it, and do it as
well as you can. But till called in this way do nothing.
Imaginary Countries
Each man's mind is an unknown land to himself, so that
we need not be at such pains to frame a mechanism of ad-
venture for getting to undiscovered countries. We have not
io6 On the Making of Music,
far to go before we reach them. They are, like the Kingdom
of Heaven, within us.
My Books
I never make them: they grow; they come to me and
^insist on being written, and on being such and such. I did not
want to write Erewhon, I wanted to go on painting and found
it an abominable nuisance being dragged willy-nilly into
writing it. So with all my books — the subjects were never
of my own choosing; they pressed themselves upon me with
more force than I ,could resist. If I had not liked the
subjects I should have kicked, and nothing would have got
me to do them at all. As I did like the subjects and the
books came and said they were to be written, I grumbled a
little and wrote them.*
Great Works
These have always something of the "de profundis" about
them.
New Ideas
Every new idea has something of the pain and peril of -
childbirth about it; ideas are just as mortal and just as
immortal as organised beings are.
Books and Children
If the literary offspring is not to die young, almost as much
trouble must be taken with it as with the bringing up of a
physical child. Still, the physical child is the harder work of
the two.
The Life of Books
Some writers think about the life of books as some savages
think about the life of men — that there are books which never
die. They all die sooner or later; but that will not hinder
an author from trying to give his book as long a life as he can
get for it. The fact that it will have to die is no valid reason
for letting it die sooner than can be helped.
* Cf . the note "Reproduction," p. i6 ante.
Pictures and Books 1O7
Criticism
Critics generally come to be critics by reason not of their
fitness for this but of their unfitness for anything else. Books
should be tried by a judge and jury as though they were
crimes, and counsel should be heard on both sides.
Le Style c'est I'Homme
It is with books, music, painting and all the arts as with
children — only those live that have drained much of their
author's own life into them. The personality of the author is
what interests us more than his work. When we have once
got well hold of the personality of the author we care com-
paratively little about the history of the work or what it
means or even its technique; we enjoy the work without
thinking of more than its beauty, and of how much we like
the workman. "Le style c'est I'homme" — that style of which,
if I may quote from memory, Buffon, again, says that it
is like happiness, and "vient de la douceur de I'ame" * —
and we care more about knowing what kind of person a
man was than about knowing of his achievements, no matter
how considerable they may have been. If he has made it
clear that he was trying to do what we like, and meant what
we should like him to have meant, it is enough ; but if the
work does not attract us to the workman, neither does it
attract us to itself.
Portraits
A great portrait is always more a portrait of the painter
than of the painted. When we look at a portrait by Holbein
or Rembrandt it is of Holbein or Rembrandt that we think
more than of the subject of their picture. Even a portrait_
of Shakespeare by Holbein or Rembrandt could tell us very
little about Shakespeare. It would, however, tell us a great
deal about Holbein or Rembrandt.
A Man's Style
A man's style in any art should be like his dress — it should
attract as little attention as possible.
* Evolution Old & New, p. 77
io8 On the Making of Music,
The Gauntlet of Youth
Everything that is to age well must have run the gauntlet
of its youth. Hardly ever does a work of art hold its own
against time if it was not treated somewhat savagely at first
— I should say "artist" rather than "work of art."
Greatness in Art
If a work of art — ^music, literature or painting — is for all
time, it must be independent of the conventions, dialects,
costumes and fashions of any time; if not great without
help from such unessential accessories, no help from them
can greaten it. A man must wear the dress of his own time,
but no dressing can make a strong man of a weak one.
Literary Power
They say the test of this is whether a man can write an
inscription. I say "Can he name a kitten?" And by this
test I am condemned, for I cannot.
Subject and Treatment
It is often said that treatment is more important than
subject, but no treatment can make a repulsive subject not
repulsive. It can make a trivial, or even a stupid, subject
interesting, but a really bad flaw in a subject cannot be
treated out. Happily the man who has sense enough to
treat a subject well will generally have sense enough to choose
a good one, so that the case of a really repulsive subject
treated in a masterly manner does not often arise. It is
often said to have arisen, but in nine cases out of ten the
treatment will be fotmd to have been overpraised.
Public Opinion
People say how strong it is ; and indeed it is strong while it
is in its prime. In its childhood and old age it is as weak as
any other organism. I try to make my own work belong to
the youth of a public opinion. The history of the world is
Pictures and Books 109
the record of the weakness, frailty and death of public opin-
ion, as geology is the record of the decay of those bodily or-
ganisms in which opinions have found material expression.
A Literary Man's Test
Moliere's reading to his housemaid has, I think, been mis-
understood as though he in some way wanted to see the effect
upon the housemaid and make her a judge of his work. If
she was an unusually clever, smart girl, this might be well
enough, but the supposition commonly is that she was a
typical housemaid and nothing more.
If Moliere ever did read to her, it was because the mere
act of reading aloud put his work before him in a new light
and, by constraining his attention to every line, made him
judge it more rigorously. I always intend to read, and
generally do read, what I write aloud to some one; any one
almost will do, but he should not be so clever that I am afraid
of him. I feel weak places at once when I read aloud where
I thought, as long as I read to myself only, that the passage
was all right. ^ ,
What Audience to Write for
People between the ages of twenty and thirty read a good
deal, after thirty their reading drops off and by forty is
confined to each person's special subject, newspapers and
magazines ; so that the most important part of one's audience,
and that which should be mainly written for, consists of
specialists and people between twenty and thirty.
Writing for a Hundred Years Hence
When a man is in doubt about this or that in his writing,
it will often guide him if he asks himself how it will tell a
hundred years hence.
VIII
Handel and Music
Handel and Beethoven
As a boy, from 12 years old or so, I always worshipped
Handel. Beethoven was a terra incognita to me till I went
up to Cambridge; I knew and liked a few of his waltzes
but did not so much as know that he had written any sonatas
or symphonies. At Cambridge Sykes tried to teach me
Beethoven but I disliked his music and would go away as
soon as Sykes began with any of his sonatas. After a long
while I began to like some of the slow movements and then
some entire sonatas, several of which I could play once
fairly well without notes. I used also to play Bach and
Mendelssohn's Songs without Words and thought them
lovely, but I always liked Handel best. Little by little, how-
ever, I was talked over into placing Bach and Beethoven on a
par as the greatest and I said I did not know which was the
best man. I cannot tell now whether I really liked Beethoven
or found myself carried away by the strength of the Beethoven
current which surrounded me; at any rate I spent a great
deal of time on him, for some ten or a dozen years.
One night, when I was about 30, I was at an evening party
at Mrs.Longden's and met an old Wiest End clergyman of
the name of Smalley (Rector, I think, of Bayswater). I
said I did not know which was greatest Handel, Bach or
Beethoven.
He said : "I am surprised at that ; I should have thought
you would have known."
"Which," said I, "is the greatest?"
"Handel."
I knew he was right and have never wavered since. I
Handel and Music m
suppose I was really of this opinion already, but it was not
till I got a little touch from outside that I knew it. From
that moment Beethoven began to go back, and now I feel
towards him much as I did when I first heard his work,
except, of course, that I see a gnosis in him of which as a
young man I knew nothing. But I do not greatly care about
gnosis, I want agape; and Beethoven's agape is not the
healthy robust tenderness of Handel, it is a sickly maudlin
thing in comparison. Anyhow I do not like him. I like
Mozart and Haydn better, but not so much better as I should
like to like them.
Handel and Domenico Scarlatti
Handel and Domenico Scarlatti were contemporaries
almost to a year, both as regards birth and death. They
knew each other very well in Italy and Scarlatti never men-
tioned Handel's name without crossing himself, but I have
not heard that Handel crossed himself at the mention of
Scarlatti's name. I know very little of Scarlatti's music and
have hot even that little well enough in my head to write
about it; I retain only a residuary impression that it is
often very charming and links Haydn with Bach, moreover
that it is distinctly un-Handelian.
Handel must have known and comprehended Scarlatti's
tendencies perfectly well: his rejection, therefore, of the
principles that lead to them must have been deliberate. Scar-
latti leads to Haydn, Haydn to Mozart and hence, through
Beethoven, to modern music. That Handel foresaw this
I do not doubt, nor yet that he felt, as I do myself, that
modern music means something, I know not what, which
is not what I mean by music. It is playing another game
and has set itself aims which, no doubt, are excellent but
which are not mine.
Of course I know that this may be all wrong : I know how
very limited and superficial my own acquaintance with music
is. Still I have a strong feeling as though from John Dun-
stable, or whoever it may have been, to Handel the tide of
music was rising, intermittently no doubt but still rising, and
that since Handel's time it has been falling. Or, rather per-
haps I should say that music bifurcated with Handel and Bach
112 Handel and Music
— Handel dying musically as well as physically childless, while
Bach was as prolific in respect of musical disciples as he was
in that of children.
What, then, was it, supposing I am right at all, that Handel
distrusted in the principles of Scarlatti as deduced from
those of Bach? I imagine that he distrusted chiefly the
abuse of the appoggiatura, the abuse of the unlimited power
of modulation which equal temperament placed at the musi-
cian's disposition and departure from well-marked rhythm,
beat or measured tread. At any rate I believe the music
I like best myself to be sparing of the appoggiatura, to keep
pretty close to tonic and dominant and to have a well-marked
beat, measure and rhythm.
Handel and Homer
Handel was a greater man than Homer (I mean the author
of the Iliad) ; but the very people who are most angry with
me for (as they incorrectly suppose) sneering at Homer are
generally the ones who never miss an opportunity of cheapen-
ing and belittling Handel, and, which is very painful to
myself, they say I was laughing at him in Narcissus. Per-
haps — ^but surely one can laugh at a person and adore him at
the same time.
Handel and Bach
If you tie Handel's hands by debarring him from the
rendering of human emotion, and if you set Bach's free by
giving him no human emotion to render — if, in fact, you
rob Handel of his opportunities and Bach of his difficulties —
the two men can fight after a fashion, but Handel will even
so come off victorious. Otherwise it is absurd to let Bach
compete at all. Nevertheless the cultured vulgar have at all
times preferred gymnastics and display to reticence and the
healthy, graceful, normal movements of a man of birth and
education, and Bach is esteemed a more profound musician
than Handel in virtue of his frequent and more involved
complexity of construction. In reality Handel was profound
enough to eschew such wildernesses of counterpoint as Bach
instinctively resorted to, but he knew also that public opinion
Handel and Music 113
would be sure to place Bach on a level with himself, if not
above him, and this probably made him look askance at
Bach. At any rate he twice went to Germany without being
at any pains to meet him, and once, if not twice, refused
Bach's invitation.
ii
Rockstro says that Handel keeps much more closely to
the old Palestrina rules of counterpoint than Bach does, and
that when Handel takes a licence it is a good bold one taken
rarely, whereas Bach is niggling away with small licences
from first to last.
Handel and the British Public
People say the generous British public supported Handel.
It did nothing of the kind. On the contrary, for some 30
years it did its best to ruin him, twice drove him to bank-
ruptcy, badgered him till in 1737 he had a paralytic seizure
which was as near as might be the death of him and, if he
had died then, we should have no Israel, nor Messiah, nor
Samson, nor any of his greatest oratorios. The British public
only relented when he had become old and presently blind.
Handel, by the way, is a rare instance of a man doing his
greatest work subsequently to an attack of paralysis. What
kept Handel up was not the public but the court. It was
the pensions given him by George I and George II that
enabled him to carry on at all. So that, in point of fact,
it is to these two very prosaic kings that we owe the finest
musical poems the world knows anything about.
Handel and Madame Patey
Rockstro told me that Sir Michael Costa, after his severe
paralytic stroke, had to conduct at some great performance —
I cannot be sure, but I think he said a Birmingham Festival
— at any rate he came in looking very white and feeble and
sat down in front of the orchestra to conduct a morning
rehearsal. Madame Patey was there, went lip to the poor
old genteman and kissed his forehead.
It is a curious thing about this great singer that not only
should she have been (as she has always seemed to me)
114 Handel and Music
strikingly like Handel in the face, and not only should she
have been such an incomparable renderer of Handel's music
■ — I cannot think that I shall ever again hear any one who
seemed to have the spirit of Handel's music so thoroughly
penetrating his or her whole being — but that she should have
been struck with paralysis at, so far as I can remember, the
same age that Handel was. Handel was struck in 1737 when
he was 53 years old, but happily recovered. I forget Madame
Patey's exact age, but it was somewhere about this.
Handel and Shakespeare
Jones and I had been listening to Gaetano Meo's girls
playing Handel and were talking about him and Shakespeare,
and how those two men can alike stir us more than any one
else can. Neither were self-conscious in production, but
when the thing had. come out Shakespeare looks at it and
wonders, whereas Handel takes it as a matter of course.
A Yankee Handelian
I only ever met one American who seemed to like and
understand Handel. How far he did so in reality I do not
know, but inter alia he said that Handel "struck ile with
the Messiah," and that "it panned out well, the Messiah
did."
Waste
Handel and Shakespeare have left us the best that any
have left us; yet, in spite of this, how much of their lives
was wasted. Fancy Handel expending himself upon the
Moabites and Ammonites, or even the Jews themselves, year
after year, as he did in the fulness of his power ; and fancy
what we might have had from Shakespeare if he had gos-
siped to us about himself and his times and the people
he met in London and at Stratford-on-Avon instead of writ-
ing some of what he did write. Nevertheless we have the
men, seen through their work notwithstanding their subjects,
who stand and live to us. It is the figure of Itondel as a man,
and of Shakespeare as a man, which we value even more than
Handel and Music ffi5
their work. I feel the presence of Handel behind every note
of his music.
Handel a Conservative
He left no school because he was a protest. There were
men in his time, whose music he perfectly well knew, who are
far more modern than Handel. He was opposed to the
musically radical tendencies of his age and, as a musician,
was a decided ■ conservative in all essential respects — though
ready, of course, to go any length in any direction if he had
a fancy at the moment for doing so.
Handel and Ernest Pontifex
It cost me a great deal to make Ernest [in The Way of All
Flesh] play Beethoven and Mendelssohn; I did it simply
ad captandum. As a matter of fact he played only the music
of Handel and of the early Italian and old English composers
— but Handel most of all.
Handel's Commonplaces
It takes as great a composer as Handel — or rather it
would take as great a composer if he could be found — to be
able to be as easily and triumphantly commonplace as Handel
often is, just as it takes — or rather would take — as great a
composer as Handel to write another Hallelujah chorus. It
is only the man who can do the latter who can do the former
as Handel has done it. Handel is so great and so simple
that no one but a professional musician is unable to under-
stand him.
Handel and Dr. Morell
After all, Dr. Morell suited Handel exactly well — far bet-
ter than Tennyson would have done. I don't believe even
Handel could have set Tennyson to music comfortably. What
a mercy it is that he did not live in Handel's time! Even
though Handel had set him ever so well he would have
spoiled the music, and this Dr. Morell does not in the least
do.
ii6 Handel and Music
Wordsworth
And I have been as far as Hull to see
What clothes he left or other property.
I am told that these lines occur in a poem by Wordsworth.
(Think of the expense!) How thankful we ought to be
that Wordsworth was only a poet and not a musician. Fancy
a symphony by Wordsworth! Fancy having to sit it out!
And fancy what it would have been if he had written fugues !
Sleeping Beauties
There are plenty of them. Take Handel ; look at such an
air as "Loathsome urns, disclose your treasure" or "Come,
O Time, and thy broad wings displaying," both in The
Triump of Time and Truth, or at "Convey me to some peace-
ful shore," in Alexander Balus, especially when he comes to
"Forgetting and forgot the will of fate." Who know these ?
And yet, can human genius do more?
"And the Glory of the Lord"
It would be hard to find a more satisfactory chorus even
in the Messiah, but I do not think the music was originally
intended for these words :
m
^J^ J J W
^^^' ^ -J-
And the glo • ly, the glo • ty oi the. Lord.
If Handel had approached these words without having in
his head a subject the spirit of which would do, and which he
thought the words with a little management might be made
to fit, he would not, I think, have repeated "the glory" at
all, or at any rate not here. If these words had been meas-
ured, as it were, for a new suit instead of being, as I suppose,
furnished with a good second-hand one, the word "the"
would not have been tacked on to the "glory" which pre-
cedes it and made to belong to it rather than to the "glory"
which follows. It does not matter one straw, and if Handel
had asked me whether I minded his forcing the words a little,
Handel and Music
117
I should have said, "Certainly not, nor more than a little, if
you like." Nevertheless I think as a matter of fact that
there is a little forcing. I remember that as a boy this always
struck me as a strange arrangement of the words, but it was
not until I came to write a chorus myself that I saw how it
came about. I do not suspect any forcing when it comes to
"And all flesh shall see it together."
Handel and the Speaking Voice
I
Pint Tenor
''^ ^ i rnTr =
£
^
While now with - out mca • • sure we re • • • vel io plea>sare«
Soprano
%) With . '' their vain
i
mye - te * nous
! J ^.J J J
m
j-
^
s
art;
I
P
^
J. J: J. '"^
-ffl
ii8
Handel and Music
The former of these two extracts is from the chorus
"Venus laughing from the skies" in Theodora; the other is
from the air "Wise men flattering" in Judas MaccabcBus.
I know no better examples of the way Handel sometimes
derives his melody from the natural intonation of the speak-
ing voice. The "pleasure" (in bar four of the chorus) sug-
gests a man saying "with pleasure" when accepting an invi-
tation to dinner. Of course one can say, "with pleasure" in
a variety of tones, but a sudden exaltation on the second
syllable is very common.
In the other example, the first bar of the accompaniment
puts the argument in a most persuasive manner; the second
simply re-states it ; the third is the clincher, I cannot under-
stand any man's holding out against bar three. The fourth
bar re-states the clincher, but at a lower pitch, as by one who
is quite satisfied that he has convinced his adversary.
Handel and the Wetterhorn
When last I saw the Wetterhorn I caught myself involun-
tarily humming : —
i
Alto
^i JlAj-h
^^m
£ans
^te
jJJJj3 l _tj:
.And the go-vernment shall be ap-on his shoul
The big shoulder of the Wetterhorn seemed to fall just like
the run on "shoulder."
"Tyrants now no more shall Dread"
The music to this chorus in Hercules is written from the
tyrant's point of view. This is plain from the jubilant
defiance with which the chorus opens, and becomes still
plainer when the magnificent strain to which he has set
the words "All fear of punishment, all fear is o'er" bursts
upon us. Here he flings aside all considerations save that
of the gospel of doing whatever we please without having
to pay for it. He has, however, remembered himself and ^
become almost puritanical over "The World's avenger is no
more." Here he is quite proper.
Handel and Music 119
From a dramatic point of view Handel's treatment of
these words must be condemned for reasons in respect of
which Handel was very rarely at fault. It puzzles the listener
who expects the words to be treated from the point of view
of the vanquished slaves and not from that of the tyrants.
There is no pretence that these particular tyrants are not
so bad as ordinary tyrants, nor these particular vanquished
slaves not so good as ordinary vanquished slaves, and, unless
this has been made clear in some way, it is dramatically
de rigueur that the tyrants should come to grief, or be about
to come to grief. The hearer should know which way his
sympathies are expected to go, and here we have the music
dragging us one way and the words another.
Nevertheless, we pardon the departure from the strict
rules of the game, partly because of the welcome nature of
good tidings so exultantly announced to us about all fear of
punishment being o'er, and partly because the music is,
throughout, so much stronger than the words that we lose
sight of them almost entirely. Handel probably wrote as
he did from a profound, though perhaps unconscious, per-
ception of the fact that even in his day there was a great
deal of humanitarian nonsense talked and that, after all,
the tyrants were generally quite as good sort of people as
the vanquished slaves. Having begun on this tack, it was
easy to throw morality to the winds when he came to the
words about all fear of punishment being over.
Handel and Marriage
To man God's universal law
Gave power to keep the wife in awe
sings Handel in a comically dogmatic little chorus in Samson.
But the universality of the law must be held to have failed in
the case of Mr. and Mrs. M'Culloch.
Handel and a Letter to a Solicitor
Jones showed me a letter that had been received by the
solicitor in whose office he was working:
"Dear Sir; I enclose the name of the lawyer of the lady
I20
Handel and Music
I am engaged to and her name and address are Miss B.
Richmond. His address is W. W. Esq. Manchester.
"I remain, Yours truly W. D. C."
I said it reminded me of the opening bars of "Welcome,
welcome, Mighty King" in Saul:
CariloH
i rr rrrrr r r^ rp=^=i
Handel's Shower of Rain
The falling shower in the air "As cheers the sun" in Joshua
is, I think, the finest description of a warm sunny refresh-
ing rain that I have ever come across and one of the most
wonderfully descriptive pieces of music that even Handel
ever did.
Theodora and Susanna
In my preface to Evolution Old and New I imply a certain
dissatisfaction with Theodora and Susanna, and imply also
that Handel himself was so far dissatisfied that in his next
work, Jephtha (which I see I inadvertently called his last),
he returned to his earlier manner. It is true that these
works are not in Handel's usual manner; they are more
difficult and more in the style of Bach. I am glad that
Handel gave us these two examples of a slightly (for it
is not much) varied manner and I am interested to ob-
serve that he did not adhere to that manner in Jephtha,
but I should be sorry to convey an impression that I think
Theodora and Susanna are in any way unworthy of Handel.
I prefer both to Judas Maccabceus which, in spite of the
many fine things it contains, I like perhaps the least of
all his oratorios. I have played Theodora and Susanna
Handel and Music 121
all through, and most parts (except the recitatives) many
times over, Jones and I have gone through them again
and again ; I have heard Susanna performed once, and Theo-
dora twice, and I find no single piece in either work which
I do not admire, while many are as good as anything which
it is in my power to conceive. I like the chorus "He saw
the lovely youth" the least of anything in Theodora so far
as I remember at this moment, but knowing it to have been
a favourite with Handel himself I am sure that I must have
missed understanding it.
How comes it, I wonder, that the chorale-like air "Blessing,
Honour, Adoration'"' is omitted in Novello's edition? It is
given in Clarke's edition and is very beautiful.
Jones says of "With darkness deep," that in the accom-
paniment to this air the monotony of dazed grief is just
varied now and again with a little writhing passage. Whether
Handel meant this or no, the interpretation put upon the
passage fits the feeling of the air.
John Sebastian Bach
It is imputed to him for righteousness that he goes over
the heads of the general public and appeals mainly to
musicians. But the greatest men do not go over the heads
of the masses, they take them rather by the hand. The true
musician would not snub so much as a musical critic. His
instinct is towards the man in the street rather than the
Academy. Perhaps I say this as being myself a man in the
street musically. I do not know, but I know that Bach does^
not appeal to me and that I do appeal from Bach to the
man in the street and not to the Academy, because I be-
lieve the first of these to be the sounder.
Still, I own Bach does appeal to me sometimes. In my
own poor music I have taken passages from him before now,
and have my eye on others which I have no doubt will suit
me somewhere. Whether Bach would know them again
when I have worked my will on them, and much more
whether he would own them, I neither know nor care. I take
or leave as I choose, and alter or leave untouched as I choose.
I prefer my music to be an outgrowth from a germ whose
source I know, rather than a waif and stray which I fancy to
122
Handel and Music
be my own child when it was all the time begotten of a barrel
organ. It is a wise tune that knows its own father and I like
my music to be the legitimate offspring of respectable parents.
Roughly, however, as I have said over and over again, if I
think something that I know and greatly like in music, no mat-
ter whose, is appropriate, I appropriate it. I should say I was
under most obligations to Handel, Purcell and Beethoven.
For example, any one who looked at my song "Man in
Vain" in Ulyssefs might think it was taken from "Batti,
batti." I should like to say it was taken from, or suggested
by, a few bars in the opening of Beethoven's pianoforte
sonata op. 78, and a few bars in the accompaniment to the
duet "Hark how the Songsters" in Purcell's Timon of Athens.
I am not aware of having borrowed more in the song than
what follows as natural development of these two passages
which run thus :
Beethoven.
^m
i=fe
Purcell
%
Ef i ^i_* li ^
^
i^
J u u u
^
f
From the pianoforte Birangement in The Beauties ef Ptmell
tby Jolin Clarice, Mus, Doc.
Honesty
Honesty consists not in never stealing but in knowing
where to stop in stealing, and how to make good use of what
one does steal. It is only great proprietors who can steal
well and wisely. A good stealer, a good user of what he takes,
Handel and Music 123
is ipso facto a good inventor. Two men can invent after a
fashion to one who knows how to make the best use of what
has been done already.
Musical Criticism
I went to the Bach Choir concert and heard Mozart's
Requiem. I did not rise warmly to it. Then I heard an
extract from Parsifal which I disliked very much. If Bach
wriggles, Wagner writhes. Yet next morniijg in the Times
I saw this able, heartless failure, compact of gnosis as much
as any one pleases but without one spark of either true pathos
or true humour, called "the, crowning achievement of dra-
matic music." The writer continues: "To the unintelli-
gent, music of this order does not appeal" ; which only means
"I am intelligent and you had better think as I tell you."
I am glad that such people should caiU Handel a thieving
plagiarist.
On Borrowing in Music
In books it is easy to make mention of the forgotten dead
to whom we are indebted, and to acknowledge an obligation
at the same time and place that we incur it. The more
original a writer is, the more pleasure will he take in calling
attention to the forgotten work of those who have gone be-
fore him. The conventions of painting and music, on the
other hand, while they admit of borrowing no less freely
than literature does, do not admit of acknowledgement ; it is
impossible to interrupt a piece of music, or paint some words
upon a picture to explain that the composer or painter
was at such and such a point indebted to such and such a
source for his inspiration, but it is not less impossible to avoid
occasionally borrowing, or rather taking, for there is no need
of euphemism, from earlier work. Where, then, is the line
to be drawn between lawful and unlawful adoption of what
has been done by others? This qitestion is such a nice one
that there are almost as many opinions upon it as there are
painters and musicians.
To leave painting on one side, if a musician wants some
forgotten passage in an earlier writer, is he, knowing where
124 Handel and Music
this sleeping beauty lies, to let it sleep on unknown and
unen joyed, or shall he not rather wake it and take it — as
likely enough the earlier master did before him — with, or
without modification? It may be said this should be done
by republishing the original work with its composer's name,
giving him his due laurels. So it should, if the work will
bear it; but more commonly times will have so changed
that it will not. A composer may want a bar, or bar and a
half, out of, say, a dozen pages — he may not want even this
much without more or less modification — is he to be told
that he must republish the ten or dozen original pages within
which the passage he wants lies buried, as the only righteous
way of giving it new life? No one should be allowed such
dog-in-the-manger^like ownership in beauty that because it
has once been revealed to him therefore none for ever after
shall enjoy it unless he be their cicerone. If this rule were
sanctioned, he who first produced anything beautiful would
sign its death warrant for an earlier or later date, or at best
would tether that which should forthwith begin putting gir-
dles round the world.
Beauty lives not for the self-glorification of the priests
of any art, but for the enjoyment of priests and laity alike.
He is the best art-priest who brings most beauty most home
to the hearts of most men. If any one tells an artist that
part of what he has brought home is not his but another's,
"Yea, let him take all," should be his answer. He should
know no self in the matter. He is a fisher of men's hearts
from love of winning them, and baits his hook with what will
best take them without much heed where he gets it from.
He can gain nothing by offering people what they know or
ought to know already; he will not therefore take from the
living or lately dead ; for the same reason he will instinctively
avoid anything with which his hearers will be familiar,
except as recognised common form, but beyond these limits
he should take freely even as he hopes to be one day taken
from.
True, there is a hidden mocking spirit in things which
ensures that he alone can take well who can also make well,
but it is no less true that he alone makes well who takes well.
A man must command all the resources of his art, and of
these none is greater than knowledge of what has been done
Handel and Music 125
by predecessors. What, I wonder, may he take from these —
how may he build himself upon them and grow out of them
— if he is to make it his chief business to steer clear of them ?
A safer canon is that the development of a musician should
be like that of a fugue or first movement, in which, the sub-
ject having been enounced, it is essential that thenceforward
everything shall be both new and old at one and the same
time — new, but not too new — old, but not too old.
Indeed no musician can be original in respect of any large
percentage of his work. For independently of his turning to
his own use the past labour involved in musical notation,
which he makes his own as of right without more thanks to
those who thought it out than we give to him who invented
wheels when we hire a cab, independently of this, it is sur-
prising how large a part even of the most original music con-
sists of common form scale passages, and closes. Mutatis
mutandis, the same holds good with even the most original
book or picture ; these passages or forms are as light and air,
common to all of us ; but the principle having been once ad-
mitted that some parts of a man's work cannot be original —
not, that is to say, if he has descended with only a reasonable
amount of modification — where is the line to be drawn?
Where does common form begin and end?
The answer is that it is not mere familiarity that should
forbid borrowing, but familiarity with a passage as associated
with special surroundings. If certain musical progressions
are already associated with many different sets of antecedents
and consequents, they have no special association, except in
so far as they may be connected with a school or epoch; no
one, therefore, is offended at finding them associated with
one set the more. Familiarity beyond a certain point ceases
to be familiarity, or at any rate ceases to be open to the
objections that lie against that which, though familiar, is_
still not familiar as common form. Those on the other hand
who hold that a musician should never knowingly borrow
will doubtless say that common form passages are an obvious
and notorious exception to their rule, and the one the limits
of which are easily recognised in practice however hard it
may be to define them neatly on paper.
It is not suggested that when a musician wants to compose
an air or chorus he is to cast about for some little-known
126 Handel and Music
similar piece and lay it under contribution. This is not to
spring from the loins of living ancestors but to batten on
dead men's bones. He who takes thus will ere long lose even
what little power to take he may have ever had. On the
other hand there is no enjoyable work in any art which is
not easily recognised as the affiliated outcome of something
that has gone before it. This is more especially true of music,
whose grammar and stock in trade are so much simpler than
those of any other art. He who loves music will know what
the best men have done, and hence will have numberless
passages from older writers floating at all times in his mind,
like germs in the air, ready to hook themselves on to anything
of an associated character. Some of these he will reject at
once, as already too strongly wedded to associations of their
own ; some are tried and found not so suitable as was thought ;
some one, however, will probably soon assert itself as either
suitable, or easily altered so as to become exactly what is
wanted ; if, indeed, it is the right passage in the right man's
mind, it will have modified itself unbidden already. How,
then, let me ask again, is the musician to comport himself
towards those uninvited guests of his thoughts? Is he to
give them shelter, cherish them, and be thankful? or is he
to shake them rudely off, bid them begone, and go out of his
way so as not to fall in with them again?
Can there be a doubt what the answer to this question
should be? As it is fatal deliberately to steer on to the
work of other composers, so it is no less fatal deliberately to
steer clear of it; music to be of any value must be a man's
freest and most instinctive expression. Instinct in the case
of all the greatest artists, whatever their art may be, bids
them attach themselves to, and grow out of those predecessors
who are most congenial to them. Beethoven grew out of
Mozart and Haydn, adding a leaven which in the end leavened
the whole lump, but in the outset adding little ; Mozart grew
out of Haydn, in the outset adding little; Haydn grew out of
Domenico Scarlatti and Emmanuel Bach, adding, in the
outset, little. These men grew out of John Sebastian Bach,
for much as both of them admired Handel I cannot see that
they allowed his music to influence theirs. Handel even in
his own lifetime was more or less of a survival and protest;
he saw the rocks on to which music was drifting and steered
Handel and Music 127
his own good ship wide of them ; as for his musical parentage,
he grew out of the early Italians and out of Purcell.
The more original a composer is the more certain is he to
have made himself a strong base of operations in the works
of earlier men, striking his roots deep into them, so that he,
as it were, gets inside them and lives in them, they in him,
and he in them ; then, this firm foothold having Taeen obtained,
he sallies forth as opportunity directs, with the result that
his works will reflect at once the experiences of his own
musical life and of those musical progenitors to whom a lov-
ing instinct has more particularly attached him. The fact
that his work is deeply imbued with their ideas and little
ways, is not due to his deliberately taking from them. He
makes their ways his own as children model themselves upon
those older persons who are kind to them. He loves them
because he feels they felt as he does, and looked on men and
things much as he looks upon them himself; he is an out-
growth in the same direction as that in which they grew ; he
is their son, bound by every law of heredity to be no less them
than himself ; the manner, therefore, which came most natu-
rally to them will be the one which comes also most naturally
to him as being their descendant. Nevertheless no matter
how strong a family likeness may be, (and it is sometimes, as
between Handel and his forerunners, startlingly close) two
men of different generations will never be so much alike that
the work of each will not have a character of its own — unless
indeed the one is masquerading as the other, which is not
tolerable except on rare occasions and on a very small scale.
No matter how like his father a man may be we can always
tell the two apart ; but this once given, so that he has a clear
life of his own, then a strong family likeness to some one else
is no more to be regretted or concealed if it exists than to be
affected if it does not.
It is on these terms alone that attractive music can be
written, and it is a musician's business to. write attractive
music. He is, as it were, tenant for life of the estate of and
trustee for that school to which he belongs. Normally, that
school will be the one which has obtained the firmest hold
upon his own countrymen. An Englishman cannot success-
fully write like a German or a Hungarian, nor is it desirable
that he should try. If, by way of variety, we want German
128 Handel and Music
or Hungarian music we shall get a more genuine article by-
going direct to German or Hungarian composers. For the
most part, however, the soundest Englishmen will be stay-
at-homes, in spite of their being much given to summer
flings upon the continent. Whether as writers, therefore,
or as listeners. Englishmen should stick chiefly to Purcell,
Handel, and Sir Arthur Sullivan. True, Handel was not an
Englishman by birth, but no one was ever more thoroughly
English in respect of all the best and most distinguishing
features of Englishmen. As a young man, though Italy
and Germany were open to him, he adopted the country of
Purcell, feeling it, doubtless, to be, as far as he was con-
cerned, more Saxon than Saxony itself. He chose England;
nor can there be a doubt that he chose it because he be-
lieved it to be the country in which his music had the best
chance of being appreciated. And what does this involve, if
not that England, take it all round, is the most musically
minded country in the world? That this is so, that it has
produced the finest music the world has known, and is there-
fore the finest school of music in the world, cannot be rea-
sonably disputed.
To the born musician, it is hardly necessary to say, neither
the foregoing remarks nor any others about music, except
those that may be found in every text book, can be of the
smallest use. Handel knew this and no man ever said less
about his art — or did more in it. There are some semi-
apocryphal* rules for tuning the harpsichord that pretend,
with what truth I know not, to hail from him, but here his
theoretical contributions to music begin and end. The rules
begin "In this chord" (the tonic major triad) "tune the
fifth pretty flat, and the third considerably too sharp."
There is an absence of fuss about these words which suggests
Handel himself.
The written and spoken words of great painters or musi-
cians who can talk or write is seldom lasting — artists are a
dumb inarticulate folk, whose speech is in their hands not in
* Twelve Voluntaries and Fugues for the Organ or Harpsichord
with Rules for Tuning. By the celebrated Mr. Handel. Butler had
a copy of this book and gave it to the British Museum (Press Mark,
e. 10^) . We showed the rules to Rockstro, who said they were very
interesting and probably authentic; they would tune the instrument
in one of the mean tone temperaments.
Handel and Music 129
their tongues. They look at us like seals, but cannot talk to
us. To the musician, therefore, what has been said above is
useless, if not worse; its object will have been attained if it
aids the uncreative reader to criticise what he hears with
more intelligence.
Music
So far as I can see, this is the least stable of the arts.
From the earliest records we learn that there were musicians,
and people seem to have been just as fond of music as we are
ourselves, but, whereas we find the old sculpture, painting
(what there is of it) and literature to have been in all essen-
tials like our own, and not only this but whereas we find
them essentially the same in existing nations in Europe, Asia,
Africa and America, this is not so aS regards music either
looking to antiquity or to the various existing nations. I
believe we should find old Greek and Roman music as hide-
ous as we do Persian and Japanese, or as Persians and Japa-
nese find our own.
I believe therefore that the charm of music rests on a
more unreasoning basis, and is more dependent on what we
are accustomed to, than the pleasure given by the other arts.
We now find all the ecclesiastical modes, except. the Ionian
and the .iEolian, unsatisfactory, indeed almost intolerable,
but I question whether, if we were as much in the habit of
using the Dorian, Phrygian, Lydian and Mixo-Lydian modes
as we are of using the later ^olian mode (the minor scale),
we should not find these just as satisfactory. Is it not
possible that our indisputable preference for the Ionian mode
(the major scale) is simply the result of its being the one to
which we are most accustomed? If another mode were to
become habitual, might not this scale or mode become first
a kind of supplementary moon-like mode (as the iEolian
now is) and finally might it not become intolerable to us?
Happily it will last my time as it is.
Discords
Formerly all discords were prepared, and Monteverde's
innovation of taking the dominant seventh unprepared was
held to be cataclysmic, but in modern music almost any
I30 Handel and Music
conceivable discord may be taken unprepared. We have
grown so used to this now that we think nothing of it, still,
whenever it can be done without sacrificing something more
important, I think even a dominant seventh is better pre-
pared.
It is only the preparation, however, of discords which is
now less rigorously insisted on; their resolution — ^generally
by the climbing down of the offending note — is as necessary
as ever if the music is to flow on smoothly.
This holds good exactly in our daily life. If a discord has
to be introduced, it is better to prepare it as a concord, take
it on a strong beat, and resolve it downwards on a weak
one. The preparation being often difficult or impossible may
be dispensed with, but the resolution is still de rigueur.
Anachronism
It has been said "Thou shalt not masquerade in costumes
not of thine own period," but the history of art is the history
of revivals. Musical criticism, so far as I can see, is the least
"^intelligent of the criticisms on this score. Unless a man
writes in the exotic style of Brahms, Wagner, Dvorak and
I know not what other Slav, Czech, Teuton or Hebrew, the
critics are sure to accuse him of being an anachronism. The
only man in England who is permitted to write in a style
which is in the main of home growth is the Irish Jew, Sir
Arthur Sullivan. If we may go to a foreign style why may
we not go to one of an earlier period ? But surely we may do
whatever we like, and the better we like it the better we shall
do it. The great thing is to make sure that we like the style
we choose better than we like any other, that we engraft
on it whatever we hear that we think will be a good addition,
and depart from it wherever we dislike it. If a man does
this he may write in the style of the year one and he will be
no anachronism; the musical critics may call him one but
they cannot make him one.
Chapters in Music
The analogy between literature, painting and music, so
close in so many respects, suggests that the modern custom
Handel and Music 131
of making a whole scene, act or even drama into a single,
unbroken movement without subdivision is like making a
book without chapters, or a picture, like Bernardino Luini's
great Lugano fresco in which a long subject is treated within
the compass of a single piece. Better advised, as it seems to
me, Gaudenzio Ferrari broke up a space of the same shape
and size at Varallo into many compartments, each more or
less complete in itself, grouped round a central scene. The
subdivision of books into chapters, each with a more or less
emphatic full close in its own key, is found to be a help as
giving the attention halting places by the way. Everything
that is worth attending to fatigues as well as delights, much
as the climbing of a mountain does so. Chapters and short
pieces give rests during which the attention gathers renewed
strength and attacks with fresh ardour a new stretch of the
ascent. Each bar is, as it were, a step cut in ice and one does
not see, if set pieces are objected to, why phrases and bars
should not be attacked next.
At the Opera
Jones and I went last Friday to Don Giovanni, Mr. Kemp *
putting us in free. It bored us both, and we like Narcissus
better. We admit the beauty of many of the beginnings of
the airs, but this beauty is not maintained, in every case the
air tails off into something that is much too near being tire-
some. The plot, of course, is stupid to a degree, but plot has
very little to do with it; what can be more uninteresting
than the plot of many of Handel's oratorios ? We both
believe the scheme of Italian opera to be a bad one; we
think that music should never be combined with acting to a
greater extent than is done, we will say, in the Mikado;
that the oratorio form is far more satisfactory than opera;
and we agreed that we had neither of us ever yet been to an
opera (I mean a Grand Opera) without being bored by it.
I am not sorry to remember that Handel never abandoned
oratorio after he had once fairly taken to it;
* Mr. Kemp lived in Barnard's Inn on my staircase. He was in
the box-office at Drury Lane Theatre. See a further note about him
on p. 153 post.
132 Handel and Music
At a Philharmonic Concert
We went last night to the Philharmonic and sat in the
shilling orchestra, just behind the drums, so that we could
see and hear what each instrument was doing. The concert
began with Mozart's G Minor Symphony. We liked this
fairly well, especially the last movement, but we found all the
movements too long and, speaking for myself, if I had a
tame orchestra for which. I might write programmes, I should
probably put it down once or twice again, not from any
spontaneous wish to hear more of it but as a matter of duty
that I might judge it with fuller comprehension — still, if
each movement had been half as long I should probably have
felt cordially enough towards it, except of course in so far as
that the spirit of the music is alien to that of the early Italian
school with which alone I am in genuine sympathy and of
which Handel is the climax.
Then came a terribly long-winded recitative by Beethoven
and an air with a good deal of "Che faro" in it. I do not
mind this, and if it had been "Che faro" absolutely I should,
I daresay, have liked it better. I never want to hear it again
and my orchestra should never play it.
Beethoven's Concerto for violin and orchestra (op. 6i)
which followed was longer and more tedious still. I have
not a single good word for it. If the subject of the last move-
ment was the tune of one of Arthur Robert's comic songs, or
of any music-hall song, it would do very nicely and I daresay
we should often hum it. I do not mean at the opening of the
movement but about half way through, where the character
is just that of a common music-hall song and, so far, good.
Part II opened with a suite in F Major for orchestra (op.
39) by Moszkowski. This was much more clear and, in every
way, interesting than the Beethoven; every now and then
there were passages that were pleasing, not to say more.
Jones liked it better than I did ; still, one could not feel that
any of the movements were the mere drivelling show stuff of
which the concerto had been full. But it, like everything
else done at these concerts, is too long, cut down one-half it
would have been all right and we should have liked to hear
it twice. As it was, all we could say was that it was much
Handel and Music 133
better than we had expected. I did not like the look of the
young man who wrote it and who also conducted. He had
long yellowish hair and kept tossing his head to fling it back
on to his shoulders, instead of keeping it short as Jones and I
keep ours.
Then came Schubert's "Erl Konig," which, I daresay, is
very fine but with which I have absolutely nothing in common.
And finally there was a tiresome characteristic overture
by Berlioz, which, if Jones could by any possibility have
written anything so dreary, I should certainly have begged
him not to publish.
The general impression left upon me by the concert is that
all the movements were too long, and that, no matter how
clever the development may be, it spoils even the most pleas-
ing and interesting subject if there is too much of it. Handel
knew when to stop and, when he meant stopping, he stopped
much as a horse stops, with little, if any, peroration. Who
can doubt that he kept his movements short because he
knew that the worst music within a reasonable compass is
better than the best which is made tiresome by being spun
out unduly? I only know one concerted piece of Handel's
which I think too long, I mean the overture to Saul, but I
have no doubt that if I were to try to cut it down I should
find some excellent reason that had made Handel decide on
keeping it as it is.
At the Wind Concerts
There have been some interesting wind concerts lately;
I say interesting, because they brought home to us the un-
satisfactory character of wind unsupported by strings. I
rather pleased Jones by saying that the hautbois was the
clarionet with a cold in its head, and the bassoon the same
with a cold on its chest.
At a Handel Festival
The large sweeps of sound floated over the orchestra like
the wind playing upon a hill-side covered with young heather,
and I sat and wondered which of the Alpine passes Handel
134 Handel and Music
crossed when he went into Italy. What time of the year was
it? What kind of weather did he have? Were the spring
flowers out ? Did he walk the greater part of the way as we
do now? And what did he hear? For he must sometimes
have heard music inside him — and that, too, as much above
what he has written down as what he has written down is
above all other music. No man can catch all, or always the
best, of what is put for a moment or two within his reach.
Handel took as much and as near the best, doubtless, as
mortal man can take; but he must have had moments and
glimpses which were given to him alone and which he could
tell no man.
I saw the world a great orchestra filled with angels whose
instruments were of gold. And I saw the organ on the top
of the axis round which all should turn, but nothing turned
and nothing moved and the angels stirred not and all was as
still as a stone, and I was myself also, like the rest, as still as
a stone.
Then I saw some huge, cloud-like forms nearing, and be-
hold! it was the Lord bringing two of his children by the
hand.
"O Papa!" said one, "isn't it pretty?"
"Yes, my dear," said the Lord, "and if you drop a penny
into the box the figures will work."
Then I saw that what I had taken for the keyboard of the
organ was no keyboard but only a slit, and one of the little
Lords dropped a plaque of metal into it. And then the angels
played and the world turned round and the organ made a
noise and the people began killing one another and the two
little Lords clapped their hands and were delighted.
Handel and Dickens
They buried Dickens in the very next grave, cheek by
jowl with Handel. It does not matter, but it pained me to
think that people who could do this could become Deans of
Westminster.
IX
A Painter's Views on Painting
The Old Masters and Their Pupils
The old masters taught, not because they liked teaching, nor
yet from any idea of serving the cause of art, nor yet because
they were paid to teach by the parents of their pupils. The
parents probably paid no money at first. The masters took
pupils and taught them because they had more work to do
than they could get through and wanted some one to help
them. They sold the pupil's work as their own, just as people
do now who take apprentices. When people can sell a pupil's
work, they will teach the pupil all they know and will see
he learns it. This is the secret of the whole matter.
The modern schoolmaster does not aim at learning from
his pupils, he hardly can, but the old masters did. See how
Giovanni Bellini learned from Titian and Giorgione who both
came to him in the same year, as boys, when Bellini was 63
years old. What a day for painting was that ! All Bellini's
best work was done thenceforward. I know nothing in the
history of art so touching as this. [1883.]
P.S. I have changed my mind about Titian. I don't like
him. [1897.]
The Academic System and Repentance
The academic system goes almost on the principle of offer-
ing places for repentance, and letting people fall soft, by
assuming that they should be taught how to do things before
they do them, and not by the doing of them. Good economy
requires that there should be little place for repentance, and
that when people fall they should fall hard enough to re-
member it.
135
136 A Painter's Views
The Jubilee Sixpence
We have spent hundreds of thousands, or more probably
of millions, on national art collections, schools of art, pire-
liminary training and academicism, without wanting anything
in particular, but when the nation did at last try all it knew
to design a sixpence, it failed.* The other coins are all very
well in their way, and so are the stamps — the letters get car-
ried, and the money passes ; but both stamps and coins would
have been just as good, and very likely better, if there had
not been an art-school in the country. [1888.]
Studying from Nature
When is a man studying from nature, and when is he only
flattering himself that he is doing so because he is painting
with a model or lay-figure before him ? A man may be work-
ing his eight or nine hours a day from the model and yet not
be studying from nature. He is painting but not studying.
He is like the man in the Bible who looks at himself in a glass
and goeth away forgetting what manner of man he was. He
will know no more about nature at the end of twenty years
than a priest who has been reading his breviary day after day
without committing it to memory will know of its contents.
Unless he gets what he has seen well into his memory, so as
to have it at his fingers' ends as familiarly as the characters
with which he writes a letter, he can be no more held to be
familiar with, and to have command over, nature than a man
who only copies his signature from a copy kept in his pocket,
as I have known French Canadians do, can be said to be able
to write. It is painting without nature that will give a man
this, and not painting directly from her. He must do both
the one and the other, and the one as much as the other.
The Model and the Lay-Figure
It may be doubted whether they have not done more harm
than good. They are an attempt to get a bit of stuffed nature
* If I remember right, the original Jubilee sixpence had to be
altered because it was so like a half-sovereign that, on being gilded, it
passed as one.
on Painting i37
and to study from that instead of studying from the thing
itself. Indeed, the man who never has a model but studies
the faces of people as they sit opposite him in an omnibus,
and goes straight home and puts down what little he can of
what he has seen, dragging it out piecemeal from his memory,
and going into another omnibus to look again for what he
has forgotten as near as he can find it — that man is studying
from nature as much as he who has a model four or five hours
daily — and probably more. For you may be painting from
nature as much without nature actually before you as with ;
and you may have nature before you all the while you are
painting and yet not be painting from her.
Sketching from Nature
Is very like trying to put a pinch of salt on her tail. And
yet many manage to do it very nicely.
Great Art and Sham Art
Art has no end in view save the emphasising and recording
in the most effective way some strongly felt interest or affec-
tion. Where there is neither interest nor desire to record
with good effect, there is but sham art, or none at all : where
both these are fully present, no matter how rudely and in-
articulately, there is great art. Art is at best a dress, im-
portant, yet still nothing in comparison with the wearer, and,
as a general rule, the less it attracts attention the better.
Inarticulate Touches
An artist's touches are sometimes no more articulate than
the barking of a dog who would call attention to something
without exactly knowing what. This is as it should be, and
he is a great artist who can be depended on not to bark at
nothing.
Detail
One reason why it is as well not to give very much detail
is that, no matter how much is given, the eye will always want
more ; it will know very well that it is' not being paid in full.
138 A Painter's Views
On the other hand, no matter how little one gives, the eye
will generally compromise by wanting only a little more. In
either case the eye will want more, so one may as well stop
sooner as later. Sensible painting, like sensible law, sensible
writing, or sensible anything else, consists as much in knowing
what to omit as what to insist upon. It consists in the tact
that tells the painter where to stop.
Painting and Association
Painting is only possible by reason of association's not stick-
ing to the letter of its bond, so that we jump to conclusions.
The Credulous Eye
Painters should remember that the eye, as a general rule, is
a good, simple, credulous organ — very ready to take things on
trust if it be told them with any confidence of assertion.
Truths from Nature
We must take as many as we can, but the difficulty is that
it is often so hard to know what the truths of nature are.
Accuracy
After having spent years striving to be accurate, we must
spend as many more in discovering when and how to be in-
accurate.
Herbert Spencer
He is like nature to Fuseli — he puts me out.
Shade Colour and Reputation
When a thing is near and in light, colour and form are im-
portant; when far and in shadow, they are unimportant.
Form and colour are like reputations which when they be-
come shady are much of a muchness.
on Painting i39
Money and Technique
Money is very like technique (or vice versa). We see that
both musicians or painters with great command of technique
seldom know what to do with it, while those who have little
often know how to use what they have.
Action and Study
These things are antagonistic. The composer is seldom a
great theorist ; the theorist is never a great composer. Each
is equally fatal to and essential in the other.
Sacred and Profane Statues
I have never seen statues of Jove, Neptune, Apollo or any
of the pagan gods that are not as great failures as the statues
of Christ and the Apostles.
Seeing
If a man has not studied painting, or at any rate black and
white drawing, his eyes are wild; learning to -draw tames
them. The first step towards taming the eyes is to teach
them not to see too much.
Quickness in seeing as in everything else comes from long
sustained effort after rightness and comes unsought. It never
comes from effort after quickness.
Improvement in Art
Painting depends upon seeing; seeing depends upon look-
ing for this or that, at least in great part it does so.
Think of and look at your work as though it were done by
your enemy. If you look at it to admire it you are lost.
Any man, as old Heatherley used to say, will go on im-
proving as long as he is bona fide dissatisfied with his work.
Improvement in one's painting depends upon how we look
at our Avork. If we look at it to see where it is wrong, we
shall see this and make it righter. If we look at it to see
140 A Painter's Views
where it is right, we shall see this and shall not make it righter.
We cannot see it both wrong and right at the same time.
Light and Shade
Tell the young artist that he wants a black piece here or
there, when he sees no such black piece in nature, and that
he must continue this or that shadow thus, and break this
light into this or that other, when in nature he sees none of
these things, and you will puzzle him very much. He is try-
ing to put down what he sees ; he does not care two straws
about composition or light and shade; if he sees two tones
of such and such relative intensity in nature, he will give
them as near as he can the same relative intensity in his
picture, and to tell him that he is perhaps exactly to reverse
the natural order in deference to some canon of the academi-
cians, and that at the same time he is drawing from nature,
is what he cannot understand.
I am very doubtful how far people do not arrange their
light and shade too much with the result with which we are
familiar in drawing-masters' copies; it may be right or it
may not, I don't know — I am afraid I ought to know, but I
don't; but I do know that those pictures please me best
which were painted without the slightest regard to any of
these rules.
I suppose the justification of those who talk as above lies
in the fact that, as we cannot give all nature, we lie by sup-
pressio veri whether we like it or no, and that you sometimes
lie less by putting in something which does not exist at the
moment, but which easily might exist and -which gives a lot
of facts which you otherwise could not give at all, than by
giving so much as you can alone give if you adhere rigidly to
the facts. If this is so the young painter would understand
the matter, if it were thus explained to him, better than he
is likely to do if he is merely given it as a canon.
At the same time, I admit it to be true that one never sees
light but it has got dark in it, nor vice versa, and that this
comes to saying that if you are to be true to nature you must
break your lights into your shadows and vice versa; and so
usual is this that, if there happens here or there to be an ex-
ception, the painter had better say nothing about it, for it is
on Painting 141
more true to nature's general practice not to have it so than
to have it.
Certainly as regards colour, I never remember to have
seen a piece of one colour without finding a bit of a very
similar colour not far off, but having no connection with it.
This holds good in such an extraordinary way that if it
happens to fail the matter should be passed over in silence.
Colour
The expression "seeing colour" used to puzzle me. I
was aware that some painters made their pictures more pleas-
ing in colour than others and more like the colour of the
actual thing as a whole, still there were any number of bits
of brilliant colour in their work which for the life of me I
could not see in nature. I used to hear people say of a man
who got pleasing and natural colour, "Does he not see colour
well?" and I used to say he did, but, as far as I was con-
cerned, it would have been more true to say that he put
down colour which he did not see well, or at any rate that
he put down colour which I could not see myself.
In course of time I got to understand that seeing colour
does not mean inventing colour, or exaggerating it, but being
on the look out for it, thus seeing it where another will not
see it, and giving it the preference as among things to be
preserved and rendered amid the wholesale slaughter of in-
nocents which is inevitable in any painting. Painting is only
possible as a quasi-hieroglyphic epitomising of nature; this
means that the half goes for the whole, whereon the ques-
tion arises which half is to be taken and which made to go?
The colourist will insist by preference on the coloured half,
the man who has no liking for colour, however much else
he may sacrifice, will not be careful to preserve this and, as
a natural consequence, he will not preserve it.
Good, that is to say, pleasing, beautiful, or even pretty
colour cannot be got by putting patches of pleasing, beautiful
or pretty colour upon one's canvas and, which is a harder
matter, leaving them when they have been put. It is said of
money that it is more easily made than kept and this is true
of many things, such as friendship; and even life itself is
more easily got than kept. The same holds good of colour.
142 A Painter's Views
It is also true that, as with money, more is made, by saving
than in any other way, and the surest way to lose colour
is to play with it inconsiderately, not knowing how to leave
well alone. A touch of pleasing colour should on no account
be stirred without consideration.
That we can see in a natural object more colour than
strikes us at a glance, if we look for it attentively, will not
be denied by any who have tried to look for it. Thus, take
a dull, dead, level, grimy old London wall : at a first glance
we can see no colour in it, nothing but a more or less purplish
mass, got, perhaps as nearly as in any other way, by a tint
mixed with black, Indian red and white. If, however, we
look for colour in this, we shall find here and there a broken
brick with a small surface of brilliant crimson, hard by there
will be another with a warm orange hue perceivable through
the grime by one who is on the look out for it, but by no one
else. Then there may be bits of old advertisement of which
here and there a gaily coloured fragment may remain, or a
rusty iron hook or a bit of bright green moss ; few indeed are
the old walls, even in the grimiest parts of London, on which
no redeeming bits of colour can be found by those who are
practised in looking for them. To like colour, to wish to
find it, and thus to have got naturally into a habit of looking
for it, this alone will enable a man to see colour and to make
a note of it when he has seen it, and this alone will lead him
towards a pleasing and natural scheme of colour in his work.
Good colour can never be got by putting down colour
which is not seen; at any rate only a master who has long
served accuracy can venture on occasional inaccuracy-
telling a lie, knowing it to be a lie, and as, se non vera, hen
trovata. The grown man in his art may do this, and indeed
is not a man at all unless he knows how to do it daily and
hourly without departure from the truth even in his boldest
lie; but the child in art must stick to what he sees. If he
looks harder he will see more, and may put more, but till he
sees it without being in any doubt about it, he must not put
it. There is no such sure way of corrupting one's colour sense
as the habitual practice of putting down colour which one
does not see ; this and the neglecting to look for it are equal
faults. The first error leads to melodramatic vulgarity, the
other to torpid dullness, and it is hard to say which is worse.
on Painting i43
It may be said that the preservation of all the little episodes
of colour which can be discovered in an object whose general
effect is dingy and the suppression of nothing but the un-
interesting colourless details amount to what is really a forc-
ing and exaggeration of nature, differing but little from
downright fraud, so far as its effect goes, since it gives an
undue preference to the colour side of the matter. In equity,
if the exigencies of the convention under which we are work-
ing require a sacrifice of a hundred details, the majority of
which are uncoloured, while in the minority colour can be
found if looked for, the sacrifice should be made pro rata
from coloured and uncoloured alike. If the facts of nature
are a hundred, of which ninety are dull in colour and ten in-
teresting, and the painter can only give ten, he must not give
the ten interesting bits of colour and neglect the ninety so-
berly coloured details. Strictly, he should sacrifice eighty-one
sober details and nine coloured ones; he will thus at any
rate preserve the balance and relation which obtain in nature
between coloured and uncoloured.
This, no doubt, is what he ought to do if he leaves the
creative, poetic and more properly artistic aspect of his own
function out of the question ; if he is making himself a mere
transcriber, holding the mirror up to nature with such en-
tire forgetfulness of self as to be rather looking-glass than
man, this is. what he must do. But the moment he ap.
proaches nature in this spirit he ceases to be an artist, and
the better he succeeds as painter of something that might
pass for a coloured photograph, the more inevitably must
he fail to satisfy, or indeed to appeal to us at all as poet —
as one whose sympathies with nature extend beyond her
superficial aspect, or as one who is so much at home with
her as to be able readily to dissociate the permanent and
essential from the accidental which may be here to-day and
gone to-morrow. If he is to come before us as an artist,
he must do so as a poet or creator of that which is not, as
well as a mirror of that which is. True, experience in all
kinds of poetical work shows that the less a man creates the
better, that the more, in fact, he makes, the less is he of a
maker; but experience also shows that the course of true
nature, like that of true love, never does run smooth, and
that occasional, judicious, slight departures from the actual
144 A Painter's Views
facts, by one who knows the value of a lie too well to waste
it, bring nature more vividly and admirably before us than
any amount of adherence to the letter of strict accuracy.
It is the old story, the letter killeth but the spirit giveth
life.
With colour, then, he who does not look for it will begin
by not seeing it unless it is so obtrusive that there is no
escaping it ; he will therefore, in his rendering of the hundred
facts of nature above referred to, not see the ten coloured
bits at all, supposing them to be, even at their brightest,
somewhat sober, and his work will be colourless or disagree-
able in colour. The faithful coypist, who is still a mere copy-
ist, will give nine details of dull uninteresting colour and one
of interesting. The artist or poet will find some reason
for slightly emphasising the coloured details and will scatter
here and there a few slight, hardly perceptible, allusions to
more coloured details than come within the letter of his bond,
but will be careful not to overdo it. The vulgar sensational
painter will force in his colour everywhere, and of all col-
ourists he must be pronounced the worst.
Briefly then, to see colour is simply to have got into a
habit of not overlooking the patches of colour which are
seldom far to seek or hard to see by those who look for them.
It is not the making one's self believe that one sees all man-
ner of colours which are not there, it is only the getting
oneself into a mental habit of looking out for episodes of
colour, and of giving them a somewhat undue preference in
the struggle for rendering, wherever anything like a reason-
able pretext can be found for doing so. For if a picture is to
be pleasing in colour, pleasing colours must be put upon the
canvas, and reasons have got to be found for putting them
there. [1886.]
P.S. — The foregoing note wants a great deal of reconsid-
eration for which I cannot find time just now. Jan. 31, 1898.
Words and Colour
A man cannot be a great colourist unless he is a great
deal more. A great colourist is no better than a great wordist
unless the colour is well applied to a subject which at any
rate is not repellent.
on Painting 14S
Amateurs and Professionals
There is no excuse for amateur work being bad. Amateurs
often excuse their shortcomings on the ground that they are
not professionals, the professional could plead with greater
justice that he is not an amateur. The professional has hot,
he might well say, the leisure and freedom froin money
anxieties which will let him devote himself to his art in single-
ness of heart, telling of things as he sees them without fear
of what man shall say unto him; he must think not of what
appears to him right and loveable but of what his patrons
will think and of what the critics will tell his patrons to say
they think ; he has got to square everyone all round and will
assuredly fail to make his way unless he does this ; if, then,
he betrays his trust he does so under temptation. Whereas
the amateur who works with no higher aim than that of
immediate recognition betrays it from the vanity and wanton-
ness of his spirit. The one is naughty because he is needy,
the other from natural depravity. Besides, the amateur
can keep his work to himself, whereas the professional man
must exhibit or starve.
The question is what is the amateur an amateur of? What
is he really in love with? Is he in love with other people,
thinking he sees something which he would like to show
them, which he feels sure they would enjoy if they could only
see it as he does, which he is therefore trying as best he can
to put before the few nice people whom he knows ? If this
is his position he can do no wrong, the spirit in which he
works will ensure that his defects will be only as bad spelling
or bad grammar in some pretty saying of a child. If, on the
other hand, he is playing for social success and to get a
reputation for being clever, then no matter how dexterous his
work may be, it is but another mode of the speaking with
the tongues of men and angels without charity ; it is as sound-
ing brass or a tinkling cymbal, full of sound and fury signi-
fying nothing.
The Ansidei Raffaelle
This picture is inspired by no deeper feeling than a de-
termination to adhere to the conventions of the time. These
146 A Painter's Views
conventions ensure an effect of more or less devotional char-
acter, and this, coupled with our reverence for the name of
Raffaelle, the sentiments arising from antiquity and foreign-
ness, and the inability of most people to judge of the work on
technical grounds, because they can neither paint nor draw,
prevents us from seeing what a mere business picture it is
and how poor the painting is throughout. A master in any
art should be first man, then poet, then craftsman; this
picture must have been painted by one who was first world-
ling, then religious-property-manufacturer, then painter with
brains not more than average and no heart.
The Madonna's head has indeed a certain prettiness of a
not very uncommon kind ; the paint has been sweetened with
a soft brush and licked smooth till all texture as of flesh is
gone and the head is wooden and tight; I can see no ex-
pression in it ; the hand upon the open book is as badly drawn
as the hand of S. Catharine (also by Raffaelle) in our gal-
lery, or even worse ; so is the part of the other hand which can
be seen; they are better drawn than the hands in the Ecce
homo of Correggio in our gallery, for the fingers appear to
have the right number of joints, which none of those in the
Correggio have, but this is as much as can be said.
The dress is poorly painted, the gold thread work being
of the cheapest, commonest kind, both as regards pattern
and the quantity allowed; especially note the meagre allow-
ance and poor pattern of the embroidery on the virgin's
bosom; it is done as by one who knew she ought to have,
and must have, a little gold work, but was determined she
should have no more than he could help. This is so wher-
ever there is gold thread work in the picture. It is so on
S. Nicholas's cloak where a larger space is covered, but the
pattern is dull and the smallest quantity of gold is made to
go the longest way. The gold cording which binds this is
more particularly badly done. Compare the "embroidery and
gold thread work in "The Virgin adoring the Infant Christ,"
ascribed to Andrea Verrocchio, No. 296, Room V ; "The An-
nunciation" by Carlo Crivelli, No. 739, Room VIII ; in "The
Angel Raphael accompanies Tobias on his Journey into
Media" attributed to Botticini, No. 781, Room V; in "Por-
trait of a Lady," school of Pollaiuolo, No. 585, Room V ; in
"A Canon of the Church with his Patron Saints" by Ghee-
on Painting H7
raert David, No. 1045, Room XI; or indeed the general
run of the gold embroidery of the period as shown in our
gallery.*
So with the jewels ; there are examples of jewels in most
of the pictures named above, none of them, perhaps, very
first-rate, but all of them painted with more care and serious
aim than the eighteen-penny trinket which serves S. Nicholas
for a brooch. The jewels in the mitre are rather better than
this, but much depends upon the kind of day on which the
picture is seen ; on a clear bright day they, and indeed every
part of the picture, look much worse than on a dull one because
the badness can be more clearly seen. As for the mitre itself,
it is made of the same hard unyielding material as the portico
behind the saint, whatever this may be, presumably wood.
Observe also the crozier which S. Nicholas is holding;
observe the cheap streak of high light exactly the same thick-
ness all the way and only broken in one place; so with the
folds in the draperies; all is monotonous, unobservant, un-
imaginative — the work of a feeble man whose pains will
never extend much beyond those necessary to make him
pass as stronger than he is ; especially the folds in the white
linen over S. Nicholas's throat, and about his girdle — weaker
drapery can hardly be than this, unless, perhaps, that from
under which S. Nicholas's hands come. There is not only no
art here to conceal, but there is not even pains to conceal the
want of art. As for the hands themselves, and indeed all the
hands and feet throughout the picture, there is not one which
is even tolerably drawn if judged by the standard which
Royal Academicians apply to Royal Academy students now.
Granted that this is an early work, nevertheless I submit
that the drawing here is not that of one who is going to do
better by and by, it is that of one who is essentially insincere
and who will never aim higher than immediate success. Those
* Raffaelle's picture "The Virgin and Child attended by S. John
the Baptist and S. Nicholas of Bari" (commonly known as the "Ma-
donna degli Ansidei"), No. 1171, Room VI in the National Gallery,
London, was purchased in 1885. Butler made this note in the same
year ; he revised the note in 1897 but, owing to changes in the gallery
and in the attributions, I have found it necessary to modernise his
descriptions of the other pictures with gold thread work so as to make
them agree with the descriptions now (1912) on the pictures them-
selves.
148 A Painter's Views
who grow to the best work almost always begin by laying
great stress on details which are all they as yet have strength
for; they cannot do much, but the little they can do they
do and never tire ^ of doing; they grow by getting juster
notions of proportion and subordination of parts to the
whole rather than by any greater amount of care and pa-
tience bestowed upon details. Here there are no bits of detail
worked out as by one who was interested in them and
enjoyed them. Wherever a thing can be scamped it is
scamped. As the whole is, so are the details, and as the de-
tails are, so is the whole; all is tainted with eye-service and
with a vulgarity not the less profound for being veiled by a
due observance of conventionality.
I shall be told that RafFaelle did come to draw and paint
much better than he has done here. I demur to this. He
did a little better; he just took so much pains as to prevent
him from going down-hill headlong, and, with practice, he
gained facility, but he was never very good, either as a
draughtsman or as a painter. His reputation, indeed, rests
mainly on his supposed exquisitely pure and tender feeling.
His colour is admittedly inferior, his handhng is not highly
praised by any one, his drawing has been much praised,
but it is of a penmanship freehand kind which is particularly
apt to take people in. Of course he could draw in some ways,
no one giving all his time to art and living in Raflfaelle's
surroundings could, with even ordinary pains, help becoming
a facile draughtsman, but it is the expression and sentiment
of his pictures which are supposed to be so ineffable and to
make him the prince of painters.
I do not think this reputation will be maintained much
longer. I can see no ineffable expression in the Ansidei Ma-
donna's head, nor yet in that of the Garvagh Madonna in
our gallery, nor in the S. Catharine. He has the saint-touch,
as some painters have the tree-touch and others the water-
touch. I remember the time when I used to think I
saw religious feeling in these last two pictures, but each
time I see them I wonder more and more how I can have
been taken in by them. I hear people admire the head of
S. Nicholas in the Ansidei picture. I can see nothing in it
beyond the power of a very ordinary painter, and nothing
that a painter of more than very ordinary power would be
on Painting i49
satisfied with. When I look at the head of Bellini's Doge,
Loredano Loredani, I can see defects, as every one can see
defects in every picture, but the more I see it the more I
marvel at it, and the more profoundly I respect the painter.
With Raffaelle I find exactly the reverse ; I am carried away
at first, as I was when a young man by Mendelssohn's Songs
Without Words, only to be very angry with myself presently
on finding that I could have believed even for a short time
in something that has no real hold upon me. I know the
S. Catharine in our gallery has been said by some not to be
by Raffaelle. No one will doubt its genuineness who com-
pares the drawing, painting and feeling of S. Catharine's eyes
and nose with those of the S. John in the Ansidei picture.
The doubts have only been raised owing to the fact that the
picture, being hung on a level with the eye, is so easily
seen to be bad that people think Raffaelle cannot have
painted it.
Returning to the S. Nicholas; apart from the expression,
or as it seems to me want of expression, the modelling of the
head is not only poor but very poor. The forehead is form-
less and boneless, the nose is entirely wanting in that play of
line and surface which an old man's nose affords ; no one ever
yet drew or painted a nose absolutely as nature has made
it, but he who compares carefully drawn noses, as that in
Rembrandt's younger portrait of himself, in his old woman,
in the three Van Eycks, in the Andrea Solario, in the Lore-
dano Loredani by Bellini, all in our gallery, with the nose of
Raffaelle's S. Nicholas will not be long in finding out how
slovenly Raffaelle's treatment in reality is. Eyes, eyebrows,
mouth, cheeks and chin are treated with the same weakness,
and this not the weakness of a child who is taking much pains
to do something beyond his strength, and whose intention can
be felt through and above the imperfections of his perform-
ance (as in the case of the two Apostles' heads by Giotto in
our gallery), but of one who is not even conscious of weak-
ness save by way. of impatience that his work should cost him
time and trouble at all, and who is satisfied if he can turn it
out well enough to take in patrons who have themselves never
either drawn or painted.
Finally, let the spectator turn to the sky and landscape.
It is the cheapest kind of sky with no clouds and going down
150 A Painter's Views
as low as possible, so as to save doing more country details
than could be helped. As for the little landscape there is,
let the reader compare it with any of the examples by Bellini,
Basaiti, or even Cima da Conegliano, which may be found in
the same or the adjoining rooms.
How, then, did Raffaelle get his reputation? It may be
answered. How did Virgil get his? or Dante? or Bacon? or
Plato? or Mendelssohn? or a score of others who not only
get the public ear but keep it sometimes for centuries?
How did Guido, Guercino and Domenichino get their repu-
tations ? A hundred years ago these men were held as hardly
inferior to Raffaelle himself. They had a couple of hundred
years or so of triumph — why so much? And if so much,
why not more? If we begin asking questions, we may ask
why anything at all ? Populus vult decipi is the only answer,
and nine men out of ten will follow on with et decipiatur.
The immediate question, however, is not how Raffaelle came
by his reputation but whether, having got it, he will continue
to hold it now that we have a fair amount of his work at
the National Gallery.
I grant that the general effect of the picture if looked at
as a mere piece of decoration is agreeable, but I have seen
many a picture which though not bearing consideration as a
serious work yet looked well from a purely decorative stand-
point. I believe, however, that at least half of those who
sit gazing before this Ansidei Raffaelle by the half-hour at
a time do so rather that they may be seen than see; half,
again, of the remaining half come because they are made to
do so, the rest see rather what they bring with them and put
into the picture than what the picture puts into them.
And then there is the charm of mere age. Any Italian
picture of the early part of the sixteenth century, even though
by a worse painter than Raffaelle, can hardly fail to call up
in us a soleriin, old-world feeling, as though we had stumbled
unexpectedly on some holy, peaceful survivors of an age long
gone by, when the struggle was not so fierce and the world
was a sweeter, happier place than we now find it, when
men and women were comelier, and we should like to have
lived among them, to have been golden-hued as they, to
have done as they did; we dream of what might have been
if our lines had been cast in more pleasant places — and
on Painting iS'
so on, all of it rubbish, but still not wholly unpleasani rub-
bish so long as it is not dwelt upon.
Bearing in mind the natural tendency to accept anything
which gives us a peep as it were into a golden age, real or
imaginary, bearing in mind also the way in which this par-
ticular picture has been written up by critics, and the prestige
of Raffaelle's name, the wonder is not that so many let
themselves be taken in and carried away with it but that
there should not be a greater gathering before it than there
generally is.
Buying a Rembrandt
As an example of the evenness of the balance of advantages
between the principles of staying still and taking what comes,
and going about to look for things,* I might mention my small
Rembrandt, "The Robing of Joseph before Pharaoh." I have
wanted a Rembrandt all my life, and I have wanted not to
give more than a few shillings for it. I might have travelled
all Europe over for no one can say how many years, looking
for a good well-preserved, forty-shilling Rembrandt (and
this was what I wanted), but on two occasions of my Ufe
cheap Rembrandts have run right up against me. The first
was a head cut out of a ruined picture that had only in part
escaped destruction when Belvoir Castle was burned down
at the beginning of this century. I did not see the head but
have little doubt it was genuine. It was offered me for a
pound ; I was not equal to the occasion and did not at once
go to see it as I ought, and when I attended to it some months
later the thing had gone. My only excuse must be that I
was very young.
I never got another chance till a few weeks ago when I
saw what I took, and take, to be an early, but very interesting,
work by Rembrandt in the window of a pawnbroker opposite
St. Clement Danes Church in the Strand. I very nearly let
this slip too. I saw it and was very much struck with it,
but; knowing that I am a little apt to be too sanguine, dis-
* Cf. the passage in Alps and Sanctuaries, Chapter XIII, be-
ginning "The question whether it is better to abide quiet and take
advantages of opportunities that come or to go further afield in search
of them is one of the oldest which living beings have had to deal
with. . . . The schism still lasts and has resulted in two great sects —
animals and plants."
152 A Painter's Views
trusttfl my judgment ; in the evening I mentioned the picture
to Gogin who went and looked at it; finding him not less
impressed than I had been with the idea that the work was
an early one by Rembrandt, I bought it, and the more I look
at it the more satisfied I am that we are right.
People talk as though the making the best of what comes
was such an easy matter, whereas nothing in reality requires
more experience and good sense. It is only those who know
how not to let the luck that runs against them slip, who will
be able to find things, no matter how long and how far they
go in search of them. [1887.]
Trying to Buy a Bellini
Flushed with triumph in the matter of Rembrandt, a fort-
night or so afterwards I was at Christie's and saw two
pictures that fired me. One was a Madonna and Child by
Giovanni Bellini, I do not doubt genuine, not in a very good
state, but still not repainted. The Madonna was lovely, the
Child very good, the landscape sweet and Belliniesque.
I was much smitten and determined to bid up to a hundred
pounds ; I knew this would be dirt cheap and was not going
to buy at all unless I could get good value. I bid up to a
hundred guineas, but there was someone else bent on having
it and when he bid 105 guineas I let him have it, not without
regret. I saw in the Times that the purchaser's name was
Lesser.
The other picture I tried to get at the same sale (this
day week) ; it was a small sketch numbered 72 (I think) and
purporting to be by Giorgione but, I fully believe, by Titian.
I bid up to iio and then let it go. It went for £28, and I
should say would have been well bought at £40. [1887.]
Watts
I was telling Gogin how I had seen at Christie's some
pictures by Watts and how much I had disliked them. He
said some of them had been exhibited in Paris a few years
ago and a friend of his led him up to one of them and said
in a serious, puzzled, injured tone:
"Men cher ami, racontez-moi done ceci, s'il vous plait," as
on Painting i53
though their appearance in such a place at all were some-
thing that must have an explanation not obvious upon the
face of it.
Lombard Portals
The crouching beasts, on whose backs the pillars stand,
generally have a little one beneath them or some animal which
they have killed, or something, in fact, to give them occu-
pation ; it was felt that, though an animal by itself was well,
an animal doing something was much better. The mere
fact of companionship and silent sympathy is enough to
interest, but without this, sculptured animals are stupid, as
our lions in Trafalgar Square — which, among other faults,
have that of being much too well done.
So Jones's cat. Prince, picked up a little waif in the court
and brought it home, and the two lay together and were
much lovelier than Prince was by himself.*
Holbein at Basle
How well he has done Night in his "Crucifixion" ! Also he
has tried to do the Alps, putting them as background to the
city, but he has not done them as we should do them now.
I think the tower on the hill behind the city is the tower
which we see on leaving Basle on the road for Lucerne, I
mean I think Holbein had this tower in his head.
Van Eyck
Van Eyck is delightful rather in spite of his high finish
than because of it. De Hooghe finishes as highly as any one
need do. Van Eyck's finish is saved because up to the last
he is essentially impressionist, that is, he keeps a just account
of relative importances land keeps them in their true sub-
ordination one to another. The only difference between him
and Rembrandt or Velasquez is that these, as a general rule,
stay their hand at an earlier stage of impressionism.
* Prince was my cat when I lived in Barnard's Inn. He used to
stray into Mr. Kemp's rooms on my landing (see p. 131 ante). Mrs.
Kemp's sister brought her child to see them, and the child, playing
with Prince one day, made a discovery and exclaimed :
"Oh ! it's got pins in its toes."
Butler put this into The Way of all Flesh.
154 A Painter's Views on Painting
Giotto
There are few modern painters who are not greater
technically than Giotto, but I cannot call to mind a single
one whose work impresses me as profoundly as his does.
How is it that our so greatly better should be so greatly worse ,
— that the farther we go beyond him the higher he stands
above us ? Time no doubt has much to do with it, for, great
as Giotto was, there are painters of to-day not less so, if
they only dared express themselves as frankly and unaf-
fectedly as he did.
Early Art
The youth of an art is, like the youth of anything else,
its most interesting period. When it has come to the knowl-
edge of good and evil it is stronger, but we care less about it.
Sincerity
It is not enough that the painter should make the spectator
feel what he meant him to feel ; he must also make him feel
that this feeling was shared by the painter himself bona fide
and without affectation. Of all the lies a painter can tell the
worst is saying that he likes what he does not like. But the
poor wretch seldom knows himself; for the art of knowing
what gives him pleasure has been so neglected that it has
been lost to all but a very few. The old Italians knew well
enough what they liked and were as children in saying it.
X
The Position of a Homo Unius Libri
Triibner and Myself
When I went back to Triibner, after Bogue had failed, I
had a talk with him and his partner. I could see they had
lost all faith in my literary prospects. Trubner told me I
was a homo unius libri, meaning Erewhon. He said I was in
a very solitary position. I replied that I knew I was, but it
suited me. I said:
"I pay my way; when I -v^as with you before, I never
owed you money; you find me now not owing my publisher
money, but my publisher in debt to me ; I never owe so much
as a tailor's bill; beyond secured debts, I do not owe £5 in
the world and never have" (which is quite true). "I get
my summer's holiday in Italy every year ; I live very quietly
and cheaply, but it suits my health and tastes, and I have
no acquaintances but those I value. My friends stick by me.
If I was to get in with these literary and scientific people
I should hate them and they me. I should fritter away my
time and my freedom without getting a quid pro quo: as it
is, I am free and I give the swells every now and then such
a facer as they get from no one else. Of course I don't ex^
pect to get on in a commercial sense at present, I do not go
the right way to work for this; but I am going the right
way to secure a lasting reputation and this is what I do care
for. A man cannot have both, he must make up his mind
which' he means going in for. I have gone in for posthumous
fame and -I see no step in my literary career which I do not'
think calculated to promote my being held in esteem when the
heat of passion has subsided."
Triibner shrugged his shoulders. He plainly does not be-
15s
156 The Position
Heve that I shall succeed in getting a hearing; he thinks the
combination of the religious and cultured world too strong
for me to stand against.
If he means that the reviewers will burke me as far as
they can, no doubt he is right; but when I am dead there
will be other reviewers and I have already done enough to
secure that they shall from time to time look me up. They
won't bore me then but they will be just like the present
ones. [1882.]
Capping a Success
When I had written Erewhon people wanted me at once
to set to work and write another book like it. How could
I ? I cannot think how I escaped plunging into writing some
laboured stupid book. I am very glad I did escape. Nothing
is so cruel as to try and force a man beyond his natural
pace. If he has got more stuff in him it will come out in
its own time and its own way: if he has not — let the poor
wretch alone; to have done one decent book should be
enough; the very worst way to get another out of him is to
press him. The more promise a young writer has given, the
more his friends should urge him not to over-tax himself.
A Lady Critic
A lady, whom I meet frequently in the British Museum
reading-room and elsewhere, said to me the other day :
"Why don't you write another Erewhon?"
"Why, my dear lady," I replied, "Life and Habit was an-
other Erewhon."
They say these things to me continually to plague me and
make out that I could do one good book but never any
more. She is the sort of person who if she had known
Shakespeare would have said to him, when he wrote Henry
the IV th:
"Ah, Mr. Shakespeare, why don't you write us another
Titus Andronicus? Now that was a sweet play, that
was."
And when he had done Antony and Cleopatra she would
have told him that her favourite plays were the three parts
of King Henry VI.
of a Homo Unius Libri 1^7
Compensation
If I die prematurely, at any rate I shall be saved from
being bored by my own success.
Hudibras and Erewhon
I was completing the purchase of some small houses at
Lewisham and had to sign my name. The vendor, merely
seeing the name and knowing none of my books, said to me,
rather rudely, but without meaning any mischief:
"Have you written any books like Hudibras?"
I said promptly : "Certainly ; Erewhon is quite as good a
book as Hudibras."
This was coming it too strong for him, so he thought I
had not heard and repeated his question. I said again as
before, and he shut up. I sent him a copy of Erewhon im-
mediately after we had completed. It was rather tall talk
on my part, I admit, but he should not have challenged me
unprovoked.
Life and Habit and Myself
At the Century Club I was talking with a man who asked
me why I did not publish the substance of what I had been
saying. I believed he knew me and said :
"Well, you know, there's Life and Habit."
He did not seem to rise at all, so I asked him if he had seen
the book.
"Seen it?" he answered. "Why, I should think every
one has seen Life and Habit: but what's that got to do with
it?"
I said it had taken me so much time lately that I had
had none to spare for anything else. Again he did not seem
to see the force of the remark and a friend, who was close by,
said:
"You know, Butler wrote Life and Habit."
He would not believe it, and it was only after repeated
assurance that he accepted it. It was plain he thought a
great deal of Life and Habit and had idealised its author,
158 The Position
whom he was disappointed to find so very commonplace a
person. Exactly the same thing happened to me with Ere-
whon. I was glad to find that Life and Habit had made so
deep an impression at any rate upon one person.
A Disappointing Person
I suspect I am rather a disappointing person, for every
now and then there is a fuss and I am to meet some one who
would very much like to make my acquaintance, or some
one writes me a letter and says he has long admired my
books, and may he, etc.? Of course I say "Yes," but ex-
perience has taught me that it always ends in turning some
one who was more or less inclined to run me into one who
considers he has a grievance against me for not being a very
different kind of person from what I am. These people how-
ever (and this happens on an average once or twice a year)
do not come solely to see me, they generally tell me
all about themselves and the impression is left upon me that
they have really come in order to be praised. I am as
civil to them as I know how to be but enthusiastic I never
am, for they have never any of them been nice people, and
it is my want of enthusiasm for themselves as much as any-
thing else which disappoints them. They seldom come again.
Mr. Alfred Tylor was the only acquaintance I have
ever made through being sent for to be looked at, or letting
some one come to look at me, who turned out a valuable ally;
but then he sent for me through mutual friends in the usual
way.
Entertaining Angels
I doubt whether any angel would find me very entertaining.
As for myself, if ever I do entertain one it will have to be
unawares. When people entertain others without an intro-
duction they generally turn out more like devils than angels;
Myself and My Books
The balance against them is now over £350. How com-
pletely they must have been squashed unless I had had a
little money of my own. Is it not Ukely that many a better
of a Homo Unius Libri 159
writer than I am is squashed through want of money ? What-
ever I do I must not die poor ; these examples of ill-requited
labour are immoral, they discourage the effort of those
who could and would do good things if they did not know
that it would ruin themselves and their families; moreover,
they set people on to pamper a dozen fools for each neglected
man of merit, out of compunction. Genius, they say, always
wears an invisible cloak; these men wear invisible cloaks —
therefore they are geniuses; and it flatters them to think
that they can see more than their neighbours. The neglect
of one such man as the author of Hudibras is compensated
for by the petting of a dozen others who would be the first
to jump upon the author of Hudibras if he were to come back
to life.
Heaven forbid that I should compare myself to the author
of Hudibras, but still, if my books succeed after my death —
which they may or may not, I know nothing about it — any.
way, if they do succeed, let it be understood that they failed
during my life for a few very obvious reasons of which I
was quite aware, for the effect of which I was prepared before
I wrote my books, and which on consideration I found in-
sufficient to deter me. I attacked people who were at once
unscrupulous and powerful, and I made no alliances. I did
this because I did not want to be bored and have my time
wasted and my pleasures curtailed. I had money enough
to live on, and preferred addressing myself to posterity rather
than to any except a very few of my own contemporaries.
Those few I have always kept well in mind. I think of
them continually when in doubt about any passage, but be-
yond those few I will not go. Posterity will give a man a
fair hearing; his own times will not do so if he is attacking
vested interests, and I have attacked two powerful sets of
vested interests at once. [The Church and Science.] What
is the good of addressing people who will not listen ? I have
addressed the next generation and have therefore said many
things which want time before they become palatable. Any
man who wishes his work to stand will sacrifice a good deal
of his immediate audience for the sake of being attractive to
a much larger number of people later on. He cannot gain_
this later audience unless he has been fearless and thorough-
going, and if he is this he is sure to have to tread on the
i6o The Position
corns of a great many of those who live at the same time
with him, however little he may wish to do so. He must
not expect these people to help him on, nor wonder if, for
a time, they succeed in snuffing him out. It is part of the
swim that it should be so. Only, as one who believes himself
to have practised what he preaches, let me assure any one
who has money of his own that to write fearlessly for pos-
terity and not get paid for it is much better fun than I can
imagine its being to write like, we will say, George Eliot and
make a lot of money by it. [ 1883.]
Dragons
People say that there are neither dragons to be killed
nor distressed maidens to be rescued nowadays. I do not
know, but I think I have dropped across one jor two, nor
do I feel sure whether the most mortal wounds have been
inflicted by the dragons or by myself.
Trying to Know
There are some things which it is madness not to try to
know but which it is almost as much madness to try to know.
Sometimes publishers, hoping to buy the Holy Ghost with
a price, fee a man to read for them and advise them. This is
but as the vain tossing of insomnia. God will not have any
human being know what will sell, nor when any one is going
to die, nor anything about the ultimate, or even the deeper,
springs of growth and action, nor yet such a little thing as
whether it is going to rain to-morrow. I do not say that the
impossibility of being certain about these and similar matters
was designed, but it is as complete as though it had been not.
only designed but designed exceedingly well.
Squaring Accounts
We owe past generations not only for the master discover-
ies of music, science, literature and art — few of which
brought profit to those to whom they were revealed — but also
for our organism itself which is an inheritance gathered and
of a Homo Unius Libri i6i
garnered by those who have gone before us. What money
have we paid not for Handel and Shakespeare only but for
our eyes and ears?
And so with regard to our contemporaries. A man is
sometimes tempted to exclaim that he does not fare well
at the hands of his own generation; that, although he may
play pretty assiduously, he is received with more hisses than
applause; that the public is hard to please, slow to praise,
and bent on driving as hard a bargain as it can. This,
however, is only what he should expect. No sensible man
will suppose himself to be of so much importance that his
contemporaries should be at much pains to get at the truth
concerning him. As for my own position, if I say the
things I want to say without troubling myself about the
public, why should I grumble at the public for not troubling
about me? Besides, not being paid myself, I can in better
conscience use the works of others, as I daily do, without
paying for them and without being at the trouble of praising
or thanking them more than I have a mind to. And, after
all, how can I say I am not paid? In addition to aJl that
I inherit from past generations I receive from my own every-
thing that makes life worth living — London, with its infinite
sources of pleasure and amusement, good theatres, concerts,
picture galleries, the British Museum Reading-Room, news-
papers, a comfortable dwelling, railways and, above all, the
society of the friends I value.
Charles Darwin on what Sells a Book
I remember when I was at Down we were talking of what
it is that sells a book. Mr. Darwin said he did not believe it
was reviews or advertisements, but simply "being talked
about" that sold a book.
I believe he is quite right here, but surely a good flaming
review helps to get a book talked about. I have often in-
quired at my publishers' after a review and I never found one
that made any perceptible increase or decrease of sale, and
the same with advertisements. I think, however, that the
review of Erewhon in the Spectator did sell a few copies of
Erewhon, but then it was such a very strong one and the
anonymousness of the book stimulated curiosity. A percep-
1 62 The Position
tion of the value of a review, whether friendly or hostile, is
as old as St. Paul's Epistle to the Philippians.*
Hoodwinking the Public
Sincerity or honesty is a low and very rudimentary form
of virtue that is only to be found to any considerable extent
among the protozoa. Compare, for example, the integrity,
sincerity and absolute refusal either to deceive or be deceived
that exists in the germ-cells of any individual, with the in-
stinctive aptitude for lying that is to be observed in the full-
grown man. The full-grown man is compacted of lies and
shams which are to him as the breath of his nostrils. Whereas
the germ-cells will not be humbugged ; they will tell the truth
as near as they can. They know their ancestors meant well
and will tend to become even more sincere themselves.
Thus, if a painter has not tried hard to paint well and has
tried hard to hoodwink the public, his offspring is not likely
to show hereditary aptitude for painting, but is likely to
have an improved power of hoodwinking the public. So it
is with music, literature, science or anything else. The only
thing the public can do against this is to try hard to develop
a hereditary power of not being hoodwinked. From the small
success it has met with hitherto we may think that the effort
on its part can have been neither severe nor long sustained.
Indeed, all ages seem to have held that "the pleasure is as
great of being cheated as to cheat."
The Public Ear
Those who have squatted upon it may be trusted to keep
off other squatters if they can. The public ear is like the land
which looks infinite but is all parcelled out into fields and
* Philippians i. 15-18 : —
Some indeed preach Christ even of envy and strife; and some also
of good will:
The one preach Christ of contention, not sincerely, supposing to
add affliction to my bonds :
But the other of love, knovi^ing that I am set for the defence of the
gospel.
What then? notwithstanding, every way, whether in pretence, or
in truth, Christ is preached; and I therein do rejoice, yea, and will
rejoice.
of a Homo Uniiis Libri 163
private ownerships — barring, of course, highways and com-
mons. So the universe, which looks so big, may be supposed
as really all parcelled out among the stars that stud It.
Or the public ear is like a common ; there is not much to
be got off it, but that little is for the most part grazed down
by geese and donkeys.
Those who wish to gain the public ear should bear in mind
that people do not generally want to be made less foolish or
less wicked. What they want is to be told that they are not
foolish and not wicked. Now it is only a fool or a liar or
both who can tell them this; the masses therefore cannot be
expected to like any but fools or liars or both. So when a
lady gets photographed, what she wants is not to be made
beautiful but to be told that she is beautiful.
Secular Thinking
The ages do their thinking much as the individual does.
When xonsidering a difficult question, we think alternately
for several seconds together of details, even the minutest
seeming important, and then of broad general principles,
whereupon even large details become unimportant; again we
have bouts during which rules, logic and technicalities en-
gross us, followed by others in which the unwritten and un-
writable common sense of grace defies and over-rides the law.
That is to say, we have our inductive fits and our deductive
fits, our arrangements according to the letter and according
to the spirit, our conclusions drawn from logic secundum
artem and from absurdity and the character of the arguer.
This heterogeneous mass of considerations forms the mental
pabulum with which we feed our minds. How that pabulum
becomes amalgamated, reduced to uniformity and turned into
the growth of complete opinion we can no more tell than we
can say when, how and where food becomes flesh and blood.
All we can say is that the miracle, stupendous as it is and
involving the stultification of every intelligible principle on
which thought and action are based, is nevertheless worked a
thousand times an hour by every one of us.
The formation of public opinion is as mysterious as that of
individual, but, so far as we can form any opinion about that
which forms our opinions in such large measure, the pro-
164 The Position
cesses appear to resemble one another much as rain drops
resemble one another. There is essential agreement in
spite of essential difference. So that here, as everywhere
else, we no sooner scratch the soil than we come upon
the granite of contradiction in terms and can scratch no
further.
As for ourselves, we are passing through an inductive,
technical, speculative period and have gone such lengths in
this direction that a reaction, during which we shall pass to
the other extreme, may be confidently predicted.
The Art of Propagating Opinion
He who would propagate an opinion must begin by making
sure of his ground and holding it firmly. There is as little
use in trying to breed, from weak opinion as from other weak
stock, animal or vegetable.
The more securely a man holds an opinion, the more tem-
perate he can afford to be, and the more temperate he is,
the more weight he will carry with those who are in the long
run weightiest. Ideas and opinions, like living organisms,
have a normal rate of growth which cannot be either checked
or forced beyond a certain point. They can be held in check
more safely than they can be hurried. They can also be
killed ; and one of the surest ways to kill them is to try to
hurry them.
The more unpopular an opinion is, the more necessary is
it that the holder should be somewhat punctilious in his ob-
servance of conventionalities generally, and that, if possible,
he should get the reputation of being well-to-do in the
jvorld.
Arguments are not so good as assertion. Arguments are
like fire-arms which a man may keep at home but should not
carry about with him. Indirect assertion, leaving the hearer
to point the inference, is, as a rule, to be preferred. The
one great argument with most people is that another should
think this or that. The reasons of the belief are details and,
in nine cases out of ten, best omitted as confusing and weak-
ening the general impression.
Many, if not most, good ideas die young — mainly from
neglect on the part of the parents, but sometimes from over-
of a Homo Unius Libri 165
fondness. Once well started, an opinion had better be left
to shift for itself.
Insist as far as possible on the insignificance of the points
of difference as compared with the resemblances to opinions
generally accepted.
Gladstone as a Financier
I said to my tobacconist that Gladstone was not a financier
because he bought a lot of china at high prices and it fetched
very little when it was sold at Christie's.
"Did he give high prices ?" said the tobacconist.
"Enormous prices," said I emphatically.
Now, to tell the truth, I did not know whether Mr. Glad-
stone had ever bought the china at all, much less what he
gave for it, if he did; he may have had it all left him for
aught I knew. But I was going to appeal to my tobacconist
by arguments that he could understand, and I could see he
was much impressed.
Argument
Argument is generally waste of time and trouble. It is
better to present one's opinion and leave it to stick or no
as it may happen. If sound, it will probably in the end stick,
and the sticking is the main thing.
Humour
What a frightful thing it would be if true humour were
more common or, rather, more easy to see, for it is more
common than those are who can see it. It would block the
way of everything. Perhaps this is what people rather feel.
It would be like Music in the Ode for St. Cecilia's Day, it
would "untune the sky."
I do not know quite what is meant by untuning the sky
and, if I did, I cannot think that there is anything to be
particularly gained by having the sky untuned; still, if it
has got to be untuned at all, I am sure music is the only
thing that can untune it. Rapson, however, whom I used
to see in the coin room at the British Museum, told me it
1 66 The Position
should be "entune the sky" and it sounds as though he were
right.
Myself and "Unconscious Humour"
The phrase "unconscious humour" is the one contribution
I have made to the current literature of the day. I am con-
tinually seeing unconscious humour (without quotation
marks) alluded to in Times articles and other like places, but
I never remember to have come across it as a synonym for
dullness till I wrote Life and Habit.
My Humour
The thing to say about me just now is that my humour is
forced. This began to reach me in connection with my article
"Quis Desiderio . . . ?" [Universal Review, 1888] and is
now, [1889] I understand, pretty generally perceived even
by those who had not found it out for themselves.
I am not aware of forcing myself to say anything which
has not amused me, which is not apposite and which I do not
believe will amuse a neutral reader, but I may very well do
so without knowing it. As for my humour, I am like my
father and grandfather, both of whom liked a good thing
heartily enough if it was told them, but I do not often say a
good thing myself. Very likely my humour, what little there
is of it, is forced enough. I do not care so long as it amuses
me and, such as it is, I shall vent it in my own way and at
my own time.
Myself and My Publishers
, I see my publishers are bringing out a new magazine with
all the usual contributors. Of course they don't ask me to
write and this shows that they do not think my name would
help their magazine. This, I imagine, means that Andrew
Lang has told them that my humour is forced. I should not
myself say that Andrew Lang's humour would lose by a little
forcing.
I have seen enough of my publishers to know that they have
no ideas of their own about literature save what they can
of a Homo Unius Libri 167
clutch at as believing it to be a straight tip from a business
point of view. Heaven forbid that I should blame them for
doing exactly what I should do myself in their place, but,
things being as they are, they are no use to me. They have
no confidence in me and they must have this or they will do
nothing for me beyond keeping my books oh their shelves.
Perhaps it is better that I should not have a chance of be-
coming a hack-writer, for I should grasp it at once if it were
offered me.
XI
Cash and Credit
The Unseen World
I BELIEVE there is an unseen world about which we know
nothing as firmly as any one can believe it. I see things
coming up from it into the visible world and going down
again from the seen world to the unseen. But my unseen
world is to be bona fide unseen and, in so far as I say I know
anything about it, I stultify myself. It should no more be
described than God should be represented in painting or
sculpture. It is as the other side of the moon; we know it
must be there but we know also that, in the nature of things,
we can never see it. Sometimes, some trifle of it may sway
into sight and out again, but it is so little that it is not worth
counting as having been seen.
The Kingdom of Heaven
The world admits that there is another world, that there
is a kingdom, veritable and worth having, which, nevertheless,
is invisible and has nothing to do with any kingdom such
as we now see. It agrees that the wisdom of this other
kingdom is foolishness here on earth, while the wisdom of
the world is foolishness in the Kingdom of Heaven. In our
hearts we know that the Kingdom of Heaven is the Jiigher of
the two and the better worth living and dying for, and that,
if it is to be won, it must be sought steadfastly and in single-
ness of heart by those who put all else on one side and,
shrinking from no sacrifice, are ready to face shame, poverty
and torture here rather than abandon the hope of the prize of
i68
Cash and Credit 169
their high calling. Nobody who doubts any of this is worth
talking with.
The question is, where is this Heavenly Kingdom, and
what way are we to take to find it? Happily the answer is
easy, for we are not likely to go wrong if in all simplicity,
humility and good faith we heartily desire to find it and fol-
low the dictates of ordinary common-sense.
The Philosopher
He should have made many mistakes and been saved often
by the skin of his teeth, for the skin of one's teeth is the
most teaching thing about one. He should have been, or at
any rate believed himself, a great fool and a great criminal.
He should have cut himself adrift from society, and yet not
be without society. He should have given up all, even
Christ himself, for Christ's sake. He should be above fear or
love or hate, and yet know them extremely well. He should
have lost all save a small competence and know what a
vantage ground it is to be an outcast. Destruction and Death
say they have heard the fame of wisdom with their ears, and
the philosopher must have been close up to these if he too
would hear it.
The Artist and the Shopkeeper
Most artists, whether in religion, music, literature, paint-
ing, or what not, are shopkeepers in disguise. They hide
their shop as much as they can, and keep pretending that
it does not exist, but they are essentially shopkeepers and
nothing else. Why do I try to sell my books and feel regret
at never seeing them pay their expenses if I am not a shop-
keeper ? Of course I am, only I keep a bad shop — a shop that
does not pay.
In like manner, the professed shopkeeper has generally a
taint of the artist somewhere about him which he tries to
conceal as much as the professed artist tries to conceal his
shopkeeping.
The business man and the arist are like matter and mind.
We can never get either pure and without some alloy of the
other.
I70 Cash and Credit
Art and Trade
People confound literature and article-dealing because the
plant in both cases is similar, but no two things can be
more distinct. Neithei- the question of money nor that of
friend or foe can enter into literature proper. Here, right
feeling — or good taste, if this expression be preferred-^is
alone considered. If a bona fide writer thinks a thing wants
saying, he will say it as tersely, clearly and elegantly as he
can. The question whether it will do him personally good or
harm, or how it will affect this or that friend, never enters
his head, or, if it does, it is instantly ordered out again. The
only personal gratifications allowed him (apart, of course,
from such as are conceded to every one, writer or no) are
those of keeping his good name spotless among those whose
opinion is alone worth having and of maintaining the highest
traditions of a noble calling. If a man^- lives in fear and
trembling lest he should fail in these respects, if he finds these
considerations alone weigh with him, if he never writes with-
out thinking how he shall best serve good causes and damage
bad ones, then he is a genuine man of letters. If in addition
to this he succeeds in making his manner attractive, he will
become a classic. He knows this. He knows, although the
Greeks in their mythology forgot to say so, that Conceit was
saved to mankind as well as Hope when Pandora .clapped the
lid on to her box.
With the article-dealer, on the other hand, money is, and
ought to be, the first consideration. Literature is an art;
article-writing, when a man is paid for it, is a trade and none
the worse for that ; but pot-boilers are one thing and genuine
pictures are another. People have indeed been paid for
some of the most genuine pictures ever painted, and so with
music, and so with literature itself — hard-and-fast lines ever
cut the fingers of those who draw them — ^but, as a general
rule, most lasting art has been poorly paid, so far as money
goes, till the artist was near the end of his time, and, whether
money passed or no, we may be sure that it was not thought
of. Such work is done as a bird sings — for the love of the
thing; it is persevered in as long as body and soul can be
kept together, whether there be pay or no, and perhaps better
if there be no pay.
Cash and Credit 171
Nevertheless, though art disregards money and trade dis-
regards art, the artist may stand not a little trade-alloy and
be even toughened by it, and the tradesmen may be more
than half an artist. Art is in the world but not of it; it
lives in a kingdom of its own, governed by laws that none
but artists can understand. This, at least, is the ideal to-
wards which an artist tends, though we all very well know
we none of us reach it. With the trade it is exactly the
reverse; this world is, and ought to be, everything, and the
invisible world is as little to the trade as this visible world is
to the artist.
When I say the artist tends towards such a world, I mean
not that he tends consciously and reasoningly but that his
instinct to take this direction will be too strong to let him
take any other. He is incapable of reasoning on the subject;
if he could reason he would be lost qua artist ; for, by every
test that reason can apply, those who sell themselves for a
price are in the right. The artist is guided by a faith that
for him transcends all reason. Granted that this faith has
been in great measure founded on reason, that it has grown
up along with reason, that if it lose touch with reason it is no
longer faith but madness; granted, again, that reason is in
great measure founded on faith, that it has grown up along
with faith, that if it lose touch with faith it is no longer
reason but mechanism; granted, therefore, that faith grows
with reason as will with power, as demand with supply, as
mind with body, each stimulating and augmenting the other
until an invisible, minute nucleus attains colossal growth —
nevertheless the difference between the man of the world and
the man who lives by faith is that the first is drawn towards
the one and the second towards the other of two principles
which, so far as we can see, are co-extensive and co-equal in
importance.
Money
It is curious that money, which is the most valuable thing
in life, exceptis excipiendis, should be the most fatal corrupter
of music, literature, painting and all the arts. As soon as
any art is pursued with a view to money, then farewell, in
ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, all hope of genuine good
172 Cash and Credit
work. If a man has money at his back, he may touch these
things and do something which will live a long while, and he
may be very happy in doing it; if he has no money, he may
do good work, but the chances are he will be killed in doing
it and for having done it; or he may make himself happy
by doing bad work and getting money out of it, and there is
no great harm in this, provided he knows his work is done in
, this spirit and rates it for its commercial value only. Still,
as a rule, a man should not touch any of the arts as a creator
unless he has a discreta posisionina behind him.
Modern Simony
It is not the dealing in livings but the thinking they can buy
the Holy Ghost for money which vulgar rich people indulge
in when they dabble in literature, music and painting.
Nevertheless, on reflection it must be admitted that the
Holy Ghost is very hard to come by without money. For the
Holy Ghost is only another term for the Fear of the Lord,
which is Wisdom. And though Wisdom cannot be gotten for
gold, still less can it be gotten without it. Gold, or the value
that is equivalent to gold, lies at the root of Wisdom, and
enters so largely into the very essence of the Holy Ghost
that "No gold, no Holy Ghost" may pass as an axiom. This
is perhaps why it is not easy to buy Wisdom by whatever
name it be called — I mean, because it is almost impossible
to sell it. It is a very unmarketable commodity, as those
who have I'eceived it truly know to their own great bane and
boon.
My Grandfather and Myself
My grandfather worked very hard all his life, and was
makmg money all the time until he became a bishop. I have
worked very hard all my life, but have never been able to
earn money. As usefulness is generally counted, no one can
be more useless. This I believe to be largely due to the
public-school and university teaching through which my
grandfather made his money. Yes, but then if he is largely
responsible for that which has made me useless, has he not
also left me the hardly-won money which makes my useless-
Cash and Credit i73
ness sufficiently agreeable to myself? And would not the
poor old gentleman gladly change lots with me, if he could?
I do not know; but I should be sorry to change lots with
him or with any one else, so I need not grumble. I said in
Luck or Cunning? that the only way (at least I think I said
so) in which a teacher can thoroughly imbue an unwilling
learner with his own opinions is for the teacher to eat the
pupil up and thus assimilate him — if he can, for it is possible
that the pupil may continue to disagree with the teacher.
And as a matter of fact, school-masters do live upon their
pupils, and I, as my grandfather's grandson, continue to bat-
ten upon old pupil.
Art and Usefulness
Tedder, the Librarian of the Athenaeum, said to me when
I told him (I have only seen him twice) what poor success
my books had met with :
"Yes, but you have made the great mistake of being use-
ful."
This, for the moment, displeased me, for I know that I
have always tried to make my work useful and should not
care about doing it at all unless I believed it to subserve use
more or less directly. Yet when I look at those works which
we all hold to be the crowning glories of the world as, for
example, the Iliad, the Odyssey, Hamlet, the Messiah,
Rembrandt's portraits, or Holbein's, or Giovanni Bellini's,
the connection between them and use is, to say the least of
it, far from obvious. Music, indeed, can hardly be tortured
Into being useful at all, unless to drown the cries of the
wounded in battle, or to enable people to talk more frfeely at
evening parties. The uses, again, of painting in its highest
forms are very doubtful — I mean in any material sense; in
its lower forms, when it becomes more diagrammatic, it is
materially useful. Literature may be useful from its lowest
forms to nearly its highest, but the highest cannot be put in
harness to any but spiritual uses; and the fact remains that
the "Hallelujah Chorus," the speech of Hamlet to the players,
Bellini's "Doge" have their only uses in a spiritual world
whereto the word "uses" is as alien as bodily flesh is to a choir
of angels. As it is fatal to the highest art that it should have
174 Cash and Credit
been done for money, so it seems hardly less fatal that it
should be done with a view to those uses that tend towards
money.
And yet, was not the Iliad written mainly with a view to
money? Did not Shakespeare make money by his plays,
Handel by his music, and the noblest painters by their art?
True; but in all these cases, I take it, love of fame and that
most potent and, at the same time, unpractical form of it,
the lust after fame beyond the grave, was the mainspring of
the action, the money being but a concomitant accident.
Money is like the wind that bloweth whithersoever it listeth,
sometimes it chooses to attach itself to high feats of litera-
ture and art and music, but more commonly it prefers lower
company. . . .
I can continue this note no further, for there is no end to
it. Briefly, the world resolves itself into two great classes —
those who hold that honour after death is better worth hav-
ing than any honour a man can get and know anything about,
and those who doubt this; to my mind, those who hold it,
and hold it firmly, are the only people worth thinking about.
They will also hold that, important as the physical world
obviously is, the spiritual world, of which we know little
beyond its bare existence, is more important still.
Genius
Genius is akin both to madness and inspiration and, as
every one is both more or less inspired and more or less mad,
every one has more or less genius. When, therefore, we
speak of genius we do not mean an absolute thing which
some men have and others have not, but a small scale-
turning overweight of a something which we all have but
which we cannot either define or apprehend — the quantum
which we all have being allowed to go without saying.
This small excess weight has been defined as a supreme
capacity for taking trouble, but he who thus defined it can
hanily claim genius in respect of his own definition — his
capacity for talcing trouble does not seem to have been ab-
normal. It might be more fitly described as a supreme ca-
pacity for getting its possessors into trouble of all kinds and
Cash and Credit i^S
keq)mg them therein so long as the genius remains. Peo-
ple who are credited with genius have, indeed, been some-
times very painstaking, but they would often show more
signs of genius if they had taken less. "You have taken
too much trouble with your opera," said Handel to Gluck.
It is not likely that the "Hailstone Chorus" or Mrs. Quickly
cost their creators much pains, indeed, we commonly feel
the ease with which a difficult feat has been performed to
be a more distinctive mark of genius than the fact that the
performer took great pains before he could achieve it. Pains
can serve genius, or even mar it, but they cannot make it.
We can rarely, however, say what pains have or have not
been taken in any particular case, for, over and above the
spent pains of a man's early efforts, the force of which may
carry him far beyond all trace of themselves, there are the
still more remote and invisible ancestral pains, repeated we
know not how often or in what fortunate correlation with
pains taken in some other and unseen direction. This points
to the conclusion that, though it is wrong to suppose the
essence of genius to lie in a capacity for taking pains, it is
right to hold that it must Have been rooted in pains and that
it cannot have grown up without them. '- - •.
Genius, again, might, perhaps almost as well, be defined
as a supreme capacity for saving other people from having
to take pains, if the highest flights of genius did not seem
to know nothing about pains one way or the other. What
trouble can Hamlet or the Iliad save to any one? Genius
can, and does, save it sometimes ; the genius of Newton may
have saved a good deal of trouble one way or another, but it
has probably engendered as much new as it has saved old.
This, however, is all a matter of chance, for genius never
seems to care whether it makes the burden or bears it. The
only certain thing is that there will be a burden, for the
Holy Ghost has ever tended towards a breach of the peace,
and the New Jerusalem, when it comes, will probably be
found so far to resemble the old as to stone its prophets
freely. The world thy world is a jealous world, and thou
shalt have none other worlds but it. Genius points to change,
and change is a hankering after another world, so the old
world suspects it. Grenius disturbs order, it unsettles mores
and hence it is immoral. On a small scale it is intolerable,
176 Cash and Credit
but genius will have no small scales ; it is even more immoral
for a man to be too far in front than to lag too far behind.
The only absolute morality is absolute stagnation, but this
is unpractical, so a peck of change is permitted to every one,
but it must be a peck only, whereas genius would have ever
so many sacks full. There is a myth among some Eastern
nation that at the birth of Genius an unkind fairy marred
all the good gifts of the other fairies by depriving it of the
power of knowing where to stop.
Nor does genius care more about money than about trouble.
It is no respecter of time, trouble, money or persons, the
four things round which human affairs turn most persistently.
It will not go a hair's breadth from its way either to embrace
fortune or to avoid her. It is, like Love, "too young to
know the worth of gold." * It knows, indeed, both love and
hate, but not as we know them, for it will fly for help to
its bitterest foe, or attack its dearest friend in the interests
of the art it serves.
Yet this genius, which so despises the world, is the only
thing of which the world is permanently enamoured, and the
more it flouts the world, the more the world worships it,
when it has once well killed it in the flesh. Who can under-
stand this eternal crossing in love and contradiction in terms
which warps the woof of actions and things from the atom
to the universe? The more a man despises time, trouble,
money, persons, place and everything on which the world
insists as most essential to salvation, the more pious will
this same world hold him to have been. What a fund of
universal unconscious scepticism must underlie the world's
opinions ! For we are all alike in our worship of genius that
has passed through the fire. Nor can this universal instinctive
consent be explained otherwise than as the welling up of a
spring whose sources lie deep in the conviction that great
as this world is, it masks a greater wherein its wisdom is
folly and which we know as blind men know where the sun
is shining, certainly, but not distinctly.
This should in itself be enough to prove that such a world
exists, but there is still another proof in the fact that so many
come among us showing instinctive and ineradicable famil-
iarity with a state of things which has no counterpart here,
* Narcisstis, "Should Riches mate with Love."
Cash and Credit i77
and cannot, therefore, have been acquired here. From such
a world we come, every one of us, but some seem to have a
more living recollection of it than others. Perfect recollection
of it no man can have, for to put on flesh is to have all one's
other memories jarred beyond power of conscious recognition.
And genius must put on flesh, for it is only by the hook and
crook of taint and flesh that tainted beings like ourselves
can apprehend it, only in and through flesh can it be made
manifest to us at all. The flesh and the shop will return
no matter with how many pitchforks we expel them, for we
cannot conceivably expel them thoroughly; therefore it is
better not to be too hard upon them. And yet this same
flesh cloaks genius at the very time that it reveals it. It
seems as though the flesh must have been on and must have
gone clean off before genius can be discerned, and also that
we must stand a long way from it, for the world grows more
and more myopic as it grows older. And this brings another
trouble, for by the time the flesh has gone off it enough, and it
is far enough away for us to see it without glasses, the chances
are we shall have forgotten its very existence and lose the
wish to see at the very moment of becoming able to do so.
Hence there appears to be no remedy for the oft-repeated
complaint that the world knows nothing of its greatest men.
How can it be expected to do so ? And how can its greatest
men be expected to know more than a very little of the world ?
At any rate, they seldom do, and it is just because they cannot
and do not that, if they ever happen to be found out at all,
they are recognised as the greatest and the world weeps and
wrings its hands that it cannot know more about them.
Lastly, if genius cannot be bought with money, still less^
can it sell what it produces. The only price that can be paid
for genius is suffering, and this is the only wages it can re-
ceive. The only work that has any considerable permanence
is written, more or less consciously, in the blood of the writer,
or in that of his or her forefathers. Genius is like money,
or, again, like crime, every one has a little, if it be only a half-
penny, and he can beg or steal this much if he has not got it ;
but those who have little are rarely very fond of millionaires.
People generally like and understanc^ best those who are
of much about the same social stanji|ing and money status
as their own ; and so it is for the most part as between those
lyS Cash and Credit
who have only the average amount of genius and the Homers,
Shakespeares and Handels of the race.
And yet, so paradoxical is everything connected with
genius, that it almost seems as though the nearer people stood
to one another in respect either of money or genius, the more
jealous they become of one another. I have read somewhere
that Thackeray was one day flattening his nose against a
grocer's window and saw two bags of sugar, one marked
tenpence halfpenny and the other elevenpence (for sugar
has come down since Thackeray's time) . As he left the win-
dow he was heard to say, "How they must hate one another !"
So it is in the animal and vegetable worlds. The war of
extermination is generally fiercest between the most nearly
allied species, for these stand most in one another's light.
So here again the same old paradox and contradiction in
terms meets us, like a stone wall, in the fact that we love
best those who are in the main like ourselves, but when they
get too like, we hate them, and, at the same time, we hate
most those who are unlike ourselves, but if they become un-
like enough, we may often be very fond of them.
Genius must make those that have it think apart, and to
think apart is to take one's view of things instead of being,
like Poins, a blessed fellow to think as every man thinks.
A man who thinks for himself knows what others do not,
but does not know what others know. Hence the belli causa,
for he cannot serve two masters, the God of his own inward
light and the Mammon of common sense, at one and the same
time. How can a man think apart and not apart? But if
he is a genius this is the riddle he must solve. The uncommon
sense of genius and the common sense of the rest of the world
are thus as husband and wife to one another ; they are always
quarrelling, and common sense, who must be taken to be
the husband, always fancies himself the master — nevertheless
genius is generally admitted to be the better half.
"' He who would know more of genius must turn to what
he can find in the poets, or to whatever other sources he may
discover, for I can help him no further. )^
I ■•^. --,,_,., 1} j^,,v»3'^ov ■ ' '.'-'^ -
' ii ■
The destruction of great works of literature and art is as
necessary for the continued development of either one or
Cash and Credit i79
the other as death is for that of organic life. We fight
against it as long as we can, and often stave it off success-
fully both for ourselves and others, but there is nothing so
great — not Homer, Shakespeare, Handel, Rembrandt, Gio-
vanni Bellini, De Hooghe, Velasquez and the goodly com-
pany of other great men for whose lives we would gladly
give our own — ^but it has got to go sooner or later and leave
no visible traces, though the invisible ones endure from ever-
lasting to everlasting. It is idle to regret this for ourselves
or others, our effort should tend towards enjoying and being
enjoyed as highly and for as long time as we can, and then
chancing the rest.
iii
Inspiration is never genuine if it is known as inspiration
at the time. True inspiration always steals on a person ; its
importance not being fully recognised for some time. So
men of genius always escape their own immediate belongings,
and indeed generally their own age.
iv
Dullness is so much stronger than genius because there is
so much more of it, and it is better organised and more natu-
rally cohesive inter se. So the arctic volcano can do nothing
against arctic ice.
V
America will have her geniuses, as every other country
has, in fact she has already had one in Walt Whitman, but
I do not think America is a good place in which to be a genius.
A genius can never expect to have a good time anywhere, if
he is a genuine article, but America is about the last place
in which life will be endurable at all for an inspired writer of
any kind.
Great Things
All men can do great things, if they know what great
things are. So hard is this last that even where it exists the
knowledge is as much unknown as known to them that have it
and is more a leaning upon the Lord than a willing of one
that willeth. And yet all the leaning on the Lord in Christen-
dom fails if there be not a will of him that willeth to back it
up. God and the man are powerless without one another.
i8o Cash and Credit
Genius and Providence
Among all the evidences for the existence of an overruling
Providence that I can discover, I see none more convincing
than the elaborate and for the most part effectual provision
that has been made for the suppression of genius. The more
I see of the world, the more necessary I see it to be that by
far the greater part of what is written or done should be of
so fleeting a character as to take itself away quickly. That
is the advantage in the fact that so much of our literature
is journalism.
Schools and colleges are not intended to foster genius and
to bring it out. Genius is a nuisance, and it is the duty of
schools and colleges to abate it by setting genius-traps in its
way. They are as the artificial obstructions in a hurdle race —
tests of skill and endurance, but in themselves useless. Still,
so necessary is it that genius and originality should be abated
that, did not academies exist, we should have had to invent
them.
The Art of Covery
This is as important and interesting as Dis-covery. Surely
the glory of finally getting rid of and burying a long and
troublesome matter should be as great as that of making an
important discovery. The trouble is that the coverer is like
Samson who perished in the wreck of what he had destroyed ;
if he gets rid of a thing effectually he gets rid of himself too.
Wanted
We want a Society for the Suppression of Erudite Re-
search and the Decent Burial of the Past. The ghosts of the
dead past want quite as much laying as raising.
Ephemeral and Permanent Success
The supposition that the world is ever in league to put
a man down is childish. Hardly less childish is it for an
author to lay the blame on reviewers. A good sturdy author
Cash and Credit i8i
lis a match for a hundred reviewers. He, I grant, knows
nothing of either literature or science who does not know
that a mot d'ordre given by a few wire-pullers can, for a time,
make or mar any man's success. People neither know what
it is they like nor do they want to find out, all they care
about is the being supposed to derive their likings from the
best West-end magazines, so they look to the shop with
the largest plate-glass windows and take what the shopman
gives them. But no amount of plate-glass can carry off more
than a certain amount of false pretences, and there is no
mot d'ordre that can keep a man permanently down if he
is as intent -on winning lasting good name as I have been._.
If I had played for immediate popularity I think I could
have won it. Having played for lasting credit I doubt not
that it will in the end be given me. A man should not be
held to be ill-used for not getting what he has not played
for. I am not saying that it is better or more honourable to
play for lasting than for immediate success. I know which I
myself find pleasanter, but that has nothing to do with it.
It is a nice question whether the light or the heavy armed
soldier of hterature and art is the more useful. I joined the
plodders and have aimed at permanent good name rather
than brilliancy. I have no doubt I did this because instinct
told me (for I never thought about it) that this would be the
easier and less thorny path. I have more of perseverance
than of those, perhaps, even more valuable gifts — facility
and readiness of resource. I hate being hurried. Moreover
I am too fond of independence to get on with the leaders
of literature and science. Independence is essential for per-
manent but fatal to immediate success. Besides, luck enters
much more into ephemeral than into permanent success and
I have always distrusted luck. Those who play a waitings
game have matters more in their own hands, time gives them
double chances ; whereas if success does not come at once to
the ephemerid he misses it altogether.
I know that the ordinary reviewer who ^ther snarls at my
work or misrepresents it or ignores it or, again, who pats it
sub-contemptuously on the back is as honourably and usefully
employed as I am. In the kingdom of literature (as I have
just been saying in the Universal Review about Science)
there are many mansions and what is intolerable in one is
1 82 Cash and Credit
common form in another. It is a case of the division of
labour and a man will gravitate towards one class of workers
or another according as he is built. There is neither higher
nor lower about it.
I should like to put it on record that I understand it and
am not incHned to regret the arrangements that have made
me possible.
My Birthright
I had to steal my own birthright. I stole it and was bitterly
punished. But I saved my soul alive.
XII
The Enfant Terrible of Literature
Myself
I AM the enfant terrible of literature and science. If I can-
not, and I know I cannot, get the literary and scientific big-
wigs to give me a shilling, I can, and I know I can, h,eave
bricks into the middle of them.
Blake, Dante, Virgil and Tennyson
Talking it over, we agreed that Blake was no good because
he learnt Italian at 60 in order to study Dante, and we knew
Dante was no good because he was so fond of Virgil, and
Virgil was no good because Tennyson ran him, and as for
Tennyson — well, Tennyson goes without saying.
My Father and Shakespeare
My father is one of the few men I know who say they do
not like Shakespeare. I could forgive my father for not
liking Shakespeare if it was only because Shakespeare wrote
poetry; but this is not the reason. He dislikes Shakespeare
J)ecause he finds him so very coarse. He also says he likes
Tennyson and this seriously aggravates his offence.
Tennyson
We were saying what a delightful dispensation of provi-
dence it was that prosperous people will write their memoirs.
We hoped Tennyson was writing his. [1890.]
P.S. — ^We think his son has done nearly as well. [1898.]
183
i84 The Enfant Terrible* of Literature
Walter Pater and Matthew Arnold
Mr. Walter Pater's style is, to me, like the face of some
old woman who has been to Madame Rachel and had herself
enamelled. The bloom is nothing but powder and paint and
the odour is cherry-blossom. Mr. Matthew Arnold's odour is
as the faint sickliness of hawthorn.
My Random Passages
At the Century Club a friend very kindly and hesitatingly
ventured to suggest to me that I should get some one to go
over my MS. before printing; a judicious editor, he said,
would have prevented me from printing many a bit which, it
seemed to him, was written too recklessly and offhand. The
fact, is that the more reckless and random a passage appears
to be, the more carefully it has been submitted to friends and
considered and re-considered ; without the support of friends
I should never have dared to print one half of what I have
printed.
I am not one of those who can repeat the General Con-
fession unreservedly. I should say rather :
"I have left unsaid much that I am sorry I did not say, but
I have said little that I am sorry for having said, and I am
pretty well on the whole, thank you."
Moral Try-Your-Strengths
There are people who, if they only had a slot, might turn
a pretty penny as moral try-your-strengths, like those we see
in railway-stations for telling people their physical strength
when they have dropped a penny in the slot. In a way they
h^ve a slot, which is their mouths, and people drop pennies
in by asking them to dinner, and then they try their strength
against them and get snubbed; but this way is roundabout
and expensive. We want a good automatic asinometer by
which we can tell at a moderate cost how great or how little
of a fool we are.
Populus Vult
If people like being deceived — and this can hardly be
doubted — there can rarely have been a time during which
The Enfant Terrible of Literature 185
they can have had more of the, wish than now. The_ literary,
scientific and religious worlds vie with one another in trying
to gratify the public.
Men and Monkeys
In his latest article (Feb. 18^) Prof. Garner says that the
chatter of monkeys is not meaningless, but that they are con-
veying ideas to one another. This seems to me hazardous.
The monkeys might with equal justice conclude that in our
magazine articles, or literary and artistic criticisms, we are
not chattering idly but are conveying ideas to one another.
"One Touch of Nature"
"One touch of nature makes the whole world kin." Should
it not be "marks," not "makes" ? There is one touch of na-
ture, or natural feature, which marks all mankind as of one
family.
P.S. — Surely it should be "of ill-nature." "One touch of
ill-nature marks — or several touches of ill-nature mark the
whole world kin."
Genuine Feeling
In the Times of to-day, June 4, 1887, there is an obituary
notice of a Rev. Mr. Knight who wrote about 200 songs,
among others "She wore a wreath of roses." The Times
says that, though these songs have no artistic merit, they
are full of genuine feeling, or words to this effect ; as though
a song which was full of genuine feeling could by any possi-
bility be without artistic merit.
George Meredith
The Times in a leading article says (Jany. 3, 1899) "a
talker," as Mr. George Meredith has somewhere said, "in-
volves the existence of a talkee," or words to this effect.
I said what comes to the same thing as this in Life and
Habit in 1877, and I repeated it in the preface to my trans-
lation of the Iliad in 1898. I do not believe George Meredith
has said anything to the same effect, but I have read so very
1 86 The Enfant Terrible of Literature
little of that writer, and have so utterly rejected what I did
read, that he may well have done so without niy knowing it.
He damned Erewhon, as Chapman and Hall's reader, in 1871,
and, as I am still raw about this after 28 years, (I am afraid
unless I say something more I shall be taken as writing these
words seriously) I prefer to assert that the Times writer was
quoting from my preface to the Iliad, published a few weeks
earlier, and fathering the remark on George Meredith. By
the way the Times did not give so much as a line to my trans-
lation in its "Books of the Week," though it was duly sent
to them.
Froude and Freeman
I think it was last Saturday (Ap. 9) (at any rate it was a
day just thereabouts) the Times had a leader on Froude's
appointment as Reg. Prof, of Mod. Hist, at Oxford. It said
Froude was perhaps our greatest living master of style, or
words to that eifect, only that, like Freeman, he was too
long: i.e. only he is an habitual offender against the most
fundamental principles of his art. If then Froude is our
greatest master of style, what are the rest of us ?
There was a much better article yesterday on Marbot, on
which my namesake A. J. Butler got a dressing for talking
rubbish about style. [1892.]
Style
In this day's Sunday Times there is an article on Mrs.
Browning's letters which begins with some remarks about
style. "It is recorded," says the writer, "of Plato, that in
a rough draft of one of his Dialogues, found after his death,
the first paragraph was written in seventy different forms.
Wordsworth spared no pains to sharpen and polish to the
utmost the gifts with which nature had endowed him; and
Cardinal Newman, one of the greatest masters of English
style, has related in an amusing essay the pains he took to
acquire his style."
~ I never knew a writer yet who "took the smallest pains
with his style and was at the same time readable. Plato's
having had seventy shies at one sentence is quite enough to
explain to me why I dislike him. A man may, and ought to
The Enfant Terrible of Literature 187
take a great deal of pains to write clearly, tersely and euphe-
mistically : he will write many a sentence three or four times
over — to do much more than this is worse than not re-
writing at all : he will be at great pains to see that he does
not repeat himself, to arrange his matter in the way that
shall best enable the reader to master it, to cut out super-
fluous words and, even more, to eschew irrelevant matter:
but in each case he will be thinking not of his own style but
of his reader's convenience.
Men like Newman and R. L. Stevenson seem to have taken
pains to acquire what they called a style as a preliminary
measure — as something that they had to form before their
writings could be of any value. I should like to put it on
record that I never took the smallest pains with my style,
have never thought about it, and do not know or want to
know whether it is a style at all or whether it is not, as I
believe and hope, just common, simple straightforwardness.
I cannot conceive how any man can take thought for his
style without loss to himself and his readers.
I have, however, taken all the pains that I had patience
to endure in the improvement of my handwriting (which,
by the way, has a constant tendency to resume feral character-
istics) and also with my MS. generally to keep it clean and
legible. I am having a great tidying just now, in the course
of which the MS. of Erewhon turned up, and I was struck
with the great difference between it and the MS. of The
Authoress of the Odyssey. I have also taken great pains, with
what success I know not, to correct impatience, irritability
and other like faults in my own character — and this not be-
cause I care two straws about my own character, but because
I find the correction of such faults as I have been able to
correct makes life easier and saves me from getting into
scrapes, and attaches nice people to me more readily. But I
suppose this really is attending to style after all. [1897.]
Diderot on Criticism
"II est si difficile de produire une chose meme mediocre;
il est si facile de sentir la mediocrite."
I have lately seen this quoted as having been said by Di-
derot. It is easy to say we feel the mediocrity when we have
1 88 The Enfant Terrible of Literature
heard a good many people say that the work is mediocre, but,
unless in matters about which he has been long conversant, no
^man can easily form an independent judgment as to whether
or not a work is mediocre. I know that in the matter of
books, painting and music I constantly find myself unable to
form a settled opinion till I have heard what many men of
varied tastes have to say, and have also made myself ac-
quainted with details about a man's antecedents and ways of
life which are generally held to be irrelevant.
Often, of course, this is unnecessary; a man's character,
if he has left much work behind him, or if he is not coming
before us for the first time, is generally easily discovered
without extraneous aid. We want no one to give us any
clues to the nature of such men as Giovanni Bellini, or De
Hooghe. Hogarth's character is written upon his work so
plainly that he who runs may read it, so is Handel's upon his,
so is Purcell's, so is CorelH's, so, indeed, are the characters of
most men; but often where only little work has been left,
or where a work is by a new hand, it is exceedingly difficult
"sentir la mediocrite" and, it might be added, "ou meme
sentir du tout."
How many years, I wonder, was it before I learned to dis-
like Thackeray and Tennyson as cordially as I now do? For
how many years did I not almost worship them ?
Bunyan and Others
I have been reading The Pilgrim's Progress again — ^the
third part and all — ^and wish that some one would tell one
what to think about it.
The English is racy, vigorous and often very beautiful;
but the language of any book is nothing except in so far as it
reveals the writer. The words in which a man clothes his
thoughts are like all other clothes — the cut raises presump-
tions about his thoughts, and these generally turn out to be
just, but the words are no more the thoughts than a man's
coat is himself. I am not sure, however, that in Bunyan's
case the dress in which he has clothed his ideas does not
reveal him more justly than the ideas do.
The Pilgrim's Progress consists mainly of a series of in-
famous libels upon life and things ; it is a blasphemy against
The Enfant Terrible of Literature 189
certain fundamental ideas of right and wrong which our
consciences most instinctively approve; its notion of heaven
is hardly higher than a transformation scene at Drury Lane ;
it is essentially infidel. "Hold out to me the chance of a
golden crown and harp with freedom from all further wor-
ries, give me angels to flatter me and fetch and carry for me,
and I shall think the game worth playing, notwithstanding the
great and horrible risk of failure ; but no crown, no cross for
me. Pay me well and I will wait for payment, but if I have
to give credit I shall expect to be paid better in the end."
There is no conception of the faith that a man should do
his duty cheerfully with all his might though, as far as he
can see, he will never be paid directly or indirectly either
here or hereafter. Still less is there any conception that un-
less a man has this faith he is not worth thinking about.
There is no sense that as we have received freely so we should
give freely and be only too thankful that we have anything
to give at all. Furthermore there does not appear to be even
the remotest conception that this honourable, comfortable
and sustaining faith is, like all other high faiths, to be brushed
aside very peremptorily at the bidding of common-sense.
What a pity it is that Christian never met Mr. Common-
Sense with his daughter, Good-Humour, and her affianced
husband, Mr. Hate-Cant; but if he ever saw them in the
distance he steered clear of them, probably as feeling that
they would be more dangerous than Giant Despair, Vanity
Fair and ApoUyon all together — for they would have stuck
to him if he had let them get in with him. Among other
things they would have told him that, if there was any truth
in his opinions, neither man nor woman ought to become a
father or mother at all, inasmuch as their doing so would
probably entail eternity of torture on the wretched creature
whom they were launching into the world. Life in this world
is risk enough to inflict on another person who has not been
consulted in the matter, but death will give quittance in full.
To weaken our faith in this sure and certain hope of peace
eternal (except so far as we have so lived as to win life in
others after we are gone) would be a cruel thing, even though
the evidence against it were overwhelming, but to rob us of
it on no evidence worth a moment's consideration and, ap-
parently, from no other motive than the pecuniary advan-
I90 The Enfant Terrible of Literature
tage of the robbers themselves is infamy. For the Qiurches
are but institutions for the saving of men's souls from
hell. _
This is true enough. Nevertheless it is untrue that in
practice any Christian minister, knowing vphat he preaches
to be both very false and very cruel, yet insists on it because
it is to the advantage of his own order. In a way the preach-
ers believe what they preach, but it is as men who have taken
a bad fio note and refuse to look at the evidence that makes
for its badness, though, if the note were not theirs, they
would see at a glance that it was not a good one. For the
man in the street it is enough that what the priests teach in
respect of a future state is palpably both cruel and absurd
while, at the same time, they make their living by teaching
it and thus prey upon other men's fears of the unknown. If
the Churches do not wish to be misunderstood they should
not allow themselves to remain in such an equivocal position.
But let this pass. Bunyan, we may be sure, took all that
he preached in its most literal interpretation ; he could never
have made his book so interesting had he not done so. The
interest of it depends almost entirely on the unquestionable
good faith of the writer and the strength of the impulse that
compelled him to speak that which was within him. He
was not writing a book which he might sell, he was speaking
what was borne in upon him from heaven. The message he
uttered was, to my thinking, both low and false, but it was
truth of truths to Bunyan.
No. This will not do. The Epistles of St. Paul were truth
of truths to Paul, but they do not attract us to the man who
wrote them, and, except here and there, they are very un-
interesting. Mere strength of conviction on a writer's part
is not enough to make his work take permanent rank. Yet I
know that I could read the whole of The Pilgrim's Progress
(except occasional episodical sermons) without being at all
bored by it, whereas, having spent a penny upon Mr. Stead's
abridgement of Joseph Andrews, I had to give it up as putting
me out of all patience. I then spent another penny on an
abridgement of Gulliver's Travels, and was enchanted by it.
What is it that makes one book so readable and another so
unreadable ? Swift, from all I can make out, was a far more
human and genuine person than he is generally represented,
The Enfant Terrible of Literature 191
but I do not think I should have liked him, whereas Fielding,
I am sure, must have been delightful. Why do the faults of
his work overweigh its many great excellences, while the
less great excellences of the Voyage to Lilliput outweigh its
more serious defects ?
I suppose it is the prolixity of Fielding that fatigues me.
Swift is terse, he gets through what he has to say on any
matter as quickly as he can and takes the reader on to the
next, whereas Fielding is not only long, but his length is
made still longer by the disconnectedness of the episodes
that appear to have been padded into the books — episodes
that do not help one forward, and are generally so exag-
gerated, and often so full of horse-play as to put one out of
conceit with the parts that are really excellent.
Whatever else Bunyan is he is never long; he takes you_
quickly on from incident to incident and, however little his
incidents may appeal to us, we feel that he is never giving us
one that is not bona Me so far as he is concerned. His
episodes and incidents are introduced not because he wants
to make his book longer 'but because he cannot be satisfied
without these particular ones, even though he may feel that
his book is getting longer than he likes.
And here I must break away from this problem, leaving
it unsolved. [1897.]
Bunyan and the Odyssey
Anything worse than The Pilgrim's Progress in the matter
of defiance of literary canons can hardly be conceived. The
allegory halts continually; it professes to be spiritual, but
nothing can be more carnal than the golden splendour of the
eternal city; the view of Ufe and the world generally is flat
blasphemy against the order of things with which we are sur- --,.
rounded. Yet, like the Odyssey, which flatly defies sense and
criticism (no, it doesn't; still, it defies them a good deal),
no one can doubt that it must rank among the very greatest
books that have ever been written. How Odyssean it is io--
its sincerity and downrightness, as well as in the marvellous
beauty of its language, its freedom from all taint of the schools
192 The Enfant Terrible of Literature
and, not least, in complete victory of genuine internal zeal
over a scheme initially so faulty as to appear hopeless.
I read that part where Christian passes the lions which he
thought were free but which were really chained and it oc-
curred to me that all lions are chained until they actually
eat us and that, the moment they do this, they chain them-
selves up again automatically, as far as we are concerned. If
one dissects this passage it fares as many a passage; in the
Odyssey does when we dissect-4t. Christian did not, after all,
venture to pass the lions till he was assured that they were
chained. And really it is more excusable to refuse point-
blank to pass a couple of lions till one knows whether they
are chained or not — and the poor wicked people seem to have
done nothing more than this, — than it would be to pass them.
Besides, by being told. Christian fights, as it were, with loaded
dice.
Poetry
The greatest poets never write poetry. The Homers and
Shakespeares are not the greatest — they are only the greatest
that we can know. And so with Handel among musicians.
For the highest poetry, whether in music or literature, is
ineffable — it must be felt from one person to another, it can-
not be articulated.
Verse
Versifying is the lowest form of poetry ; and the last thing
a great poet will do in these days is to write verses.
I have been trying to read Venus and Adonis and the Rape
of Lucrece but cannot get on with them. They teem with fine
things, but they are got-up fine things. I do not know
whether this is quite what I mean but, come what may, I find
the poems bore me. Were I a schoolmaster j should think I
was setting a boy a very severe punishment if I told him to
read Venus and Adonis through in three sittings. If, then,
the magic of Shakespeare's name, let alone the great beauty
of occasional passages, cannot reconcile us (for I find most
people of the same mind) to verse, and especially rhymed
verse as a medium of sustained expression, what chance has
any one else? It seems to me that a sonnet is the utmost
length to which a rhymed poem should extend.
The Enfant Terrible of Literature i93
Verse, Poetry and Prose
The preface to Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress is verse, but
it is not poetry. The body of the work is poetry, but it is not
verse.
Ancient Work
If a person would understand either the Odyssey or any
other ancient work, he must never look at the dead without
seeing the living in them, nor at the living without thinking
of the dead. We are too fond of seeing the ancients as one
thing and the moderns as another.
Nausicaa and Myself
I am elderly, grey-bearded and, according to my clerk,
Alfred, disgustingly fat ; I wear spectacles and get more and
more bronchitic as I grow older. Still no young prince in a
fairy story ever found an invisible princess more effectually
hidden behind a hedge of dullness or more fast asleep than
Nausicaa was when I woke her and hailed her as Authoress
of the Odyssey. And there was no difficulty about it either
— all one had to do was to go up to the front door and ring
the bell.
Telemachus and Nicholas Nickleby
The virtuous young man defending a virtuous mother
against a number of powerful enemies is one of the ignes
fatui of literature. The scheme ought to be very interesting,
and often is so, but it always fails as regards the hero who,
from Telemachus to Nicholas Nickleby, is always too much of
the good young man to please.
Gadshill and Trapani
While getting our lunch one Sunday at the east end of the
long room in the Sir John Falstaff Inn, Gadshill, we over-
heard some waterside-looking dwellers in the neighbourhood
talking among themselves. I wrote down the following: —
Bill: Oh, yes. I've got a mate that works in my shop ; he's
194 The Enfant Terrible of Literature
chucked the Dining Room because they give him too much
to eat. He found another place where they gave him four
pennyworth of meat and two vegetables and it was qujte as
much as he could put up with.
George: You can't kid me, Bill, that they give you too much
to eat, but I'll beHeve it to oblige you, Bill. Shall I see you
to-night ?
Bill: No, I must go to church.
George: Well, so must I ; I've got to go.
So at Trapani, I heard two small boys one night on the
quay (I am sure I have written this down somewhere, but it
is less trouble to write it again than to hunt for it) singing
with all their might, with their arms round one another's
necks. I should say they were about ten years old, not
more.
I asked Ignazio Giacalone: "What are they singing?"
He replied that it was a favourite song among the popolino
of Trapani about a girl who did not want to be 'seen going
about with a man. "The people in this place," says the song,
"are very ill-natured, and if they see you and me together,
they will talk," &c.
I do not say that there was any descent here from
Nausicaa's speech to Ulysses, but I felt as though that speech
was still in the air. [Od. VI. 273.]
I reckon Gadshill and Trapani as perhaps the two most
classic grounds that I frequent familiarly, and at each I have
seemed to hear echoes of the scenes that have made them
famous. Not that what I heard at Gadshill is like any par-
ticular passage in Shakespeare.
Waiting to be Hired
At Castelvetrano (about thirty miles from Trapani) I had
to start the next morning at 4 a.m. to see the ruins of
Selinunte, and slept lightly with my window open. About
two o'clock I began to hear a buzz of conversation in the
piazza outside and it kept me awake, so I got up to shut the
window and see. what it was. I found it came from a long
knot of men standing about, two deep, but not strictly mar-
shalled. When I got up at half-past three, it was still dark
and the men were still there, though perhaps not so many.
The Enfant Terrible of Literature fi95
I enquired and found they were standing to be hired for
the day, any one wanting labourers would come there, en-
gage as many as he wanted and go off with them, others
would come up, and so on till about four o'clock, after which
no one would hire, the day being regarded as short in weight
after that hour. Being so collected the men gossip over their
own and other people's affairs — wonder who was that fine-
looking stranger going about yesterday with Nausicaa, and
so on. [Od. VI. 273.] This, in fact, is their club and the
place where the public opinion of the district is formed.
Ilium and Padua
The story of the Trojan horse is more nearly within possi-
bility than we should readily suppose. In 1848, during the
rebellion of the North Italians against the Austrians, eight
or nine young men, for whom the authorities were hunting,
hid themselves inside Donatello's wooden horse in the Salone
at Padua and lay there for five days, being fed through the
trap door on the back of the horse with the connivance of the
custode of the Salone. No doubt they were let out for a
time at night. When pursuit had become less hot, their
friends smuggled them away. One of those who had been
shut up was still living in 1898 and, on the occasion of the
jubilee festivities, was carried round the town in triumph.
Eumaeus and Lord Burleigh
The inference which Arthur Piatt (Journal of Philology,
Vol. 24, No. 47) wishes to draw from Eumaeus being told to
bring Ulysses' bow dj/o Sw^aro (Od. XXI. 234) suggests to
me the difference which some people in future ages may wish
to draw between the character of Lord Burleigh's steps in
Tennyson's poem, according as he was walking up or pacing
down. Wherefrom also the critic will argue that the scene
of Lord Burleigh's weeping must have been on an inclined
plane.
Weeping, weeping late and early.
Walking up and pacing down.
Deeply mourned the Lord of Burleigh,
Burleigh-hpuse by Stamford-town.
196 The Enfant Terrible of Literature
My Reviewers' Sense of Need
My reviewers felt no sense of need to understand me — ^if
they had they would have developed the mental organism
which would have enabled them to do so. When the time
comes that they want to do so they will throw out a little
mental pseudopodium without much difficulty. They threw
it out when they wanted to misunderstand me — with a good
deal of the pseudo in it, too.
The Authoress of the Odyssey
The amount of pains which my reviewers have taken to
understand this book is not so great as to encourage the
belief that they would understand the Odyssey, however
much they studied it. Again, the people who could read the
Odyssey without coming to much the same conclusions as
mine are not likely to admit that they ought to have done so.
If a man tells me that a house in which I have long lived
is inconvenient, not to say unwholesome, and that I have
been very stupid in not finding this out for myself, I should
be apt in the first instance to tell him that he knew nothing
about it, and that I was quite comfortable; by and by, I
should begin to be aware that I was not so comfortable as I
thought I was, and in the end I should probably make the
suggested alterations in my house if, on reflection, I found
them sensibly conceived. But I should kick hard at first.
Homer and his Commentators
Homeric commentators have been blind so long that noth-
ing will do for them but Homer must be blind too. They
have transferred their own blindness to the poet.
The Iliad
In the Iliad, civilisation bursts upon us as a strong stream
out of a rock. We know that the water has gathered from
many a distant vein underground, but we do not see these.
Or it is like the drawing up the curtain on the opening of a
play — the scene is then first revealed.
The Enfant Terrible of Literature i97
Glacial Periods of Folly
The moraines left by secular glacial periods of folly stretch
out over many a plain of our civilisation. So in the Odyssey,
especially in the second twelve books, whenever any one
eats meat it is called "sacrificing" it, as though we were
descended from a race that did not eat meat. Then it was
said that meat might be eaten if one did not eat the life.
What was the life ? Clearly the blood, for when you stick a
pig it lives till the blood is gone. You must sacrifice the
blood, therefore, to the gods, but so long as you abstain
from things strangled and from blood, and so long as you
call it sacrificing, you may eat as much meat as you please.
What a mountain of lies — what a huge geological forma-
tion of falsehood, with displacement of all kinds, and strata
twisted every conceivable way, must have accreted before the
Odyssey was possible!
Translations from Verse into Prose
Whenever this is attempted, great licence must be allowed
to the translator in getting rid of all those poetical common
forms which are foreign to the genius of prose. If the work
is to be translated into prose, let it be into such prose as
we write and speak among ourselves. A volume of poetical
prose, i.e. affected prose, had better be in verse outright
at once. Poetical prose is never tolerable for more than a
very short bit at a time. And it may be questioned whether
poetry itself is not better kept short in ninety-nine cases out
of a hundred.
Translating the Odyssey
If you wish to preserve the spirit of a dead author, you
must not skin him, stuff him, and set him up in a case. You
must eat him, digest him and let him live in you, with such
life as you have, for better or worse. The difference between
the Andrew Lang manner of translating the Odyssey and
mine is that between making a mummy and a baby. He
tries to preserve a corpse (for the Odyssey is a corpse to all
who need Lang's translation), whereas I try to originate a
198 The Enfant Terrible of Literature
new life and one that is instinct (as far as I can eifect this)
with the spirit though not the form of the original.
They say no woman could possibly have written the Odys-
sey. To me, on the other hand, it seems even less possible
that a man could have done so. As for its being by a prac-
tised and elderly writer, nothing but youth and inexperience
could produce anything so naive and so lovely. That is
where the work will suffer by my translation. I am male,
practised and elderly, and the trail of sex, age and experience
is certain to be over my translation. If the poem is ever to be
well translated, it must be by some high-spirited English girl
who has been brought up at Athens and who, therefore, has
not been jaded by academic study of the language.
A translation is at best a dislocation, a translation from
verse to prose is a double dislocation and corresponding
further dislocations are necessary if an effect of deformity
.is to be avoided.
The people who, when they read "Athene" translated
by "Minerva," cannot bear in mind that every Athene varies
more or less with, and takes colour from, the country and
temperament of the writer who is being translated, will not
be greatly helped by translating "Athene" and not "Minerva."
Besides many readers would pronounce the word as a dissyl-
lable or an anapaest.
The Odyssey and a Tomb at Carcassonne
Thfere is a tomb at some place in France, I think at Car-
cassonne, on which there is some sculpture representing the
friends and relations of the deceased in paroxysms of grief
with their cheeks all cracked, and crying like Gaudenzio's
angels on the Sacro Monte at Varallo-Sesia. Round the
corner, however, just out of sight till one searches, there is
a man holding both his sides and splitting with laughter.
In some parts of the Odyssey, especially about Ulysses and
Penelope, I fancy that laughing man as being round the
comer. [Oct. 1891.]
Getting it Wrong
Zeffirino Carestia, a sculptor, told me we had a great
sculptor in England named Simpson. I demurred, and
The Enfant Terrible of Literature 199
asked about his work. It seemed he had made a monument
to Nelson in Westminster Abbey. Of course I saw he meant
Stevens, who had made a monument to Wellington in St.
Paul's. I cross-questioned him and found I was right.
Suppose that in some ancient writer I had come upon a
similar error about which I felt no less certain than I did
here, ought I to be debarred from my conclusion merely
by the accident that I have not the wretched muddler at
my elbow and cannot ask him personally? People are
always getting things wrong. It is the critic's business to
know how and when to believe on insufficient evidence and
to know how far to go in the matter of setting people right
without going too far; the question of what is too far and
what is sufficient evidence can only be settled by the hig-
gling and haggling of the literary market.
So I justify my emendation of the "grotta del toro'' at
Trapani. [The Authoress of the Odyssey, Chap. VIII.]
"II toro macigna un tesoro di oro." [The bull is grinding
a treasure of gold] in the grotto in which (for other reasons)
I am convinced Ulysses hid the gifts the Phceacians had
given him. And so the grotto is called "La grotta del toro"
[The grotto of the bull]. I make no doubt it was originally
called "La grotta del tesoro" [The grotto of the treasure],
but children got it wrong, and corrupted "tesoro" into "toro" ;
then, it being known that the "tesoro" was in it somehow, the
"toro" was made to grind the "tesoro."
XIII
Unprofessional Sermons
Righteousness
According to Mr. Matthew Arnold, as we find the highest
traditions of grace, beauty and the heroic virtues among the
Greeks and Romans, so we derive our highest ideal of right-
eousness frohi Jewish sources. Righteousness was to the
Jew what strength and beauty were to the Greek or fortitude
to the Roman.
This sounds well, but can we think that the Jews taken
as a nation were really more righteous than the Greeks
and Romans? Could they indeed be so if they were less
strong, graceful and enduring? In some respects they
may have been — every nation has its strong points — ^but
surely there has been a nearly unanimous verdict for many
generations that the typical Greek or Roman is a higher,
nobler person than the typical Jew — and this referring not
to the modern Jew, who may perhaps be held to have been
injured by centuries of oppression, but to the Hebrew of
the time of the old prophets and of the most prosperous
eras in the history of the nation. If three men could be set
before us as the most perfect Greek, Roman and Jew re-
spectively, and if we could choose which we would have
our only son most resemble, is it not likely we should find
ourselves preferring the Greek or Roman to the Jew ? And
does not this involve that we hold the two former to be the
more righteous in a broad sense of the word ?
I dare not say that we owe no benefits to the Jewish nation,
I do not feel sure whether we do or do not, but I can see no
good thing that I can point to as a notoriously Hebrew con-
Unprofessional Sermons 201
tribution to our moral and intellectual well-being as I can
point to our law and say that it is Roman, or to our fine arts
and say that they are based on what the Greeks and Italians
taught us. On the contrary, if asked what feature of post-
Christian life we had derived most distinctly from Hebrew
sources I should say at once "intolerance" — ^the desire to
dogmatise about matters whereon the Greek and Roman
held certainty to be at once unimportant and unattainable.
This, with all its train of bloodshed and family disunion,
is chargeable to the Jewish rather than to any other account.
There is yet another vice which occurs readily to any
one who reckons up the characteristics which we derive
mainly from the Jews ; it is one that we call, after a Jewish
sect, "Pharisaism." I do not mean to say that no Greek
or Roman was ever a sanctimonious hypocrite, still, sancti-
moniousness does not readily enter into our notions of Greeks
and Romans and it does so enter into our notions of the
old Hebrews. Of course, we are all of us sanctimonious
sometimes ; Horace himself is so when he talks about aurum
irrepertum et sic meliiis situm, and as for Virgil he was a prig,
pure and simple; still, on the whole, sanctimoniousness was
not a Greek and Roman vice and it was a Hebrew one. True,
they stoned their prophets freely; but these are not the
Hebrews to whom Mr. Arnold is referring; they are the
ones whom it is the custom to leave out of sight and out
of mind as far as possible, so that they should hardly count
as Hebrews at all, and none of our characteristics should be
ascribed to them.
Taking their literature I cannot see that it deserves the
praises that have been lavished upon it. The Song of Solo-
mon and the book of Esther are the most interesting in the
Old Testament, but these are the very ones that make the
smallest pretensions to holiness, and even these are neither
of them of very transcendent merit. They would stand no
chance of being accepted by Messrs. Cassell and Co. or by
any biblical publisher of the present day. Chatto and Windus
might take the Song of Solomon, but, with this exception, I
doubt if there is a publisher in London who would give a
guinea for the pair. Ecclesiastes contains some fine things
but is strongly tinged with pessimism, cynicism and affecta-
tion. Some of the Proverbs are good, but not many of them
202 Unprofessional Sermons
are in common use. Job contains some fine passages, and so
do some of the Psalms; but the Psalms generally are poor
and, for the most part, querulous, spiteful and introspective
into the bargain. Mudie would not take thirteen copies of the
lot if they were to appear now for the first time — unless in-
deed their royal authorship were to arouse an adventitious
interest in them, or unless the author were a rich man whb
played his cards judiciously with the reviewers. As for the
prophets — ^we know what appears to have been the opinion
formed concerning them by those who should have been best
acquainted with them ; I am no judge as to the merits of the
controversy between them and their fellow-countrymen, but
I have read their works and am of opinion that they
will not hold their own against such masterpieces of modern
literature as, we will say. The Pilgrim's Progress, Robinson
CrurSoe, Gidliver's Travels or Tom Jones. "Whether there
be prophecies," exclaims the Apostle, "they shall fail." On
the whole I should say that Isaiah and Jeremiah must be held
to have failed.
I would join issue with Mr. Matthew Arnold on yet another
point. I understand him to imply that righteousness should
be a man's highest aim in life. I do not like setting up
righteousness, nor yet anything else, as the highest aim in
life; a man should have any number of little aims about
which he should be conscious and for which he should have
names, but he should have neither name for, nor consciousness
concerning the main aim of his life. Whatever we do we
must try and do it rightly — ^this is obvious — but righteousness
implies something much more than this: it conveys to our
minds not only the desire to get whatever we have taken
in hand as nearly right as possible, but also the general
reference of our lives to the supposed will of an unseen but
supreme f)ower. Granted that there is such a power, and
granted that we should obey its will, we are the more likely
to do this the less we concern ourselves about the matter
and the more we confine our attention to the things immedi-
ately round about us which seem, so to speak, entrusted to
us as the natural and legitimate sphere of our activity.
I believe a man will get the most useful information on these
matters from modern European sources; next to these he
will get most from Athens and ancient Rome. Mr. Matthew
Unprofessional Sermons 203
Arnold notwithstanding, I do not think he will get anything
from Jerusalem which he will not find better and more easily
elsewhere. [1883.]
Wisdom
But where shall wisdom be found? (Job xxviii. 12).
If the writer of these words meant exactly what he said,
he had so little wisdom that he might well seek more. He
should have known that wisdom spends most of her time
crying in the streets and public-houses, and he should have
gone thither to look for her. It is written :
"Wisdom crieth without; she uttereth her voice in the
streets :
"She crieth in the chief place of concourse, in the open-
ings of the gates: in the city she uttereth her words"
(Prov. i. 20, 21.)
If however he meant rather "Where shall wisdom be
regarded ?" this, again, is not a very sensible question. Peo-
ple have had wisdom before them for some time, and they
may be presumed to be the best judges of their own affairs,
yet they do not generally show much regard for wisdom.
We may conclude, therefore, that they have found her less
profitable than by her own estimate she would appear to
be. This indeed is what one of the wisest men who ever
lived — ^the author of the Book of Ecclesiastes — definitely con-
cludes to be the case, when he tells his readers that they had
better not overdo either their virtue or their wisdom. They
must not, on the other hand, overdo their wickedness ,nor,
presumably, their ignorance, still the writer evidently thinks
that error is safer on the side of too little than of too much.*
Reflection will show that this must always have been true,
and must always remain so, for this is the side on which error
, is both least disastrous and offers most place for repentance.
He who finds himself inconvenienced by knowing too little
*A11 things have I seen in the days of my vanity:' there is a just
man that perisheth in his righteousness, and there is a wicked man
that prolongeth his life in his wickedness.
Be not righteous over much; neither make thyself over wise: why
shouldest thou destroy thyself? _
Be not over much wicked, neither be thou foolish: why shouldest
thou die before thy time? (Eccles. vii. 15, 16, 17).
204 Unprofessional Sermons
can go to the British Museum, or to the Working Men's Col-
lege, and learn more ; but when a thing is once well learnt it
is even harder to unlearn it than it was to learn it. Would it
be possible to unlearn the art of speech or the arts of reading
and writing even if we wished to do so? Wisdom and knowl-
edge are, like a bad reputation, more easily won than lost;
we got on fairly well without knowing that the earth went
round the sun; we thought the sun went round the earth
until we found it made us uncomfortable to think so any
longer, then we altered our opinion ; it was not very easy to
alter it, but it was easier than it would be to alter it back
again. Vestigia nulla retrorsum; the earth itself does not
pursue its course more steadily than mind does when it has
once committed itself, and if we could see the movements of
the stars in slow time we should probably find that there was
much more throb and tremor in detail than we can take note of.
How, I wonder, will it be if in our pursuit of knowledge
we stumble upon some awkward fact as disturbing for the
human race as an enquiry into the state of his own finances
may sometimes prove to the individual? The pursuit of
knowledge can never be anything but a leap in the dark, and
a leap in the dark is a very uncomfortable thing. I have
sometimes thought that if the human race ever loses its
ascendancy it will not be through plague, famine or cata-
clysm, but by getting to know some little microbe, as it
were, of knowledge which shall get into its system and breed
there till it makes an end of us.* It is well, therefore, that
there should be a substratum of mankind who cannot by
any inducement be persuaded to know anything whatever
at all, and who are resolutely determined to know nothing
among us but what the parson tells them, and not to be too
sure even about that.
Whence then cometh wisdom and where is the place of
understanding? How does Job solve his problem?
"Behold the fear of the Lord, that is wisdom: and to
depart from evil is understanding."
The answer is all very well as far as it goes, but it only
amounts to saying .that wisdom is wisdom. We know no
better what the fear of the Lord is than what wisdom is,
* Cf. "Imaginary Worlds," p. 233 post.
Unprofessional Sermons 205
and we often do not depart from evil simply because we do
not know that what we are cleaving to is evil.
Loving and Hating
I have often said that there is no true love short of eating
and consequent assimilation; the embryonic processes are
but a long course of eating and assimilation — the sperm and
germ cells, or the two elements that go to form the new
animal, whatever they should be called, eat one another up,
and then the mother assimilates them, more or less, through
mutual inter-feeding and inter-breeding between her and
them. But the curious point is that the more profound
our love is the less we are conscious of it as love. True, a
nurse tells her child that she would like to eat it, but this
is only an expression that shows an instinctive recognition
of the fact that eating is a mode of, or rather the acme of,
love — no nurse loves her child half well enough to want
really to eat it; put to such proof as this the love of which
she is so profoundly, as she imagines, sentient proves to be
but skin deep. So with our horses and dogs: we think we
dote upon them, but we do not really love them.
What, on the other hand, can awaken less consciousness
of warm affection than an oyster? Who would press an
oyster to his heart, or pat it and want to kiss it ? Yet nothing
short of its complete absorption into our own being can in
the least satisfy us. No merely superficial temporary con-
tact of exterior form to exterior form will serve us. The
embrace must be consummate, not achieved by a mocking
environment of draped and muffled arms that leaves no
lasting trace on organisation or consciousness, but by an en-
folding within the bare and warm bosom of an open mouth —
a grinding out of all differences of opinion by the sweet
persuasion of the jaws, and the eloquence of a tongue that
now convinces all the more powerfully because it is inarticu-
late and deals but with the one universal language of aggluti-
nation. Then we become made one with what we love —
not heart to heart, but protoplasm to protoplasm, and this
is far more to the purpose.
The proof of love, then, like that of any other pleasant
pudding, is in the eating, and tested by this proof we see
2o6 Unprofessional Sermons
that consciousness of love, like all other consciousness, van-
ishes on becoming intense. While we are yet fully aware
of it, we do not love as well as we think we do. When we
really mean busineiss and are hungry with affection, we do
not know that we are in love, but simply go into the love-
shop — for so any eating-house should be more fitly called —
ask the price, pay our money down, and love till we can
either love or pay no longer.
And so with hate. When we really hate a thing it makes
us sick, and we use this expression to symbolise the utmost
hatred of which our nature is capable; but when we know
we hate, our hatred is in reality mild and inoifensive. I,
for example, think I hate all those people whose photographs
I see in the shop windows, but I am so conscious of this that
I am convinced, in reality, nothing would please me better
than to be in the shop windows too. So when I see the
universities conferring degrees on any one, or the learned
societies moulting the yearly medals as peacocks moult their
tails, I am so conscious of disapproval as to feel sure I should
like a degree or a medal too if they would only give me one,
and hence I conclude that my disapproval is grounded in
nothing more serious than a superficial, transient jealousy.
The Roman Empire
Nothing will ever die so long as it knows what to do under
the circumstances, in other words so long as it knows its
business. The Roman Empire must have died of inexperience
of some kind, I should think most likely it was puzzled to
death by the Christian religion. But the question is not so
much how the ^oman Empire or any other great thing
came to an end — everything must come to an end some time,
it is only scientists who wonder that a state should die —
the interesting question is how did the Romans become so
great, under what circumstances were they born and bred?
We should watch childhood and schooldays rather than old
age and death-beds.
As I sit writing on the top of a wild-beast pen of the amphi-
theatre of Aosta I may note, for one thing, that the Romans
were not squeamish, they had no Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals. Again, their ladies did not write
Unprofessional Sermons 207
in the newspapers. Fancy Miss Cato reviewing Horace!
They had no Frances Power Cobbes, no .... s, no ... s;
yet they seem to have got along quite nicely without these
powerful moral engines. The comeliest and most enjoyable
races that we know of were the ancient Greeks, the Italians
and the South Sea Islanders, and they have none of them been
purists.
Italians and Englishmen
Italians, and perhaps Frenchmen, consider first whether
they like or want to do a thing and then whether, on the
whole, it will do them any harm. Englishmen, and perhaps
Germans, consider first whether they ought to like a thing
and often never reach the questions whether they do like
it and whether it will hurt. There is much to be said for
both systems, but I suppose it is best to combine them as far
as possible.
On Knowing what Gives us Pleasure
i
One can bring no greater reproach against a man than to
say that he does not set sufficient value upon pleasure, and
there is no greater sign of a fool than the thinking that
he can tell at once and easily what it is that pleases him.
To know this is not easy, and how to extend our knowledge
of it is the highest and the most neglected of all arts and
branches of education. Indeed, if we could solve the diffi-
culty of knowing what gives us pleasure, if T)ve could find
its springs, its inception and earliest madus "operandi, we
should have discovered the secret of life and development,
for the same difficulty has attended the development of every
sense from touch onwards, and no new sense was ever de-
veloped without pains. A man had better stick to known
and proved pleasures, but, if he will venture in quest of new
ones, he should not do so with a light heart.
One reason why we find it so hard to know our own Hkings
is because we are so little accustomed to try; we have our
likings found for us in respect of by far the greater number
of the matters that concern us ; thus we have grown all our
limbs on the strength of the likings of our ancestors and adopt
these without question.
2o8 Unprofessional Sermons
Another reason is that, except in mere matters of eating
and drinking, people do not realise the importance of finding
out what it is that gives them pleasure if, that is to say, they
would make themselves as comfortable here as they reason-
ably can. Very few, however, seem to care greatly whether
they are comfortable or no. There are some men so ignorant
and careless of what gives them pleasure that they cannot be
said ever to have been really bom as living beings at all.
They present some of the phenomena of having been bom —
they reproduce, in fact, so many of the ideas which we
associate with having been born that it is hard not to think
of them as living beings — ^but in spite of all appearances the
central idea is wanting. At least one half of the misery
which meets us daily might be removed or, at any rate,
greatly alleviated, if those who suffer by it would think it
worth their while to be at any pains to get rid of it. That
they do not so think is proof that they neither know, nor
care to know, more than in a very languid way, what it is
that will relieve them most effectually or, in other words,
that the shoe does not really pinch them so hard as we think
it does. For when it really pinches, as when a man is being
flogged, he will seek relief by any means in his power. So
my great namesake said, "Surely the pleasure is as great Qf
being cheated as to cheat"; and so, again, I remember to
have seen a poem many years ago in Punch according to
which a certain young lady, being discontented at home,
went out into the world in quest to "Some burden make
or burden bear, But which she did not greatly care — Oh
Miseree!" So long as there was discomfort somewhere it
was all right.
To those, however, who are desirous of knowing what
gives them pleasure but do not quite know how to set about
it I have no better advice to give than that they must take
the same pains about acquiring this difficult art as about any
other, and "must acquire it in the same way — that is by
attending to one thing at a time and not being in too great a
hurry. Proficiency is not to be attained here, any more than
elsewhere, by short cuts or by getting other people to do
work that no other than oneself can do. Above all things it
is necessary here, as in all other branches of study, not to
think we know a thing before we do know it — to make sure
Unprofessional Sermons 209
of our ground and be quite certain that we really do like a
thing before we say we do. When you cannot decide whether
you like a thing or not, nothing is easier than to say so and
to hang it up among the uncertainties. Or when you know
you do not know and are in such doubt as to see no chance
of deciding, then you may take one side or the other pro-
visionally and throw yourself into it. This will sometimes
make you uncomfortable, and you will feel you have taken
the wrong side and thus learn that the other was the right
one. Sometimes you will feel you have done right. Anyway
ere long you will know more about it. But there must have
been a secret treaty with yourself to the effect that the
decision was provisional only. For, after all, the most im-
portant first principle in this matter is the not lightly think-
ing you know what you like till you have made sure of your
ground. I was nearly forty before I felt how stupid it was to
pretend to know things that I did not know and I still often
catch myself doing so. Not one of my school-masters taught
me this, but altogether otherwise.
ii
I should like to like Schumann's music better than I do;
I dare say I could make myself like it better if I tried; but
I do not like having to try to make myself like things; I
like things that make me like them at once and no trying
at all.
iii
To know whether you are enjoying a piece of music or not
you must see whether you find yourself looking at the adver-
tisements of Pear's soap at the end of the programme.
De Minimis non Curat Lex
Yes, but what is a minimum? Sometimes a maximum is
a minimum, and sometimes the other way about. If you
know you know, and if you don't you don't.
Yes, but what is a minimum? So increased material weight
involves increased moral weight, but where does there begin
2IO Unprofessional Sermons
to be any weight at all? There is a miracle somewhere. At
the point where two very large nothings have united to form
a very little something.
iii
There is no such complete assimilation as assimilation of
rhythm. In fact it is in assimilation of rhythm that what we
see as assimilation consists.
When two liquid bodies come together with nearly the
same rhythms, as, say, two tumblers of water, differing but
very slightly, the two assimilate rapidly — becoming homo-
geneous throughout. So with wine and water which assimi-
late, or at any rate form a new homogeneous substance, very
rapidly. Not so with oil and water. Still, I should like to
know whether it would not be possible to have so much water
and so little oil that the water would in time absorb the oil.
I have not thought about it, but it seems as though the
maxim de ndnimis rum curat lex — the fact that a wrong, a
contradiction in terms, a violation of all our ordinary canons
does not matter and should be brushed aside — it seems as
though this maxim went very low down in the scale of nature,
as though it were the one principle rendering combination
(integration) and, I suppose, dissolution (disintegration)
also, possible. For combination of any kind involves contra-
diction in terms; it involves a self -stultification on the part
of one or more things, more or less complete in both of them.
For one or both cease to be, and to cease to be is to contradict
all one's fundamental axioms or terms.
And this is always going on in the mental world as much
as in the material; everything is always changing and stulti-
fying itself more or less completely. There is no permanence
of identity so absolute, either in the physical world, or in
our conception of the word "identity," that it is not crossed
with the notion of perpetual change which, pro tanto, destroys
identity. Perfect, absolute identity is like perfect, absolute
anything — as near an approach to nothing, or nonsense, as
our minds can grasp. It is, then, in the essence of our con-
ception of identity that nothing should maintain a perfect
identity; there is an element of disintegration in the only
conception of integration that we can form.
What is it, then, that makes this conflict not only possible
Unprofessional Sermons 211
and bearable but even pleasant? What is it that so oils
the machinery of our thoughts that things which would
otherwise cause intolerable friction and heat produce no
jar?
Surely it is the principle that a very overwhelming major-
ity rides rough-shod with impunity over a very small minor-
ity ; that a drop of brandy in a gallon of water is practically
no brandy ; that a dozen maniacs among a hundred thousand
people produce no unsettling effect upon our minds; that
a well-written i will go as an i even though the dot be omitted
— it seems to me that it is this principle, which is embodied
in de minimis non curat lex, that makes it possible that
there should be majora and a lex to care about them. This
is saying in another form that association does not stick to
the letter of its bond.
Saints
Saints are always grumbling because the world will not
take them at their own estimate; so they cry out upon this
place and upon that, saying it does not know the things be-
longing to its peace and that it will be too late soon and that
people will be very sorry then that they did not make more
of the grumbler, whoever he may be, inasmuch as he will
make it hot for them and pay them out generally.
All this means: "Put me in a better social and financial
position than I now occupy; give me more of the good
things of this life, if not actual money yet authority (which
is better loved by most men than even money itself), to
reward me because I am to have such an extraordinary good
fortune and high position in the world which is to come."
When their contemporaries do not see tMs and tell them
that they cannot expect to have it both ways, they lose their
tempers, shake the dust from their feet and go sulking off
into the wilderness.
This is as regards themselves; to their followers they say:
"You must not expect to be able to make the best of both
worlds. The thing is absurd ; it cannot be done. You must
choose which you prefer, go in for it and leave the other,
for you cannot have both."
When a saint complains that people do not know the
212 Unprofessional Sermons
things belonging to their peace, what he really means is that
they do not suffifciently care about the things belonging to
his own peace.
Prayer
i
Lord, let me know mine end, arid the number of my days: that I may
be certified how long I have to live (Ps. xxxix. 5).
Of all prayers this is the insanest. That the one who
uttered it should have made and retained a reputation is a
strong argument in favour of his having been surrounded
with courtiers. "Lord, let me not know mine end" would
be better, only it would be praying for what God has already
granted us. "Lord, let me know A.B.'s end" would be bad
enough. Even though A.B. were Mr. Gladstone — we might
hear he was not to die yet. "Lord, stop A.B. from knowing
my end" would be reasonable, if there were any use in iM-ay-
ing that A.B. might not be able to do what he never can do.
Or can the prayer refer to the other end of life ? "Lord, let
me know my beginning." This again would not be always
prudent.
The prayer is a silly piece of petulance and it would have
served the maker of it right to have had it granted. "A
painful and lingering disease followed by death" or "Ninety,
a burden to yourself and every one else" — ^there is not so
much to pick and choose between them. Surely, "I thank
thee, O Lord, that thou hast hidden mine end from me"
would be better. The sting of death is in foreknowledge of
the when and the how.
If again he had prayed that he might be able to make his
psalms a little more lively, and be saved from becoming the
bore which he has been to so many generations of sick per-
sons and young children — or that he might find a publisher
for them with greater facility — ^but there is no end to it. The
prayer he did pray was about the worst he could have prayed
and the psalmist, being the psalmist, naturally prayed it —
unless I have misquoted him.
ii
Prayers are to men as dolls are to children. They are not
without use and comfort, but it is not easy to take them very
Unprofessional Sermons 213
seriously. I dropped saying mine suddenly once for all with-
out malice prepense, on the night of the 29th of September,
1859, when I went on board the Roman Emperor to sail for
New Zealand. I had said them the night before and doubted
not that I was always going to say them as I always had done
hitherto. That night, I suppose, the sense of change was so
great that it shook them quietly off. I was not then a sceptic ;
I had got as far as disbelief in infant baptism but no further.
I felt no compunction of conscience, however, about leaving
off my morning and evening prayers — simply I could no
longer say them.
iii
Lead us not into temptation (Matt. vi. 13).
For example; I am crossing from Calais to Dover and
there is a well-known popular preacher on board, say Arch-
deacon Farrar.
I have my camera in my hand and though the sea is rough
the sun is brilliant. I see the archdeacon come on board at
Calais and seat himself upon the upper deck, looking as
though he had just stepped out of a band-box. Can I be
expected to resist the temptation of snapping him? Suppose
that in the train for an hour before reaching Calais I had said
any niunber of times, "Lead us not into temptation," is it
likely that the archdeacon would have been made to take
some other boat or to stay in Calais, or that I myself, by
being delayed on my homeward journey, should have been
led into some other temptation, though perhaps smaller?
Had I not better snap him and have done with it? Is there
enough chance of good result to make it worth while to try
the experiment? The general consensus of opinion is that
there is not.
And as for praying for strength to resist temptation —
granted that if, when I saw the archdeacon in the band-box
stage, I had immediately prayed for strength I might have
been enabled to put the evil thing from me for a time, how
long would this have been likely to last when I saw his face
grow saintlier and saintlier ? I am an excellent sailor myself,
but he is not, and when I see him there, his eyes closed and
his head thrown back, like a sleeping St. Joseph in a shovel
hat, with a basin beside him, can I expect to be saved from
snapping him by such a formula as "Deliver us from evil" ?
214 Unprofessional Sermons
Is it in photographer's nature to do so? When David found
himself in the cave with Saul he cut off one of Saul's coat-
tails ; if he had had a camera and there had been enough
light he would have photographed him; but would it have
been in flesh and blood for him neither to cut off his coat-tail
nor to snap him?
There is a photographer in every bush, going about like a
roaring lion seeking whom he may devour.
iv
Teach me to live that I may dread
The grave as little as my bed.
This is from the evening hymn which all reispectable chil-
dren are taught. It sounds well, but it is immoral.
Our own death is a premium which we must pay for the
far greater benefit we have derived from the fact that so
many people have not only lived but also died before us.
For if the old ones had not in course of time gone there would
have been no progress; all our civilisation is due to the
arrangement whereby no man shall live for ever, and to this
huge mass of advantage we must each contribute our mite;
that is to say, when our turn comes we too must die. The
hardship is that interested persons should be able to scare us
into thinking the change we call death to be the desperate
business which they make it out to be. There is no hardship
in having to suffer that change.
Bishop Ken, however, goes too far. Undesirable, of course,
death must always be to those who are fairly well off, but
it is undesirable that any living being should live in habitual
indifference to death. The indifference should be kept for
worthy occasions, and even then, though death be gladly
faced, it is not healthy that it should be faced as though it
were a mere undressing and going to bed.
XIV
Higgledy-piggledy
Preface to Vol. II
On indexing this volume, as with Vols. I and IV which are
already indexed and as, no doubt, will be the case with any
that I may live to index later, I am alarmed at the triviality
of many of these notes, the ineptitude of many and the
obvious untenableness of many that I should have done
much better to destroy.
Elmsley, in one of his letters to Dr. Butler, says that an
author is the worst person to put one of his own works through
the press {Life af Dr. Butter, I, 88). It seems to me that he
is the worst person also to make selections from his own
notes or indeed even, in my case, to write them. I cannot
help it. They grew as, with little disturbance, they now
stand ; they are not meant for publication ; the bad ones
serve as bread for the jam of the good ones; it was less
trouble to let them go than to think whether they ought not
to be destroyed. The retort, however, is obvious; no think-
ing should have been required in respect of many — a glance
should have consigned them to the waste-paper basket. I
know it and I know that many a one of those who look over
these books — for that they will be looked over by not a few
I doubt not — will think me to have been a greater fool than
I probably was.' I cannot help it. I have at any rate the
consolation of also knowing that, however much I may have
irritated, displeased or disappointed them, they will not be
able to tell me so ; and I think that, to some, such a record
of passing moods and thoughts good, bad and indifferent
will be more valuable as throwing light upon the period to
which it relates than it would have been if it had been edited
with greater judgment.
215
2i6 Higgledy-Piggledy
Besides, Vols. I and IV being already bound, I should not
have enough to form Vols. II and III if I cut out all those
that ought to be cut out. [June, 1898.]
P.S. — If I had re-read my preface to Vol. IV, I need not
have written the above.
Waste-Paper Baskets
Every one should keep a mental waste-paper basket and
the older he grows the more things he will consign to it —
torn up to irrecoverable tatters.
Flies in the Milk-Jug
Saving scraps is like picking flies out of the milk-jug. We
do not mind doing this, I suppose, because we feel sure the
flies will never want to borrow money off us. We do not feel
so sure about anjrthing much bigger than a fly. If it were a
mouse that had got into the milk-jug, we should call the cat
at once.
My Thoughts
They are like persons met upon a journey; I think them
very agreeable at first but soon find, as a rule, that I am
tired of them.
Our Ideas
They are for the most part like bad sixpences and we
spend our lives in trying to pass them on one another.
Cat-Ideas and Mouse-Ideas
We can never get rid of mouse-ideas completely, they keep
turning up again and again, and nibble, nibble — no matter
how often we drive them off. The best way to keep them
down is to have a few good strong cat-ideas which will em-
brace them and ensure their not reappearing till they do so in
another shape.
Incoherency of New Ideas
An idea must not be condemned for being a little shy and
incoherent; all new ideas are shy when introduced first
Higgledy-Piggledy 217
among our old ones. We should have patience and see
whether the incoherency is likely to wear oif or to wear on,
in which latter case the sooner we get rid of them the better.
An Apology for the Devil
It must be remembered that we have only heard one side
of the case. God has written all the books.
Hallelujah
When we exclaim so triumphantly "Hallelujah! for the
Lord God omnipotent reigneth" we only mean that we think
no small beer of ourselves, that our God is a much greater
God than any one else's God, that he was our father's God
before us, and that it is all right, respectable and as it should
be.
Hating
It does not matter much what a man hates provided he
hates something.
Hamlet, Don Quixote, Mr. Pickwick and others
The great characters of fiction live as truly as the memories
of dead men. For the life after death it is not necessary that
a man or woman should have lived.
Reputation
The evil that men do lives after them. Yes, and a good
deal of the evil that they never did as well.
Science and Business
The best class of scientific mind is the same as the best
class of business mind. The great desideratum in either case
is to know how much evidence is enough to warrant action.
It is as unbusiness-like to want too much evidence before
buying or selling as to be content with top little. The same
kind of qualities are wanted in either case. The difference is
21 8 Higgledy-Piggledy
that if the business man makes a mistake, he commonly has
to suffer for it, whereas it is rarely that scientific blimdering,
so long as it is confined to theory, entails loss on the blunderer.
On the contrary it very often brings him fame, money and a
pension. Hence the business man, if he is a good one, will
take- greater care not to overdo or underdo things than the
scientific man can reasonably be expected to take.
Scientists
There are two classes, those who want to know and do
not care whether others think they know or not, and those
who do not much care about knowing but care very greatly
about being reputed as knowing.
Scientific Terminology
This is the Scylla's cave which men of science are preparing
for themselves to be able to pounce out upon us from it, and
into which we cannot penetrate.
Scientists and Drapers
Why should the botanist, geologist or other-ist give him-
self such airs over the draper's assistant? Is it because
he names his plants or specimens with Latin names and
divides them into genera and species, whereas the draper
does not formulate his classifications, or at any rate only
uses his mother tongue when he does? Yet how like the
sub-divisions of textile life are to those of the animal and
vegetable kingdoms! A few great families — cotton, Unen,
hempen, woollen, silk, mohair, alpaca — into what an infinite
variety of genera and species do not these great families
subdivide themselves? And does it take less labour, with
less intelligence, to master all these and to acquire familiarity
with their various habits, habitats and prices than it does
to master the details of any other great branch of science?
I do not know. But when I think of Shoolbred's on the one
hand and, say, the ornithological collections of the British
.Museum upon the other, I feel as though it would take me
less trouble to master the second than the first.
Higgledy-Piggledy 219
Men of Science
If they are worthy of the name they are indeed about God's
path and about his bed and spying out all his ways.
Sparks
Everything matters more than we think it does, and; at
the same time, nothing matters so much as we think it does.
The merest spark may set all Europe in a blaze, but though
all Europe be set in a blaze twenty times over, the world will
wag itself right again.
Dumb-Bells
I regard them with suspicion as academic.
Purgatory
Time is the only true purgatory.
Greatness
He IS greatest who is most often in men's good thoughts.
The Vanity of Human' Wishes
There is only one thing vainer and that is the having no
wishes.
Jones's Conscience
He said he had not much conscience, and what little he
had was guilty.
Nihilism
The Nihilists do not believe in nothing; they only believe
in nothing that does not commend itself to themselves;
that is, they will not allow that anything may be beyond
their comprehension. As their comprehension is not great
their creed is, after all, very nearly nihil.
220 Higgledy-Piggledy
On Breaking Habits
To begin knocking off the habit in the evening, then
the afternoon as well and, finally, the morning too is better
than to begin cutting it off in the morning and then go on
to the afternoon and evening. I speak from experience as
regards smoking and can say that when one comes to within
an hour or two of smoke-time one begins to be impatient for
it, whereas there will be no impatience after the time for
knocking off has been confirmed as a habit.
Dogs
The great pleasure of a dog is that you may make a fool
of yourself with him and not only will he not scold you, but
he will make a fool of himself too.
Future and Past
The Will-be and the Has-been touch us more nearly than
the Is. So we are more tender towards children and old
people than to those who are in the prime of life.
is
Nature
is the word is now commonly used it excludes nature's
jmost interesting productions — the works of man. Nature
is usually taken to mean mountains, rivers, clouds and un-
domesticated animals and plants. I am not indifferent to
this half of nature, but it interests me much less than the
other half.
Lucky and Unlucky
People are lucky and unlucky not according to what they
get absolutely, but according to the ratio between what they
get and what they have been led to expect.
Definitions
i
As, no matter what cunning system of checks we devise,
we must in the end trust some one whom we do not check,
Higgledy-Piggledy 221
but to whom we give unreserved confidence, so there is a
point at which the understanding and mental processes must
be taken as understood without further question or definition
in words. And I should say that this point should be fixed
pretty early in the discussion.
There is one class of mind that loves to lean on rules and
definitions, and another that discards them as far as possible.
A faddist will generally ask for a definition of faddism, and
one who is not a faddist will be impatient of being asked to
give one.
iii
A definition is the enclosing a wilderness of idea within a
wall of words.
iv
Definitions are a kind of scratching and generally leave a
sore place more sore than it was before.
V
As Love is too young to know what conscience is, so Truth
and Genius are too old to know what definition is.
Money
It has such an inherent power to run itself clear of taint
that human ingenuity cannot devise the means of making
it work permanent mischief, any more than means can be
found of torturing people beyond what they can bear. Even
if a man founds a College of Technical Instruction, the
chances are ten to one that no one will be taught anjrthing
and that it will have been practically left to a number of
excellent professors who will know very .well what to do
with it.
Wit
There is no Professor of Wit at either University. Surely
they might as reasonably have a professor of wit as of
poetry.
222 Higgledy-Piggledy
Oxford and Cambridge
The dons are too busy educating the young men to be
able to teach them anything.
Cooking
There is a higher average of good cooking at Oxford and
Cambridge than elsewhere. The cooking is better than the
curriculum. But there is no Chaip of. Cookery, it is taught by
apprenticeship in the kitchens.
Perseus and St. George
These dragon-slayers did not take lessons in dragon-
slaying, nor do leaders of forlorn hopes generally rehearse
their parts beforehand. Small things may be rehearsed,
but the greatest are always do-or-die, neck-or-nothing
matters.
Specialism and Generalism
Woe to the specialist who is not a pretty fair generalist,
and woe to the generalist who is not also a bit of a specialist.
Silence and Tact
Silence is not always tact and it is tact that is golden, not
silence.
Truth-tellers
-Professional truth-tellers may be trusted to profess that
they are telling the truth.
Street Preachers
These are the costermongers and barrow men of the re-
ligious world.
Higgledy-Piggledy 223
Providence and Othello
Providence, in making the rain fall also upon the sea,
was like the man who, when he was to play Othello, must
needs black himself all over.
Providence and Improvidence
i
We should no longer say: Put your trust in Providence,
but in Improvidence, for this is what we mean.
ii
To put one's trust in God is only a longer way of saying
that one will chance it.
iii
There is nothing so imprudent or so improvident as over-
prudence or over-providence.
Epiphany
If Providence could be seen at all, he would probably
turn out to be a very disappointing person — a little wizened
old gentleman with a cold in his head, a red nose and a com-
forter round his neck, whistling o'er the furrow'd land or
crooning to himself as he goes aimlessly along the streets,
poking his way about and loitering continually at shop-
windows and second-hand book-stalls.
Fortune
Like Wisdom, Fortune crieth in the streets, and no man
regardeth. There is not an advertisement supplement to
the Times — nay, hardly a half sheet of newspaper that comes
into a house wrapping up this or that, but it gives informa-
tion which would make a man's fortune, if he could only
spot it and detect the one paragraph that would do this
among the 99 which would wreck him if he had anything
to do with them.
224 Higgledy-Piggledy
Gold-Mines
Gold is not found in quartz alone ; its richest lodes are in
the eyes and ears of the public, but these are harder to work
and to prospect than any quartz vein.
Things and Purses
Everything is like a purse — there may be money in it,
and we can generally say by the feel of it whether there is
or is not. Sometimes, however, we must turn it inside out
before we can be quite sure whether there is anything in it
or no. When I have turned a proposition inside out, put
it to stand on its head, and shaken it, I have often been
surprised to find how much came out of it.
Solomon in all his Glory
But, in the first place, the lilies do toil and spin after their
own fashion, and, in the next, it was not desirable that
Solomon should be dressed like a lily of the valley.
David's Teachers
David said he had more understanding than his teachers.
If his teachers were anything like mine this need not imply
much understanding pn David's part. And if his teachers
did not know more than the Psalms — it is absurd. It is
merely swagger, like the German Emperor. [1897.]
S. Michael
He contended with the devil about the body of Moses.
Now, I do not believe that any reasonable person would
contend about the body of Moses with the devil or with any
one else.
One Form of Failure
From a worldly point of view there is no mistake so great
as that of being always right.
Higgledy-Piggledy 225
Andromeda
The dragon was never in better health and spirits than
on the morning when Perseus came down upon him. It
is said that Adromeda told Perseus she had been thinking
how remarkably well he was looking. He had got up quite
in his usual health — and so on.
When I said this to Ballard [a fellow art-student at
Heatherley's] and that other thing which I said about Andro-
meda in Life and Habit* he remarked that he wished it had
been so in the poets,
I looked at him. "Ballard," I said, "I also am 'the
poets.' "
Self -Confidence
Nothing is ever any good unless it is thwarted with self-
distrust though in the main self-confident.
Wandering
When the inclination is not obvious, the mind meanders,
or maunders, as a stream in a flat meadow.
Poverty
I shun it because I have found it so apt to become con-
tagious ; but I fancy my constitution is more seasoned against
it now than formerly. I hope that what I have gone through
may have made me immune.
• Pedals or Drones
The discords of every age are rendered possible by being
taken on a drone or pedal of cant, common form and con-
ventionality. This drone is, as it were, the flour and suet
of a plum pudding.
* "So, again, it is said that when Andromeda and Perseus had
travelled but a little way from the rock where Andromeda had so
long been chained, she began upbraiding him with the loss of her
dragon who, on the whole, she said, had been very good to her. The
only things we really hate are unfamiliar things." Life & Habit,
Chapter VIII, p. 138/9-
226 Higgledy-Piggledy
Evasive Nature
She is one long This-way-and-it-isness and, at the same
time, That-way-and-it-isn'tness. She flies so like a snipe that
she is hard to hit.
Fashion
Fashion is like God, man cannot see it in its holy of holies
and live. And it is, like God, increate, springing out of
nothing, yet the maker of all things — ever changing yet
the same yesterday, to-day and for ever.
Doctors and Clergymen
A physician's physiology has much the same relation to
his power of healing as a cleric's divinity has to his power of
influencing conduct.
God is Love
I dare say. But what a mischievous devil Love is!
Common Chords
If Man is the tonic and God the dominant, the Devil is
certainly the sub-dominant and Woman is the relative minor.
God and the Devil
God and the Devil are an effort after specialisation and
division of labour.
Sex
The sexes are the first — or are among the first great ex-
periments in the social subdivision of labour.
Women
If you choose to insist on the analogies and points of
resemblance between men and women, they are so great
that the diflferences seem indeed small. If, on the other hand,
you are in a mood for emphasising the points of difference,
Higgledy-Piggledy 227
you can show that men and women have hardly anything
in common. And so with anything : if a man wants to make
a case he can generally find a way of doing so.
Offers of Marriage
Wbmen sometimes say that they have had no offers, and
only wish that some one had ever proposed to them. This
is not the right way to put it. What they should say is
that though, like all women, they have been proposing to nien
all their lives, yet they grieve to remember that they have
been invariably refused.
Marriage
i
The question of marriage or non-marriage is only the
question of whether it is better to be spoiled one way or
another.
ii
In matrimony, to hesitate is sometimes to be saved.
iii
Inoculation, or a hair of the dog that is going to bite you —
this principle should be introduced in respect of marriage
and speculation.
Life and Love
To live is like to love — ^all reason is against it, and all
healthy instinct for it.
The Basis of Life
We may say what we will, but Life is, au fond, sensual.
Woman Sufifrage
I will vote for it when women have left off making a noise
in the reading-room of the British Museum, when they leave
off wearing high head-dresses in the pit of a theatre and
when I have seen as many as twelve women in all catch hold
of the strap or bar on getting into an omnibus.
228 Higgledy-Piggledy
Manners Makyth Man
Yes, but they make woman still more.
Women and Religion
It has been said that all sensible men are of the same
religion and that no sensible man ever says what that religion
is. So all sensible men are of the same opinion about women
and no sensible man ever says what that opinion is.
Happiness
Behold and see if there be any happiness like unto the hap-
piness of the devils when they found themselves cast out
of Mary Magdalene.
Sorrow within Sorrow
He was in reality damned glad; he told people he was
sorry he was not more sorry, and here began the first genuine
sorrow, for he was really sorry that people would not believe
he was sorry that he was not more sorry.
Going Away
I can generally bear the separation, but I don't like the
leave-taking.
XV
Titles and Subjects
Titles
A GOOD title should aim at making what follows as far as
possible superfluous to those who know anything of the
subject.
"The Ancient Mariner"
This poem would not have taken so well if it had been
called "The Old Sailor," so that Wardour Street has itsi
uses.
For Unwritten Articles, Essays, Stories
The Art of Quarrelling.
Christian Death-beds.
The Book of Babes and Sucklings.
Literary Struldbrugs.
The Life of the World to Come
The Limits of Good Faith.
Art, Money and Religion.
The Third Class Excursion Train, or Steam-boat, as the
Church of the Future.
The Utter Speculation involved in much of the good advice
that is commonly given — as never to sell a reversion, etc.
Tracts for Children, warning them against the virtues of
their elders.
Making Ready for Death as a Means of Prolonging Life.
An Essay concerning Human Misunderstanding. So Mc-
CuUoch [a fellow art-student at Hieatherley's, a very fine
draughtsman] used to say that he drew a great many lines
and saved the best of them. Illusion, mistake, action taken
229
230 Titles and Subjects
in the dark — these are among the main sources of our prog-
ress.
The Elements of Immorality for the Use of Earnest
Schoolmasters.
""T'amily Prayers : A series of perfectly plain and sensible
ones asking for what people really do want v((ithout any kind
of humbug.
A Penitential Psalm as David would have written it if he
had been reading Herbert Spencer.
A Few Little Crows which I have to pick with various
people.
The Scylla of Atheism and the Qiarybdis of Christianity.
The Battle of the Prigs and Blackguards.
That Good may Come.
The Marriage of Inconvenience.
The Judicious Separation.
Fooling Around.
Higgledy-piggledy.
The Diseases and Ordinary Causes of Mortality among
Friendships.
The finding a lot of old photographs at Herculaneum or
Thebes ; and they should turn out to be of no interest.
On the points of resemblance and difference between the
dropping off of leaves from a tree and the dropping off of
guests from a dinner or a concert.
The Sense of Touch : An essay showing that all the senses
resolve themselves ultimately into a sense of touch, and
that eating is touch carried to the bitter end. So there is
but one sense — touch — and the amoeba has it. When I look
upon the foraminifera I look upon myself.
The China Shepherdess with Lamb on public-house chim-
ney-pieces in England as against the Virgin with Child in
Italy.
For a Medical pamphlet: Cant as a means of Prolonging
Life.
For an Art book: The Complete Pot-boiler; or what to
paint and how to paint it, with illustrations reproduced from
contemporary exhibitions and explanatory notes.
For a Picture: St. Francis preaching to Silenus. Fra
Angelico and Rubens might collaborate to produce this pic-
ture.
Titles and Subjects 231
The Happy Mistress. Fifteen mistresses apply for three
cooks and the mistress who thought herself nobody is chosen
by the beautiful and accomplished cook.
The Complete Drunkard. He would not give money to
sober people, he said they would only eat it and send their
children to school with it.
The Contented Porpoise. It knew it was to be stuffed
and set up in a glass case after death, and looked forward
to this as to a life of endless happiness.
The Flying Balance. The ghost of an old cashier haunts
a ledger, so that the books always refuse to balance by the
sum of, say, £1.15.11. No matter how many accountants
are called in, year after year the same error always turns
up; sometimes they think they have it right and it turns
out there was a mistake, so the old error reappears. At
last a son and heir is born, and at some festivities the
old cashier's name is mentioned with honour. This lays
his ghost. Next morning the books are found correct and
remain so.
A Dialogue between Isaac and Ishmael on the night that
Isaac came down from the mountain with his father. The
rebellious Ishmael tries to stir up Isaac, and that good young
man explains the righteousness of the transaction — ^without
much effect.
Bad Habits: on the dropping them gradually, as one
leaves off requiring them, on the evolution principle.
A Story about a Freethinking Father who has an illegiti-
mate son which he considers the proper thing; he finds this
son taking to immoral ways, e.g. he turns Christian, becomes
a clerg^yman and insists on marrying.
For a Ballad: Two sets of rooms in some alms-houses
at Cobham near Gravesend have an inscription stating that
they belong to "the Hundred of Hoo in the Isle of
Grain." These words would make a lovely refrain for a
ballad.
A story about a man who suffered from atrophy of the
purse, or atrophy of the opinions; but whatever the disease
some plausible Latin, or imitation-Latin name must be found
for it and also some cure.
A Fairy Story modelled on the Ugly Duckling of Hans
Andersen about a bumptious boy whom all the nice boys
232 Titles and Subjects
hated. He finds out that he was really at last caressed by
the Huxleys and T3mdalls as one of themselves.
A Collection of the letters of people who have committed
suicide; and also of people who only threaten to do so.
The first may be got abundantly from reports of coroners'
inquests, the second would be harder to come by.
The Structure and Comparative Anatomy of Fads, Fancies
and Theories; showing, moreover, that men and women
exist only as the organs and tools of the ideas that dominate
them; it is the fad that is alone living.
An Astronomical Speculation: Each fixed star has a
separate god whose body is his own particular solar system,
and these gods know each other, move about among each
other as we do, laugh at each other and criticise one another's
work. Write some of their discourses with and about one
another.
Imaginary Worlds
A world exactly, to the minutest detail, a duplicate of
our own, but as we shall be five hundred, or from that
to twenty thousand, years hence. Let there be also
another world, a duplicate of what we were five hundred
to twenty thousand years ago. There should be many
worlds of each kind at different dates behind us and ahead
of us.
I send a visitor from a world ahead of us to a world behind
us, after which he comes to us, and so we learn what happened
in the Homeric age. My visitor will not tell me what has
happened in his own world since the time corresponding to
the present moment in our world, because the knowledge
of the future would be not only fatal to ourselves but would
upset the similarity between the two worlds, so they would
be no longer able to refer to us for information on any point
of history from the moment of the introduction of the dis-
turbing element.
When they are in doubt about a point in their past history
that we have not yet reached they make preparation and
forecast its occurrence in our world as we foretell eclipses
and transits of Venus, and all their most accomplished his-
torians investigate it; but if the conditions for observation
have been unfavourable, or if they postpone consideration
Titles and Subjects 233
of the point till the time of its happening here has gone by,
then they must wait for many years till the same combination
occurs in some other world. Thus they say, "The next
beheading of King Charles I will be in Aid. b. x. 231 J" — or
whatever the name of the star may be — "on such and such
a day of such and such a year, and there will not be another
in the lifetime of any man now living," or there will, in such
and such a star, as the case may be.
Communication with a world twenty thousand years ahead
of us might ruin the human race as effectually as if we had
fallen into the sun. It would be too wide a cross. The
people in my supposed world know this and if, for any reason,
they want to kill a civilisation, stuff it and put it into a
museum, they tell it something that is too much ahead of
its other ideas, something that travels faster than thought,
thus setting an avalanche of new ideas tumbling in upon
it and utterly destroying everything. Sometimes they
merely introduce a little poisonous microbe of thought
which the cells in the world where it is introduced do not
know how to deal with — some such trifle as that two and
two make seven, or that you can weigh time in scales by
the pound; a single such microbe of knowledge placed in
the brain of a fitting subject would breed like wild fire and
kill all that came in contact with it.
And so on.
An Idyll
I knew a South Italian of the old Greek blood whose
sister told him when he was a boy that he had eyes like a
cow.
Raging with despair and grief he haunted the fountains
and looked into the mirror of their waters. "Are my eyes,"
he asked himself with horror, "are they really like the eyes
of a cow?" "Alas!" he was compelled to answer, "they
are only too sadly, sadly like them."
And he asked those of his playmates whom he best knew
and trusted whether it was indeed true that his eyes were
like the eyes of a cow, but he got no comfort from any of
them, for they one and all laughed at him and said that they
were not only like, but very like. Then grief consumed his
234 Titles and Subjects
soul, and he could eat no food, till one day the loveliest girl
in the place said to him:
"Gaetano, my grandmother is ill and cannot get her fire-
wood ; come with me to the bosco this evening and help me
to bring her a load or two, will you?"
And he said he would go.
So when the sun was well down and the cool night air
was sauntering under the chestnuts, the pair sat together
cheek to cheek and with their arms round each other's
waists.
"O Gaetano," she exclaimed, "I do love you so very
dearly. When you look at me your eyes are like — ^they are
like the eyes" — here she faltered a little — "the eyes of a
cow."
Thenceforward he cared not. . . .
And so on.
A Divorce Novelette
The hero and heroine are engaged against their wishes.
They like one another very well but each is in love with
some one else; nevertheless, under an uncle's will, they
forfeit large property unless they marry one another, so
they get married, making no secret to one another that they
dislike it very much.
On the evening of their wedding day they broach the
subject that has long been nearest to their hearts — the pos-
sibility of being divorced. They discuss it tearfully, but
the obstacles seem insuperable. Nevertheless they agree
that faint heart never yet got rid of fair lady, "None but
the brave," exclaims the husband, "deserve to lose the fair,"
and they plight their most solemn vows that they will hence-
forth live but for the object of getting divorced from one
another.
But the course of true divorce never did run smooth, and
the plot turns upon the difficulties that meet them and how
they try to overcome them. At one time they seem almost
certain of success, but the cup is dashed from their lips
and is farther off than ever.
At last an opportunity occurs in an unlooked-for manner.
They are divorced and live happily apart ever afterwards.
Titles and Subjects 235
The Moral Painter
A Tale of Double Personality
Once upon a time there was a painter who divided his
life into two halves; in the one half he painted pot-boilers
for the market, setting every consideration aside except
that of doing for his master, the public, something for which
he could get paid the money on which he lived. He was
great at floods and never looked at nature excejpt in order
to see what would make most show with least expense. On
the whole he found nothing so cheap to make and easy to
sell as veiled heads.
The other half of his time he studied and painted with
the sincerity of Giovanni Bellini, Rembrandt, Holbein or
De Hooghe. He was then his own master and thought
only of doing his work as well as he could, regardless of
whether it would bring him anything but debt and abuse
or not. He gave his best without receiving so much as
thanks.
He avoided the temptation of telling either half about the
other.
Two Writers
One left little or nothing about himself and the world
complained that it was puzzled. Another, mindful of this,
left copious details about himself, whereon the world said
that it was even more puzzled about him than about the
man who had left nothing, till presently it found out that
it was also bored, and troubled itself no more about either.
The Archbishop of Heligoland
The Archbishop of Heligoland believes his faith, and it
makes him so unhappy that he finds it impossible to advise
any one to accept it. He summons the Devil, makes a com-
pact with him and is relieved by being made to see that there
was nothing in it — whereon he is very good and happy and
leads a most beneficent life, but is haunted by the thought
that on his death the Devil will claim his bond. This terror
236 Titles and Subjects
grows greater and greater, and he determines to see the Devil
again.
The upshot of it all is that the Devil turns out to have
been Christ w^ho has a dual life and appears sometimes as
Christ and sometimes as the Devil.*
* Butler gave this as a subject to Mr. E. P. Larken who made it into
a short story entitled "The Priest's Bargain," which appeared in the
Pall Mall Magazine, May, 1897.
XVI
Written Sketches
Literary Sketch-Books
The true writer will stop everywhere and anywhere to put
down his notes, as the true painter will stop everywhere and
anywhere to sketch.
I do not see why an author should not have a sale of
literary sketches, each one short, slight and capable of being
framed and glazed in small compass. They would make
excellent library decorations and ought to fetch as much as
an artist's sketches. They might be cut up in suitable lots,
if the fashion were once set, and many a man might be
making provision for his family at odd times with his notes
as an artist does with his sketches.
London
If I were asked what part of London I was most identified
with after Clifford's Inn itself, I should say Fetter Lane^—
every part of it. Just by the Record Office is one of the places
where I am especially prone to get ideas ; so also is the other
end, about the butcher's shop near Hblbom. The reason in
both cases is the same, namely, that I have about had time to
settle down to reflection after leaving, on the one hand, my
rooms in Clifford's Inn, and, on the other, Jones's rooms in
Barnard's Inn where I usually spend the evening. The subject
which has occupied my mind during the day being approached
anew after an interval and a shake, some fresh idea in con-
nection with it often strikes me. But long before I knew
Jones, Fetter Lane was always a street which I was more in
than perhaps any other in London. Leather Lane, the road
through Lincoln's Inn Fields to the Museum, the Embank-
ment, Fleet Street, the Strand and Charing Cross come next.
237
238 Written Sketches
A Clifford's Inn xEuphemism
People when they want to get rid of their cats, and do not
like killing them, bring them to the garden of Qifford's Inn,
drop them there and go away. In spite of all that is said
about cats being able to find their way so wonderfully, they
seldom do find it, and once in Clifford's Inn the cat generally
remains there. The technical word among the laundresses in
the inn for this is, "losing" a cat :
"Poor thing, poor thing," said one old woman to me a few
days ago, "it's got no fur on its head at all, and no doubt
that's why the people she lived with lost her."
London Trees
They are making a great outcry about the ventilators on
the Thames Embankment, just as they made a great outcry
about the Grifiin in Fleet Street. [See Alps and Sanctuaries.
Introduction.] They say the ventilators have spoiled the
Thames Embankment. They do not spoil it half so much as
the statues do — indeed, I do not see that they spoil it at all.
The trees that are planted everywhere are, or will be, a more
serious nuisance. Trees are all very well where there is plenty
of room, otherwise they are a mistake; they keep in the
moisture, exclude light and air, and their roots disturb
foundations ; most of our London Squares would look much
better if the trees were thinned. I should like to cut down all
the plane trees in the garden of Clifford's Inn and leave only
the others.
What I Said to the Milkman
One afternoon I heard a knock at the door and found it was
the milkman. Mrs. Doncaster [his laundress] was not there,
so I took in the milk myself. The milkman is a very nice
man, and, by way of making himself pleasant, said, rather
complainingly, that the weather kept very dry.
I looked at him significantly and said : "Ah, yes, of course
for your business you must find it very inconvenient," and
laughed.
He saw he had been caught and laughed too. It was a very
Written Sketches 239
old joke, but he had not expected it at tha): particular moment,
and on the top of such an innocent remark.
The Return of the Jews to Palestine
A man called on me last week and proposed gravely that I
should write a book upon an idea which had occurred to a
friend of his, a Jew living in New Bond Street. It was a plan
requiring the co-operation of a brilliant writer and that was
why he had come to me. If only I would help, the return of
the Jews to Palestine would be rendered certain and easy.
There was no trouble about the poor Jews, he knew how he
could get them back at any time; the difficulty lay with the
Rothschilds, the Oppenheims and such; with my assistance,
however, the thing could be done.
I am afraid I was rude enough to decline to go into the
scheme on the ground that I did not care twopence whether
the Rothschilds and Oppenheims went back to Palestine or
not. This was felt to be an obstacle; but then he began to
try and make me care, whereupon, of course, I had to get
rid of him. [1883.]
The Great Bear's Barley-Water
Last night Jones was walking down with me from Staple
Inn to Clifford's Inn, about 10 o'clock, and we saw the Great
Bear standing upright on the tip of his tail which was coming
out of a chimney pot. Jones said it wanted attending to.
I said:
"Yes, but to attend to it properly we ought to sit up with
it all night, and if the Great Bear thinks that I am going to sit
by his bed-side and give him a spoonful of barley-water every
ten minutes, he will find himself much mistaken." [ 1892.]
The Cock Tavern
I went into Fleet Street one Sunday morning last November
[ 1882] with my camera lucida to see whether I should like to
make a sketch of the gap made by the demolition of the Cock
Tavern. It was rather pretty, with an old roof or two behind
and scaffolding about and torn paper hanging to an exposed
party-wall and old fireplaces and so on, but it was not very
240 Written Sketches
much out of the way. Still I would have taken it if it had not
been the Cock. I thought of all the trash that has been written
about it and of Tennyson's plump head waiter (who by the
way used to swear that he did not know Tennyson and that
Tennyson never did resort to the Cock) and I said to myself:
"No — ^you may go. I will put out no hand to save you."
Myself in Dowie's Shop
I always buy ready-made boots and insist on taking those
which the shopman says are much too large for me. By this
means I keep free from corns, but I have a great deal of
trouble generally with the shopman. I had got on a pair once
which I thought would do, and the shopman said for the third
or fourth time :
"But really, sir, these boots are much too large for you."
I turned to him and said rather sternly, "Now, you made
that remark before."
There was nothing in it, but all at once I became aware that
I was being watched, and, looking up, saw a middle-aged
gentleman eyeing the whole proceedings with much amuse-
ment. He was quite polite but he was obviously exceedingly
amused. I can hardly tell why, nor why I should put such a
trifle down, but somehow or other an impression was made
upon me by the affair quite out of proportion to that usually
produced by so small a matter.
My Dentist
Mr. Forsyth had been stopping a tooth for me and then
talked a little, as he generally does, and asked me if I knew
a certain distinguished literary man, or rather journalist. I
said No, and that I did not want to know him. The paper
edited by the gentleman in question was not to my taste. I
was a4iterary Ishmael, and preferred to remain so. It was
my 'role.i
- "IF seems to me," I continued, "that if a man will only
be careful not to write about things that he does not under-
stand, if he will use the tooth-pick freely and the spirit twice
a day, and cftme to you again in October, he will get on very
well without knowing any of the big-wigs."
Written Sketches 241
"The tooth-pick freely" and "the spirit twice a day" being
tags of Mr. Forsyth's, he laughed.
Furber the Violin-Maker
From what my cousin [Reginald E. Worsley] and Gogin
both tell me I am sure that Furber is one of the best men we
have. My cousin did not like to send Hyam to him for a
violin: he did not think him worthy to have one. Furber
does not want you to buy a violin unless you can appreciate
it when you have it. My cousin says of him :
"He is generally a little tight on a Saturday afternoon.
He always speaks the truth, but on Saturday afternoons it
comes pouring out more."
"His joints [i.e. the joints of the violins he makes] are the
closest and neatest that were ever made."
"He always speaks of the comers of a fiddle; Haweis
would call them the points. Haweis calls it *e neck of a
fiddle. Furber always the handle."
My cousin says he would like to take his violins to bed
with him.
Speaking of Strad violins Furber said: "Rough, rough
linings, but they look as if they grew together."
' One day my cousin called and Furber, on opening the door,
before saying "^ow do you do?" or any word of greeting,
said very quietly:
"The dog is dead."
My cousin, having said what he thought sufficient, took up
a violin and played a few notes. Furber evidently did not like
it. Rose, the dog, was still unburied ; she was laid out in that
very room. My cousin stopped. Then Mrs. Furber came in.
R. E. W. "I am very sorry, Mrs. Furber, to hear about
Rose."
Mrs. F. "Well, yes sir. But I suppose it is all for the best."
R. E. W. "I am afraid you will miss her a great deal."
Mrs. F. "No doubt we shall, sir ; but you see she is only
gone a little while before us."
R. E. W. "Oh, Mrs. Furber, I hope a good long while."
Mrs. F. (brightening). "Well, yes sir, I don't want to go
just yet, though Mr. Furber does say it is a happy thing to
die."
242 Written Sketches
My cousin says that Furber hardly knows any one by their
real name. He identifies them by some nickname in connec-
tion with the fiddles they buy from him or get him to repair,
or by some personal peculiarity.
"There is one man," said my cousin, "whom he calls
'diaphragm' because he wanted a fiddle made with what he
called a diaphragm in it. He knows Dando and Carrodus and
Jenny Lind, but hardly any one else."
"Who is Dando?" said I.
"Why, Dando? Not know Dando? He was George the
Fourth's music master, and is now one of the oldest members
of the profession."
Window Cleaning in the British Museum
Reading-Room
Once a year or so the figures on the Assyrian bas-reliefs
break adrift and may be seen, with their scaling ladders and
all, cleaning the outside of the windows in the dome of the
reading-room. It is very pretty to watch them and they
would photograph beautifully. If I live to see them do it
again I must certainly snapshot them. You can see them
smoking and sparring, and this year they have left a little
hole in the window above the clock.
The Electric Light in its Infancy
I heard a woman in a 'bus boring her lover about the
electric light. She wanted to know this and that, and the
poor lover was helpless. Then she said she wanted to know
how it was regulated. At last she settled down by saying
that she knew it was in its infancy. The word "infancy"
seemed to have a soothing effect upon her, for she said no
more but, leaning her head against her lover's shoulder, com-
posed herself to slumber.
Fire
I was at one the other night and heard a man say : "That
corner stack is alight now quite nicely." People's sympathies
seem generally to be with the fire so long as no one is in
danger of being burned.
Written Sketches 243
Adam and Eve
A little boy and a little girl were looking at a picture of
Adam and Eve.
"Which is Adam and which is Eve ?" said one.
"I do not know," said the other, "but I could tell if they
had their clothes on."
Does Mamma Know?
A father was telling his eldest daughter, aged about six,
that she had a little sister, and was explaining to her how nice
it all was. The child said it was delightful and added:
"Does Mamma know ? Let's go and tell her."
Mr. Darwin in the Zoological Gardens
Frank Darwin told me his father was once standing near
the hippopotamus cage when a little boy and girl, aged four
and five, came up. The hippopotamus shut his eyes for a
minute.
"That bird's dead," said the little girl ; "come along."
Terbourg
Gogin told me that Berg, an impulsive Swede whom he had
known in Laurens's studio in Paris and who painted very
well, came to London and was taken by an artist friend
[Henry Scott Tuke, a.r.a.] to the National Gallery where he
became very enthusiastic about the Terbourgs. They then
went for a walk and, in Kensington Gore, near one of the
entrances to Hyde Park or Kensington Gardens, there was
an old Irish apple-woman sitting with her feet in a basket,
smoking a pipe and selling oranges.
"Arranges two a penny, sorr," said the old woman in a
general way.
And Berg, turning to her and throwing out his hands
appealingly, said:
"O, madame, avez-vous vu las Terbourgs? Allez voir les
Terbourgs."
He felt that such a big note had been left out of the life of
any one who had not seen them.
244 Written Sketches
At Doctors' Commons
A woman once stopped me at the entrance to Doctors*
Commons and said:
"If you please, sir, can you tell me — is this the place that
I came to before?"
Not knowing where she had been before I could not tell her.
The Sack of Khartoum
As I was getting out of a 'bus the conductor said to me in a
confidential tone :
"I say, what does that mean ? 'Sack of Khartoum' ? What
does 'Sack of Khartoum' mean?"
"It means," said I, "that they've taken Khartoum and
played hell with it all round."
He understood that and thanked me, whereon we parted.
Missolonghi
Ballard [a fellow art-student with Butler at Heatherley's]
told me that an old governess, some twenty years since, was
teaching some girls modern geography. One of them did
not know the name Missolonghi. The old lady wrung her
hands :
"Why, me dear," she exclaimed, "when I was your age I
could never hear the name mentioned without bursting into
tears."
I should perhaps add that Byron died there.
Memnon
I saw the driver of the Hampstead 'bus once, near St.
Giles's Church — an old, fat, red-faced man sitting bolt up-
right on the top of his 'bus in a driving storm of snow, fast
asleep with a huge waterproof over his great-coat which
descended with sweeping lines on to a tarpaulin. All this rose
out of a cloud of steam from the horses. Hie had a short clay
pipe in his mouth but, for the moment, he looked just like
Memnon.
Written Sketches 245
Manzi the Model
They had promised him sittings at the Royal Academy
and then refused him on the ground that his legs were too
hairy. He complained to Gogin:
"Why," said he, "I sat at the Slade School for the figure
only last week, and there were five ladies, but not one of them
told me my legs were too hairy."
A Sailor Boy and Some Chickens
A pretty girl in the train had some chirping chickens
about ten days' old in a box labelled "German egg powders.
One packet equal to six eggs." A sailor boy got in at Basing-
stoke, a quiet, reserved youth, well behaved and unusually
good-looking. By and by the chickens were taken out of the
box and fed with biscuit on the carriage seat. This thawed
the boy who, though he fought against it for some time,
yielded to irresistible fascination and said :
"What are they?"
"Chickens," said the girl.
"Will they grow bigger?"
"Yes."
Then the boy said with an expression of infinite wonder:
"And did you hatch them from they powders ?"
We all laughed till the boy blushed and I was very sorry
for him. If we had said they had been hatched from the
powders he would have certainly believed us.
Gogin, the Japanese Gentleman and the
Dead Dog
Gogin was one day going down Cleveland Street and saw an
old, lean, careworn man crying over the body of his dog which
had been just run over and killed by the old man's own cart.
I have no doubt it was the dog's fault, for the man was in
great distress ; as for the dog there it lay all swelled and livid
where the wheel had gone over it, its eyes protruded from
their sockets and its tongue lolled out, but it was dead. The
old man gazed on it, helplessly weeping, for some time and
246 Written Sketches
then got a large piece of brown paper in which he wrapped up
the body of his favourite; he tied it neatly with a piece of
string and, placing it in his cart, went homeward with a heavy
heart. The day was dull, the gutters were full of cabbage
stalks and the air resounded with the cry of costermongers.
On this a Japanese gentleman, who had watched the scene,
lifted up his voice and made the bystanders a set oration. He
was very yellow, had long black hair, gold spectacles and a
top hat ; he was a typical Japanese, but he spoke English per-
fectly. He said the scene they had all just witnessed was a
very sad one and that it ought not to be passed over entirely
without comment. He explained that it was very nice of the
good old man to be so sorry about his dog and to be so careful
of its remains and that he and all the bystanders must sym-
pathise with him in his grief, and as the expression of their
sympathy, both with the man and with the poor dog, he had
thought fit, with all respect, to make them his present speech.
I have not the man's words but Gogin said they were like
a Japanese drawing, that is to say, wonderfully charming, and
showing great knowledge but not done in the least after the
manner in which a European would do them. The bystanders
stood open-mouthed and could make nothing of it, but they
liked it, and the Japanese gentleman liked addressing them.
When he left off and went away they followed him with their
eyes, speechless.
St. Pancras' Bells
Gogin lives at 164 Euston Road, just opposite St. Pancras
Church, and the bells play doleful hymn tunes opposite his
window which worries him. My St. Dunstan's bells near
Clifford's Inn play doleful hymn tunes which enter in at my
window; I not only do not dislike them, but rather, like them;
they are so silly and the bells are out of tune. I never yet was
annoyed by either bells, or street music except when a loud
piano organ strikes up outside the public-house opposite my
bedroom window after I am in bed and when I am just going
to sleep. However, Jones was at Gogin's one summer evening
and the bells struck up their dingy old burden as usual. The
tonic bell on which the tune concluded was the most stuffy
and out of tune. Gogin said it was like the smell of a bug.
Written Sketches 247
At Eynsford
I saw a man painting there the other day but passed his
work without looking at it and sat down to sketch some
hundred of yards off. In course of time he came strolling
round to see what I was doing and I, not knowing but what
he might paint much better than I, was apologetic and said
I was not a painter by profession.
"What are you ?" said he.
I said I was a writer.
"Dear me," said he. "Why that's my line— I'm a
writer."
I lavighed and said I hoped he made it pay better than I
did. He said it paid very well, and asked me where I lived
and in what neighbourhood my connection lay. I said I had
no connection but only wrote books.
"Oh ! I see. You mean you are an author. I'm not
an author; I didn't mean that. I paint people's names
up over their shops, and that's what we call being a writer.
There isn't a touch on my work as good as any touch on
yours."
I was gratified by so much modesty and, on my way back
to dinner, called to see his work. I am afraid that he was not
far wrong — it was awful.
Omne ignotum pro magmiico holds with painters perhaps
more than elsewhere ; we never see a man sketching, or even
carrying a paint-box, without rushing to the conclusion that
he can paint very well. There is no cheaper way of getting a
reputation than that of going about with easel, paint-box, etc.,
provided one can ensure one's work not being seen. And the
more traps one carries the cleverer people think one.
Mrs. Hicks
She and her husband, an old army sergeant who was all
through the Indian Mutiny, are two very remarkable people;
they keep a public-house where we often get our beer when
out for our Sunday walk. She owns to sixty-seven, I should
think she was a full seventy-five, and her husband, say, sixty-
five. She is a tall, raw-boned Gothic woman with a strong
248 Written Sketches
family likeness to the crooked old crusader who lies in the
church transept, and one would expect to find her body
scrawled over with dates ranging from 400 years ago to the
present time, just as the marble figure itself is. She has a
great beard and moustaches and three projecting teeth in her
lower jaw but no more in any part of her mouth. She moves
slowly and is always a little in liquor besides being singularly
dirty in her person. Her husband is like unto her.
For all this they are hard-working industrious people, keep
no servant, pay cash for everything, are clearly going up
rather than down in the world and live well. She always
shows us what she is going to have for dinner and it is excel-
lent — "And I made the stuffing over night and the gravy first
thing this morning." Each time we go we, find the house a
little more done up. She dotes on Mr. Hicks — we never go
there without her wedding day being referred to. She has
earned her own living ever since she was ten years old, and
lived twenty-nine and a half years in the house from which
Mr. Hicks married her. "I am as happy," she said, "as the
day is long." She dearly loves a joke and a little flirtation. I
always say something perhaps a little impudently broad to
her and she likes it extremely. Last time she sailed smilingly
out of the room, doubtless to tell Mr. HJcks, and came back
still smiling.
When we come we find her as though she had lien among
the pots, but as soon as she has given us our beer, she goes
upstairs and puts on a cap and a clean apron and washes her
face — that is to say, she washes a round piece in the middle
of her face, leaving a great glory of dirt showing all round it.
It is plain the pair are respected by the manner in which all
who come in treat them.
Last time we were there she said she hoped she should not
die yet.
"You see," she said, "I am beginning now to know how
to live."
These were her own words and, considering the circum-
stances under which they were spoken, they are enough to
stamp the speaker as a remarkable woman. She has got as
much from age and lost as little from youth as woman can
well do. Nevertheless, to look at, she is like one of the
witches in Macbeth.
Written Sketches 249
New-Laid Eggs
When I take my Sunday walks in the country, I try to buy
a few really new-laid eggs warm from the nest. At this time
of the year (January) they are very hard to come by, and I
have long since invented a sick wife who has implored me to
get her a few eggs laid not earlier than the self-same morning.
Of late, as I am getting older, it has become my daughter
who has just had a little baby. This will generally draw a
new-laid egg, if there is one about the place at all.
At Harrow Weald it has always been my wife who for
years has been a great sufferer and finds a really new-laid egg
the one thing she can digest in the way of solid food. So I
turned her on as movingly as I could not long since, and was
at last sold some eggs that were no better than common shop
eggs, if so good. Next time I went I said my poor wife had
been made seriously ill by them ; it was no good trying to de-
ceive her ; she could tell a new-laid egg from a bad one as well
as any woman in London, and she had ■ such a high temper
that it was very unpleasant for me when she found herself
disappointed.
"Ah! sir," said the landlady, "but you would not like to
lose her."
"Ma'am," I replied, "I must not allow my thoughts to
wander in that direction. But it's no use bringing her stale
eggs, anyhow."
"The Egg that Hen Belonged to"
I got some new-laid eggs a few Sundays ago. The landlady
said they were her own, and talked about them a good deal.
She pointed to one of them and said:
"Now, would you believe it? The egg that hen belonged
to laid 53 hens running and never stopped."
She called the egg a hen and the hen an egg. One would
have thought she had been reading Life and Habit [p. 134 and
passim] .
At Englefield Green
As an example of how anything can be made out of any-
thing or done with anything by those who want to do it (as I
250 Written Sketches
said in Life and Habit that a bullock can take an eyelash out
of its eye with its hind-foot — which I saw one of my bullocks
in New Zealand do), at the Barley Mow, Englefield Green,
they have a picture of a horse and dog talking to one another,
made entirely of butterflies' wings, and very well and spir-
itedly done too.
They have another picture, done in the same way, of a grey-
hound running after a hare, also good but not so good.
At Abbey Wood
I heard a man say to another: "I went to live there just
about the time that beer came down from 5d. to 4d. a pot.
That will give you an idea when it was."
At Ightham Mote
We took Ightham on one of our Sunday walks about a fort-
night ago, and Jones and I wanted to go inside over the house.
My cousin said, "You'd much better not, it will only un-
settle your history."
We felt, however, that we had so little history to unsettle
that we left him outside and went in.
Dr. Mandell Creighton and Mr. W. S. Rockstro
"The Bishop had been reading Mr. Samuel Butler's en-
chanting book Alps and Sanctuaries and determined to visit
some of the places there described. We divided our time be-
tween the Italian lakes and the lower slopes of the Alps and
explored many mountain sanctuaries. . . . As a result of this
journey the Bishop got to know Mr. S. Butler. He wrote to
tell him the pleasure his books had given us and asked him to
visit us. After this he came frequently and the Bishop was
m.uch attracted by his original mind and stores of out-of-the-
way knowledge." (The Life and Letters of Dr. Mandell
Creighton by his Wife, Vol. H, p. 83.)
The first time that Dr. Creighton asked me to come down
to Peterborough in 1894 before he became Bishop of London,
I was a little doubtful whether to go or not. As usual, I
consulted my good clerk, Alfred, who said :
Written Sketches 251
"Let me have a look at his letter, sir."
I gave him the letter, and he said:
"I see, sir, there is a crumb of tobacco in it; I think you
may go."
I went and enjoyed myself very much. I should like to
add that there are very few men who have ever impressed me
so profoundly and so favourably as Dr. Creighton. I have
often seen him since, both at Peterborough and at Fulham,
and like and admire him most cordially.*
I paid my first visit to Peterborough at a time when that
learned musician and incomparable teacher, Mr. W. S.
Rockstro, was giving me. lessons in medieval counterpoint;
so I particularly noticed the music at divine service. The
hymns were very silly, and of the usual Gounod-Bamby
character. Their numbers were posted up in a frame and I
saw there were to be five, so I called the first Farringdon
Street, the second King's Cross, the third Gower Street, the
fourth Portland Road, and the fifth Baker Street, those being
stations on my way to Rickmansworth, where I frequently
go for a walk in the country.
In his private chapel at night the bishop began his verse
of the psalms always well before we had done the response
to the preceding verse. It reminded me of what Rockstro
had said a few weeks earlier to the effect that a point of
imitation was always more effective if introduced before the
other voices had finished. I told Rockstro about it and said
that the bishop's instinct had guided him correctly — certainly
I found his method more satisfactory than if he had waited
till we had finished. Rockstro smiled, and knowing that I
was at the time forbidden to work, said :
"Satan finds some mischief still for idle brains to do."
* This note is one of those that appeared in the New Quarterly
Review. The Hon. Mrs. Richard Grosvenor did not see it there, but
a few years later I lent her my copy. She wrote to me 31 December,
191 1 :
"The notes are delightful. By the way I can add to one. When
Mr. Butler came to tell me he was going to stay with Dr. Creighton,
he told me that Alfred had decided he might go on finding the little
flake of tobacco in the letter. Then he asked me if I would lend him
a prayer-book as he thought the bishop's man ought to find one in his
portmanteau when he unpacked, the visit being from a Saturday to
Monday. I fetched one and he said:
"'Is it cut?'"
252 Written Sketches
Talking of Rockstro, he scolded me once and said he
wondered how I could have done such a thing as to call
Handel "one of the greatest of all musicians," referring to
the great chords in Erewhon. I said that if he would look
again at the passage he would find I had said not that Handel
was "one of the greatest" but that he was "the greatest of all
musicians," on which he apologised.
Pigs
We often walk from Rickmansworth across Moor Park to
Pinner. On getting out of Moor Park there is a public-house
just to the left where we generally have some shandy-gaff and
buy some eggs. The landlord had a noble sow which I
photographed for him ; some months afterwards I asked how
the sow was. She had been sold. The landlord knew she
ought to be killed and made into bacon, but he had been
intimate with her for three years and some one else must eat
her, not he.
"And what," said I, "became of her daughter?"
"Oh, we killed her and ate her. You see we had only
known her eighteen months."
I wonder how he settled the exact line beyond which
intimacy with a pig must not go if the pig is to be eaten.
Mozart
An old Scotchman at Boulogne was holding forth on the
beauties of Mozart, which he exemplified by singing thus :
P
J iH H .1 ' 1 1 r TfFJ
^
7 4. -'^d
D
The catalogue of the Browne medals alone will in time come
to occupy several hundreds of pages in the University Cal-
endar.
There was a professor who was looked upon as such a
valuable man because he had done more than any other
living person to suppress any kind of originality.
Material for Erewhon Revisited 293
"It is not our business," he used to say, "to help students
to think for themselves— surely this is the very last thing that
one who wishes them well would do by them. Our business is
to make them think as we do, or at any rate as we consider it
expedient to say we do."
He was President of the Society for the Suppression of
Useless Knowledge and for the Complete Obliteration of the
Past.
They have professional mind-dressers, as we have hair-"
dressers, and before going out to, dinner or fashionable At-
homes, people go and get themselves primed with smart say-
ings or moral reflections according to the style which they
think will be most becoming to them in the kind of company _
they expect.
They deify as God something which I can only translate by
a word as underivable as God — I mean Gumption. But it is
part of their religion that there should be no temple to Gump-
tion, nor are there priests or professors of Gumption. Gump-
tion being too ineffable to hit the sense of human definition
and analysis.
They hold that the function of universities is to make learn-
ing repellent and thus to prevent its becoming dangerously
common. And they discharge this beneficent function all the
more eifitiently because they do it unconsciously and auto-
matically. The professors think they are advancing healthy
intellectual assimilation and digestion when they are in reality
little better than cancer on the stomach.
Let them be afflicted by an epidemic of the fear-of-giving-
themselves-away disease. Enumerate its symptoms. There
is a new discovery whereby the invisible rays that emanate
from the soul can be caught and all the details of a man's
spiritual nature, his character, disposition, principles, &c. be
photographed on a plate as easily as his face or the bones of
his hands, but no cure for the f. o. g. th. a. disease has yet
been discovered.
They have a company for ameliorating the condition of
those who are in' a f utiire state, and for improving the future
state itself.
People are buried alive for a week before they are married
294 Material for Erewhon Revisited
so that their offspring may know something about the grave,
of which, otherwise, heredity could teach it nothing.
It has long been held that those constitutions are best
which promote most effectually the greatest happiness of the
greatest number. Now the greatest number are none too wise
and none too honest, and to arrange our systems with a view
to the greater happiness of sensible straightforward people —
indeed to give these people a chance at all if it can be avoided
— is to interfere with the greatest happiness of the greatest
number. Dull, slovenly and arrogant people do not like those
who are quick, painstaking and unassuming; how can we
then consistently with the first principles of either morality
or political economy encourage such people when we can
bring sincerity and modesty fairly home to them ?
Much we have to tolerate, partly because we cannot always
discover in time who are really insincere and who are only
masking sincerity under a garb of flippancy, and partly also
because we wish to err on the side of letting the guilty escape
rather than of punishing the innocent. Thus many people
who are perfectly well known to belong to the straightforward
class are allowed to remain at large and may even be seen
hobnobbing and on the best of possible terms with the guar-
dians of public immorality. W,e all feel, as indeed has been
said in other nations, that the poor abuses of the time want
countenance, and this moreover in the interests of the uses
themselves, for the presence of a small modicum of sincerity
acts as a wholesome stimulant and irritant to the prevailing
spirit of academicism; moreover, we hold it useful to have
a certain number of melancholy examples whose notorious
failure shall serve as a warning to those who do not cultivate
a power of immoral self-control which shall prevent them
from saying, or indeed even thinking, an3^hing that shall not
be to their immediate and palpable advantage with the great-
est number.
It is a point of good breeding with the Erewhonians to keep
their opinions as far as possible in the background in all cases
where controversy is even remotely possible, that is to say
whenever conversation gets beyond the discussion of the
weather. It is found necessary, however, to recognise some
means of ventilating points on which differences of opinion
Material for Erewhon Revisited 295
may exist, and the convention adopted is that whenever a
man finds occasion to speak strongly he should express him-
self by dwelling as forcibly as he can on the views most op-
posed to his own ; even this, however, is tolerated rather than
approved, for it is counted the perfection of scholarship and
good breeding not to express, and much more not even to
have a definite opinion upon any subject whatsoever. ;
Thus their "yea" is "nay" and their "nay," "yea," but
it comes to the same thing in the end, for it does not matter
whether "yea" is called "yea" or "nay" so long as it is
understood as "yea." They go a long way round only to find
themselves at the point from which they started, but there is
no accounting for tastes. With us such tactics are incon-
ceivable, but so far do the Erewhonians carry them that it is
common for them to write whole reviews and articles between
the lines of which a practised reader will detect a sense exactly
contrary to that ostensibly put forward; nor is a man held
to be more than a tyro in the arts of polite society unless he
instinctively suspects a hidden sense in every proposition
that meets him. I was more than once misled by these
plover-like tactics, and on one occasion was near getting into
a serious scrape. It happened thus : —
A man of venerable aspect was maintaining that pain was a
sad thing and should not be permitted under any circum-
stances. People ought not even to be allowed to suffer for the
consequences of their own folly, and should be punished for it
severely if they did. If they could only be kept from making
fools of themselves by the loss of freedom or, if necessary, by
some polite and painless method of extinction — which meant
hanging — then they ought to be extinguished. If permanent
improvement can only be won through ages of mistake and
suffering, which must be all begun de novo for every fresh im-
provement, let us be content to forego improvement, and let
those who suffer their lawless thoughts to stray in this direc-
tion be improved from off the face of the earth as fast as
possible. No remedy can be too drastic for such a disease as
the pain felt by another person. We find we can generally
bear the pain ourselves when we have to do so, but it is in-
tolerable that we should know it is being borne by any one
else. The mere sight of pain unfits people for ordinary life,
the wear and tear of which would be very much reduced if we
296 Material for Erewhon Revisited
would be at any trouble to restrain the present almost un-
bounded licence in the matter of suffering — 3. licence that
people take advantage of to make themselves as miserable as
they please, without so much as a thought for the feelings of
others. Hence, he maintained, the practice of putting dupes
in the same category as the physically diseased or the unlucky
was founded on the eternal and inherent nature of things, arid
could no more be interfered with than the revolution of the
earth on its axis.
He said a good deal more to the same effect, and I \yas
beginning to wonder how much longer he would think it
necessary to insist on what was so obvious, when his hearers
began to differ from him. One dilated on the correlation
between pain and pleasure which ensured that neither could
be extinguished without the extinguishing along with it of
the other. Another said that throughout the animal and vege-
table worlds there was found what might be counted as a sys-
tem of rewards and punishments; this, he contended, must
cease to exist (and hence virtue must cease) if the pain at-
taching to misconduct were less notoriously advertised. An-
other maintained that the horror so freely expressed by many
at the sight of pain was as much selfish as not — and so on.
Let Erewhon be revisited by the son of the original writer —
let him hint that his father used to write the advertisements
for Mother Seigel's Syrup. He gradually worked his way up
to this from being a mere writer of penny tracts. [Dec. 1896.]
On reaching the country he finds that divine honours are
being paid him, churches erected to him, and a copious
mythology daily swelling, with accounts of the miracles he
had worked and all his sayings and doings. If any child got
hurt he used to kiss the place and it would get well at once.
Everything has been turned topsy-turvy in consequence of
Jiis flight in the balloon being ascribed to miraculous agency.
Among other things, he had maintained that sermons
should be always preached by two people, one taking one side
and another the opposite, while a third summed up and the
congregation decided by a show of hands.
This system had been adopted and he goes to hear a sermon
On the Growing Habit of Careful Patient Investigation as
Encouraging Casuistry. [October 1897.]
XIX
Truth and Convenience
Opposites
You may have all growth or nothing growth, just as you may
have all mechanism or nothing mechanism, all chance or
nothing chance, but you must not mix them. Having settled
this, you must proceed at once to mix them.
Two Points of View
Everything must be studied from the point of view of itself,
as near as we can get to this, and from the point of view of its
relations, as near as we can get to them. If we try to see it
absolutely in itself, unalloyed with relations, we shall find, by
and by, that we have, as it were, whittled it away. If we try
to see it in its relations to the bitter end, we shall find that
there is no corner of the universe into which it does not enter^
Either way the thing eludes us if we try to grasp it with the
homy hands of language and conscious thought. Either way
we can think it perfectly well — so long as we don't think about
thinking about it. The pale cast of thought sicklies over
everything.
Practically everything should be seen as itself pure and
and simple, so far as we can comfortably see it, and at the
same time as not itself, so far as we can comfortably see it,
and then the two views should be combined, so far as we can
comfortably combine them. If we cannot comfortably com-
bine them, we should think of something else.
Truth
i
We can neither define what we mean by truth nor be in
doubt as to our meaning. And this I suppose must be due to
297
298 Truth and Convenience
the antiquity of the instinct that, on the whole, directs us
towards truth. We cannot self-vivisect ourselves in respect
of such a vital function, though we can discharge it normally
and easily enough so long as we do not think about it.
The pursuit of truth is chimerical. That is why it is so
hard to say what truth is. There is no permanent absolute
unchangeable truth ; what we should pursue is the most con-
venient arrangement of our ideas.
iii
There is no such source of error as the pursuit of absolute
truth.
iv
A. B. was so impressed with the greatness and certain
ultimate victory of truth that he considered it unnecessary
to encourage her or do anything to defend her.
He who can best read men best knows all truth that need
concern him ; for it is not what the thing is, apart from man's
thoughts in respect of it, but how to reach the fairest compro-
mise between men's past and future opinions that is the fittest
object of consideration ; and this we get by reading men and
women.
vi
Truth should not be absolutely lost sight of, but it should
not be talked about.
vii
Some men love truth so much that they seem to be in con-
tinual fear lest she should catch cold on over-exposure.
viii
The firmest line that can be drawn upon the smoothest
paper has still jagged edges if seen through a microscope.
This does not matter until important deductions are made on
the supposition that there are no jagged edges.
Truth and Convenience 299
ix
Truth should never be allowed to become extreme ; other-
wise it will be apt to meet and to run into the extreme of
falsehood. It should be played pretty low down — to the pit
and gallery rather than the stalls. Pit-truth is more true to
the stalls than stall-truth to the pit.
X
An absolute lie may live — for it is a true lie, and is saved by
being flecked with a grain of its opposite. Not so absolute
truth.
xi
Whenever we push truth hard she runs to earth in contra-
diction in terms, that is to say, in falsehood. An essential
contradiction in terms meets us at the end of every enquiry.
xii
In Alps and Sanctuaries (Chapter V) I implied that I was
lying when I told the. novice that Handel was a Catholic.
But I was not lying ; Handel was a Catholic, and so am I, and
so is every well-disposed person. It shows how careful we
ought to be when we lie — we can never be sure but what we
may be speaking the truth.
xiii
Perhaps a little bit of absolute truth on any one question
might prove a general solvent, and dissipate the universe.
xiv
Truth generally is kindness, but where the two diverge or
collide, kindness should override truth.
Falsehood
i
Truth consists not in never lying but in knowing when to
lie and when not to do so. De minimis non curat veritas.
Yes, but what is a minimum? Sometimes a maximum is a
minimtmi and sometimes it is the other way.
ii
Lying is like borrowing or appropriating in music. It is
300 Truth and Convenience
only a good, sound, truthful person who can lie to any good
purpose; if a man is not habitually truthful his very lies will
be false to him and betray him. The converse also is true ; if
a man is not a good, sound, honest, capable liar there is no
truth in him.
iii
Any fool can tell the truth, but it requires a man of some
sense to know how to lie well.
iv
I do not mind lying, but I hate inaccuracy.
A friend who cannot at a pinch remember a thing or two
that never happened is as bad as one who does not know how
to forget.
vi
Cursed is he that does not know when to shut his mind.
An open mind is all very well in its way, but it ought not to
be so open that there is no keeping anything in or out of it.
It should be capable of shutting its doors sometimes, or it may
be found a little draughty.
vii
He who knows not how to wink knows not how to see ; and
he who knows not how to lie knows not how to speak the
truth. So he who cannot suppress his opinions cannot express
them.
viii
There can no more be a true statement without falsehood
distributed through it, than a note on a well-tuned piano that
is not intentionally and deliberately put out of tune to some
extent in order to have the piano in the most perfect possible
tune. Any perfection of tune as regards one key can only be
got at the expense of all the rest.
ix
Lying has a kind of respect and reverence with it. We pay
a person the compliment of acknowledging his superiority
whenever we lie to him.
Truth and Convenience 301
I seem to see lies crowding and crushing at a narrow gate
and working their way in along with truths into the domain
of history.
Nature's Double Falsehood
That one great lie she told about the earth being flat when
she knew it was round all the time ! And again how she stuck
to it that the sun went round us when it was we who were
going round the sun ! This double falsehood has irretrievably
ruined my confidence in her. There is no lie which she will
not tell and stick to like a Gladstonian. How plausibly she
told her tale, and how many ages was it before she was so
much as suspected ! And then when things did begin to look
bad for her, how she brazened it out, and what a desperate
business it was to bring her shifts and prevarications to book !
Convenience
i
We wonder at its being as hard often to discover con-
venience as it is to discover truth. But surely convenience is
truth.
ii
The use of truth is like the use of words ; both truth and
words depend greatly upon custom.
iii
We do with truth much as we do with God. We create it
according to our own requirements and then say that it has
created us, or requires that we shall do or think so and so —
whatever we find convenient.
iv
"What is Truth ?" is often asked, as though it were harder
to say what truth is than what anything else is. But what is
Justice? What is anything? An eternal contradiction in
terms meets us at the end of every enquiry. We are not re-
quired to know what truth is, but to speak the truth, and so
with justice.
302 Truth and Convenience
The search after truth is like the search after perpetual
motion or the attempt to square the circle. All we should aim
at is the most convenient way of looking at a thing — ^the way
that most sensible people are likely to find give them least
trouble for some time to come. It is not true that the sun
used to go round the earth until Copemicus's time, but it is
true that until Copemicus's time it was most convenient to us
to hold this. Still, we had certain ideas which could only fit
in comfortably with our other ideas when we came to consider
the sun as the centre of the planetary system.
Obvious convenience often takes a long time before it is
fully recognised and acted upon, but there will be a iiism
towards it as long and as widely spread as the desire of men
to be saved trouble. If truth is not trouble-saving in the long
run it is not truth : truth is only that which is most largely and
permanently trouble-saving. The ultimate triumph, there-
fore, of truth rests on a very tangible basis — ^much more so
than when it is made to depend upon the will of an unseen
and unknowable agency. If my views about the Odyssey, for
example, will, in the long run, save students from perplexity,
the students will be sure to adopt them, and I have no wish
that they should adopt them otherwise.
It does not matter much what the truth is, but our knowing
the truth — that is to say our hitting on the most permanently
convenient arrangement of our ideas upon a subject whatever
it may be — matters very much; at least it matters, or may
matter, very much in some relations. And however little it
matters, yet it matters, and however much it matters yet it
does not matter. In the utmost importance there is unim-
portance, and in the utmost importance there is im-
portance. So also it is with certainty, life, matter, necessity,
consciousness and, indeed, with everything which can form
an object of human sensation at all, or of those after-reason-
ings which spring ultimately from sensations. This is a
round-about way of saying that every question has two sides.
vi
Our concern is with the views we shall choose to take and
to let other people take concerning things, and as to the way
of expressing those views which shall give least trouble. If
Truth and Convenience 303
we express ourselves in one way we find our ideas in confu-
sion and our action impotent: if in another our ideas cohere
harmoniously, and our action is edifying. The convenience of
least disturbing vested ideas, and at the same time rearranging
our views in accordiance with new facts that come to our
knowledge, this is our proper care. But it is idle to say we do
not know anything about things — perhaps we do, perhaps we
don't — ^but we at any rate know what sane people think and
are likely to think about things, and this to all intents and
purposes is knowing the things themselves. For the things
only are what sensible people agree to say and think they are.
vii
The arrangement of our ideas is as much a matter of con-
venience as the packing of goods in a druggist's or draper's
store and leads to exactly the same kind of difficulties in the
matter of classifying them. We all admit the arbitrariness of
classifications in a languid way, but we do not think of it more
than we can help — I suppose because it is so inconvenient to
do so. The great advantage of classification is to conceal the
fact that subdivisions are as arbitrary as they are.
Classification
There can be no perfect way, for classification presupposes
that a thing has absolute limits whereas there is nothing that
does not partake of the universal infinity — nothing whose
boundaries do not vary. Everything is one thing at one time
and in some respects, and another at other times and in other
respects. We want a new mode of measurement altogether ;
at present we take what gaps we can find, set up milestones,
and declare them irremovable. We want a measure which
shall express, or at any rate recognise, the harmonics of re-
semblance that lurk even in the most absolute differences and
vice versa.
Attempts at Classification
are like nailing battens of our own flesh and blood upon our-
selves as an inclined plane that we may walk up ourselves
more easily ; and yet it answers very sufficiently.
304 Truth and Convenience
A Clergyman's Doubts
Under this heading a correspondence appeared in the Ex-
aminer, ii,th Febrimry to 14th June, 1879. Butler wrote all the
letters un^er various signatures except one or perhaps two. His
first letter purported to come from "An Earnest Clergyman"
aged forty-iive, with a wife, live children, a country living
worth £400 a year, and a house, but no private means. He had
ceased to believe in the doctrines he was called upon to teach.
Ought he to continue to lead a life that was a lie or oitght he to
throw up his orders and plunge himself, his wife and children
into poverty? The dilemma interested Butler deeply: he might
so easily have found hinuself in it if he had not begun to doubt
the efficacy of infant baptism when he did. Fifteen letters fol-
lowed^signed "Cantab," "Oxoniensis," and so forth, somerecom-
m^nding one course, some another. One, signed "X.Y.Z.," irir
eluded "The Righteous Man" which will be found in the last
group of this volume, headed "Poems." From the following
letter signed "Ethics" Butler afterwards took two passages
(which I have enclosed, one between single asterisks the other
between double asterisks) , and used them for the "Dissertation
on Lying" which is in Chapter V of Alps and Sanctuaries.
To the Editor of the Exa^niner.
Sir: I am sorry for your correspondent "An Earnest
Clergyman" for, though he may say he has "come to smile at
his troubles," his smile seems to be a grim one. We must all
of us eat a peck of moral dirt before we die, but some must
know more precisely than others when they are eating it;
some, again, can bolt it without wry faces in one shape, while
they cannot endure even the smell of it in another. "An
Earnest Qergyman" admits that he is in the habit of telling
people certain things which he does not believe, but says he
has no great fancy for deceiving himSelf. "Cantab" must, I
fear, deceive himself before he can tolerate the notion of de-
ceiving other people. For my own part I prefer to be deceived
by one who does not deceive himself rather than by one who
does, for the first will know better when to stop, and will not
commonly deceive me more than he can help. As for the
other — if he does not know how to invest his own thoughts
safely he will invest mine still worse ; he will hold God's most
Truth and Convenience 305
precious gift of falsehood too cheap; he has come by it too
easily; cheaply come, cheaply go will be his maxim. The
good liar should be the converse of the poet; he should be
made, not bom.
It is not loss of confidence in a man's strict adherence to the
letter of truth that shakes my confidence in him. I know what
I do myself and what I must lose all social elasticity if I were
not to do. *Turning for moral guidance to my cousins the
lower animals — whose unsophisticated instinct proclaims
what God has taught them with a directness we may some-
times study — I find the plover lying when she reads us truly
and, knowing that we shall hit her if we think her to be down,
lures us from her young ones under the fiction of a broken
wing. Is God angry, think you, with this pretty deviation
from the letter of strict accuracy? or was it not He who
whispered to her to tell the falsehood, to tell it with a circum-
stance, without conscientious scruples, and not once only but
to make a practice of it, so as to be an habitual liar for at least
six weeks in the year? I imagine so. When I was young I
used to read in good books that it was God who taught the
bird to make her nest, and, if so, He probably taught each
species the other domestic arrangements which should be best
suited to it. Or did the nest-building information come from
God and was there an Evil One among the birds also who
taught them to steer clear of pedantry? Then there is the
spider — an ugly creature, but I suppose God likes it — can any-
thing be meaner than that web which naturalists extol as such
a marvel of Providential ingenuity?
Ingenuity! The word reeks with lying. Once, on a sum-
mer afternoon, in a distant country I met one of those orchids
whose main idea consists in the imitation of a fly; this lie
they dispose so plausibly upon their petals that other flies
who would steal their honey leave them unmolested. Watch-
ing intently and keeping very still, methought I heard this
person speaking to the offspring which she felt within her
though I saw them not.
"My children," she exclaimed, "I must soon leave you;
think upon the fly, my loved ones ; make it look as terrible as
possible; cling to this thought in your passage through life,
for it is the one thing needful ; once lose sight of it and you
are lost."
3o6 Truth and Convenience
Over and over again she sang this burden in a small, still
voice, and so I left her. Then straightway I came upon some
butterflies whose profession it was to pretend to believe in all
manner of vital truths which in their inner practice they re-
jected ; thus, pretending to be certain other and hateful but-
terflies which no bird will eat by reason of their abominable
smell, these cunning ones conceal their own sweetness, live
long in the land and see good days. Think of that, O Earnest
Clergyman, my friend ! No. Lying is like Nature, you may
expel her with a fork, but she will always come back again.
Lying is like the poor, we must have it always with us. The
question is, How much, when, where, to whom and under
what circumstances is lying right? For, once admit that a
plover may pretend to have a broken wing and yet be without
sin if she have pretended well enough, and the thin edge of the
wedge has been introduced so that there is no more saying
that we must never lie.*
It is not, then, the discovery that a man has the power to lie
that shakes my confidence in him; it is loss of confidence in
his mendacity that I find it impossible to get over. I forgive
him for telHng me lies, but I cannot forgive him for not telling
me the same lies, or nearly so, about the same things. This
shows he has a slipshod memory, which is unpardonable, or
else that he tells so many lies that he finds it impossible to re-
member all of them, and this is like having too many of the
poor always with us. The plover and the spider have each of
them their stock of half a dozen lies or so which we may ex-
pect them to tell when occasion arises ; they are plausible and
consistent, but we know where to have them; otherwise, if
they were liable, like self-deceivers, to spring mines upon us
in unexpected places, man would soon make it his business to
reform them — not from within, but from without.
And now it is time I came to the drift of my letter, which is
that if "An Earnest Qergyman" has not cheated himself into
thinking he is telling the truth, he will do no great harm by
stopping where he is. Do not let him make too much fuss
about trifles. The solemnity of the truths which he professes
to uphold is very doubtful; there is a tacit consent that it
exists more on paper than in reality. If he is a man of any
tact, he can say all he is compelled to say and do all the
Church requires of him — like a gentleman, with neither undue
Truth and Convenience 307
slovenliness nor undue unction — yet it shall be perfectly plain
to all his parishioners who are worth considering that he is
acting as a mouthpiece and that his words are spoken dramati-
cally. As for the unimaginative, they are as children; they
cannot and should not be taken into account. Men must live
as they must write or act — for a certain average standard
which each must guess at for himself as best he can; those
who are above this standard he cannot reach; those, again,
who are below it must be so at their own risk.
Pilate did well when he would not stay for an answer to his
question. What is truth? for there is no such thing apart
from the sayer and the sayee. **There is that irony in nature
which brings it to pass that if the sayer be a man with any
stuff in him, provided he tells no lies wittingly to himself and
is never unkindly, he may lie and lie and lie all the day long,
and he will no more be false to any man than the sun will
shine by night; his lies will become truths as they pass into
the hearer's soul. But if a man deceives himself and is un-
kind, the truth is not in him, it turns to falsehood while yet in
his mouth, like the quails in the wilderness of Sinai. How
this is so or why, I know not, but that the Lord hath mercy
on whom He will have mercy and whom He willeth He hard-
eneth, and that the bad man can do no right and the good no
wrong.**
A great French writer has said that the mainspring of our
existence does, not lie in those veins and nerves and arteries
which have been described with so much care — these are but
its masks and mouthpieces through which it acts but behind
which it is for ever hidden ; so in like manner the faiths and
formulae of a Church may be as its bones and animal mechan-
ism, but they are not the life of the Church, which is some-
thing rather that cannot be holden in words, and one should
know how to put them off, yet put them off gracefully, if they
wish to come too prominently forward. Do not let "An Ear-
nest Clergyman" take things too much au serieux. He seems
to be fairly contented where he is ; let him take the word of
one who is old enough to be his father, that if he has a talent
for conscientious scruples he will find plenty of scope for
them in other professions as well as in the Church. I, for
aught he knows, may be a doctor and I might tell my own
story ; or I may be a barrister and have found it my duty to
3o8 Truth and Convenience
win a case which I thought a very poor one, whereby others,
whose circumstances were sufficiently pitiable, lost their all;
yet doctors and barristers do not write to the newspapers to
air their poor consciences in broad daylight. Why should An
Earnest (I hate the word) Clergyman do so? Let me give
him a last word or two of fatherly advice.
Men may settle small things for themselves — as what they
will have for dinner or where they will spend the vacation —
but the great ones — such as the choice of a profession, of the
part of England they will live in, whether they will marry or
no — ^they had better leave the force of circumstances to settle
for them ; if they prefer the phraseology, as I do myself, let
them leave these matters to God. When He has arranged
things for them, do not let them be in too great a hurry to
upset His arrangement in a tiff. If they do not like their
present and another opening suggests itself easily and natu-
rally, let them take that as a sign that they make a change;
otherwise, let them see to it that they do not leave the frying-
pan for the fire. A man, finding himself in the field of a pro-
fession, should do as cows do when they are put into a field
of grass. They do not like any field; they like the open
prairie of their ancestors. They walk, however, all round
their new abode, surveying the hedges and gates with much
interest. If there is a gap in any hedge they will commonly
go through it at once, otherwise they will resign themselves
contentedly enough to the task of feeding.
I am. Sir,
One who thinks he knows a thing or two about
Ethics.
XX
First Principles
The Baselessness of Our Ideas
That our ideas are baseless, or rotten at the roots, is what
few who study them will deny ; but they are rotten in the same
way as property is robbery, and property is robbery in the
same way as our ideas are rotten at the roots, that is to say it
is a robbery and it is not. No title to property, no idea and
no living form (which is the embodiment of idea) is inde-
feasible if search be made far enough. Granted that our
thoughts are baseless, yet they are so in the same way as the
earth itself is both baseless and most firmly based, or again
most stable and yet most in motion.
Our ideas, or rather, I should say, our realities, are all of
them like our Gods, based on superstitious foundations. If
man is a microcosm then kosmos is a megalanthrope and that
is how we come to anthropomorphise the deity. In the eternal
pendulum swing of thought we make God in our own image,
and then make him make us, and then find it out and cry
because we have no God and so on, over and over again as a
child has new toys given to it, tires of them, breaks them and
is disconsolate till it gets new ones which it will again tire of
and break. If the man who first made God in his own image
had been a good model, all might have been well ; but he was
impressed with an undue sense of his own importance and, as
a natural consequence, he had no sense of humour. Both
these imperfections he has fully and faithfully reproduced in
his work and wto the result we are familiar. All our most
solid and tangible realities are but as lies that we have told
too often henceforth to question them. But we have to ques-
tion them sometimes. It is not the sun that goes round the
world but we who go round the sun.
If any one is for examining and making requisitions on title
309
3IO First Principles
we can search too, and can require the, title of the state as
against any other state, or against the world at large. But
suppose we succeed in this, we must search further still and
show by what title mankind has ousted the lower animals, and
by what title we eat them, or they themselves eat grass or one
another.
See what quicksands we fall into if we wade out too far
from the terra ftrma of common consent ! The error springs
from supposing that there is any absolute right or absolute
truth, and also from supposing that truth and right are any
the less real for being not absolute but relative. In the com-
plex of human affairs we should aim not at a supposed abso-
lute standard but at the greatest coming-together-ness or
convenience of all our ideas and practices ; that is to say, at
their most harmonious working with one another. Hit cur-
selves' somewhere we are bound to do : no idea will travel far
without colliding with some other idea. Thus, if we pursue
one line of probable convenience, we find it convenient to see
all things as ultimately one : that is, if we insist rather on the
points of agreement between things than on those of disagree-
ment. If we insist on the opposite view, namely, on the points
of disagreement, we find ourselves driven to the conclusion
that each atom is an individual entity, and that the unity be-
tween even the most united things is apparent only. If we did
not unduly insist upon — that is to say, emphasise and exag-
gerate — the part which concerns us for the time, we should
never get to understand anything; the proper way is to ex-
aggerate first one view and then the other, and then let the
two exaggerations collide, but good-temperedly and according
to the laws of civilised mental warfare. So we see first all
things as one, then all things as many and, in the end, a multi-
tude in unity and a unity in multitude. Care must be taken
not to accept ideas which though very agreeable at first disa-
gree with us afterwards, and keep rising on our mental stom-
achs, as garlic does upon our bodily.
Imagination
i
Imagination depends mainly upon memory, but there is a
small percentage of creation of something out of nothing with
First Principles 3^1
it. We can invent a trifle more than can be got at by mere
combination of remembered things.
ii
When we are impressed by a few only, or perhaps only one
of a number of ideas which are bonded pleasantly together,
there is hope ; when we see a good many there is expectation ;
when we have had so many presented to us that we have ex-
pected confidently and the remaining ideas have not turned
up, there is disappointment. So the sailor says in the play:
"Here are my arms, here is my manly bosom, but where's
my Mary?"
iii
What tricks imagination plays ! Thus, if we expect a per-
son in the street we transform a dozen impossible people into
him while they are still too far off to be seen distinctly; and
when we expect to hear a footstep on the stairs — as, we will
say, the postman's — we hear footsteps in every sound. Im-
agination will make us see a biUiard ball as likely to travel
farther than it will travel, if we hope that it will do so. It
will make us think we feel a train begin to move as soon as
the guard has said "All right," though the train has not yet
begun to move ; if another train alongside begins to move ex-
actly at this juncture, there is no man who will not be de-
ceived. And we omit as much as we insert. We often do not
notice that a man has grown a beard.
~" iv
I read once of a man who was cured of a dangerous illness
by eating his doctor's prescription which he understood was
the medicine itself. So William Sefton Moorhouse [in New
Zealand] imagined he was being converted to Christianity by
reading Burton's Anatomy of Melancholy, which he had got
by mistake for Butler's Analogy, on the recommendation of a
friend. But it puzzled him a good deal.
v
At Ivy Hatch, while we were getting, our beer in the inner
parlour, there was a confused melee of voices in the bar, amid
which I distinguished a voice saying:
"Imagination will do any bloody thing almost."
I was writing Life and Habit at the time and was much
312 First Principles
tempted to put this passage in. Nothing truer has ever been
said about imagination. Then the voice was heard addressing
the barman and saying:
"I suppose you wouldn't trust me with a quart of beer,
would you?"
Inexperience
Kant says that all our knowledge is founded on experience.
But each new small increment of knowledge is not so founded,
and our whole knowledge is made up of the accumulation of
these small new increments not one of which is founded upon
experience. Our knowledge, then, is founded not on experience
but on inexperience ; for where there is no novelty, that is to
say no inexperience, there is no increment in experience. Our
knowledge is really founded upon something which we do not
know, but it is converted into experience by memory.
It is like species — we do not know the cause of the varia-
tions whose accumulation results in species and any expla-
nation which leaves this out of sight ignores the whole diifi-
culty. We want to know the cause of the effect that inex-
perience produces on us.
Ex Nihilo Nihil Fit
We say that everything has a beginning. This is one side of
the matter. There is another according to which everything is
without a beginning — ^beginnings, and endings also, being, but
as it were, steps cut in a slope of ice without which we could
not climb it. They are for convenience and the hardness of
the hearts of men who make an idol of classification, but they
do not exist apart from our sense of our own convenience.
It was a favourite saying with William Sefton Moorhouse
[in New Zealand] that men cannot get rich by swopping
knives. Nevertheless nature does seem to go upon this princi-
ple. Everybody does eat everybody up. Man eats birds, birds
eat worms and worms eat man again. It is a vicious circle,
yet, somehow or other, there is an increment. I begin to
doubt the principle ex nihilo nihil Ht.
We very much want a way of getting something out of
nothing and back into it again. Whether or no we ever shall
get such a way, we see the clearly perceptible arising out of
and returning into the absolutely imperceptible and, so far as
First Principles 313
we are concerned, this is much the same thing. To assume an
unknowable substratum as the source from which all things
proceed or are evolved is equivalent to assuming that they
come up out of nothing ; for that which does not exist for us
is for us nothing ; that which we do not know does not exist
qua us, and therefore it does not exist. When I say "we," I
mean mankind generally, for things may exist qua one man
and not qua another. And when I say "nothing" I postulate
something of which we have no experience.
And yet we cannot say that a thing does not exist till it is
known to exist. The planet Neptune existed though, qua us,
it did not exist before Adams and Leverrier discovered it, and
we cannot hold that its continued non-existence to my laun-
dress, and her husband makes it any the less an entity. We
cannot say that it did not exist at all till it was discovered,
that it exists only partially and vaguely to most of us, that to
many it still does not exist at all, that there are few to whom
it even exists in any force or fullness and none who can realise
more than the broad facts of its existence. Neptune has been
disturbing the orbits of the planets nearest to him for more
centuries than we can reckon, and whether or not he is known
to have been doing so has nothing to do with the matter.
If A is robbed, he is robbed, whether he knows it or
not.
In one sense, then, we cannot say that the planet Neptune
did not exist till he was discovered, but in another we can and
ought to do so. De non apparentibus et non existentibus
eadem est ratio; as long, therefore, as Neptune did not appear
he did not exist qua us. The only way out of it is through
the contradiction in terms of maintaining that a thing exists
and does not exist at one and the same time. So A may be
both robbed, and not robbed.
We consider, therefore, that things have assumed their
present shape by course of evolution from a something which,
qua us, is a nothing, from a potential something but not an
actual, from an actual nothing but a potential not-nothing,
from a nothing which might become a something to us with
any modification on our parts but which, till such modification
has arisen, does not exist in relation to us, though very con-
ceivably doing so in relation to other entities. But this Pro-
tean nothing, capable of appearing as something, is not the
314 First Principles
absolute, eternal, unchangeable nothing that we mean when
we say ex nihilo nihil fit.
The alternative is that something should not have come out
of nothing, and this is saying that something has always
existed. But the eternal increateness of matter seems as
troublesome to conceive as its having been created out of
nothing. I say "seems," for I am not sure how far it really is
so. We never saw something come out of nothing, that is to
say, we never saw a beginning of anything except as the be-
ginning of a new phase of something pre-existent. We ought
therefore to find the notion of eternal being familiar, it ought
to be the only conception of matter which we are able to
form: nevertheless, we are so carried away by being accus-
tomed to see phases have their beginnings and endings that we
forget that the matter, of which we see the phase begin and
end, did not begin or end with the phase.
Eternal matter permeated by eternal mind, matter and
mind being functions of one another, is the least uncomforta-
ble way of looking at the universe; but as it is beyond our
comprehension, and cannot therefore be comfortable, sensible
persons will not look at the universe at all except in such
details as may concern them.
Contradiction in Terms
We pay higher and higher in proportion to the service ren-
dered till we get to the highest services, such as becoming a
Member of Parliament, and this must not be paid at all. If
a man would go yet higher and found a new and permanent
system, or create some new idea or work of art which remains
to give delight to ages — he must not only not be paid, but he
will have to pay very heavily out of his own pocket into the
bargain.
Again, we are to get all men to speak well of us if we can ;
yet we are to be cursed if all men speak well of us.
So when the universe has gathered itself into a single ball
(which I don't for a moment believe it ever will, but I don't
care) it will no sooner have done so, than the bubble will
burst and it will go back to its gases again.
Contradiction in terms is so omnipresent that we treat it
as we treat death, or free-will, or fate, or air, or God, or the
First Principles 3^5
Devil — taking these things so much as matters of course that,
though they are visible enough if we choose to see them, we
neglect them normally altogether, without for a moment in-
tending to deny their existence. This neglect is convenient
as preventing repetitions the monotony of which would de-
feat their own purpose, but people are tempted nevertheless
to forget the underlying omnipresence in the superficial omni-
absence. They forget that its opposite lurks in everything —
that there are harmonics of God in the Devil and harmonics
of the Devil in God.
Contradiction in terms is not only to be excused but there
can be no proposition which does not more or less involve
one.
It is the fact of there being contradictions in terms, which
have to be smoothed away and fused into harmonious ac-
quiescence with their surroundings, that makes life and con-
sciousness possible at all. Unless the unexpected were sprung
upon us continually to enliven us we should pass life, as it
were, in sleep. To a living being no "It is" can be absolute ;
wherever there is an "Is," there, among its harmonics, lurks
an "Is not." When there is absolute absence of "Is not" the
"Is" goes too. And the "Is not" does not go completely till
the "Is" is gone along with it. Every proposition has got a
skeleton in its cupboard.
Extremes
i
Intuition and evidence seem to have something of the same
relation that faith and reason, luck and cunning, free-will
and necessity and demand and supply have. They grow up
hand in hand and no man can say which comes first. It is
the same with life and death, which lurk one within the other
as do rest and unrest, change and persistence, heat and cold,
poverty and riches, harmony and counterpoint, night and day,
summer and winter.
And so with pantheism and atheism; loving everybody is
loving nobody, and God everywhere is, practically, God no-
where. I once asked a man if he was a free-thinker; he
replied that he did not think he was. And so, I have heard
of a man exclaiming "I am an atheist, thank God !" Those
3i6 First Principles
who say there is a God are wrong unless they mean at the
same time that there is no God, and vice versa. The
difference is the same as that between plus nothing and
minus nothing, and it is hard to say which we ought to ad-
mire and thank most — the first theist or the first atheist.
Nevertheless, for many reasons, the plus nothing is to be
preferred.
ii
To be poor is to be contemptible, to be very poor is worse
still, and so on; but to be actually at the point of death
through poverty is to be sublime. So "when weakness is
utter, honour ceaseth." [The Righteous Man, p. 390, post.]
iii
The meeting of extremes is never clearer than in the case
of moral and intellectual strength and weakness. We may
say with Hesiod "How much the half is greater than the
whole!" or with S. Paul "My strength is made perfect in
weakness" ; they come to much the same thing. We all know
strength so strong as to be weaker than weakness and weak-
ness so great as to be stronger than strength.
iv
The Queen travels as the Countess of Balmoral and would
probably be very glad, if she could, to travel as plain Mrs.
Smith. There is a good deal of the Queen lurking in every
Mrs. Smith and, conversely, a good deal of Mrs. Smith lurk-
ing in every queen.
Free- Will and Necessity
As I am tidying up, and the following beginning of a paper
on the above subject has been littering about my table since
December 1889, which is the date on the top of page i, I will
shoot it on to this dust-heap and bury it out of my sight. It
runs :
The difficulty has arisen from our forgetting that contra-
diction in terms lies at the foundation of all our thoughts
as a condition and sine qua non of our being able to think at
all. We imagine that we must either have all free-will and
no necessity, or all necessity and no free-will, and, it being
First Principles 3^7
obvious that our free-will is often overriden by force of cir-
cumstances while the evidence that necessity is overridden
by free-will is harder to find (if indeed it can be found, for
I have not fully considered the matter), most people who
theorise upon this question will deny in theory that there is
any free-will at all, though in practice they take care to act
as if there was. For if we admit that like causes are fol-
lowed by like effects (and everything that we do is based
upon this hypothesis), it follows that every combination of
causes must have some one consequent which can alone follow
it and which free-will cannot touch.
(Yes, but it will generally be found that free-will entered
into the original combination and the repetition of the com-
bination will not be exact unless a like free-will is repeated
along with all the other factors.)
From which it follows that free-will is apparent only, and
that, as I said years ago in Erewhon, we are not free to choose
what seems" best on each occasion but bound to do so, being
fettered to the freedom of our wills throughout our lives.
But to deny free-will is to deny moral responsibility, and
we are landed in absurdity at once — for there is nothing more
patent than that moral responsibility exists. Nevertheless,
at first sight, it would seem as though we ought not to hang
a man for murder if there was no escape for him but that he
must commit one. Of course the answer to one who makes
this objection is that our hanging him is as much a matter of
necessity as his committing the murder.
If, again, necessity, as involved in the certainty that like
combinations will be followed by like consequence, is a basis
on which all our actions are founded, so also is free-will.
This is quite as much a sine qua non for action as necessity
is ; for who would try to act if he did not think that his trying
would influence the result?
We have therefore two apparently incompatible and
mutually destructive faiths, each equally and self-evidently
demonstrable, each equally necessary for salvation of any
kind, and each equally entering into every thought and
action of our whole lives, yet utterly contradictory and
irreconcilable.
Can any dilemma seem more hopeless? It is not a case
of being able to live happily with either were t'other dear
3^8 First Principles
charmer away; it is indispensable that we should embrace
both, and embrace them with equal cordiality at the same
time, though each annihilates the other. It is as though it
were indispensable to our existence to be equally dead and
equally alive at one and the same moment.
Here we have an illustration which may help us. For,
after all, we are both dead and alive at one and the same
moment. There is no life without a taint of death and no
death that is not instinct with a residuum of past life and
with germs of the new that is to succeed it. Let those who
deny this show us an example of pure life and pure death.
Any one who has considered these matters will know this to
be impossible. And yet in spite of this, the cases where we
are in doubt whether a thing is to be more fitly called dead
or alive are so few that they may be disregarded.
I take it, then, that ^s, though alive, we are in part dead
and, though dead, in part alive, so, though bound by necessity,
we are in part free, and, though free, yet in part bound by
necessity. At least I can think of no case of such absolute
necessity in human affairs as that free-will should have no
part in it, nor of such absolute free-will that no part of the
action should be limited and controlled by necessity.
Thus, when a man walks to the gallows, he is under large
necessity, yet he retains much small freedom ; when pinioned,
he is less free, but he can open his eyes and mouth and pray
aloud or no as he pleases ; even when the drop has fallen, so
long as he is "he" at all, he can exercise some, though in-
finitely small, choice. i
It may be answered that throughout the foregoing chain
of actions, the freedom, what little there is of it, is apparent
only, and that even in the small freedoms, which are not so
obviously controlled by necessity, the necessity is still present
as effectually as when the man, though apparently free to
walk to the gallows, is in reality bound to do so. For in
respect of the small details of his manner of walking to the
gallows, which compulsion does not so glaringly reach, what
is it that the man is free to do ? He is free to do as he likes,
but he is not free to do as he does not like; and a man's
likings are determined by outside things and by antecedents,
pre-natal and post-natal, whose effect is so powerful that the
individual who makes the choice proves to be only the r&-
First Principles 3^9
sultant of certain forces which h^ve been brought to bear
upon him but which are not the man. So that it seems there
is no detail, no nook or corner of action, into which necessity
does not penetrate.
This seems logical, but it is as logical to follow instinct and
common sense as to follow logic, and both instinct and com-
mon sense assure us that there is no nook or corner of ac-
tion into which free-will does not penetrate, unless it be
those into which mind does not enter at all, as when a
man is struck by lightning or is overwhelmed suddenly by an
avalanche.
Besides, those who maintain that action is bound to fol-
low choice, while choice can only follow opinion as to ad-
vantage, neglect the very considerable number of cases in
which opinion as to advantage' does not exist — when, for in-
stance, a man feels, as we all of us sometimes do, that he
is utterly incapable of forming any opinion whatever as to
his most advantageous course.
But this again is fallacious. For supprase he decides to
toss up and be guided by the result, this is still what he has
chosen to do, and his action, therefore, is following his choice.
Or suppose, again, that he remains passive and does nothing —
his passivity is his choice.
I can see no way out of it unless either frankly to admit
that contradiction in terms is the bedrock on which all our
thoughts and deeds are founded, and to acquiesce cheerfully
in the fact that whenever we try to go below the surface of
any enquiry we find ourselves utterly bafflted — or to redefine
freedom and necessity, admitting each as a potent factor of
the other. And this I do not see my way to doing. I am
therefore necessitated to choose freely the admission that
our understanding can burrow but a very small way into the
foundations of our beliefs, and can only weaken rather than
strerigthen them by burrowing at all. . ^
Free-Will otherwise Cunning
The element of free-will, cunning, spontaneity, individu-
ality — so omnipresent, so essential, yet so unreasonable,
and so inconsistent with the other element not less omni-
present and not less essential, I mean necessity, luck, fate —
320 First Principles
this element of free-will, which comes from the unseen king-
dom within which the writs of our thoughts run not, must be
carried down to the most tenuous atoms whose action is
supposed most purely chemical and mechanical ; it can never
be held as absolutely eliminated, for if it be so held, there
is no getting it back again, and that it exists, even in the
lowest forms of life, cannot be disputed. Its existence is
one of the proofs of the existence of an unseen world, and a
means whereby we know the little that we do know of that
world.
Necessity otherwise Luck
It is all very well to insist upon the free-will or cunning
side of living action, more especially now when it has been
so persistently ignored, but though the fortunes of birth and
surroundings have all been built up by cunning, yet it is ,by
ancestral, vicarious cunning, and this, to each individual,
comes to much the same as luck pure and simple; in fact,
luck is seldom seriously intended to mean a total denial of
cunning, but is for the most part only an expression whereby
(we summarise and express our sense of a cunning too complex
and impalpable for conscious following and apprehension.
■ When we consider how little we have to do with our parent-
age, country and education, or even with our genus and
species, how vitally these things affect us both in life and
death, and how, practically, the cunning in connection with
them is so spent as to be no cunning at all, it is plain that the
drifts, currents, and storms of what is virtually luck will be
often more than the little helm of cunning can control. And
so with death. Nothing can affect us less, but at the same
time nothing can affect us more; and how little can cunning
do against it ? At the best it can only defer it. Cunning is
nine-tenths luck, and luck is nine-tenths cunning ; but the fact
that nine-tenths of cunning is luck leaves still a tenth part
unaccounted for.
Choice
Our choice is apparently most free, and we are least ob-
viously driven to determine our course, in those cases where
the future is most obscure, that is, when the balance of ad-
vantage appears most doubtful.
First Principles 321
Where we have an opinion that assures us promptly which
way the balance of advantage will incline — whether it be an
instinctive, hereditarily acquired opinion or one rapidly and
decisively formed as the result of post-natal experience — then
our action is determined at once by that opinion, and freedom
of choice practically vanishes.
Ego and Non-Ego
You can have all ego, or all non-ego, but in theory you
cannot have half one and half the other — yet in practice this
is exactly what you must have, for everything is both itself
and not itself at one and the same time.
A living thing is itself in so far as it has wants and gratifies
them. It is not itself in so far as it uses itself as a tool for
the gratifying oi its wants. Thus an amoeba is aware of a
piece of meat which it wants to eat. It has nothing except
its own body to fling at the meat and catch it with. If it had
a little hand-net, or even such an organ as our own hand, it
would use it, but it has only got itself; so it takes itself by
the scruff of its own neck, as it were, and flings itself at the
piece of meat, as though it were not itself but something
which it is using in order to gratify itself. So we make our
owri bodies into carriages every time we walk. Our body is
our tool-box — and our bodily organs are the simplest tools
we can catch hold of.
When the amoeba has got the piece of meat and has done
digesting it, it leaves off being not itself and becomes itself
again. A thing is only itself when it is doing nothing; as
long as it is doing something it is its own tool and not itself.
Or you may have it that everything is itself in respect of
the pleasure or pain it is feeling, but not itself in respect of
the using of itself by itself as a tool with which to work its
will. Or perhaps we should say that the ego remains always
ego in part; it does not become all non-ego at one and the
same time. We throw our fist into a man's face as though
it were a stick we had picked up to beat him with. For the
moment, our fist is hardly "us," but it becomes "us" again
as we feel the resistance it encounters from the man's eye.
Anyway, we can only chuck about a part of ourselves at a
time, we cannot chuck the lot — and yet I do not know this,
322 First Principles
for we may jump off the ground and fling ourselves on to a
man.
The fact that both elements are present and are of such
nearly equal value explains the obstinacy of the conflict be-
tween the upholders of Necessity and Free- Will which, in-
deed, are only luck and cunning under other names.
For, on the one hand, the surroundings so obviously and
powerfully mould us, body and soul, and even the little modi-
fying power which at first we seem to have is found, on
examination, to spring so completely from surroundings
formerly beyond the control of our ancestors, that a logical
thinker, who starts with these premises, is soon driven to the
total denial of free-will, except, of course, as an illusion; in
other words, he perceives the connection between ego and
non-ego, tries to disunite them so as to know when he is
talking about what, and finds to his surprise that he cannot
do so without violence to one or both. Being, above all things,
a logical thinker, and abhorring the contradiction in terms
involved in admitting anything to be both itself and some-
thing other than itself at one and the same time, he makes
the manner in which the one is rooted into the other a pre-
text for merging the ego, as the less bulky of the two, in
the non-ego; hence practically he declares the ego to have
no further existence, except as a mere appendage and adjunct
of the non-ego the existence of which he alone recognises
(though how he can recognise it without recognising also that
he is recognising it as something foreign to himself it is not
easy to see). As for the action and interaction that goes on
in the non-ego, he refers it to fate, fortune, chance, luck,
necessity, immutable law, providence (meaning generally im-
providence) or to whatever kindred term he has most fancy
for. In other words, he is so much impressed with the con-
nection between luck and cunning, and so anxious to avoid
contradiction in terms, that he tries to abolish cunning, and
dwells, as Mr. Darwin did, almost exclusively upon the luck
side of the matter.
Others, on the other hand, find the ego no less striking
than their opponents find the non-ego. Every hour they
mould things so considerably to their pleasure that, even
though they may for argument's sake admit free-will to be
an illusion, they say with reason that no reality can be more
First Principles 323
real than an illusion which is so strong, so persistent and
so universal ; this contention, indeed, cannot be disputed ex-
cept at the cost of invalidating the reality of all even our
most assured convictions. They admit that there is an ap-
parent connection between their ego and non-ego, their
necessity and free-will, their luck and cunning; they grant
that the difference is resolvable into a difference of degree
and not of kind; but, on the other hand, they say that in
each degree there still lurks a little kind, and that a differ-
ence of many degrees makes a difference of kind — there
being, in fact, no difference between differences of degree and
those of kind, except that the second are an accumulation of
the first. The all-powerfulness of the surroundings is declared
by them to be as completely an illusion, if examined closely,
as the power of the individual was declared to be by their
opponents, inasmuch as the antecedents of the non-ego, when
examined by them, prove to be not less due to the personal
individual element everywhere recognisable, than the ego,
when examined by their opponents, proved to be mergeable
in the universal. They claim, therefore, to be able to resolve
everything into spontaneity and free-will with no less logical
consistency than that with which free-will can be resolved
into an outcome of necessity.
Two Incomprehensibles
You may assume life of some kind omnipresent for ever
throughout matter. This is one way. Another way is to
assume an act of spontaneous generation, i.e. a transition
somewhere and somewhen from absolutely non-living to abso-
lutely living. You cannot have it both ways. But it seems
to me that you must have it both ways. You must not be-
gin with life (or potential life) everywhere alone, nor must
you begin with a single spontaneous generation alone, but
you must carry your spontaneous generation (or denial of the
continuity of life) down, ad iMnitium, just as you must carry
your continuity of life (or denial of spontaneous generation)
down ad infinitum and, compatible or incompatible, you must
write a scientific Athanasian Creed to comprehend these two
incomprehensibles.
If, then, it is only an escape from one incomprehensible
324 First Principles
position to another, cui bono to make a change? Why not
stay quietly in the Athanasian Creed as we are? And, after
all, the Athanasian Creed is light and comprehensible read-
ing in comparison with much that now passes for science.
I can give no answer to this as regards the unintelligible
clauses, for what we come to in the end is just as abhorrent
to and inconceivable by reason as what they offer us; but
as regards what may be called the intelligible parts — that
Christ was born of a Virgin, died, rose from the dead — we
say that, if it were not for the prestige that belief in these
alleged facts has obtained, we should refuse attention to
them. Out of respect, however, for the mass of opinion that
accepts them we have looked into the matter with care, and
we have found the evidence break down. The same reasoning
and canons of criticism which convince me that Christ was
crucified convince me at the same, time that he was insuffi-
ciently crucified. I can only accept his death and resurrection
at the cost of rejecting everything that I have been taught
to hold most strongly. I can only accept the so-called tes-
timony in support of these alleged facts at the cost of re-
jecting, or at any rate invalidating, all the testimony on which
I have based all comfortable assurance of any kind what-
soever.
God and the Unknown
God is the unknown, and hence the nothing qua us. He
is also the ensemble of all we know, and hence the everything
qim us. So that the most absolute nothing and the most
absolute everything are extremes that meet (like all other
extremes) in God.
Men think they mean by God something like what Raffaelle
and Michael Angelo have painted; unless this were so Raf-
faelle and Michael Angelo would not have painted as they
did. But to get at our truer thoughts we should look at our
Jess conscious and deliberate utterances. From these it has
teen gathered that God is our expression for all forces and
powers which we do not understand, or with which we are
unfamiliar, and for the highest ideal of wisdom, goodness and
power which we can conceive, but for nothing else.
Thus God makes the grass grow because we do not under-
stand how the air and earth and water near a piece of grass
First Principles 325
are seized by the grass and converted into more grass; but
God does not mow the grass and make hay of it. It is Paul
and Apollos who plant and water, but God who giveth the
increase. We never say that God does anything which we
can do ourselves, or ask him for anything which we know
how to get in any other way. As soon as we understand a
thing we remove it from the sphere of God's action.
As long as there is an unknown there will be a God for all
practical purposes ; the name of God has never yet been given
to a known thing except by way of flattery, as to Roman
Emperors, or through the attempt to symbolise the unknown
generally, as in fetish worship, and then the priests had to tell
the people that there was something more about the fetish
than they knew of, or they would soon have ceased to think
of it as God.
To understand a thing is to feel as though we could stand
under or alongside of it in all its parts and form a picture of
it in our minds throughout. We understand how a violin is
made if our minds can follow the manufacture in all its
detail and picture it to ourselves. If we feel that we can
identify ourselves with the steam and machinery of a steam
engine, so as to travel in imagination with the steam through
all the pipes and valves, if we can see the movement of each
part of the piston, connecting rod, &c., so as to be mentally
one with both the steam and the mechanism throughout their
whole action and construction, then we say we understand
the steam engine, and the idea of God never crosses our minds
in connection with it.
When we feel that we can neither do a thing ourselves,
nor even learn to do it by reason of its intricacy and diffi-
culty, and that no one else ever can or will, and yet we see
the thing none the less done daily and hourly all round us,
then we are not content to say we do not understand how
the thing is done, we go further and ascribe the action to God.
As soon as there is felt to be an unknown and apparently
unknowable element, then, but not till then, does the idea
God present itself to us. So at coroners' inquests juries never
say the deceased died by the visitation of God if they know
any of the more proximate causes.
It is not God, therefore, who sows the corn — we could
sow corn ourselves, we can see the man with a bag in his hand
326 First Principles
walking over ploughed fields and sowing the cofn broadcast —
but it is God who made the man who goes about with the
bag, and who makes the corn sprout, for we do not follow
the processes that take place here.
As long as we knew nothing about what caused this or that
weather we used to ascribe it to God's direct action and pray
him to change it a,ccording to our wants : now that we know
more about the weather there is a growing disinclination
among clerg)rmen to pray for rain or dry weather, while
laymen look to nothing but the barometer. So people do
not say God has shown them this or that when they have
just seen it in the newspapers ; they would only say that God
had shown it them if it had come into their heads suddenly
and after they had tried long and vainly to get at this par-
ticular point.
To lament that we cannot be more conscious of God and
understand him better is much like lamenting that we are not
more conscious of our circulation and digestion. Provided
we live according to familiar laws of health, the less we think
about circulation and digestion the better; and so with the
ordinary rules of good conduct, the less we think about God
the better.
To know God better is only to realise more fully how im-
possible it is that we should ever know him at all. I cannot
tell which is the more childish — ^to deny him, or to attempt
to define him.
Scylla and Charybdis
They are everywhere. Just now coming up Great Russell
Street I loitered outside a print shop. There they were as
usual — Hogarth's Idle and Virtuous Apprentices. The idle
apprentice is certainly Scylla, but is not the virtuous appren-
tice just as much Charybdis? Is he so greatly preferable?
Is not the right thing somewhere between the two ? And does
not the art of good living consist mainly in a fine perception
of when to edge towards the idle and when towards the vir-
tuous apprentice ?
When John Bunyan (or Richard Baxter, or whoever it
was) said "There went John Bunyan, but for the grace of
God" (or whatever he did say), had he a right to be so cock-
First Principles 327
sure that the criminal on whom he was looking was not say-
ing much the same thing as he looked upon John Bunyan?
Does any one who knows me doubt that if I were offered my
choice between a bishopric and a halter, I should choose the
halter? I believe half the bishops would choose the halter
themselves if they had to do it over again.
Philosophy
As a general rule philosophy is like stirring mud or not
letting a sleeping dog lie. It is an attempt to deny, circum-
vent or otherwise escape from the consequences of the inter-
lacing of the roots of things with one another. It professes
to appease our ultimate "Why?" though in truth it is gen-
erally the solution of a simplex ignotum by a complex ig-
notius. This, at least, is my experience of everything that
has been presented to me as philosophy. I have often had
my "Why" answered with so much mystifying matter that I
have left off pressing it through fatigue. But this is not
having my ultimate "Why?" appeased. It is being knocked
out of time.
Philosophy and Equal Temperament
It is with philosophy as with just intonation on a piano,
if you get everything quite straight and on all fours in one
department, in perfect time, it is delightful so long as you
keep well in the middle of the key; but as soon as you
modulate you find the new key is out of tune and the more
remotely you modulate the more out of tune you get. The
only way is to distribute your error by equal temperament
and leave common sense to make the correction in philoso-
phy which the ear does instantaneously and involuntarily in
music.
Hedging the Cuckoo
People will still keep trying to find some formula that
shall hedge-in the cuckoo of mental phenomena to their
satisfaction. Half the books — nay, all of them that deal with
thought and its ways in the academic spirit — are but so many
of these hedges in various stages of decay.
328 First Principles
God and Philosophies
'AH philosophies, if you ride them home, are nonsense;
biit some are greater nonsense than others. It is perhaps
because God does not set much store by or wish to encourage
them that he has attached such very slender rewards to
them.
Common Sense, Reason and Faith
Reason is not the ultimate test of truth nor is it the court
of first instance.
For example : A man questions his own existence ; he ap-
plies first to the court of mother-wit and is promptly told
that he exists; he appeals next to reason and, after some
wrangling, is told that the matter is very doubtful; he pro-
ceeds to the equity of that reasonable faith which inspires and
transcends reason, and the judgment of the court of first
instance is upheld while that of reason is reversed.
Nevertheless it is folly to appeal from reason to faith
unless one is pretty sure of a verdict and, in most cases
about which we dispute seriously, reason is as far as we
need go.
The Credit System
The whole world is carried on on the credit system; if
every one were to demand payment in hard cash, there would
be universal bankruptcy. We think as we do mainly because
other people think so. But if every one stands on every one
else, what does the bottom man stand on ? Faith is no foun-
dation, for it rests in the end on reason. Reason is no founda-
tion, for it rests upon faith.
Argument
We are not won by argument, which is like reading and
writing and disappears when there is need of such vanity,
or like colour that vanishes with too much light or shade, or
like sound that becomes silence in the extremes. Argument
is useless when there is either no conviction at all or a very
strong conviction. It is a means of conviction and as such
First Principles 329
belongs to the means of conviction, not to the extremes. We
are not won by arguments that we can analyse, but by tone
and temper, by the manner which is the man himself.
Logic and Philosophy
When you have got all the rules and all the lore of philoso-
phy and logic well into your head, and have spent years in
getting to understand at any rate what they mean and have
them at command, you will know less for practical purposes
than one who has never studied logic or philosophy.
Science
If it tends to thicken the crust of ice on which, as it were,
we are skating, it is all right. If it tries to find, or professes
to have found, the solid ground at the bottom of the water,
it is all wrong. Our business is with the thickening of this,
crust by extending our knowledge downward from above, as
ice gets thicker while the frost lasts; we should not try to
freeze upwards from the bottom.
Religion
A religion only means something so certainly posed that
nothing can ever displace it. It is an attempt to settle first
principles so authoritatively that no one need so much as
even think of ever re-opening them for himself or feel any,
even the faintest, misgiving upon the matter. It is an at-
tempt to get an irref ragably safe investment, and this cannot
be got, no matter how low the interest, which in the case
of religion is about as low as it can be.
Any religion that cannot be founded on half a sheet of
note-paper will be bottom-heavy, and this, in a matter so
essentially of sentiment as religion, is as bad as being top-
heavy in a material construction. It must of course catch
on to reason, but the less it emphasises the fact the better.
Logic
Logic has no place save with that which can be defined in
words. It has nothing to do, therefore, with those deeper
330 First Principles
questions that have got beyond words and consciousness. To
apply logic here is as fatuous as to disregard it in cases where
it is applicable. The difficulty lies, as it always does, on the
border lines between the respective spheres of influence.
Logic and Faith
Logic is like the sword — ^those who appeal to it shall perish
by it. Faith is appealing to the living God, and one may
perish by that too, but somehow one would rather perish
that way than the other, and one has got to perish sooner
or later.
Common Sense and Philosophy
The voices of common sense and of high philosophy some-
times cross ; but common sense is the unalterable canto fermo
and philosophy is the variable counterpoint.
First Principles
It is said we can build no superstructure without a founda-
tion of unshakable principles. There are no such principles.
Or, if there be any, they are beyond our reach — we cannot
fathom them; therefore, qua us, they have no existence,
for there is no other "is not" than inconceivableness by our-
selves. There is one thing certain, namely, that we can have
nothing certain; therefore it is not certain that we can have
nothing certain. We are as men who will insist on looking
over the brink of a precipice; some few can gaze into the
abyss below without losing their heads, but most men will
grow dizzy and fall. The only thing to do is to glance at the
chaos on which our thoughts are founded, recognise that it
is a chaos and that, in the nature of things, no theoretically
firm ground is even conceivable, and then to turn aside with
the disgust, fear and horror of one who has been looking into
his own entrails.
Even Euclid cannot lay a demonstrable premise, he re-
quires postulates and axioms which transcend demonstration
and without which he can do nothing. His superstructure is
demonstration, his ground is faith. And so his ultima ratio
First Principles 33 1
is to tell a man that he is a fool by saying "Which is absurd."
If his oppoflent chooses to hold out in spite of this, Euclid
can do no more. Faith and authority are as necessary for
him as for any one else. True, he does not want us to believe
very much; his yoke is tolerably easy, and he will not call
a man a fool until he will have public opinion generally on
his side ; but none the less does he begin with dogmatism and
end with persecution.
There is nothing one cannot wrangle about. Sensible peo-
ple will agree to a middle course founded upon a few gen-
eral axioms and propositions about which, right or wrong,
they will not think it worth while to wrangle for some time,
and those who reject these can be put into mad-houses. The
middle way may be as full of hidden rocks as the other ways
are of manifest ones, but it is the pleasantest while we can
keep to it and the dangers, being hidden, are less alarming.
In practice it is seldom very hard to do one's duty when
one knows what it is, but it is sometimes exceedingly diffi-
cult to find this out. The difficulty is, however, often re-
ducible into that of knowing what gives one pleasure, and
this, though difficult, is a safer guide and more easily dis-
tinguished. In all cases of doubt, the promptings of a kindly
disposition are more trustworthy than the conclusions of
logic, and sense is better than science.
Why I should have been at the pains to write such truisms
I know not.
XXI
Rebelliousness
God and Life
We regard these as two distinct things and say that the first
made the second, much as, till lately, we regarded memory
and heredity as two distinct things having less connection
than even that supposed to exist between God and life.
Now, however, that we know heredity to be only a neces-
sary outcome, development and manifestation of memory —
so that, given such a faculty as memory, the faculty of
heredity follows as being inherent therein and bound to
issue from it — in like manner presently, instead of seeing
life as a thing created by God, we shall see God and life as
one thing, there being no life without God nor God without
life, where there is life there is God and where there is God
there is life.
They say that God is love, but life and love are co-exten-
sive; for hate is but a mode of love, as life and death lurk
always in one another ; and "God is life" is not far off saying
"God is love." Again, they say, "Where there is life there
is hope," but hope is of the essence of God, for it is faith and
hope that have underlain all evolution.
God and Flesh
The course of true God never did run smooth. God to be
of any use must be made manifest, and he can only be made
manifest in and through flesh. And flesh to be of any use
(except for eating) must be alive, and it can only be alive
by being inspired of God. The trouble lies in the getting the
flesh and the God together in the right proportions. There
is lots of God and lots of flesh, but the flesh has always got
332
Rebelliousness 333
too much God or too little, and the God has always too little
flesh or too much.
Gods and Prophets
It is the manner of gods and prophets to begin: "Thou
shalt have none other God or Prophet but me." If I were to
start as a god or a prophet, I think I should take the line:
"Thou shalt not believe in me. Thou shalt not have me for
a god. Thou shalt worship any damned thing thou likest
except me." This should be my first and great command-
ment, and my second should be like unto it.*
Faith and Reason
The instinct towards brushing faith aside and being strictly
reasonable is strong and natural; so also is the instinct to-
wards brushing logic and consistency on one side if they be-
come troublesome, in other words — so is the instinct towards
basing action on a faith which is beyond reason. It is be-
cause both instincts are so natural that so many accept and
so many reject Catholicism. The two go along for some
time as very good friends and then fight; sometimes one
beats and sometimes the other, but they always make it up
again and jog along as before, for they have a great respect
for one another.
God and the Devil
God's merits are so transcendent that it is not surprising
his faults should be in reasonable proportion. The faults are,
indeed, on such a scale that, when looked at without relation
to the merits with which they are interwoven, they become
so appalhng that people shrink from ascribing them to the
Deity and have invented the Devil, without seeing that there
would be more excuse for God's killing the Devil, and so
* "Above all things, let no unwary reader do me the injustice
of believing in me. In that I write at all I am among the damned. If
he must believe in anything, let him believe in the music of Handel,
the painting of Giovanni Bellini, and in the thirteenth chapter of
St. Paul's First Epistle to the Corinthians" {Life and Habit, close of
Chapter II).
334 Rebelliousness
getting rid of evil, than there can be for his failing to be
everything that' he would like to be.
For God is not so white as he is painted, and he gets on
better with the Devil than people think. The Devil is too
useful for him to wish him ill and, in like manner, half the
Devil's trade would be at an end should any great mishap
bring God well down in the world. For all the mouths they
make at one another they play into each other's hands and
have got on so well as partners, playing Spenlow and Jorkins
to one another, for so many years that there seems no reason
why they should cease to do so. The conception of them as
the one absolutely void of evil and the other of good is a
vulgar notion taken from science whose priests have ever
sought to get every idea and every substance pure of all
alloy.
God and the Devil are about as four to three. There is
enough preponderance of God to make it far safer to be on
his side than on the Devil's, but the excess is not so great as
his professional claqueurs pretend it is. It is like gambling
at Monte Carlo; if you play long enough you are sure to
lose, but now and again you may win a great deal of excellent
money if you will only cease playing the moment you have
won it.
Christianity
i
As an instrument of warfare against vice, or as a tool for
making virtue, Christianity is a mere flint implement.
ii
Christianity is a woman's religion, invented by women and
womanish men for themselves. The Church's one foundation
is not Christ, as is commonly said, it is woman; and calling
the Madonna the Queen of Heaven is only a poetical way of
acknowledging that women are the main support of the
priests.
iii
It is not the church in a village that is the source of the
mischief, but the rectory. I would not touch a church from
one end of England to the other.
Rebelliousness 335
iv
Christianity is only seriously pretended by some among
the idle, bourgeois middle-classes. The working classes and
the most cultured intelligence of the time reach by short cuts
what the highways of our schools and universities mislead us
from by many a winding bout, if they do not prevent our ever
reaching it.
V
It is not easy to say which is the more obvious, the ante-
cedent improbability of the Christian scheme and miracles,
or the breakdown of the evidences on which these are sup-
posed to rest. And yet Christianity has overrun the world.
vi
If there is any moral in Christianity, if there is anything
to be learned from it, if the whole story is not profitless from
first to last, it comes to this that a man should back his own
opinion against the world's — and this is a very risky and im-
moral thing to do, but the Lord hath mercy on whom he will
have mercy.
vii
Christianity is true in so far as it has fostered beauty and
false in so far as it has fostered ugliness. It is therefore not
a little true and not a little false.
viii
Christ said he came not to destroy but to fulfil — but he
destroyed more than he fulfilled. Every system that is to
live must both destroy and fulfil.
Miracles
They do more to unsettle faith in the existing order than
to settle it in any other; similarly, missionaries are more
valuable as underminers of old faiths than as propagators of
new. Miracles are not impossible; nothing is impossible till
we have got an incontrovertible first premise. The question
is not "Are the Christian miracles possible?" but "Are
they convenient? Do they fit comfortably with our other
ideas?"
33*5 Rebelliousness
Wants and Creeds
As in the organic world there is no organ, so in the world
of thought there is no thought, which may not be called into
existence by long persistent eflfort. If a man wants either to
believe or disbelieve the Christian miracles he can do so if
he tries hard enough; but if he does not care whether he
believes or disbelieves and simply wants to find out which
side has the best of it, this he will find a more difficult matter.
Nevertheless he will probably be able to do this too if he
tries.
Faith
i
The reason why the early Christians held faith in such
account was because they felt it to be a feat of such super-
human difficulty.
ii
You can do very little with faith, but you can do nothing
without it.
iii
We are all agreed that too much faith is as bad as too
little, and too little as bad as too much; but we differ as
to what is too much and what too little.
iv
It is because both Catholics and myself make faith, not
reason, the basis of our system that I am able to be easy in
mind about not becoming a Catholic. Not that I ever wanted
to become a Catholic, but I mean I believe I can beat them
with their own weapons.
V
A man may have faith as a mountain, but he will not be
able to say to a grain of mustard seed : "Be thou removed,
and be thou cast into the sea" — not at least with any effect
upon the mustard seed — unless he goes the right way to work
by putting the mustard seed into his pocket and taking the
train to Brighton.
vi
The just live by faith, but they not infrequently also die
by it.
Rebelliousness 337
The Cuckoo and the Moon
The diiference between the Christian and the Mahomedan
is only as the diiference between one who will turn his money
when he first hears the cuckoo, but thinks it folly to do so on
seeing the new moon, and one who will turn it religiously at
the new moon, but will scout the notion that he need do so
on hearing the cuckoo.
Buddhism
This seems to be a jumble of Christianity and Life and
Theist and Atheist
The fight between them is as to whether God shall be
called God or shall have some other name.
The Peculiar People
The only people in England who really believe in God are
the Peculiar People. Perhaps that is why they are called
peculiar. See how belief in an anthropomorphic God divides
allegiance and disturbs civil order as soon as it becomes
vital.
Renan
There is an article on him in the Times, April 30, 1883,
of the worst Times kind, and that is saying much. It appears
he whines about hfs lost faith and professes to wish that he
could believe as he believed when young. No sincere man
will regret having attained a truer view concerning anything
which he has ever believed. And then he talks about the
difficulties of coming to disbelieve the Christian miracles as
though it were a great intellectual feat. . This is very childish.
I hope no one will say I was sorry when I found out that
there was no reason for believing in heaven and hell. My
contempt for Renan has no limits. (Has he an accent to his
name? I despise him too much to find out.)
338 Rebelliousness
The Spiritual Treadmill
The Church of England has something in her liturgy of the
spiritual treadmill. It is a very nice treadmill no doubt, but
Sunday after Sunday we keep step with the same old "We
have left undone that which we ought to have done ; And we
have done those things which we ought not to have done"
without making any progress. With the Church of Rome, I
understand that those whose piety is sufficiently approved are
told they may consider themselves as a finished article and
that, except on some few rare festivals, they need no longer
keep on going to church and confessing. The picture is com-
pleted and may be framed, glazed and hung up.
The Dim Religious Light
A light cannot be religious if it is not dim. Religion be-
longs to the twilight of our thoughts, just as business of all
kinds to their full daylight. So a picture which may be
impressive while seen in a dark light will not hold its own
in a bright one.
The Greeks and Romans did not enquire into the evidences
on which their belief that Minerva sprang full-armed from
the brain of Jupiter was based. If they had written books of
evidences to show how certainly it all happened, &c. — ^well,
I suppose if they had had an endowed Church with some
considerable prizes, they would have found means to hood-
wink the public.
The Peace that Passeth Understanding
Yes. But as there is a peace more comfortable than any
understanding, so also there is an understanding more covet-
able than any peace.
The New Testament
If it is a testamentary disposition at all, it is so drawn that
it has given rise to incessant litigation during the last nearly
two thousand years and seems likely to continue doing so
Rebelliousness 339
for a good many years longer. It ought never to have been
admitted to probate. Either the testator drew it himself,
in which case we have another example of the folly of trying
to make one's own will, or if he left it to the authors of the
several books — this is like employing many lawyers to do
the work of one.
Christ and the L. & N.W. Railway-
Admitting for the moment that Christ can be said to have
died for rrie in any sense, it is only pretended that he did so
in the same sort of way as the London and North Western
Railway was made for me. Granted that I am very glad the
railway was made and use it when I find it convenient, I do
not suppose that those who projected and made the line
allowed me to enter into their thoughts; the debt of my
gratitude is divided among so many that the amount due
from each one is practically nil.
The Jumping Cat
God is only a less jumping kind of jumping cat; and
those who worship God are still worshipjjers of the jumping
cat all the time. There is no getting away from the jumping
cat — if I climb up into heaven, it is there; if I go down to
hell, it is there also ; if I take the wings of the morning and
remain in the uttermost parts of the sea, even there, and so
on; it is about my path and about my bed and spieth out
all my ways. It is the eternal underlying verity or the eternal
underlying lie, as people may choose to call it
Personified Science
Science is being daily more and more personified and
anthropomorphised into a god. By and by they will say that
science took our nature upon him, and sent down his only '
begotten son, Charles Darwin, or Huxley, into the world so
that those who believe in him, &c. ; and they will burn people
for saying that science, after all, is only an expression for
our ignorance of our own ignorance.
340 Rebelliousness
Science and Theology
We should endow neither; we should treat them as we
treat conservatism and liberalism, encouraging both, so that
they may keep watch upon one another, and letting them go
in and out of power with the popular vote concerning them.
The world is better carried on upon the barrister principle
of special pleading upon two sides before an impartial igno-
rant tribunal, to whom things have got to be explained, than
it would be if nobody were to maintain any opinion in which
he did not personally believe.
What -we want is to reconcile both science and theology
with sincerity and good breeding, to make our experts under-
stand that they are nothing if they are not single-minded and
urbane. Get them to understand this, and there will be no
difficulty about reconciling science and theology.
The Church and the Supernatural
If we saw the Church wishing to back out of the super-
natural and anxious to explain it away where possible, we
would keep our disbelief in the supernatural in the back-
ground, as far as we could, and would explain away our re-
jection of the miracles, as far as was decent ; furthermore we
would approximate our language to theirs wherever possible,
and insist on the points on which we are all agreed, rather
than on points of difference; in fact, we would meet them
half way and be only too glad to do it. I maintain that in
my books I actually do this as much as is possible, but I shall
try and do it still more. As a matter of fact, however, the
Church clings to the miraculous element of Christianity
more fondly than ever; she parades it more and more, and
shows no sign of wishing to give up even the smallest part of
it. It is this which makes us despair of being able to do any-
thing with her and feel that either she or we must go.
Gratitude and Revenge
Gratitude is as much an evil to be minimised as revenge
is. Justice, our law and our law courts are for the taming
Rebelliousness 34 1
and regulating of revenge. Current prices and markets and
commercial regulations are for the taming of gratitude and
its reduction from a public nuisance to something which
shall at least be tolerable. Revenge and gratitude are correla-
tive terms. Our system of commerce is a protest against the
unbridled licence of gratitude. Gratitude, in fact, like re-
venge, is a mistake unless under certain securities.
Cant and Hypocrisy
We should organise a legitimate channel for instincts so
profound as these, just as we have found it necessary to do
with lust and revenge by the institutions of marriage and the
law courts. This is the raison d'etre of the church. You
kill a man just as much whether you murder him or hang him
after the formalities of a trial. And so with lust and mar-
riage, mutatis mutandis. So again with the professions of re-
ligion and medicine. You swindle a man as much when you
sell him a drug of whose action you are ignorant, and tell him
it will protect him from disease, as when you give him a bit
of bread, which you assure him is the body of Jesus Christ,
and then send a plate round for a subscription. You swindle
him as much by these acts as if you picked his pocket, or
obtained money from him under false pretences in any other
way; but you swindle him according to the rules and in an
authorised way.
Real Blasphemy
On one of our Sunday walks near London we passed a
forlorn and dilapidated Primitive Methodist Chapel. The
windows were a good deal broken and there was a notice up
offering lo/- reward to any one who should give such infor-
mation as should lead to the, &c. Cut in stone over the door
was this inscription, and we thought it as good an example
of real blasphemy as we had ever seen :
When God makes up his last account
Of holy children in his mount,
'Twill be an honour to appear
As one new born and nourished here.
342 Rebelliousness
The English Church Abroad
People say you must not try to abolish Christianity until
you have something better to put in its place. They might as
well say we must not take away turnpikes and corn laws till
we have some other hindrances to put in their place. Besides
no one wants to abolish Christianity — all we want is not to
be snubbed and bullied if we reject the miraculous part of it
for ourselves.
At Biella an English clergyman asked if I was a Roman
Catholic. I said, quite civilly, that I was not a Catholic.
He replied that he had asked me not if I was a Catholic but
if I was a Roman Catholic. What was I ? Was I an Anglican
Catholic ? So, seeing that he meant to argue, I replied :
"I do not know. I am a Londoner and of the same religion
as people generally are in London."
This made him angry. He snorted :
"Oh, that's nothing at all;" and almost immediately left
the table.
As much as possible I keep away from English- frequented
hotels in Italy and Switzerland because I find that if I do
not go to service on Sunday I am made uncomfortable. It is
this bullying that I want to do away with. As regards Chris-
tianity I should hope and think that I am more Christian
than not.
People ought to be allowed to leave their cards at church,
instead of going inside. I have half a mind to try this next
time I am in a foreign hotel among English people.
Drunkenness
When we were at Shrewsbury the other day, coming up the
Abbey Foregate, we met a funeral and debated whether or
not to take our hats off. We always do in Italy, that is to
say in the country and in villages and small towns, but we
have been told that it is not the custom to do so in large
towns and in cities, which raises a question as to the exact
figure that should be reached by the population of a place
before one need not take off one's hat to a funeral in one of
its streets. At Shrewsbury seeing no one doing it we thought
Rebelliousness 343
it might look singular and kept ours on. My friend Mr.
Phillips, the tailor, was in one carriage, I did not see him,
but he saw me and afterwards told me he had pointed me
out to a clergyman who was in the carriage with him.
"Oh," said the clergyman, "then that's the man who says
England owes all her greatness to intoxication."
This is rather a free translation of what I did say; but
it only shows how impossible it is to please those who do not
wish to be pleased. Tennyson may talk about the slow sad
hours that bring us all things ill and all good things from
evil, because this is vague and indefinite; but I may not say
that, in spite of the terrible consequences of drunkenness,
man's intellectual development would not have reached its
present stage without the stimulus of alcohol — which I believe
to be both perfectly true and pretty generally admitted —
because this is definite. I do not think I said more than this
and am sure that no one can detest drunkenness more than I
do.* It seems to me it will be wiser in me not to try to make
headway at Shrewsbury.
Hell-Fire
If Vesuvius does not frighten those who live under it, is it
likely that Hell-fire should frighten any reasonable person ?
I met a traveller who had returned from Hades where he
had conversed with Tantalus and with others of the shades.
They all agreed that for the first six, or perhaps twelve,
months they disliked their punishment very much; but after
that, it was like shelling peas on a hot afternoon in July.
They began by discovering (no doubt long after the fact had
been apparent enough to every one else) that they had not
been noticing what they were doing so much as usual, and
that they had been even thinking of something else. From
this moment, the automatic stage of action having set in, the
progress towards always thinking of something else was rapid
and they soon forgot that they were undergoing any punish-
ment.
* "No one can hate drunkenness more than I do, but I am con-
fident the human intellect owes its superiority over that of the lower
animals in great measure to the stimulus which alcohol has given to
imagination — imagination being little else than another name for
illusion" (Alps and Sanctuaries, Chapter III).
344 Rebelliousness
Tantalus did get a little something not infrequently ; water
stuck to the hairs of his body and he gathered it up in his
hand; he also got many an apple when the wind was nap-
ping as it had to do sometimes. Perhaps he could have done
with more, but he got enough to keep him going quite com-
fortably. His sufferings were nothing as compared with
those of a needy heir to a fortune whose father, or whoever
it may be, catches a dangerous bronchitis every wintenbut
invariably recovers and lives to 91, while the heir survives
him a month having been worn out with long expectation.
Sisyphus had never found any pleasure in life comparable
to the delight of seeing his stone bound down-hill, and in so
timing its rush as to inflict the greatest possible Scare on any
unwary shade who might be wandering below. He got so
great and such varied amusement out of this that his labour
had become the automatism of reflex action — which is, I
understand, the name applied by men of science to all actions
that are done without reflection. He was a pompous, pon-
derous old gentleman, very irritable and always thinking that
the other shades were laughing at him or trying to take ad-
vantage of him. There were two, however, whom he hated
with a fury that tormented him far more seriously than any-
thing else ever did. The first of these was Archimedes who
had instituted a series of experiments in regard to various
questions connected with mechanics and had conceived a
scheme by which he hoped to utilise the motive power of the
stone for the purpose of lighting Hades with electricity. The
other was Agamemnon, who took good care to keep out of
the stone's way when it was more than a quarter of the
distance up the slope, but who delighted in teasing Sisyphus
so long as he considered it safe to do so. Many of the other
shades took daily pleasure in gathering together about stone-
time to enjoy the fun and to bet on how far the stone would
roll.
As for Tityus — what is a bird more or less on a body that
covers nine acres ? He found the vultures a gentle stimulant
to the liver without which it would have become congested.
Sir Isaac Newton was intensely interested in the hygro-
metric and barometric proceedings of the Danaids.
"At any rate," said one of them to my informant, "if we
really are being punished, for goodness' sake don't say any-
Rebelliousness 345
thing about it or we may be put to other work. You see, we
must be doing something, and now we know how to do this,
we don't want the bother of learning something new. You
may be right, but we have not got to make our living by it,
and what in the name of reason can it matter whether the
sieves ever get full or not ?"
My traveller reported much the same with regard to the
eternal happiness on Mount Olympus. Hercules found Hebe
a fool and could never get her off his everlasting knee. He
would have sold his soul to find another ^gisthus.
So Jove saw all this and it set him thinking.
"It seems to me," said he, "that Olympus and Hades are
both failures."
Then he summoned a council and the whole matter was
thoroughly discussed. In the end Jove abdicated, and the
gods came down from Olympus and assumed mortality. They
had some years of very enjoyable Bohemian existence going
about as a company of strolling players at French and
Belgian town fairs; after which they died in the usual way,
having discovered at last that it does not matter how high
up or how low down you are, that happiness and misery are
not absolute but depend on the direction in which you are
tending and consist in a progression towards better or worse,
and that pleasure, like pain and like everything that grows,
holds in perfection but a little moment.
XXII
Reconciliation
Religion
By religion I mean a living sense that man proposes and God
disposes, that we must watch and pray that we enter not into
temptation, that he who thinketh he standeth must take heed
lest he fall, and the countless other like elementary maxims
which a man must hold as he holds life itself if he is to be
a man at all.
If religion, then, is to be formulated and made tangible
to the people, it can only be by means of symbols, counters
and analogies, more or less misleading, for no man professes
to have got to the root of the matter and to have seen the
eternal underlying verity face to face — and even though he
could see it he could not grip it and hold it and convey it
to another who has not. Therefore either these feelings must
be left altogether unexpressed and, if unexpressed, then soon
undeveloped and atrophied, or they must be expressed by
the help of images or idols — by the help of something not
more actually true than a child's doll is to a child, but yet
helpful to our weakness of understanding, as the doll
no doubt gratifies and stimulates the motherly instinct in
the child.
Therefore we ought not to cavil at the visible superstition
and absurdity of much on which religion is made to rest, for
the unknown can never be satisfactorily rendered into the
known. To get the known from the unknown is to get some-
thing out of nothing, a thing which, though it is being done
daily in every fraction of every second everywhere, is logi-
cally impossible of conception, and we can only think by logic,
for what is not in logic is not in thought. So that the attempt
346
Reconciliation 347
to symbolise the unknown is certain to involve inconsistencies
and absurdities of all kinds and it is childish to complain
of their existence unless one is prepared to advocate the
stifling of all religious sentiment, and this is like trying to
stifle hunger or thirst. To be at all is to be religious more or
less. There never was any man who did not feel that behind
this world and above it and about it there is an unseen world
greater and more incomprehensible than anything he can
conceive, and this feeling, so profound and so universal,
needs expression. If expressed it can only be so by the help
of inconsistencies and errors. These, then, are not to be
ordered impatiently out of court; they have grown up as
the best guesses at truth that could be made at any given time,
but they must become more or less obsolete as our knowledge
of truth is enlarged. Things become known which were
formerly unknown and, though this brings us no nearer to
ultimate universal truth, yet it shows us that many of our
guesses were wrong. Everything that catches on to realism
and naturalism as much as Christinity does must be affected
by any profound modification in our views of realism and
naturalism.
God and Convenience
I do not know or care whether the expression "God" has
scientific accuracy or no, nor yet whether it has theological
value; I know nothing either of one or the other, beyond
looking upon the recognised exponents both of science and
theology with equal distrust; but for convenience, I am sure
that there is nothing like it — I mean for convenience of get-
ting quickly at the right or wrong of a matter. While you
are fumbling away with your political economy or your bibli-
cal precepts to know whether you shall let old Mrs. So-and-
so have 5/- or no, another, who has just asked himself which
would be most well-pleasing in the sight of God,. will be told
in a moment that he should give her^ — or not give her — the
5/-. As a general rule she had better have the 5/- at once,
but sometimes we must give God to understand that, though
we should be very glad to do what he would have of us if we
reasonably could, yet the present is one of those occasions
on which we must decline to do so.
348 Reconciliation
The World
Even the world, so mondain as it is, still holds instinctively
and as a matter of faith unquestionable that those who have
died by the altar are worthier than those who have lived by it,
when to die was duty.
Blasphemy
I begin to understand now what Christ meant when he
said that blasphemy against the Holy Ghost was unforgive-
able, while speaking against the Son of Man might be for-
given. He must have meant that a man may be pardoned for
being unable to believe in the Christian mythology, but that if
he made light of that spirit which the common conscience of
all men, whatever their particular creed, recognises as divine,
there was no hope for him. No more there is.
Gaining One's Point
It is not he who gains the exact point in dispute who
scores most in controversy, but he who has shown the most
forbearance and the better temper.
The Voice of Common Sense
It is this, and not the Voice of the Lord, which maketh
men to be of one mind in an house. But then, the Voice of
the Lord is the voice of common sense which is shared by all
that is.
Amendes Honorables
There is hardly an offence so great but if it be frankly
apologised for it is easily both forgiven and forgotten. There
is hardly an offence so small but it rankles if he who has
committed it does not express proportionate regret. Ex-
pressions of regret help genuine regret and induce amendment
of life, much as digging a channel helps water to flow, though
it does not make the water. If a man refuses to make them
and habitually indulges his own selfishness at the expense of
what is due to other people, he is no better than a drunkard
Reconciliation 349
or a debauchee, and I have no more respect for him than 'I
have for the others.
We all like to forgive, and we all love best not those who
offend us least, nor those who have done most for us, but
those who make it most easy for us to forgive them.
So a man may lose both his legs and live for years in
health if the amputation has been clean and skilful, whereas
a pea in his boot may set up irritation which must last as
long as the pea is there and may in the end kill him.
Forgiveness and Retribution
It is no part of the bargain that we are never to commit
trespasses. The bargain is that if we would be forgiven we
must forgive them that trespass against us. Nor again is it
part of the bargain that we are to let a man hob-nob with us
when we know him to be a thorough blackguard, merely on
the plea that unless we do so we shall not be forgiving him his
trespasses. No hard and fast rule can be laid down, each
case must be settled instinctively as it arises.
As a sinner I am interested in the principle of forgiveness ;
as sinned against, in that of retribution. I have what is to me
a considerable vested interest in both these principles, but
I should say I had more in forgiveness than in retribution.
And so it probably is with most people or we should have had
a clause in the Lord's prayer : "And pay out those who have
sinned against us as they whom we have sinned against
generally pay us out."
Inaccuracy
I am not sure that I do not begin to like the correction of
a mistake, even when it involves my having shown much
ignorance and stupidity, as well as I like hitting on a new
idea. It does comfort one so to be able to feel sure that one
knows how to tumble and how to retreat promptly and
without chagrin. Being bowled over in inaccuracy, when I
have tried to verify, makes me careful. But if I have not
tried to verify and then turn out wrong, this, if I find it out,
upsets me very much and I pray that I may be found out
whenever I do it.
350 Reconciliation
Jutland and "Waitee"
I made a mistake in The Authoress of the Odyssey [in a
note on p. 31] when I said "Scheria means Jutland — a, piece
of land jutting out into the sea." Jutland means the Land of
the Jutes.
And I made a mistake in, Alps and Sanctuaries [Chap. Ill],
speaking of the peasants in the Val Leventina knowing Eng-
lish, when I said "One English word has become uni-
versally adopted by the Ticinesi themselves. They say
'Waitee' just as we should say 'Wait' to stop some one from
going away. It is abhorrent to them to end a word with a
consonant so they have' added 'ee,' but there can be no doubt
about the origin of the word." The Avvocato Negri of
Casale-Monf errato says that they have a word in their dialetto
which, if ever written, would appear as "vuaitee," it means
"stop" or "look here," and is used to attract attention. This,
or something like it, no doubt is what they really say and
has no more to do with waiting than Jutland has to do with
jutting.
The Parables
The people do not act reasonably in a single instance. The
sower was a bad sower ; the shepherd who left his ninety and
nine sheep in the wilderness was a foolish shepherd ; the hus-
bandman who would not have his corn weeded was no farmer
— and so on. None of them go nearly on all fours, they halt
so much as to have neither literary nor moral value to any
but slipshod thinkers.
Granted, but are we not all slipshod thinkers ?
The Irreligion of Orthodoxy
We do not fall foul of Christians for their religion, but for
what we hold to be their want of religion — for the low views
they take of God and of his glory, and for the unworthiness
with which they try to serve him.
Society and Christianity
The burden of society is really a very light one. She does
not require us to believe the Christian religion, she has very
Reconciliation 35 1
vague ideas as to what the Christian religion is, much less
does she require us to practise it. She is quite satisfied if
we do not obtrude our disbelief in it in an offensive manner.
Surely this is no very grievous burden.
Sanctified by Faith
No matter how great a fraud a thing may have been or be,
if it has passed through many minds an aroma of life attaches
to it and it must be handled with a certain reverence. A thing
or a thought becomes hallowed if it has been long and strongly
believed in, for veneration, after a time, seems to get into the
thing venerated. Look at Delphi — fraud of frauds, yet sanc-
tified by centuries of hope and fear and faith. If greater
knowledge shows Christianity to have been founded upon
error, still greater knowledge shows that it was .aiming at a
truth.
Ourselves and the Clergy
As regards the best of the clergy, whether English or
foreign, I feel that they and we mean in substance the same
thing, and that the difference is only about the way this thing
should be put and the evidence on which it should be con-
sidered to rest.
We say that they jeopardise the acceptance of the prin-
ciples which they and we alike cordially regard as fundamental
by basing them on assertions which a little investigation
shows to be untenable. They reply that by declaring the as-
sertions to be untenable we jeopardise the principles. We
answer that this is not so and that moreover we can find bet-
ter, safer and more obvious assertions on which to base them.
The Rules of Life
Whether it is right to say that one believes in God and
Christianity without intending what one knows the hearer in-
tends one to intend depends on how much or how little the
hearer can understand. Life is not an exact science, it is
an art. Just as the contention, excellent so far as it goes,
that each is to do what is right in his own eyes leads, when
ridden to death, to anarchy and chaos, so the contention
352 Reconciliation
that every one should be either self-effacing or truthful to
the bitter end reduces life to an absurdity. If we seek real
rather than technical truth, it is more true to be considerately
untruthful within limits than to be inconsiderately truthful
without them. What the limits are we generally know but
cannot say
There is an unbridgeable chasm between thought and words
that we must jump as best we can, and it is just here that
the two hitch on to one another. The higher rules of life
transcend the sphere of language ; they cannot be gotten by
speech, neither shall logic be weighed for the price thereof.
They have their being in the fear of the Lord and in the
departing from evil without even knowing in words what tlie
Lord is, nor the fear of the Lord, nor yet evil.
Common straightforwardness and kindliness are the high-
est points that man or woman can reach, but they should
no more be made matters of conversation than should the
lowest vices. Extremes meet here as elsewhere and the
extremes of vice and virtue are alike common and unmen-
tionable.
There is nothing for it but a very humble hope that from
the Great Unknown Source our daily insight and daily
strength may be given us with our daily bread. And what is
this but Christianity, whether we believe that Jesus Christ
rose from the dead or not? So that Christianity is like a
man's soul — he who finds may lose it and he who loses may
find it.
If, then, a man may be a Christian while believing himself
hostile to all that some consider most essential in Chris-
tianity, may he not also be a free-thinker (in the common
iuse of the word) while believing himself hostile to free-
J:hought?
XXIII
Death
Fore-Knowledge of Death
No one thinks he will escape death, so there is no disappoint-
ment and, as long as we know neither the when nor the how,
the mere fact that we shall one day have to go does not much
affect us ; we do not care, even though we know vaguely that
we have not long to live. The serious trouble begins when
death becomes definite in time and shape. It is in precise
fore-knowledge, rather than in sin, that the sting of death is
to be found; and such fore-knowledge is generally withheld;
though, strangely enough, many would have it if they could.
Continued Identity
I do not doubt that a person who will grow out of me as
I now am, but of whom I know nothing now and in whom
therefore I can take none but the vaguest interest, will one
day undergo so sudden and complete a change that his friends
must notice it and calf him dead ; but as I have no definite
ideas concerning this person, not knowing whether he will be
a man of 59 or 79 or any age between these two, so this per-
son will, I am sure, have forgotten the very existence of me
as I am at this present moment. If it is said that no mat-
ter how wide a difference of condition may exist between
myself now and myself at the moment of death, or how com-
plete the forgetfulness of connection on either side may be,
yet the fact of the one's having grown out of the other by an
' infinite series of gradations makes the second personally iden-
tical with the first, then I say that the difference between the
corpse and the till recently living body is not great enough,
either in respect of material change or of want of memory
353
354 Death
concerning the earlier existence, to bar personal identity and
prevent us from seeing the corpse as alive and a continuation
of the man from whom it was developed, though having tastes
and other characteristics very different from those it had
while it was a man.
From this point of view there is no such thing as death —
I mean no such thing as the death which we have commonly
conceived of hitherto. A man is much more alive when he is
what we call alive than when he is what we call dead; but
no matter how much he is alive, he is still in part dead, and
no matter how much he is dead, he is still in part alive, and
his corpse-hood is connected with, his living body-hood by
gradations which even at the moment of death are ordinarily
subtle; and the corpse does not forget the living body more
completely than the living body has forgotten a thousand or a
hundred thousand of its own previous states; so that we
should see the corpse as a person, of greatly and abruptly
changed habits it is true, but still of habits of some sort, for
hair and nails continue to grow after death, and with an indi-
viduality which is as much identical with that of the person
from whom it has arisen as this person was with himself as
an embryo of a week old, or indeed more so.
If we have identity between the embryo and the octogen-
arian, we must have it also between the octogenarian and the
corpse, and do. away with death except as a rather striking
change of thought and habit, greater indeed in degree than,
but still, in kind, substantially the same as any of the changes
which we have experienced from moment to moment through-
out that fragment of existence which we commonly call our
life; so that in sober seriousness there is no such thing as
absolute death, just as there is no sjich thing as absolute
life.
Either this, or we must keep death at the expense of
personal identity, and deny identity between any two states
^hich present considerable differences and neither of which'
has any fore-knowledge of, or recollection of the other. In
this case, if there be death at all, it is some one else who dies
and not we, because while we are alive we are not dead, and
as soon as we are dead we are no longer ourselves.
So that it comes in the end to this, that either there is no
such thing as death at all, or else that, if there is, it is some
Death 355
one else who dies and not we. We cannot blow hot and cold
with the same breath. If we would retain personal identity
at all, we must continue it beyond what we call death, in
which case death ceases to be what we have hitherto thought
it, that is to say, the end of our being. We cannot have both
personal identity and death too.
Complete Death
To die completely, a person must not only forget but be
forgotten, and he who is not forgotten is not dead. This is
as old as non omms moriar and a great deal older, but very
few people realise it.
Life and Death
When I was young I used to think the only certain thing
about life was that I should one day die. Now I think the
only certain thing about life is that there is no such thing
as death.
The Defeat of Death
There is nothing which at once affects a man so much and
so little as his own death. It is a case in which the going-to-
happen-ness of a thing is of greater importance than the
actual thing itself which cannot be of importance to the man
who dies, for Death cuts his own throat in the matter of hurt-
ing people. As a bee that can sting once but in the stinging
dies, so Death is dead to him who is dead already. While he
is shaking his wings, there is brutuim fulmen but the man goes
on living, frightened, perhaps, but unhurt ; pain and sickness
may hurt him but the moment Death strikes him both he and
Death are beyond feeling. It is as though Death were bom
anew with every man; the two protect one another so long
as they keep one another at arm's length, but if they once
embrace it is all over with both.
The Torture of Death
The fabled pains of Tantalus, Sisyphus and all the rest of
them show what an instinctive longing there is in all men
356 DeatH
both for end and endlessness of both good and ill, but as
torture they are the merest mockery when compared with the
fruitless chase to which poor Death has been condemned for
ever and ever. Does it not seem as though he too must have
committed some crime for which his sentence is to be for ever
grasping after that which becomes non-existent the moment
he grasps it? But then I suppose it would be with him as
with the rest of the tortured, he must either die himself,
which he has not done, or become used to it and enjoy the
frightening as much as the killing. Any pain through which a
man can live at all becomes unf elt as soon as it becomes habi-
tual. Pain consists not in that which is now endured but in
the strong memory of something better that is still recent.
And so, happiness lies in the memory of a recent worse and
the expectation of a better that is to come soon.
Ignorance of Death
i
The fear of death is instinctive because in so many past
generations we have feared it. But how did we come to know
what death is so that we should fear it? The answer is
that we do not know what death is and that this is why we
fear it.
ii
If a man know not life which he hath seen how shall he
know death which he hath not seen?
iii
If a man has sent his teeth and his hair and perhaps two
or three limbs to the grave before him, the presumption
should be that, as he knows nothing further of these when
they have once left him, so will he know nothing of the rest
of him when it too is dead. The whole may surely be argued
from the parts.
iv
To write about death is to write about that of which we
have had little practical experience. We can write about con-
scious life, but we have no consciousness of the deaths we
daily die. Besides, we cannot eat our cake and have it. We
Death 357
cannot have tabulce rases and tabulm scripts at the same time.
We cannot be at once dead enough to be reasonably registered
as such, and alive enough to be able to tell people all about it.
There will come a supreme moment in which there will
be care neither for ourselves nor for others, but a complete
abandon, a sans souci of unspeakable indifference, and this
moment will never be taken from us ; time cannot rob us of it
but, as far as we are concerned, it will last for ever and ever
without flying. So that, even for the most wretched and
most guilty, therie is a heaven at last where neither moth nor
rust doth corrupt and where thieves do not break through
nor steal. To himself every one is an immortal : he may know
that he is going to die, but he can never know that he is
dead.
vi
If life is an illusion, then so is death — the greatest of all
illusions. If life must not be taken too seriously — ^then so
neither must death.
vii
The dead are often just as living to us as the living are,
only we cannot get them to believe it. They can come to us,
but till we die we cannot go to them. To be dead is to be
unable to understand that one is alive.
Dissolution
Death is the dissolving of a partnership, the partners to
which survive and go elsewhere. It is the corruption or
breaking up of that society which we have called Ourself .
The corporation is at an end, both its soul and its body cease
as a whole, but the irmnortal constituents do not cease and
never will. The souls of some men transmigrate in great part
into their children, but there is a large alloy in respect both of
body and mind through sexual generation ; the souls of other
men migrate into books, pictures, music, or what not; and
every one's mind migrates somewhere, whether remembered
and admired or the reverse. The living souls of Handel,
Shakespeare, Rembrandt, Giovanni Bellini and the other great
358 Death
ones appear and speak to us in their works with less alloy
than they could ever speak through their children ; but men's
bodies disappear absolutely on death, except they be in some
measure preserved in their children and in so far as har-
monics of all that has been remain.
On death we do not lose life, we only lose individuality;
we live henceforth in others not in ourselves. Our mistake
has been in not seeing that death is indeed, like birth, a
salient feature in the history of the individual, but one which
wants exploding as the end of the individual, no less than
birth wanted exploding as his beginning.
Dying is only a mode of forgetting. We shall see this more
easily if we consider forgetting to be a mode of dying. So
the ancients called their River of Death, Lethe — the River
of Forgetfulness. They ought also to have called their River
of Life, Mnefnosyne — the River of Memory. We should
learn to tune death a good deal flatter than according to re-
ceived notions.
The Dislike of Death
We cannot like both life and death at once; no one can
be expected to like two such opposite things at the same time ;
if we like life we must dislike death, and if we leave off dis-
liking death we shall soon die. Death will always be more
avoided than sought; for living involves effort, perceived or
unperceived, central or departmental, and this will only be
made by those who dislike the consequences of not making it
more than the trouble of making it. A race, therefore, which
is to exist at all must be a death-disliking race, for it is only
at the cost of death that we can rid ourselves of all aversion
to the idea of dying, so that the hunt after a philosophy which
shall strip death of his terrors is like trying to find the philo-
sopher's stone which cannot be found and which, if found,
would defeat its own object.
Moreover, as a discovery which should rid us of the fear
of death would be the vainest, so also it would be the most
immoral of discoveries, for the very essence of morality is
involved in the dislike (within reasonable limits) of death.
Morality aims at a maximum of comfortable life and a
minimum of death; if then, a minimum of death and a
maximum of life were no longer held worth striving for, the
Death 359
whole fabric of morality would collapse, as indeed we have
it on record that it is apt to do among classes that from
one cause or another have come to live in disregard and
expectation of death.
However much we may abuse death for robbing us of our
friends — ^and there is no one who is not sooner or later hit
hard in this respect — yet time heals these wounds sooner than
we like to own; if the heyday of grief does not shortly kill
outright, it passes; and I doubt whether most men, if they
were to search their hearts, would not find that, could they
command death for some single occasion, they would be more
likely to bid him take than restore.
Moreover, death does not blight love as the accidents of
time and life do. Even the fondest grow apart if parted;
they cannot come together again, not in any closeness or
for any long time. Can death do worse than this ?
The memory of a love that has been cut short by defath
remains still fragrant though enfeebled, but no recollection
of its past can keep sweet a love that has dried up and
withered through accidents of time and life.
XXIV
The Life of the World to Come
Posthumous Life
i
To try to live in posterity is to be like an actor who leaps
over the footlights and talks to the orchestra.
He who wants posthumous fame is as one who would entail
land, and tie up his money after his death as tightly and for
as long a time as possible. Still we each of us in our own
small way try to get what little posthumous fame we can.
The Test of Faith
Why should we be so avid of honourable and affectionate
remembrance after death ? Why should we hold this the one
thing worth living or dying for ? Why should all that we can
know or feel seem but a very little thing as compared with
that which we never either feel or know ? What a reversal
of all the canons of action which commonly guide mankind
is there not here? But however this may be, if we have faith
in the life after death we can have little in that which is be-
fore it, and if we have faith in this life we can have small
faith in any other.
Nevertheless there is a deeply rooted conviction, even in
many of those in whom its existence is least apparent, that
honourable and affectionate remembrance after death with a
full and certain hope that it will be ours is the highest prize
to which the highest calling can aspire. Few pass through
this world without feeling the vanity of all human ambitions ;
their faith may fail them here, but it will not fail them — not
360
The Life of the World to Come 361
for a moment, never — if they possess it as regards posthu-
mous respect and affection. The world may prove hollow but
a well-earned good fame in death will never do so. And all
men feel this whether they admit it to themselves or no.
Faith in this is easy enough. We are born with it. What
is less easy is to possess one's soul in peace and not be shaken
in faith and broken in spirit on seeing the way in which men
crowd themselves, or are crowded, into honourable remem-
brance when, if the truth concerning them were known, no pit
of oblivion should be deep enough for them. See, again, how
many who have richly earned esteem never get it either before
or after death. It is here that faith comes in. To see that
the infinite corruptions of this life penetrate into and infect
that which is to come, and yet to hold that even infamy
after death, with obscure and penurious life before it, is a
prize which will bring a man more peace at the last than all
the good things of this life put together and joined with an
immortality as lasting as Virgil's, provided the infamy and
failure of the one be unmerited, as also the success and im-
mortality of the other. Here is the test of faith — will you do
your duty with all your might at any cost of goods or reputa-
tion either in this world or beyond the grave? If you will —
well, the chances are loo to i that you will become a faddist,
a vegetarian and a teetotaller.
And suppose you escape this pit-fall too. Why should you
try to be so much better than your neighbours ? Who are you
to think you may be worthy of so much good fortune? If
you do, you may be sure that you do not deserve it. . . .
And so on ad ifdimtum. Let us eat and drink neither for-
getting nor remembering death unduly. The Lord hath mercy
on whom he will have mercy and the less we think about it
the better.
Starting again ad Infinitum
A man from the cradle to the grave is but the embryo of
a being that may be born into the world of the dead who still
live, or that may die so soon after entering it as to be prac-
tically still-born. The greater number of the seeds shed,
whether by plants or animals, never germinate and of those
that grow few reach maturity, so the greater number of those
that reach death are still-born as regards the truest life of
362 The Life of the World to Come
all — I mean the life that is lived after death in the thoughts
and actions of posterity. Moreover of those who are born
into and fill great places in this invisible world not one is im-
mortal.
We should look on the body as the manifesto of the mind
and on posterity as the manifesto of the dead that live after
life. Each is the mechanism whereby the other exists.
Life, then, is not the having been born — it is rather an
eifort to be born. But why should some succeed in attaining
to this future life and others fail ? Why should some be born
more than others ? Why should not some one in a future state
taunt Lazarus with having a good time now and tell him it
will be the turn of Dives in some other and more remote
hereafter? I must have it that neither are the good rewarded
nor the bad punished in a future state, but every one must
start anew quite irrespective of anything they have done
here and must try his luck again and go on trying it again
and again ad infinitum. Some of our lives, then, will be lucky
and some unlucky and it will resolve itself into one long
eternal life during which we shall change so much that we
shall not remember our antecedents very far back (any more
than we remember having been embryos) nor foresee our
future very much, and during which we shall have our ups
and downs ad infinitum — effecting a transformation scene at
once as soon as circumstances become unbearable.
Nevertheless, some men's work does live longer than
others. Some achieve what is very like immortality. Why
should they have this piece of good fortune more than others ?
The answer is that it would be very unjust if they knew any-
thing about it, or could enjoy it in any way, but they know
nothing whatever about it, and you, the complainer, do profit
by their labour, so that it is really you, the complainer, who
gets the fun, not they, and this should stop your mouth. The
only thing they got was a little hope, which buoyed them up
often when there was but little else that could do so.
Preparation for Death
That there is a life after death is as palpable as that there
is a life before death — see the influence that the dead have
over us — ^but this life is no more eternal than our present life.
The Life of the Wprld to Come 363
Shakespeare and Homer may live long, but they will die some
day, that is to say, they will become unknown as direct and
efficient causes. Even so God himself dies, for to die is to
change and to change is to die to what has gone before. If
the units change the total must do so also.
As no one can say which egg or seed shall come to visible
life and in its turn leave issue, so no one can say which of
the millions of now visible lives shall enter into the after-
life on death, and which have but so little life as practically
not to count. For most seeds end as seeds or as food for
some alien being, and so with lives, by far the greater number
are sterile, except in so far as they can be devoured as the
food of some stronger life. The Handels and Shakespeares
are the few seeds that grow — and even these die.
And the same uncertainty attaches to posthumous life as
to pre-lethal. As no one can say how long another shall live,
so no one can say how long or how short a time a reputation
shall live. The most unpromising weakly-looking creatures
sometimes live to ninety while strong robust men are carried
off in their prime. And no one can say what a man shall
enter into life for having done. Roughly, there is a sort of
moral government whereby those who have done the best
work live most enduringly, but it is subject to such exceptions
that no one can say whether or no there shall not be an excep-
tion in his own case either in his favour or against him.
In this uncertainty a young writer had better act as though
he had a reasonable chance of living, not perhaps very long,
but still some little while after his death. Let him leave
his notes fairly full and fairly tidy in all respects, without
spending too much time about them. If they are wanted,
there they are; if not wanted, there is no harm done. He
might as well leave them as anything else. But let him write
them in copying ink and have the copies kept in different
places.
The Vates Sacer
Just as the kingdom of heaven cometh not by observation,
so neither do one's own ideas, nor the good things one hears
other people say; they fasten on us when we least want or
expect them. It is enough if the kingdom of heaven be
observed when it does come.
364 The Life of the World to Come
I do not read much ; I look, listen, think and write. My
most intimate friends are men of more insight, quicker wit,
more playful fancy and, in all ways, abler men than I am,
but you will find ten of them for one of me. I note what
they say, think it over, adapt it and give it permanent form.
They throw good things off as sparks; I collect them and
turn them into warmth. But I could not do this if I did not
.sometimes throw out a spark or two myself.
Not only would Agamemnon be nothing without the votes
sacer but there are always at least ten good heroes to one
good chronicler, just as there are ten good authors to one
good publisher. Bravery, wit and poetry abound in every vil-
lage. Look at Mrs. Boss [the original of Mrs. Jupp in The
Way of All Flesh] and at Joanna Mills {Life and Letters of
Dr. Butler, I, 93] . There is not a village of 500 inhabitants
in England but has its Mrs. Quickly and its Tom Jones.
These good people never understand themselves, they go over
their own heads, they speak in unknown tongues to those
around them and the interpreter is the rare and more impor-
tant person. The vates sacer is the middleman of mind.
So rare is he and such spendthrifts are we of good things
that people not only will not note what might well be noted
but they will not even keep what others have noted, if they
are to be at the pains of pigeon-holing it. It is less trouble
to throw a brilliant, letter into the fire than to put it into
such form that it can be safely kept, quickly found and easily
read. To this end a letter should be gummed, with the help
of the edgings of stamps if necessary, to a strip, say an inch
and a quarter wide, of stout hand-made paper. Two or three
paper fasteners passed through these strips will bind fifty or
sixty letters together, which, arranged in chronological order,
can be quickly found and comfortably read. But how few will
be at the small weekly trouble of clearing up their correspond-
ence and leaving it in manageable shape ! If we keep our letters
at all we throw them higgledy-piggledy into a box and have
done with them; let some one else arrange them when the
owner is dead. The some one else comes and finds the fire
an easy method of escaping the onus thrown upon him. So
on go letters from Tilbrook, Merian, Marmaduke Lawson *
* There are letters from these people in The Life and Letters of
Dr. Samuel Butler.
The Life of the World to Come 365
— just as we throw our money away if the holding on to it
involves even very moderate exertion.
On the other hand, if this instinct towards prodigality
were not so great, beauty and wit would be smothered under
their own selves. It is through the waste of wit that wit
endures, like money, its main preciousness lies in its rarity —
the more plentiful it is the cheaper does it become.
The Dictionary of National Biography
When I look at the articles on Handel, on Dr. Arnold, or
indeed on almost any one whom I know anything about, I feel
that such a work as the Dictionary of National Biography adds
more terror to death than death of itself could inspire. That
is one reason why I let myself go so unreservedly in these
notes. If the colours in which I paint myself fail to please,
at any rate I shall have had the laying them on myself.
The World
The world will, in the end, follow only those who have
despised as well as served it.
Accumulated Dinners
The world and all that has ever been in it will one day
be as much forgotten as what we ate for dinner forty years
ago. Very likely, but the fact that we shall not remember
much about a dinner forty years hence does not make it less
agreeable now, and after all it is only the accumulation of
these forgotten dinners that makes the dinner of forty years
hence possible.
Judging the Dead
The dead should be judged as we judge criminals, impar-
tially, but they should be allowed the benefit of a doubt.
When no doubt exists they should be hanged out of hand for
about a hundred years. After that time they may come down
and move about under a cloud. After about 2000 years they
may do what they like. If Nero murdered his mother — well,
he murdered his mother and there's an end. The moral
366 The Life of the World to Come
guilt of an action varies inversely as the squares of its dis-
tances in time and space, social, psychological, physiological
or topographical, from ourselves. Not so its moral merit:
this loses no lustre through time and distance.
Good is like gold, it will not rust or tarnish and it is rare,
but there is some of it everywhere. Evil is like water, it
abounds, is cheap, soon fouls, but runs itself clear of taint.
Myself and My Books
Bodily offspring I do not leave, but mental oifspring I
do. Well, my books do not have to be sent to school and
college and then insist on going into the Church or take to
drinking or marry their mother's maid.
My Son
I have often told my son that he must begin by finding
me a wife to become his mother who shall satisfy both him-
self and me. But this is only one of the many rocks on which
we have hitherto split. We should never have got on to-
gether ; I should have had to cut him off with a shilling either
for laughing at Homer, or for refusing to laugh at him, or
both, or neither, but still cut him off. So I settled the matter
long ago by turning a deaf ear to his importunities and stick-
ing to it that I would not get him at all. Yet his thin ghost
visits me at times and, though he knows that it is no use
pestering me further, he looks at me so wistfully and re-
proachfully that I am half-inclined to turn tail, take my
chance about his mother and ask him to let me get him after
all. But I should show a clean pair of heels if he said "Yes."
Besides, he would probably be a girl.
Obscurity
When I am dead, do not let people say of me that I suffered
from misrepresentation and neglect. I was neglected and
misrepresented; very likely not half as much as I supposed
but, nevertheless, to some extent neglected and misrepre-
sented. I growl at this sometimes but, if the question were
seriously put to me whether I would go on as I am or become
The Life of the World to Come 367
famous in my own lifetime, I have no hesitation about which
I should prefer. I will willingly pay the few hundreds of
pounds which the neglect of my works costs me in order to
be let alone and not plagued by the people who would come
round me if I were known. The probability is that I shall
rpmain after my death as obscure as I am now ; if this be so,
the obscurity will, no doubt, be merited, and if not, my books
will work not only as well without my having been known in
my lifetime but a great deal better; my follies and blunders
will the better escape notice to the enhancing of the value of
anything that may be found in my books. The only two
things I should greatly care about if I had more money are
a few more country outings and a little more varied and bet-
ter cooked food. [1882.]
P.S. — I have long since obtained everything that a reason-
able man can wish for. [1895.]
Posthumous Honours
I see Cecil Rhodes has just been saying that he was a
lucky man, inasmuch as such honours as are now being paid
him generally come to a man after his death and not before
it. This is all very well for a politician whose profession im-
merses him in public life, but the older I grow the more satis-
fied I am that there can be no greater misfortune for a man
of letters or of contemplation than to be recognised in his
own lifetime. Fortunately the greater man he is, and hence
the greater the misfortune he would incur, the less likelihood
there is that he will incur it. [1897.]
Posthumous Recognition
Shall I be remembered after death? I sometimes think
and hope so. But I trust I may not be found out (if I ever
am found out, and if I ought to be found out at all) before
my death. It would bother me very much and I should be
much happier and better as I am. [1880.]
P.S. — This note I leave unaltered. I am glad to see that
I had so much sense thirteen years ago. What I thought
then, I think now, only with greater confidence and confirma-
tion. [1893.]
[ ^* to
!>
o o to o
eo ^ vO GO
w ■ ■
CO w
O
00
O O
o o
o o
VO
CO
O
l-l H
O OO 00 00 O VO H
tna
I I I i i I I I I I I
o
M
lO
>*
l-l
■o-
o
o
^0
■*
o
00
00
H
g"
%
CO
CO
»o
w
-*
■<1-
l-l
11
i I i I I I I
I I I
s •
«
c*
n
M
M
«
O
Tj-
t^
M
lO
!>.
O
o
i^
■*
5
■*
■*
t^
CO
IH
O
\o
lO
VO
lO
(N
CO
M
H
HI
O"
CO
•§
Kl
tl
ft,
g
i
g
to
8
.3
a
1^ Kl ta -^
CO
■a a
Kl
368
The Life of the World to Come 369
To this must be added my book on the Sonnets in respect
of which I have had no account as yet but am over a hun-
dred pounds out of pocket by it so far — little of which, I fear,
is ever likely to come back.
It will be noted that my public appears to be a declining
one; I attribute this to the long course of practical boycott
to which I have been subjected for so many years, or, if not
boycott, of sneer, snarl and misrepresentation. I cannot help
it, nor if the truth were known, am I at any pains to try to
do so.*
Worth Doing
If I deserve to be remembered, it will be not so much for
anything I have written, or for any new way of looking at
old facts which I may have suggested, as for having shown
that a man of no special ability, with no literary connections,
not particularly laborious, fairly, but not supremely, accurate
as far as he goes, and not travelling far either for his facts or
from them, may yet, by being perfectly square, sticking to
his point, not letting his temper run away with him, and
biding his time, be a match for the most powerful literary
and scientific coterie that England has ever known.
I hope it may be said of me that I discomfited an unscru-
pulous, self-seeking clique, and set a more wholesome exam-
ple myself. To have done this is the best of all discoveries.
Doubt and Hope
I will not say that the more than coldness with which my
books are received does not frighten me and make me distrust
myself. It must do so. But every now and then I meet with
* Butler made this note in 1899 before the publication of Shake-
speare's Sonnets Reconsidered, which was published in the same year.
The Odyssey Rendered into English Prose appeared in igoo and
Erewhon Revisited, the last book published in his lifetime, in 1901.
He made no analysis of the sales of these three books, nor of the
sales of A First Year in Canterbury Settlement published in 1863, nor
of his pamphlet The Evidence for the Resurrection, published in 1865.
The Way of all Flesh and Essays on Life, Art, and Science were not
published till after his death. I do not know what he means by A
Book of Essays, unless it may be that he incurred an outlay of £3 lis.
pd. in connection with a projected republication of his articles in the
Universal Review or of some of his Italian articles about the Odyssey.
370 The Life of the World to Come
such support as gives me hope again. Still, I know nothing.
[1890.]
Unburying Cities
Of course I am jealous of the eclat that Flinders Petrie,
Layard and Schliemann get for having unburied cities, but
I do not see why I need be ; the great thing is to unbury the
city, and I believe I have unburied Scheria as effectually as
Schliemann unburied Troy. [The Authoress of the Odys-
sey.] True, Scheria was above ground all the time and only
wanted a little common sense to find it; nevertheless people
have had all the facts before them for over 2500 years and
have been looking more or less all the time without finding. I
do not see why it is more meritorious to uncover physically
with a spade than spiritually with a little of the very com-
monest common sense.
Apologia
i
When I am dead I would rather people thought me better
than I was instead of worse; but if they think me worse, I
cannot help it and, if it matters at all, it will matter more to
them than to me. The one reputation I deprecate is that of
having been ill-used. I deprecate this because it would tend
to depress and discourage others from playing the game that
I have played. I will therefore forestall misconception on
this head.
As regards general good-fortune, I am nearly fifty-five
years old and for the last thirty years have never been laid
up with illness nor had any physical pain that I can remem-
ber, not even toothache. Except sometimes, when a little
over-driven, I have had uninterrupted good health ever since
I was about five-and-twenty.
Of mental suffering I have had my share — as who has not?
— but most of what I have suffered has been, though I did
not think so at the time, either imaginary, or unnecessary and,
so far, it has been soon forgotten. It has been much less than
it very easily might have been if the luck had not now and
again gone with me, and probably I have suffered less than
most people, take it all round.. Like every one else, however,
I have the scars of old wounds; very few of these wounds
The Life of the World to Come 371
were caused by anything which was essential in the nature of
things; most, if not all of them, have been due to faults of
heart and head on my own part and on that of others which,
one would have thought, might have been easily avoided if
in practice it had not turned out otherwise.
For many years I was in a good deal of money difficulty,
but since my father's death I have had no trouble on this
score — ^greatly otherwise. Even when things were at their
worst, I never missed my two months' summer Italian trip
since 1876, except one year and then I went to Mont St.
Michel and enjoyed it very much. It was those Italian
trips that enabled me to weather the storm. At other times
I am engrossed with work that fascinates me. I am sur-
rounded by people to whom I am attached and who like me in
return so far as I can judge. In Alfred [his clerk and attend-
dant] I have the best body-guard and the most engaging of
any man in London. I live quietly but happily. And if this is
being ill-used I should like to know what being well-used is.
I do not deny, however, that I have been ill-used. I have
been used abominably. The positive amount of good or ill
fortune, however, is not the test of either the one or the
other ; the true measure lies in the relative proportion of each
and the way in which they have been distributed, and by this
I claim, after deducting all bad luck, to be left with a large
balance of good.
Some people think I must be depressed and discouraged
because rny books do not make more noise; but, after all,
whether people read my books or no is their affair, not mine.
I know by my sales that few read my books. If I write at all,
it follows that I want to be read and miss my mark if I am
not. So also with Narcissus. Whatever I do falls dead, and
I would rather people let me see that they liked it. To this
extent I certainly am disappointed. I am sorry not to have
wooed the public more successfully. But I have been told
that winning and wearing generally take something of the
gilt off the wooing, and I am disposed to acquiesce cheerfully
in not finding myself so received as that I need woo no longer.
If I were to succeed I should be bored to death by my success
in a fortnight and so, I am convinced, would my friends. Re-
tirement is to me a condition of being able to work at all. I
would rather write more books and music than spend much
372 jThe Life of the World to Come
time over what I have already written ; nor do I see how I
could get retirement if I were not to a certain extent unpopular.
It is this feeling on my own part — omnipresent with me
when I am doing my best to please, that is to say, whenever
I write — which is the cause why I do not, as people say, "get
on." If I had greatly cared about getting on I think I could
have done so. I think I could even now write an anonymous
book that would take the public as much as Ere4/hon did.
Perhaps I could not, but I think I could. The reason why I
do not try is because I like doing other things better. What
I most enjoy is running the view of evolution set forth in Life
and Habit and making things less easy for the hacks of litera-
ture and science ; or perhaps even more I enjoy taking snap-
shots and writing music, though aware that I had better not
enquire whether this last is any good or not. In fact there is
nothing I do that I do not enjoy so keenly that I cannot tear
myself away from it, and people who thus indulge themselves
cannot have things both ways. I am so intent upon pleasing
myself that I have no time to cater for the public. Some of
them like things in the same way as I do; that class of
people I try to please as well as ever I can. With others I
have no concern, and they know it so they have no concern
with me. I do not believe there is any other explanation of
my failure to get on than this, nor do I see that any further
explanation is needed. [1890.]
ii
Two or three people have asked me to return to the subject
of my supposed failure and explain it more fully from my
own point of view. I have had the subject on my notes for
some time and it has bored me so much that it has had a good
deal to do with my not having kept my Note-Books posted
recently.
Briefly, in order to scotch that snake, my failure has not
been so great as people say it has. I believe my reputation
stands well with the best people. Granted that it makes no
noise, but I have not been willing to take the pains necessary
to achieve what may be called guinea-pig review success, be-
cause, although I have been in financial difficulties, I did not
seriously need success from a money point of view, and be-
cause I hated the kind of people I should have had to court
The Life of the World to Come 373
and kow-tow to if I went in for that sort of thing. I could
never have carried it through, even if I had tried, and in-
stinctively declined to try. A man cannot be said to have
failed, because he did not get what he did not try for. What
I did try for I believe I have got as fully as any reasonable
man can expect, and I have every hope that I shall get it
still more both so long as I live and after I am dead.
If, however, people mean that I am to explain how it is I
have not made more noise in spite of my own indolence in
the matter, the answer is that those who do not either push
themselves into noise, or give some one else a substantial in-
terest in pushing them, never do get made a noise about.
How can they? I was too lazy to go about from publisher
to publisher and to decline to publish a book myself if I
could not find some one to speculate in it. I could take any
amount of trouble about writing a book but, so long as I
could lay my hand on the money to bring it out with, I found
publishers' antechambers so little to my taste that I soon
tired and fell back on the short and easy method of publish-
ing my book myself. Of course, therefore, it failed to sell.
I know more about these things now, and will never publish
a book at my own risk again, or at any rate I will send some-
body else round the antechambers with it for a good while
before I pay for publishing it.
I should have liked notoriety and financial success well
enough if they could have been had for the asking, but I was
not going to take any trouble about them and, as a natural
consequence, I did not get them. If I had wanted them with
the same passionate longing that has led me to pursue every
enquiry that I ever have pursued, I should have got them
fast enough. It is very rarely that I have failed to get what
I have really tried for and, as a matter of fact, I believe I
have been a great deal happier for not trying than I should,
have been if I had had notoriety thrust upon me.
I confess I should like my books to pay their expenses and
put me a little in pocket besides — ^because I want to do more
for Alfred than I see my way to doing. As a natural conse-
quence of beginning to care I have begun to take pains, and
am advising with the Society of Authors as to what will
be my best course. Very likely they can do nothing for me,
but at any rate I shall have tried.
374 The Life of the World to Come
One reason, and that the chief, why I have made no noise,
is now explained. It remains to add that from first to last
I have been unorthodox and militant in every book that. I
have written. I made enemies of the parsons once for all
with my first two books. [Erewhon and The Fair Haven.]
The evolution books made the Darwinians, and through them
the scientific world in general, even more angry than The
Fair Haven had made the clergy so that I had no friends,
for the clerical and scientific people rule the roast between
them.
I have chosen the fighting road rather than the hang-on-to-
a-greaib-man road, and what can a man who does this look for
except that people should try to silence him in whatever way
they think will be most- effectual ? In my case they have
thought it best to pretend that I am non-existent. It is no
part of my business to complain of my opponents for choos-
ing their own line ; my business is to defeat them as best I can
upon their own line, and I imagine I shall do most towards
this by not allowing myself to be made unhappy merely
because I am not fussed about, and by going on writing more
books and adding to my pile.
My Work
Why should I write about this as though any one will wish
to read what I write ?
People sometimes give me to understand that it is a piece
of ridiculous conceit on my part to jot down so many notes
about myself, since it implies a confidence that I shall one
day be regarded as an interesting person. I answer that
neither I nor they can form any idea as to whether I shall be
wanted when I am gone or no. The chances are that I shall
not. I am quite aware of it. So the chances are that I shall
not live to be 85 ; but I have no right to settle it so. If I do
as Captain Don did [Life of Dr. Butler, I, opening of Chap-
ter VIII], and invest every penny I have in an annuity that
shall terminate when I am 89, who knows but that I may
live on to 96, as he did, and have seven years without
any income at all? I prefer the modest insurance of keep-
ing up my notes which others may burn or no as they
please.
The Life of the World to Come 375
I am not one of those who have travelled along a set road
towards an end that I have foreseen and desired to reach. I
have made a succession of jaunts or pleasure trips from
meadow to meadow, but no long journey unless life itself be
reckoned so. Nevertheless, I have strayed into no field in
which I have not found a flower that was worth the finding,
I have gone into no public place in which I have not found
sovereigns lying about on the ground which people would not
notice and be at the trouble of picking up. They have been
things which any one else has had — or at any rate a very
large number of people have had — as good a chance of pick-^
ing up as I had. My finds have none of them come as the
result of research or severe study, though they have generally
given me plenty to do in the way of research and study as
soon as I had got hold of them. I take it that these are the
most interesting — or whatever the least offensive word may
be: _ -
1. The emphasising the analogies between crime and dis-
ease. [Eremhon.]
2. The emphasising also the analogies between the develop-
ment of the organs of our bodies and of those which are not
incorporate with our bodies and which we call tools or ma-
chines. [Erewhon and Luck or Cunning?]
3. The clearing up the history of the events in connection
with the death, or rather crucifixion, of Jesus Christ; and a
reasonable explanation, first, of the belief on the part of the
founders of Christianity that their master had risen from the
dead and, secondly, of what might follow from belief in a
single supposed miracle. [The Evidence for the Resurrection
of Jesus Christ, The Fair Haven and Erewhon Revisited.]
4. The perception that personal identity cannot be denied
between parents and offspring without at the same time
denying it as between the different ages (and hence mo-
ments) in the Hfe of the individual and, as a corollary on this,
the ascription of the phenomena of heredity to the same
source as those of memory. [Life and Habit.]
5. The tidying up the earlier history of the theory of evo-
lution. [Evolution Old and New.]
6. The exposure and discomfiture of Charles Darwin and
Wallace and their followers. [Evolution Old and New, Unr-
conscious Memory, Luck or Cmvmngf and "The Deadlock
376 The Life of the World to Come
in Darwinism" in the Universal Review republished in
^Essayis on Life, Art and Science.^*
7. The perception of the principle that led organic life to
split up into two main divisions, animal and vegetable. [Alps
and, Sanctuaries, close of Chapter XIII: Luck or Cum-
ningf]
8. The perception that, if the kinetic theory is held good,
our thought of a thing, whatever that thing may be, is in
reality an exceedingly weak dilution of the actual thing
itself. [Stated, but not fully developed, in Luck or Cunning?
Chapter XIX, also in some of the foregoing notes.]
9. The restitution to Giovanni and Gentile Bellini of their
portraits in the Louvre and the finding of five other portraits
of these two painters of whom Crowe and Cavalcaselle and
Layard maintain that we have no portrait. [Letters to the
Athencsum, &c.]
10. The restoration to Holbein of the drawing in the Basel
Museum called La Danse. [Universal Review, Nov., 1889.]
11. The calling attention to Gaudenzio Ferrari and putting
him before the public with something like the emphasis that
he deserves. [Ex Veto.]
12. The discovery of a life-sized statue of Leonardo da
Vinci by Gaudenzio Ferrari. [Ex Voto.]
13. The unearthing of the Flemish sculptor Jean de Wespin
(called Tabachetti in Italy) and of Giovanni Antonio
Paracca. [Ex Voto.]
14. The finding out that the Odyssey was written at
Trapani, the clearing up of the whole topography of the
poem, and the demonstration, as it seems to me, that the poem
was written by a woman and not by a man. Indeed, I may
almost claim to have discovered the Odyssey, so altered does
it become when my views of it are adopted. And robbing
Homer of the Odyssey has rendered the Iliad far more intelli-
gible; besides, I have set the example of how he should be
approached. [The Authoress of the Odyssey.]
15. The attempt to do justice to my grandfather by writing
* Butler had two separate grounds of complaint against Charles
Darwin, one scientific, the other personal. With regard to the per-
sonal quarrel some facts came to light after Butler's death and the
subject is dealt with in a pamphlet entitled Charles Darwin and
Samuel Butler: A Step towards Reconciliation, by Henry Festing
Jones (A. C. Fifield, 1911).
The Life of the World to Come 377
The Life and Letters of Dr. Butler for which, however, I had
special facilities.
16. In Narcisstis and Ulysses I made an attempt, the fail-
ure of which has yet to be shown, to return to the principles
of Handel and take them up where he left off.
17. The elucidation of Shakespeare's Sonnets. [Shake-
speare's Sonnets Reconsidered.]
I say nothing here about my novel [The Way of All Flesh]
because it cannot be published till after my death ; nor about
my translations of the Iliad and the Odyssey. Nevertheless
these three books also were a kind of picking up of sov-
ereigns, for the novel contains records of things I saw hap-
pening rather than imaginary incidents, and the principles on
which the translations are made were obvious to any one will-
ing to take and use them.
The foregoing is the list of my "mares'-nests," and it is, I
presume, this list which made Mr. Arthur Piatt call me the
Galileo of Mares'-Nests in his diatribe on my Odyssey theory
in the Classical Review. I am not going to argue here that
they are all, as I do not doubt, sound; what I want to say is
that they are every one of them things that lay on the surface
and open to any one else just as much as to me. Not one of
them required any profundity of thought or extensive re-
search; they only required that he who approached the vari-
ous subjects with which they have to do should keep his
eyes open and try to put himself in the position of the vari-
ous people whom they involve. Above all, it was necessary to
approach them without any preconceived theory and to be
ready to throw over any conclusion the moment the evidence
pointed against it. The reason why I have discarded so few
theories that I have put forward — and at this moment I
cannot recollect one from which there has been any serious
attempt to dislodge me — is because I never allowed myself to
form a theory at all till I found myself driven on to it whether
I would or no. As long as it was possible to resist I resisted,
and only yielded when I could not think that an intelligent
jury under capable guidance would go with me if I resisted
longer. I never went in search of any one of my theories;
I never knew what it was going to be till I had found it;
they came and found me, not I them. Such being my own
experience, I begin to be pretty certain that other people
378 The Life of the World to Come
have had much the same and that the soundest theories
have come unsought and without much effort.
The conclusion, then, of the whole matter is that scientific
and literary fortunes are, like money fortunes, made more by
saving than in any other way — more through the exercise of
the common vulgar essentials, such as sobriety and straight-
forwardness, than by the more showy enterprises that when
they happen to succeed are called genius and when they fail,
folly. The streets are full of sovereigns crying aloud for
some one to come and pick them up, only the thick veil of our
own insincerity and conceit hides them from us. He who
can most tear this veil from in front of his eyes will be able
to see most and to walk off with them.
I should say that the sooner I stop the better. If on my
descent to the nether world I were to be met and welcomed by
the shades of those to whom I have done a good turn while I
was here, I should be received by a fairly illustrious crowd.
There would be Giovanni and' Gentile Bellini, Leonardo da
Vinci, Gaudenzio Ferrari, Holbein, Tabachetti, Paracca and
D'Enrico; the Authoress of the Odyssey would come and
Homer with her ; Dr. Butler would bring with him the many
forgotten men and women to whom in my memoir I have
given fresh life; there would be Buff on, Erasmus Darwin
and Lamarck; Shakespeare also would be there and Handel.
I could not wish to find myself in more congenial company
and I shall not take it too much to heart if the shade of
Charles Darwin glides gloomily away when it sees me
coming.
XXV
Poems
Prefatory Note
i. Translation from an Unpublished Work
of Herodotiis
ii. The Shield of Achilles, with Variations
iii. The Two Deans
iv. On the Italian Priesthood
Butler wrote these four pieces while he was an undergrad-
uate at St. John's College, Cambridge. He kept no copy of
any of them, but his friend the Rev. Canon Joseph McCor-
mick, D.D., Rector of St. Jame^s, Piccadilly, kept copies in
a note-book which he lent me. The only one that has ap-
peared in print is "The Shield of Achilles," which Canon Mc-
Cormick sent to The Eagle the magazine of St. John's Col-
lege, Cambridge, and it was printed in the number for De-
cember 1902, abowt six months after Butler's death.
"On the Italian Priesthood" is a rendering of the Italian
epigram accompanying it which, with others under the head-
ing "Astuzia, Inganno," is given in Raccolta di Proverbi Tos-
cani di Giuseppe Giusti {Firenze, 1853).
V. A Psalm of Montreal
This was written in Canada in 1875. Butler often recited it
and gave copies of it to his friends. Knowing that Mr. Ed-
ward Clodd had had something to do with its appearance in
the Spectator / wrote asking him to tell me what he remem-
bered about it. He very kindly replied, 2gth October, 1905 :
"The 'Psalm' was recited to me at the Century Club by
Butler. He gave me a copy of it which I read to the late
380 Poems
Chas. Anderson, Vicar of S. John's, Limehouse, who lent it
to Matt. Arnold {when inspecting Anderson's Schools) who
lent it to Richd. Holt Hutton who, with Butler's consent,
printed it in the Spectator of i8th May, 1878."
The "Psalm of Montreal" was included in Selections from
Previous Works (1884) and in Seven Sonnets, etc.
vi. The Righteous Man
Butler wrote this in 1876; it has appeared before only in
1879 in the Examiner, where it formed part of the correspond-
ence "A Clergyman's Doubts" of which the letter signed
"Ethics^' has already been given in this volume (see p. 304
ante). "The Righteous Man" was signed "X.Y.Z." and, in
order to connect it with the discussion, Butler prefaced it with
a note comparing it to the last six inches of a line of railway;
there is no part of the road so ugly, so little travelled over, or
so useless generally, but it is the end, at any rate, of a very
long thing.
vii. To Critics and Others
This was written in 1883 and has not hitherto been published.
viii. For Narcissus
These are printed for the first time. The pianoforte score
of Narcissus was published in 1888. The poem {A) was writ-
ten because there was some discussion then going on in musi-
cal circles about additional asccompanim^wts to the Messiah
and we did not want any to be written for Narcissus.
The poem (B) shows hoT^ Butler originally intended to
open Part II with a kind of descriptive programme, but he
changed his mind and did it differently.
ix. A Translation Attempted in Conseqttence
of a Challenge
This troMslation into Homeric verse of a famous passage
from Martin Chuzzlewit was a by-product of Butler's work
on the Odyssey and the Iliad. It was published in The Eagle
in March, 1894, and was included in Seven Sonnets.
/ asked Butler who had challenged him to attempt the trans-
lation and he replied that he had thought of that and had set-
Poems 381
tied that, if any one else were to ask the question, he should
reply that the challenge came from me.
X. In Memoriam H. R. F.
This appears in print now for the first time. Hems Rudolf
Faesch, a young Swiss from Basel, came to London in the
autumn of 1893. He spent much of his time with us until
14th February, 1895, when he left for Singapore. We saw
him off from. Hlolborn Viaduct Station; he was not well and
it was a stormy night. The next day Butler -wrote this poem
and, being persuaded that we should never see Hans Faesch
again, called it an In Memoriam. Hans did not die on the
journey, he arrived safely in Singapore and settled in the East
where he carried on business. We exchanged letters with
him frequently; he paid two visits to Europe and we saw him
on both occasions. But he did not live long. He died in the
autumn of 1903 at Vien Tiane in the Shan States, aged 32,
hamng surzrived Butler by about a year and a half.
xi. An Academic Exercise
This has never been printed before. It is a Farewell, and
that is why I have placed it next after the In Memoriam.
The contrast between the two poems illustrates the contrast
pointed out at the close of the note on "The Dislike of Death"
{ante, p. 359) :
"The memory of a love that has been cut short by death re-
mains still fragrant though enfeebled, but no recollection of
its past can keep sweet a love that has dried up and withered
through accidents of time and life."
In the ordinary course Butler would have talked this Son-
net over with me at the time he wrote it, that is in lanuary,
1902 ; he may even have done so, but I think not. From, 2nd
January, 1902, until late in March, when he left London alone
for Sicily, I was ill with pneumonia and remember very little
of what happened then. Between his return in May and his
death in June I am- sure he did not mention the subject. Know-
ing the facts that underlie the preceding poem I can tell why
Butler called it an In Memoriam; not knowing the facts that
underlie this poem I cannot tell why Butler should have called
it an Academic Exercise. It is his last Sonnet and is dated
382 Poems
"Sund. Jan. 12th 1902," within six months of his death, at a
time when he was depressed physically because his health was
failing and m/entally because he had been "editing his remains,"
reading and destroying old letters and brooding over the past.
One of the svibjects given in the section "Titles and Subjects"
{ante) is "The diseases and ordinary causes of mortality among
friendships." I suppose that he found among his letters some-
thing which awakened m^emories of a friendship of his earlier
life — a friendship that had suffered from a disease, whether it
recovered or died would not affect the sincerity of the emotions
experienced by Butler at the time he believed the friendship to
be znrtuaJly dead. I suppose the Sonnet to be an In Memoriam
upon the apprehended death of a friendship as the preceding
poem is anlnM^maricumupontheapprehended death of a friend.
This may be wrong, but something of the kind seems neces-
sary to explain why Butler should have called the Sonnet am,
Academic Exercise. No one who has read Shakespeare's Son-
nets Reconsidered will require to be told that he disagreed con-
temptuously with those critics who believe that Shakespeare
composed his Sonnets as academic exercises. It is certain that
he wrote this, as he wrote his other Sonnets, in imitation of
Shakespeare, not merely imitating the form but approaching
the subject im, the spirit in which he believed Shakespeare to
have approached his subject. It follows therefore that he did
not write this sonnet as an academic exercise, had he done sa
he would not have been imitating Shakespeare. If we assume
that he was presenting his story as he presented the dialogue in
"A Psalm, of Montreal' in a form "perhaps true, perhaps imag-
inary, perhaps a little of the one and a little of the other," it
would be quite in the marmer of the author of The Fair Haven
to burlesque the methods of the critics by ignoring the sincer-
ity of the emotions and fixing on the little bit of inaccuracy in
the facts. We may suppose him to be saying out loud to the
critics: "You think Shakespeare's Sonnets were composed as
academic exercises, do youf Very well then, now what do you
muke of this?" And adding aside to himself: "That will be
good enough for them; they'll swallow anything."
xii. A Prayer
Extract from Butler's Note-Books under the date of Febru-
ary or March 1883 :
Poems 383
" 'CleoMse thou me from my secret sins.' I heard a man
moraiismg on this and shocked him by saying demurely that I
did not m/ind these so much, if I cmdd get rid of those that
were obvious to other people."
He wrote the sonnet in 1900 or 1901. In the first quatrain
"spoken" does not rhyme with "open" ; Butler knew this and
would not alter it because there are similar assonances in
Shakespeare, e.g. "open" and "broken" in Sonnet LXI.
xiii. Karma
I am responsible for grouping these three sonnets under this
heading. The second one beginning "What is't to live'' ap-
pears in Butler's Note-Book with the remark, "This wants
much tinkering, but I cannot tinker it" — meaning that he was
too much occupied with other things. He left the second line
of the third of these sonnets thus:
"Them palpable to touch and view."
I hofve "tinkered" it by adding the two syllables "clear to"
to make the line com,plete.
In writing this sonnet Butler was no doubt thinking of a
no4e he made in 1891 :
"It is often said that there is no bore like a clever bore.
Clever people are always bores and always must be. That is,
perhaps, why Shakespeare had to leave London — people could
not stand him any longer."
xiv. The Life after Death
Butler began to write sonnets in 1898 when he was studying
those of Shakespeare on which he published a book in the fol-
lowing year. (Shakespeare's Sonnets Reconsidered, (St.) He
had gone to Flushing by himself and on his return wrote to m,e:
24 Aug. 1898. "Also at Flushing I wrote one myself, a poor
innocent thing, but I was surprised to Und how easily it came;
if you like it I may write a few m,ore."
The "poor innocent thing" was the sonnet beginning "Not
on sad Stygian shore," the first of those I have grouped under
the heading "The Life after Death." It appears in his note-
books with this introductory sentence:
"Having now learned Shakespeare^ s Sonnets by heart — and
384 Poems
there are very few which I do not find I understand the better
for having done this — on Satwrday night last at the Hotel Zee-
land at Flushing, finding myself in a meditative mood, I wrote
the following with a good deal less trouble than I anticipated
when I took pen and paper in hand. I hope I may improve it."
Of course I like the sonnet very much and he did write "a
few m^re" — among them the two on Handel which I hcuve put
after "Not on sad Stygian shore" because he intended that they
should follow it. I am sure he would have wished this volume
to close with these three sonnets, especially because the last two
of them were inspired by Handel, who was never absent from
his thoughts for long. Let me conclude these introductory
remarks by reproducing a note made in 1883 :
"Of all dead men Handel has had the largest place in my
thoughts. In fact I should say that he and his mMsic have been
the central fact in my life ever since I was old enough to know
of the existence of either life or music. All day long-^whether
I am writing or painting or walking, but always — I hwi/e his
WMsic in m-y head; cmd if I lose sight of it and of him for an
hour or two, as of course I sometimes do, this is as much as I
do. I believe I am not exaggerating when I say that I have
never been a day since I was 13 without having Handel in my
mind many times over."
Translation from an Unpublished Work
of Herodotus
And the Johnians practise their tub in the following man-
ner: — They select 8 of the most serviceable freshmen and
put these into a boat and to each one of them they give an
oar; and, having told them to look at the backs of the men
before them, they make them bend forward as far as they
can and at the same moment, and, having put the end of the
oar into the water, pull it back again in to them about the
bottom of the ribs; and, if any of them does not do this or
looks about him away from the back of the man before him,
they curse him in the most terrible manner, but if he does
what he is bidden they immediately cry out :
"Well pulled, number so-and-so."
Poems 385
For they do not call them by their names but by certain
numbers, each man of them having a number allotted to him
in accordance with his place in the boat, and the first man
they call stroke, but the last man bow; and when they have
done this for about 50 miles they come home again, and the
rate they travel at is about 25 miles an hour ; and let no one
think that this is too great a rate for I could say many other
wonderful things in addition concerning the rowing of the
Johnians, but if a man wishes to know these things he must
go and examine them himself. But when they have done
they contrive some such a device as this, for they make them
run many miles along the side of the river in order that they
may accustom them to great fatigue, and many of them,
being distressed in this way, fall down and die, but those who
survive become very strong and receive gifts of cups from
the others ; and after the revolution of a year they have great
races with their boats against those of the surrounding island-
ers, but the Johnians, both owing to the carefulness of the
training and a natural disposition for rowing, are always
victorious. In this way, then, the Johnians, I say, practise
their tub.
The Shield of Achilles
With Variations
And in it he placed the Fitzwilliam and King's College
Chapel and the lofty towered church of the Great Saint Mary,
which looketh towards the Senate House, and King's Parade
and Trumpington Road and the Pitt Press and the divine
opening of the Market Square and the beautiful flowing foun-
tain which formerly Hobson laboured to make with skilful
art; him did his father beget in the many-pubUc-housed
Trumpington from a slavey mother and taught him blame-
less works; and he, on the other hand, sprang up like a
young shoot and many beautifully matched horses did he
nourish in his stable, which used to convey his rich posses-
sions to London and the various cities of the world; but
oftentimes did he let them out to others and whensoever
any one was desirous of hiring one of the long-tailed horses
he took them in order, so that the labour was equal to all.
386 Poems
wherefore do men now speak of the choice of the renowned
Hobson. And in it he placed the close of the divine Parker,
and many beautiful undergraduates were delighting their
tender minds upon it playing cricket with one another; and
a match was being played and two umpires were quarrelling
with one another ; the one saying that the batsman who was
playing was out and the other declaring with all his might
that he was not ; and while they two were contending, reviling
one another with abusive language, a ball came and hit one
of them on the nose and the blood flowed out in a stream and
darkness was covering his eyes, but the rest were crying out
on all sides :
"Shy it up."
And he could not; him, then, was his companion address-
ing with scornful words:
"Arnold, why dost thou strive with me since I am much
wiser? Did not I see his leg before the wicket and rightly
declare him to be out? Thee, then, has Zeus now punished
according to thy deserts and I will seek some other umpire
of the game equally-participated-in-by-both-sides."
And in it he placed the Cam and many boats equally
rowed on both sides were going up and down on the bosom
of the deep rolling river and the coxswains were cheering on
the men, for they were going to enter the contest of the
scratchean fours ; and three men were rowing together in a
boat, strong and stout and determined in their hearts that
they would either first break a blood vessel or earn for them-
selves the electroplated-Birmingham-manufactured magnifi-
cence of a pewter to stand on their hall tables in memorial
of their strength, and from time to time drink from it the
exhilarating streams of beer whensoever their dear heart
should compel them; but the fouth was weak and unequally
matched with the others and the coxswain was encour-
aging him and called him by name and spake cheering
words :
"Smith, when thou hast begun the contest, be not flurried
nor strive too hard against thy fate, look at the back of the
man before thee and row with as much strength as the Fates
spun out for thee on the day when thou fellest between the
knees of thy mother, neither lose thine oar, but hold it tight
with thy hands."
Poems 3^7
111
The Two Deans
Scene: The Court of St. John's College, Cambridge. Entef
the two deans on their way to morning chapel.
Junior Dean: Brother, I am much pleased with Samuel
Butler,
I have observed him mightily of late ;
Methinks that in his melancholy walk
And air subdued when'er he meeteth me
Lurks something more than in most other men.
Senior Dean: It is a good young man. I do bethink me
That once I walked behind him in the cloister,
HJe saw me not, but whispered to his fellow :
"Of all men who do dwell beneath the moon
I love and reverence most the senior Dean."
Junior Dean : One thing is passing strange, and yet I know
not
How to condemn it ; but in one plain brief word
He never comes to Sunday morning chapel.
Methinks he teacheth in some Sunday school,
Feeding the poor and starveling intellect
With wholesome knowledge, or on the Sabbath mom
He loves the country and the neighbouring spire
Of Madingley or Coton, or perchance
Amid some humble poor he spends the day
Conversing with them, learning all their cares.
Comforting them and easing them in sickness.
Oh 'tis a rare young man!
Senior Dean : I will advance him to some public post.
He shall be chapel clerk, some day a fellow.
Some day perhaps a Dean, but as thou sayst
He is indeed an excellent young man —
Enter Butler suddenly without a coat, or anything on his
head, rushang through the cloisters, hearing a cup, a bottle of
cider, four lemons, two nutmegs, half a pound of sugar and a
nutmeg grater.
Curtain falls on the confusion of Butler and the horror-
stricken dismay of the two deans.
3^8 Poems
IV
On the Italian Priesthood
(Conarte e con inganno, si yive mezzo I'anno;
Con inganno e con arte, si vive I'altra parte.)
In knavish art and gathering gear
They spend the one half of the year;
In gathering gear and knavish art
They somehow spend the other part.
v
A Psalm of Montreal
The City of Montreal is one of the most rising and, in
many respects, most agreeable on the American continent,
but its inhabitants are as yet too busy with commerce to
care greatly about the masterpieces of old Greek Art. In the
Montreal Museum of Natural History I came upon two plaster
casts, one of the Antinous and the other of the Discobolus —
not the good one, but in my poem, of course, I intend the
good one — banished from public view to a room where were
all manner of skins, plants, snakes, insects, etc., and, in the
middle of these, an old man stuffing an owl.
"Ah," said I, "so you have some antiques here ; why don't
you put them where people can see them ?"
"Well, sir," answered the custodian, "you see they are
rather vulgar."
He then talked a great deal and said his brother did all
Mr. Spurgeon's printing.
The dialogue — ^perhaps true, perhaps imaginary, perhaps a
little of the one and a little of the other — between the writer
and this old man gave rise to the lines that follow :
Stowed away in a Montreal lumber room
The Discobolus standeth and turneth his face to the wall;
Dusty, cobweb-covered, maimed and set at naught.
Beauty crieth in an attic and no man regardeth :
O God! O Montreal!
Poems 389
Beautiful by night and day, beautiful in summer and winter,
Whole or maimed, always and alike beautiful —
He preacheth gospel of grace to the skin of owls
And to one who seasoneth the skins of Canadian owls :
O God! O Montreal!
When I saw him I was wroth and I said, "O Discobolus !
Beautiful Discobolus, a Prince both among gods and men!
What doest thou here, how camest thou hither, Discobolus,
Preaching gospel in vain to the skins of owls ?"
O God! O Montreal!
And I turned to the man of skins and said unto him, "O thou
man of skins.
Wherefore hast thou done thus to shame the beauty of the
Discobolus ?"
But the Lord had hardened the heart of the man of skins
And he answered, "My brother-in-law is haberdasher to Mr.
Spurgeon."
O God! O Montreal!
"The Discobolus is put here because he is vulgar —
He has neither vest nor pants with which to cover his limbs ;
I, Sir, am a person of most respectable connections —
My brother-in-law is haberdasher to Mr. Spurgeon."
O God! O Montreal!
Then I said,"0 brother-in-law to Mr. Spurgeon's haberdasher.
Who seasonest also the skins of Canadian owls,
Thou callest trousers 'pants,' whereas I call them 'trousers,'
Therefore thou art in hell-fire and may the Lord pity thee !"
O God ! O Montreal !
"Preferrest thou the gospel of Montreal to the gospel of
Hellas,
The gospel of thy connection with Mr. Spurgeon's haber-
dashery to the gospel of the Discobolus?"
Yet none the less blasphemed he beauty saying, "The Dis-
cobolus hath no gospel.
But my brother-in-law is haberdasher to Mr. Spurgeon."
O God! O Montreal!
390 Poems
vi
The Righteous Man
The righteous man will rob none but the defenceless.
Whatsoever can reckon with him he will neither plunder nor
kill;
He will steal an egg from a hen or a lamb from an ewe.
For his sheep and his hens cannot reckon with him hereafter —
They live not in any odour of def encefulness :
Therefore right is with the righteous man, and he taketh
advantage righteously,
Praising God and plundering.
The righteous man will enslave his horse and his dog,
Making them serve him for their bare keep and for nothing
further.
Shooting them, selling them for vivisection when they can no
longer profit him,
Backbiting them and beating them if they fail to please him ;
For his horse and his dog can bring no action for damages,
Wherefore, then, should he not enslave them, shoot them,
sell them for vivisection ?
But the righteous man will not plunder the defenceful —
Not if he be alone and unarmed — for his conscience will
smite him;
He will not rob a she-bear of her cubs, nor an eagle of her
eaglets —
Unless he have a rifle to purge him from the fear of sin :
Then may he shoot rejoicing in innocency — from ambush or
a safe distance;
Or he will beguile them, lay poison for them, keep no faith
with them;
For what faith is there with that which cannot reckon here-
after.
Neither by itself, nor by another, nor by any residuum of ill
consequences ?
Surely, where weakness is utter, honour ceaseth.
Nay, I will do what is right in the eye of him who can harm
me.
Poems 391
And not in those of him who cannot call me to account.
Therefore yield me up thy pretty wings, O humming-bird !
Sing for me in a prison, O lark !
Pay me thy rent, O widow ! for it is mine.
Where there is reckoning there is sin.
And where there is no reckoning sin is not.
vii
To Critics and Others
O Critics, cultured Critics !
Who will praise me after I am dead.
Who will see in me both more and less than I intended,
But who will swear that whatever it was it was all per-
fectly right:
You will think you are better than the people who, when
I was alive, swore that whatever I did was wrong
And damned my books for me as fast as I could write them ;
But you will not be better, you will be just the same,
neither better nor worse,
And you will go for some future Butler as your fathers
have gone for me.
Oh ! How I should have hated you !
But you, Nice People !
Who will be sick of me because the critics thrust me down
your throats.
But who would take me willingly enough if you were not
bored about me.
Or if you could have the cream of me — and surely this
should suffice :
Please remember that, if I were living, I should be upon
your side
And should hate those who imposed me either on myself
or others ;
Therefore, I pray you, neglect me, burlesque me, boil me
down, do whatever you like with me.
But do not think that, if I were living, I should not aid
and abet you.
There is nothing that even Shakespeare would enjoy more
than a good burlesque of Hamlet.
392 Poems
viii
For Narcissus
(A)
(To be written in front of the orchestral score.)
May he be damned for evermore
Who tampers with Narcissus' score ;
May he by poisonous snakes be bitten
Who writes more parts than what we've written.
We tried to make our music clear
For those who sing and those who hear,
Not lost and muddled up and drowned
In over-done orchestral sound;
So kindly leave the work alone
Or do it as we want it done.
(B)
Part II
Symphony
(During which the audience is requested to think as follows:)
An aged lady taken ill
Desires to reconstruct her will;
I see the servants hurrying for
The family solicitor;
Post-haste he comes and with him brings
The usual necessary things.
With common form and driving quill
He draws the first part of the will,
The more sonorous solemn sounds
Denote a hundred thousand pounds,
This trifle is the main bequest,
Old friends and servants take the rest.
'Tis done! I see her sign her name,
I see the attestors do the same.
Who is the happy legatee?
In the next number you will see.
Poems 393
ix
A Translation
(Attempted in consequence of a challenge.)
" 'Mrs. Harris/ I says to her, 'dont name the charge, for
if I could afford to lay all my filler creeturs out for nothink
I would gladly do it; sich is the love I bear 'em. But what
I always says to them as has the management of matters,
Mrs. Harris,' " — here she kept her eye on Mr. Pecksniff —
" 'be they gents or be they ladies — ^is, Dont ask me whether I
wont take none, or whether I will, but leave the bottle on the
chimley piece, and let me put my lips to it when I am so
dispoged.'" (Martin Chu^zlewit, Chap. XIX).
' SanAovli), 'AppiTOta8&i> fiXox* inSiom,
[1,4 6{)v S'^ xEpi [ifsBov &^elf&o, (I'^S' iv6ijLa1^e
To(it) flip Tot i-xlisv i-(aN^ xal ^ttfij eiiJi(,
ii xsv Xaiv jixovx' eV (lot S6va;jLii; -fs raipECt),
ofrou IxTisTOVou Ptdtou 6' SXi? evSov ibvtoz,
iaxaaltixi xal (!![ii.caSo<; louaa tcegiatECkai^t
[Iv XixTpij) yA^aaa. ■zomihsrjiaz Oovixoio
oOt^, OS 5ce Oiivnot Ppotuv xal ic6t[jiov lictoiqfi]
dXX' Ix Toi kgiiit o6 5' evl ^peol ^(i<;>^eo ofiotv'"^
85SS SI o\ ne?vsi(pov lalSpaxov daxeXei; atef —
" 'xeCvoidtv flip iraot i«ipauoxo[ilvYj dfopsOu
e'tt' SvSp' sY-ce fuvaiz' 6tI(i) TiiSe Spya [i^ijXev,
6 ip£Xe, t(iuts ffii TaOta [!.' livefpeai; oi8i rf oe xp'%.
i8(j.lvae i) iBIXo) icfvecv (J.i9u, ^e Jtocl oOxf'
ei 8' &Y ex' loxipoipiv v&xaSiBZ Sixoc; fjSloi; otyou,
Sfp' h xepfflv IXm xfvouoi ts Tspxonlvt) ts,
Xs(Xe(i Te xpooSsIa' 6x6Tav ffXov ^Top (ivdYD-'"
X
In Memoriam
Feb. 14th, 1895
TO
H. R. F.
Out, out, out into the night.
With the wind bitter North East and the sea rough ;
394 Poems
You have a racking cough and your lungs are weak,
But out, out into the night you go.
So guide you and guard you Heaven and fare you well !
We have been three lights to one another and now we are two.
For you go far and alone into the darkness ;
But the light in you was stronger and clearer than ours.
For you came straighter from God and, whereas we had
learned,
You had never forgotten. Three minutes more and then
Out, out into the night you go,
So guide you and guard you Heaven and fare you well !
Never a cross look, never a thought,
Never a word that had better been left unspoken ;
We gave you the best we had, such as it was.
It pleased you well, for you smiled and nodded your head ;
And now, out, out into the night you go.
So guide you and guard you Heaven and fare you well !
You said we were a little weak that the three of us wept,
Are we then weak if we laugh when we are glad ?
When men are under the knife let them roar as they will,
So that they flinch not.
Therefore let tears flow on, for so long as we live
No such second sorrow shall ever draw nigh us,
Till one of us two leaves the other alone
And goes out, out, out into the night,
So guard the one that is left, O God, and fare him well !
Yet for the great bitterness of this grief
We three, you and he and I,
May pass into the hearts of like true comrades hereafter.
In whom we may weep anew and yet comfort them.
As they too pass out, out, out into the night.
So guide them and guard them Heaven and fare them
well!
The minutes have flown and he whom we loved is gone.
The like of whom we never again shall see ;
The wind is heavy with snow and the sea rough.
He has a racking cough and his lungs are weak.
Poems 395
Hand in hand we watch the train as it glides
Out, out, out into the night.
So take him into thy holy keeping, O Lord,
And guide him and guard him ever, and fare him well !
XI
An Acadwnic Exercise
We were two lovers standing sadly by
While our two loves lay dead upon the ground ;
Each love had striven not to be first to die.
But each was gashed with many a cruel wound.
Said I : "Your love was false while mine was true."
Aflood with tears he cried : "It was not so,
'Twas your false love my true love falsely slew —
For 'twas your love that was the first to go."
Thus did we stand and said no more for shame
Till I, seeing his cheek so wan and wet,
Sobbed thus : "So be it ; my love shall bear the blame ;
Let us inter them honourably." And yet
I swear by all truth human and divine
'Twas his that in its death throes murdered mine.
xu
A Prayer
Searcher of souls, you who in heaven abide.
To whom the secrets of all hearts are open.
Though I do lie to all the world beside.
From me to these no falsehood shall be spoken.
Cleanse me not. Lord, I say, from secret sin
But from those faults which he who runs can see,
'Tis these that torture me, O Lord, begin
With these and let the hidden vices be;
If you must cleanse these too, at any rate
Deal with the seen sins first, 'tis only reason.
They being so gross, to let the others wait
The leisure of some more convenient season ;
And cleanse not all even then, leave me a few,
I would not be — not quite — so pure as you.
39^ Poems
XIU
Karma
(A)
Who paints a picture, writes a play or book
Which others read while he's asleep in bed
O' the other side of the world — when they o'erlook
His page the sleeper might as well be dead ;
What knows he of his distant unfelt life?
What knows he of the thoughts his thoughts are raising.
The life his life is giving, or the strife
Concerning him — some cavilling, some praising?
Yet which is most alive, he who's asleep
Or his quick spirit in some other place.
Or score of other places, that doth keep
Attention fixed and sleep from others chase?
Which is the "he"— the "he" that sleeps, or "he"
That his own "he" can neither feel nor see?
(B)
What is't to live, if not to pull the strings
Of thought that pull those grosser strings whereby
We pull our limbs to pull material things
Into such shape as in our thoughts doth lie?
Who pulls the strings that pull an agent's hand.
The action's counted his, so, we being gone.
The deeds that others do by our command.
Albeit we know them not, are still our own.
He lives who does and he who does still lives.
Whether he wots of his own deeds or no.
Who knows the beating of his heart, that drives
Blood to each part, or how his limbs did grow ?
If life be naught but knowing, then each breath
We draw unheeded must be reckon'd death.
(C)
"Men's work we have," quoth one, "but we want them-
Them, palpable to touch and clear to view."
Is it so nothing, then, to have the gem
But we must weep to have the setting too ?
Poems 397
Body is a chest wherein the tools abide
With which the craftsman works as best he can
And, as the chest the tools within doth hide,
So doth the body crib and hide the man.
Nay, though great Shakespeare stood in flesh before us,
Shbuld heaven on importunity release him.
Is it so certain that he might not bore us.
So sure but we ourselves might fail to please him ?
Who prays to have the moon full soon would pray,
Once it were his, to have it taken away.
xiv
The Life After Death
(A)
MeXXofTa ravra
Not on sad Stygian shore, nor in clear sheen
Of far Elysian plain, shall we meet those
Among the dead whose pupils we have been.
Nor those great shades whom we have held as foes ;
No meadow of asi^odel our feet shall tread.
Nor shall we look each other in the face
To love or hate each other being dead.
Hoping some praise, or fearing some disgrace.
We shall not argue saying " 'Twas thus" or "Thus,"
Our argument's whole drift we shall forget;
Who's right, who's wrong, 'twill be all one to us ;
We shall not even know that we have met.
Yet meet we shall, and part, and meet again.
Where dead men meet, on lips of living men.
(B)
Handel
There doth great Handel live, imperious still.
Invisible and impalpable as air.
But forcing flesh and blood to work his will
Effectually as though his flesh were there ;
He who gave eyes to ears and showed in sound
All thoughts and things in earth or heaven above.
From fire and hailstones running along the ground
398 Poems
To Galatea grieving for her love;
He who could show to all unseeing eyes
Glad shepherds watching o'er their flocks by night,
Or Iphis angel-wafted to the skies.
Or Jordan standing as an heap upright —
He'll meet both Jones and me and clap or hiss us
Vicariously for having writ Narcissus.
(C)
Handel
Father of my poor music — if such small
Offspring as mine, so born out of due time.
So scom'd, can be called fatherful at all.
Or dare to thy high sonship's rank to climb —
Best lov'd of all the dead whom I love best.
Though I love many another dearly too.
You in my heart take rank above the rest ;
King of those kings that most control me, you.
You were about my path, about my bed
In boyhood always and, where'er I be,
Whate'er I think or do, you, in my head,
Ground-bass to all my thoughts, are still with me ;
Methinks the very worms will find some strain
Of yours still lingering in my wasted brain.
Index
Abbey Foregate, 342
Abbey Wood, 250
Abnormal Developments, 30
Abraham, Dr., Bishop of Well-
ington, N.Z., 40
Absurd, Which is, 331
"Academic Exercise," An, 381,
382, 395
Academic System and Repent-
ance, 135
Academies, 180, 292
Academicism, 103
Academy, 121
Accident, Design and Memory,
61, 62
Accounts, Squaring, 160 et seq.
Accumulated Dinners, 365
Accuracy, 138
Achilles, The Shield of, 379, 385
Acireale, 6, 7
Action, 67, 68
Action and Study, 139
Actor, 360
Adam and Eve, 243
Adams and Leverrier, 313
Advice to the Young, 34
^gisthus, 345
^neas Silvius, 282
^olian Mode, 129,
A First Year in Canterbury
Settlement, i, 288, 369
Agamemnon, 344, 364
Agape, 123
Agonising, 105
Agrippa and Agrippina, 253
Airolo, 272
Alagna, 280
Albert Hall, 22
Alcohol, 343
Alexander Bolus, 116
Alfred Emery Cathie, Mr., 4,
193, 250, 251, 286, 371,
373
Alive, 318
Allah, 284, 285
Allesley School, i
"All fear of punishment is o'er,"
118, 119
Ally Sloper's Half -holiday, 262
Alpine passes, 133, 134
Alps and Sanctuaries, 4, 238,
250, 259 et seq., 273, 275,
299, 304, 343. 350. 368,
376
•Material for a Projected
Sequel to, 259 et seq.
Alps pierced, 69
—The, by Holbein, 153
Alterni folium, 271
"A.M." Pseudonym, 40
Amateurs and Professionals,
145
Ambiguity, Studied, 290
Amen, 280
Amendes Honourables, 348
America, not a good place in
which to be a genius, 179
Amoeba, zyy, 321
Amputation, 349
Anachronism, 130
"An aged lady taken ill,"
392
399
400
Index
Analogies between Crime and
Disease, 375
Analogies between Organs and
Tools, 375
Analogy, 311
Analysis of the Sales of my
Books, 368, 369
Anatomy of Melancholy, 311
"Ancient Mariner," The, 229
Ancients and Moderns, 193
Ancient Work, 193
"Ancora sull' Origine Siciliana
dell' Odissea," 5
Andersen, Hans, 231
Anderson, Revd. Charles, 379,
380
"And in it he placed," 385
Andromeda, 225
"And the government shall be,"
118
"And the Johnians practise
their tub," 384
Angelico, Fra, 230
Angels, Entertaining, 158
"Angelus," Millet's, 259
Anglican Catholic, 342
Animals understanding, yy
Annuity, Outliving, 374
Ansidei Raffaelle, The, 145 et
seq.
Antechambers, Publishers', dis-
tasteful, 373
Anthony, S., 56
Anthropomorphise, 266
Anthropomorphising the Deity,
309
Antinous, 388
Antitheses, 58
Antony and Cleopatra, 156
Ants, 266
Aosta, 206
Apollos, 325
Apologia, 370-4
Apology for the Devil, 217
Apple-woman, 243
Appoggiatura, 112
Apprentices, Virtuous and Idle,
326
Appropriating, 122, 299
Apricot tree, 81
Aquila, 265
Archbishop of Canterbury, 285
— of Heligoland, 235
Archimede^, 344
Arctic volcano, 179
Argument, 165, 328
Argument and Assertion, 164
Arnold, 386
Arnold, Dr., 365
Arnold, Matthew, 184, 200, 202,
203, 380
Arnolfini, John, 256
Art and Trade, 170, 171
— and Usefulness, 173, 174
— Difficulties in, 102, 104
—Early, 154
— Great and Sham, 137
— Greatness in, 108
— Improvement in, 139
— Life and, 351
— Money and Religion, 229
— of Co very, 180
— of Propagating Opinion,
164
— Schools, 2, 136
Arts, The, 107
— Conveyancing and the, 96
— Money and the, 171, 172
Article-dealing, Literature and,
170
Articles, Essays, Stories, Un-
written, 229
Artist, The, and the Shop-
keeper, 169
Artists a dumb folk, 128, 129
Asceticism, 291
"As cheers the sun," 120
Asinometer, 184
Asplenium Trichomanes, 272
Assertion and Argument, 164
Assimilation, 82, 205
— of rhythm, 71, 210
Index
401
Association, 65, 97
— Painting and, 138
— ^Unconscious, 65
Assonances, 383
Assyrian bas-reliefs, 242
Astrology, 61
Astronomical Speculation, An,
232
Athanasian Creed, 323, 324
Atheism, 230
Atheist, 315, 316
— Theist and, 337
Atheists, 275
Athenaeum (Club), 173
Athencsum, 376
Atoms, 73J 83, 84
— and Fixed Laws, 72
Atrophy, 231
Attempts at Classification, 303
Audience, What, to write for,
109
Auld Robin Gray, 267
Aurora Borealis, 269
Author, An, the worst person
to write his own notes,
21S
"Author of Erewhon," The,
an article by Desmond Mac-
Carthy in the Independent
. Review, 6
Authoress of the Odyssey, The,
378
Authoress of the Odyssey, The,
5, 187, 196, 199, 350, 368,
376
Authors, 364
Authors, Society of, 373
Automata, 289
Babes and Sucklings, The Book
of, 229
Babies, Night-Shirts and, 85,
86
Baby and Great Northern A
Shares, 53
Baby-getting, Justifiable, 289
Bach Choir concert, 123
Bach, Emmanuel, 126
Bach, John Sebastian, iio-
113, 120, 121, 123
— Appropriating from, 121
— Handel and, 112
Bachelor incarnate, 33
Backing one's own opinion, 335
Backwards, living, 292
Bacon, Lord, 25, 150
Bacon for Breakfast, 33
Baker, Mr. John H., 288
Baker Street, 251
Balance, The Flying, 231
Ballad, Refrain for, 231
Ballard, William, 2, 225, 244
Balloon, miraculous, 296
Balmoral, Countess of, 316
Bankruptcy Acts, Tentative, 18
Bank's action. Failure of, 91
Baptism, Infant, Doubts as to
eflBcacy of, I
Barley-water, 239
Barnard's Inn, 131, 153, 237
Barocco, 260
"Barrel-Organs," 41
Barrister principle, 340
Barristers, The two at Ypres,
255-8
Basaiti, Marco, 150
Basel, 4, 153, 376. 381
Baselessness, The, of our ideas,
309, 310 .
Basis of Life, The, 227
Bateson, Professor, F.R.S., 7
Bath, Wife of, 262
"Batti, batti," 122
Baxter, Richard, 326
Beale, Sir Wm. Phipson, Bart.,
K.C., M.P., 8, 253
Beard, 311
Bears, The Three, 277, 278
Beauties of Nature, 270
Beauties Sleeping, 116
Beauty, 335, 389
Bed-key, 65
402
Index
Bee, 49, 62, 266, 355
Beer, 312
Beer and my cat, 86, 87
Bees, 280
Beethoven, no, in, 115, 122,
126, 132, 258, 263, 264
Beginning, 312
Belgian Town Fairs, 345
Bellini, 13, 135, 149, 150, 152,
173, 179, 188, 23s, 257, 258,
357, 376, 378
Bellini, Trying to buy a, 152
Bellinzona, 260, 272
Bells, 85, 246, 263, 266, 267
Berg (Swedish painter), 243
Berlioz, 133
Bernard, St., 267
Bertoli and his Bees, 280
Biella, 342
Billiard ball, 311
Billiard balls, 9
Biographical Statement, 1-8
Birrell, Rt. Hon. Augustine,
K.c, M.P., 7
Birth, 289
Birth and Death, Functions of
one another, 15
— Fear of, 289
— The hour of. Praying for,
289
— ^Unconscious, 16
Birthright, My, 182
Bishop, an English one at
Siena and S. Gimignano,
274-6
Bishop Ken, 214
—of Carlisle, 31, 32, 254
Chichester at Faido, 271,
272
Lichfield, i
Peterborough, 250, 251
Bishops, 327
Blake, Dante, Virgil and Tenny-
son, 183
Blasphemy, 348
—Real, 341
"Blessing, Honour, Adoration,"
121
Blundering in business and in
science, 218
Bodies, Our, an art, 278
— Our trivial, 22
Body, the manifesto of the
mind, 362
— pincers, bellows, and stew-
pan, 18
— The, and its work, 21-23
Bohemian existence, 345
Book, 396
Book of Babes and Sucklings,
The, 229
Book of Essays, A, 368, 369
Book, What sells a, 161
Book-keeping, 4
Books, 107, 357
— and Children, 106
— like Souls, 95
— My, 106, 158 et seq., 366 et
seq.
Analysis of the sales oi,
368-9
— On the making of Music,
Pictures and, 93 et seq.
— Rules for the making of, 96,
97
— should be tried by judge and
jury, 107
—The life of, 106
Boots, 240
Bore, a clever, 383
Born, What happens to you
when you are, 15, 16
Borrowing, 299
— in music, 123-9
Boss, Mrs., 364
Botticini, 146
Bottom-heavy, 329
Boulogne, 252, 254, 263
Boycott, 369
Brahms, 130
Brain, 85
— My wasted, 398
Index
403
Brandy and water, 211
Brave, The, deserve to lose the
fair, 234
Bread, Our daily, 352
Breakfast, Bacon for, 33
Breeding and the Mendelian
Discovery, 16
Breeding from weak opinion,
164
—Good, 34, 340
Bregaglia, Val, 264
Breton fishermen, 36
Brevity, loi
Brighton, 336
British Museum, 2, 5, 6, 8, 41,
81, 156, 161, 165, 204, 218,
237, 242
British Public, Handel and the,
"3
, "Brother, I am much pleased
with Samuel Butler," 387
Brougham, Lord, his trousers,
261
Brown, Mrs., and spoiled tarts, 9
Browne medals, 292
Browning, Mrs., 186
Buddha, 255
Buddhism, 337
Buffon, 3, 107, 378
Bug, The smell of a, 246
Bunyan, 326, 327
—and Others, 188 et seq.
—and the Odyssey, 191
Burglars, 23
Buried alive before marriage,
293. 294
Burleigh, Lord, and Eumaeus,
195
Burlesque, 391
Burton (Anatomy), 311
'Bus conductor, 244
— driver, 244
Business, Science and, 217
Butcher-boy, 88
Butler, A. J., 186
Butler (Analogy), 311
Butler, Revd. Samuel, d.d., i,
4. 32, 378 (see Life and Let-
ters of Dr. Butler)
Butler, Samuel, and the Press,
N.Z., I, 2, 8, 39-42
Particulars of his life and
works, 1-8
Portraits of, 3, 5
quoted by A. D. Darbi-
shire
see under Samuel Butler
Butler, Rev. Thomas, 1-4
Butler, Some future, 391
Butler, Thomas William Gale, 2
— Letter to, 53 et seq.
Butler's Stones, 288
Butterflies, 250, 306
Buzzy bee. How doth the little,
266
Byron, 244
Calais, 213
—to Dover, 253, 254
Cam, 386
Cambridge, i, 4, 6, 7, no, 253,
379
— Professorship of Fine Arts, 4
Canada, 3, 379
Canadians, French, 136
Cannibalism, 29, 30
Canon of Chichester, 271
Cant, 230
— and Hypocrisy, 341
"Cantab" (pseudonym), 304
Canterbury Museum, N.Z., 41
Canterbury Pilgrims, 262
Canterbury Province, 2
Canterbury Settlement, A First
Year in, i, 288, 369
Canto Fermo, 267
Capping a success, 156
Caracal, The, 81
Carcassone, the Odyssey and a
tomb at, 198
Cards, leaving them at church,
342
404
Index
Careful Investigation as En-
couraging Casuistry, 296
"Carefully," 290
Carestia, ZeflBrino, 198
Carletti, Signora Cesira, 282
Carlisle, Bishop of, 31, 32, 254
Carrodus, 242
Cary's Art-School, 2
Casale-Monferrato, 270, 350
Cash and Credit, 168 et seq.
Cassell and Co., 201
Castelvetrano, Labourers at,
194
Casuistry, 296
Cat, Beer and my, 86, 87
Ideas and Mouse-Ideas, 216
— Saying "Hallelujah" to a, 65
—The Jumping, 339
Catherine, S., by Raffaelle, 146,
148, 149
Cathie. See Alfred Emery
Cathie
Catholic, A, 342
Catholicism, 333
Catholics, 336
Cato, Miss, 207
Cats, 238
Cattle drinking, 81
Cell, The primordial, 55
"Cellarius" (pseudonym), 2,
41, 46
Cells, Our, 84, 86, 89
Century Club, 157, 184, 379
Cephas, 33
Chance, 297, 322
Chancellor's Medal, 291
Chancery Lane, 87
Change, 315
Change of circumstances and
memory, 63
Change and Immorality, 29
Changes of substance cognised,
75
Channel for water, 348
—Passage, The, 255
Chapel, Primitive Methodist, 341
Chapman and Hall, 186
Chapters in Music, 130, 131
Character, A man's, arid his
work, 188
—My, 187
Characteristics, Acquired, 96
Charing Cross, 70, 237
Charles Darwin and Samuel
Butler: A Step towards Re-
conciliation, 8, 376
Charles I, 233
Charybdis, Scylla and, 230, 326,
327
Chatto and Windus, 201
"Che faro," 132
Chemical Properties, 69
Cherubini, 100
Chiavenna, 261
Chichester, Bishop of and Can-
on of, 271, 272
Chicken, 66, 69
Chickens, Clergymen and, 56
— Sailor Boy and, 245
Child-Birth, 106
Childish to deny or to attempt
to define God, 326
Children, Books and, 106
— Tracts for, 229
China, Mr. Gladstone selling
his, 165
Choice, 319, 320, 321
— of Subjects, 105
Chords, Common, 226
Chord, the Lost, 280
Christ, 236, 260, 324, 348
—and the L. and N.W. Rail-
way, 339
Christ is Equilibrium, 73
Christs, Infant, 257
Christchurch, N.Z., i, 2, 3,
40
Christian, The, 337, 352
— minister and bad £10 note,
190
— miracles. Improbability of,
33S
Index
405
Christianity, 230, 276, 311, 334,
335. 337. 340, 342, 347. 3Si.
352, 375
— Society and 350, 351
Christians, 350
Christmas at Boulogne, 254
— Eve, ivy and holly, 61
Christie's, 152, 165
Chronicles, 292
Church, The, 159, 307, 340, 366
and the Rectory, 334
and the Supernatural, 340
feasts of the, too much
neglected, 61
—of England, The, 338
— The English, abroad, 342
of Rome, 338
of the future, 229 ■
Churches, The, in an equivocal
position, 190
Churchyard, living nearer to
the, 89
Cider, 387
Cima da Conegliano, 150
Cities, Unburying, 370
Civilisation in the Iliad, 196
Clacton Belle, 262
Claro, 272
Classical Review, The, 377
Classification, 218, 303
Clergy, The, 374
Ourselves and, 351
Clergyman, An English, 342, 343
Clergyman's Doubts, A, 3, 304-
8, 380
Clergymen and Chickens, 56
— born not hatched, 56, 57
Clergymen and Doctors, 226
Clifford's Inn, 2, 237-9
Euphemism, 238
Climbing, 103
Clodd, Mr. Edward, 379
Clothes, 36
Cobbe, Miss Frances Power, 207
Cobham, 231
Cobwebs in the dark, 60
Cock Tavern, The, 239, 240
Coffee, 273
Coins and words, 95
— of all nations, 277
— potential money, 95
Colborne-Veel, Miss, 40
Cold, 315
Colour, 141 et seq.
— shade and reputation, 138
— Words and, 144
Colourist, A great, 144
"Come, O Time," 116
Commentators, Homer and his,
196
Commerce, 341
Common Chords, 226
— form, 125
Commonplaces, Handel's, 115
Common Sense, 370
and Philosophy, 330
Reason and Faith, 328
The Voice of, 348
Compensation, 157
Competency, Vows of modest,
290
Complete Death, 355
Composition (painting), 140
Compression (literature), 100
Conceit left in the box as well
as Hope, 170
Conflict of duties, 84
Conscience, Jones's, 219
Consciousness, 73
— Vanishing, 53
Conservatism and Liberalism,
340
Conservative, The healthy
stomach, 82
Contemplation, Man of, 367
Continued Identity, 353-5
Continuity of existence, 54
Contradiction in Terms, 164,
210, 299, 301, 314, 315, 316
et seq.
Contributions to evolution, 66
Con-venience, 310
4o6
Index
Convenience, 301-3
— God and, 347
— Truth and, 297 et seq.
"Convey me to some peaceful
shore," n6
Conveyancing and the arts, 96
Conviction, 328, 329
Convictions, Our profoundest
are unspeakable, 93
Cooking, 81, 222
Cooper, Eenimore, 265
Copernicus, 302
Copies of notes, 363
Corelli, 188
Corn, 325, 326
Corn-laws, 342
Coroners' Inquests, 325
Corpse, 353
Corpse-hood, 354
Correggio, 146
Cosimo, S., 281
Costa, Sir Michael, 113
Costermongers of religion, 222
Coterie, Literary and Scientific,
369
Coton, 387
Cotton Factories, 21
Counsels of Imperfection, 24
Counterpoint, 5, 113, 267, 315
Countess of Balmoral, 316
Countries, Imaginary, 105
Cousin, my, 241, 242, 250
Covery, the art of, 180
Cow, 261, 285
Cow, eyes like a, 233
Cow-bells, 85, 267
Cows, 255, 308
Crea, 5
Creating, The less a man creates
the better, 143
Credit, Cash and, 168 et seq.
— System, The, 328
Credulous Eye, The, 138
Creeds, Wants and, 336
Creighton, Dr. Mandell, 250,
251
Cricket, 386
Crimea, The Grotta, 261
Crime and disease, Analogies
between, 375
Critic, A Lady, 156
Criticism, 107
— Diderot on, 187
— Musical, 123; 130
Critics and Others, To, 380, 391
— fitness and unfitness, 107
Crivelli Carlo, 146
Croesus and his kitchen-maid,
89-92
Crossing oneself, 274
Crowe and Cavalcaselle, 376
Crows, 230, 266
Crucifixion, 324, 375
"Crucifixion" by Holbein, 153
Crumby Woman, 267
Crystal Palace, 260
Cuckoo, 327, 337
Cunning, 315, 319, 320, 322, 323
Damiano, S., 281
Danaids, 344, 345
Dando, 242
Danse, La, 4, 376
Dante, 150, 183
Darbishire, Mr. A. D., 16
Dardanelles, 283-5
"Darwin among the Machines,"
2, 8, 39-42 et seq.
Darwin, Charles, 3, 4, 8, 39, 40,
70, 161, 243, 265, 322, 339,
375, 376, 378
Darwin, Erasmus, 3, 378
Darwin, Mr. Francis, f.r.s., 8,
243
"Darwin on the Origin of
Species. A Dialogue," i, 8,
39-41
Darwinians, 374
David, 214, 224, 230
David, Gheeraert, 147
Da Vinci, Leonardo, 257, 376,
378
Index
407
Daughter, My, 249
Day, 195, 315
Day, Mr. Lewis, 253
Days, Our, 12
De Minimis non curat Lex, 209
Veritas, 299
Dead, 318, 357, 365, 370
"Deadlock in Darwinism," 375,
376
Death, 22, 23, 79, 314, 315, 318,
353 et seq.
— A luxurious, 37
— and life, 93
— Apprehended, 382
beds. Christian, 229
— Bid him take, 359
— Birth and, 15
—Complete, 355
— Foreknowledge of, 353
—Ignorance of, 356, 357
— Indifference to, undesirable,
214
— in life, 76
— is equilibrium, 73
—Life and, 355
— Making ready for, 229
— Preparation for, 362
—The Defeat of, 355
—The Dislike of, 55, 358, 359
—The Torture of, 355, 356
— unconscious, 16
Debts, 292
Decimal, Recurring, 68
Defeat of Death, The, 355
Defencefulness, Odour of, 390
Definitions, 220, 221
"Deh Vieni," 252
Deity, The Homeric and the
Pall Mall Gazette, 33
Deliver us from evil, 213
Delphi, 351
Demand, 315
D'Enrico, 378
Dentist, My, 240
De profundis, 106
Descent with modification, 55
Design, 60, 61
— Memory and, 56 et seq.
Despising the world, 365
Destroy and fulfil, 335
Destruction and Death, 169
— of works of art, 179
Detail, 137, 138
Development, 95
Developments, Abnormal, 30
Devil, 224, 226, 23s, 236, 267,
31S
— ^A mischievous, 226
— ^An Apology for the, 217
— and God, 25
—God and the, 333, 334
Devils, 228
"Diary of a Journey" to take
MSS. of three of Butler's
books to Italy and Sicily, 7
Diavolo, Santo, 274
Dickens, Handel and, 134
Dickens and unconscious hu-
mour, 32
Dickens and Rochester, 32
Dictionary of National Bio-
graphy, The, 365
Diderot on criticism, 187, 188
Die, What happens to you
when you, 15, 16
Differences, 62, 83
DiflSculties in Art, 102, 104
Diffuseness, loi
Digestion, 82
Dim religious light. The, 338
Dinners, Accumulated, 365
Disappointing person, Myself a,
158
Disappointment, 311
Discobolus, 388, 389
Discords, 129, 130, 225
Disease and crime. Analogies
between, 375
— The fear-of-giving-them-
selves-away, 293
Diseased physically, 296
Diseases of friendship, 230, 382
4o8
Index
Disgrace, 397
Disjoining, 21
Dislike of Death, The, 358, 359,
Dissimilarity, 55
Dissolution, 357, 358
Dives, 362
Divorce, 234, 252
Doctors, 38
— and clergymen, 226
Doctors' Commons, 244
Dodging fatigue, 27
Dog, 137, 220, 245, 246, 390
"Doge," Bellini's, 173
Doing, Worth, 369
Doll, 346
Dolls, Prayers are as, 212
Domenichino, 150
Dominant, 129, 130, 226, 260
Don, Captain, 274
Donatello, 195
Doncaster, Mrs., 238
Dan Giovamni, 131
Dorian mode, 129
Doubt and hope, 369, 370
Doubts, A Clergyman's, 304
Dover, 253, 254
Dow, Gerard, 99, 100
Dowe, Mrs., 259
Dowie's shop, 240
Dragon, Andromeda's, 225
Dragons, 160
Drapers, Scientists and, 218
Draper's store, 303
Drapery, 147
Dress, 107, 108
Drinking, My books do not take
to, 366
Drivel from one of the Kings-
leys, 34
Drones, Pedals or, 225
Dropping off of leaves and
guests, 230
Druggist's store, 303
Drunkard, 231, 349
Drunkenness, 342, 343
Drury Lane theatre, 131
Duckling, The Ugly, 231
Ducklings, A string of, 84
Ducks on the Serpentine, 63
Dullness, 179, 193
Dullnesses of virtue, 28
Dull people, 294
Dumb-bells academic, 219
Dunstable, John, in
Dunstan's, St., bells, 246
Dupes, 296
Duties, Conflict of, 84
Duty, 231
Dvorak, 130
Dynamical, 67, 68, 73
Eagle, I, 5, 6, 379, 380
Eagle, 390
"Eagles were not so swift," 65
"Earnest Clergyman," An, 304,
308
Eat and drink. Let us, 361
Eating and proselytising, 81
Eating grapes downwards, 98,
, 99
'Ecce.Homo" by Cotreggio, 146
Ecclesiastes, 201, 203
Eclat, 370
Editing notes, 215
Effort of retaining evacuations.
Effort to live, 358
Egg, 16, 67, 69, 70, 85, 100, 249,
272, 291, 363, 390
— and hen, 16, 390
powders, 245
Eggs do not become clergymen,
S6
— New-laid, 249
Ego and non-ego, 321-3
Electric light, 242
Elementary Morality, 24 et seq.
Eliot, George, 160
Elmsley Writing to Dr. Butler
215
Elysian plain, 397
Index
409
Embankment, Thames, 237,
238
Embryo, 16, 354, 361
Emendators of corrupt text,
286
Empire, The Roman, 206-7
End, Let me not know mine,
212
—Longing for, 355, 356
Endings, 312
Endowing science and religion,
340
Energy, An, 76
Enfant Terrible, The, of litera-
ture, 183 ■
England musically-minded, 128
Englefield Green, 249, 250
English Church abroad, The,
342
— composers. Old, 115
— fisherman, 36
Englishman, A stupid old, 285
Englishmen, Italians and, 207
Enquiry, Every, pursued with
passionate longing, 373
Entertaining angels, 158
— Myself not very, 158
Entrails, 330
Entuning the sky, 165
Ephemeral and Permanent
Success, 180 et seq.
Epiphany, 223
Equal temperament. Philosophy
and, 327
Equilibrium, 73, 78, 79
Equivocal generation, 72
Eremhon, 2, 3, 16, 26, 39 et seq.,
106, 155-8, 161, 186, 187, 252,
288, 289, 296, 317, 368, 372,
374) 375
— ^The geography of, 288
— The Germs of, 39 et seq.
— ^the oracle, 26
— Dinners, The, 7, 8
Eremhon Revisited, 6, 369, 375
Material for, 288 et seq.
Erewhon to be visited by the
son of the original writer, 296
"Erl Konig," 133
Ernest Pontifex, 115
Erudite Research, Society for
the Repression of, 180
Eryx, Mount, 5
Esau, 268
Essays, A Book of, 368, 369
Essays, Articles, Stories, Un-
written, 229
Essays on Life, Art and Sci-
ence, 5, 6, 369, 376
Esther, Book of, 201
Eternal matter and mind, 314
Ether, Waking up, 68
"Ethics," Letter signed, 304-8,
380
Etruscan Urns at Volterra,
276-9
Euclid, 330, 331
Eumaeus and Lord Burleigh,
195
Europe in a blaze, 219
Evacuations, 17
Evans, R. W., 32
Evasive nature, 226
Evening Hymn, The, immoral,
214
Evidence, 217, 315, 335
Evidence for the Resurrection,
369, 375
Evil, 204, 205, 352
Evil One among the birds, An,
305
Evolution, 66, 332, 375
Evolution Old and New, 3, 4, 8,
66, 120, 368, 375
Ewe, 390
Ex nihilo nihil fit, 312, 314
Ex Veto, 5, 275, 368, 375
Examtiner, 3, 7, 304, 380
Examiner's dinner, 291
Excellence, Physical, 26
Excess, 291
Excursion train, 229
4IO
Index
Exercise, An Acadanic, 395
Exploding, Death wants, 358
Expression and existence, 95
Extracts from the Note-Books
of Samuel Butler in the New
Quarterly, 7
Extremes, 315, 316
— meet, 25
Eyck, Van, 98, 99, 149, 153, 256
Eye, 138
Eyes, 139
— like a cow, 233
Eynsford, 247
Faddist, 361
Fads, Fancies and Theories, 232
Faesch, Hans Rudolf, 381
Faido, 263, 271
Failure of bank's action, 91
Failure, My, 370-4
— One form of, 224
Fair Haven, The, 2, 368, 374,
375. 382
Faith, 315, 330, 331, 336
— and Reason, 171, 333
— Common Sense and Reason,
328
— Logic and, 330
— Sanctified by, 351
Faith, the artist's, 171
— The test of, 360, 361
Faiths and formulae, 307
Falsehood, 299-301, 305
False love, 395
Fame, Posthumous, 360, 361
Family, The, 31
Family Prayers, 2, 230
"Fare you well," 394
Farrar, Archdeacon, crossing
the Channel, 213
Farringdon Street, 251
Fascination, 268
Fashion, 226, 278
Fate, 314, 319, 322
Father, My, and Shakespeare,
183
Father, My, no wish to see him
again, 32
"Father of my poor music — if
such small," 398
— It is a wise tune that knows
its own, 122
Fatigue, Dodging, 27
Faust, 258
Fear of death, 356
Fear-of-giving-themselves-away
disease, 293
Fear of the Lord, 172, 204, 352
Feeling, 78-90
— Genuine, 185
Feline Languages, Professor of,
289, 290
Ferentino, 273
Ferrari, 198, 256, 376, 378
Fetter Lane, 237
Fetish-worship, 325
Fiction, The great characters of,
217
Fielding, 191
Fille de Madame Angot, La, 260
Filosofia, La, 264
Filter, 280
Financial difficulties, 3, 4
Financier, Gladstone as a, 165
Fine Arts, Professorship of, at
Cambridge, 4
Finger-nail, A torn, 63
Fingers cut by hard and fast
lines, 170
Fire, 242
Firewood, 281
First Principles, 309 et seq.,
330, 331
First Year in Canterbury Set-
tlement, A, I, 288, 369
FitzGerald, James Edward, 39,
41,42
Fitzwilliam Museum, 3, 385
Five-pound note, 64
Five shillings, 347
Fixed laws, Atoms and, 72
Flatter, Tuning death, 358
Index
411
Fleet Street, 237-9
Flesh, 96, 332
Flies in the Milk- Jug, 216
Flint implement, 334
Flocks, 23, 398
Floods, 235
Flowers, Finding, 375
Flushing, 383, 384
Fly, The, 305
Folly, Glacial periods of, 197
Fore-knowledge of death, 353
Foraminifera, 230, 266
Formicomorphise, 266
Fooling around, 230
Foolishness and wisdom, 168
"Forgetting and forgot," 116
Forgive, We like to, 349
Forgiveness and Retribution,
349
Forsyth, Mr., 240
Fortune, good or 111,223,322, 371
Fortunes, 378
Foundation, 330
— Superstitious, 309
Francis, St., 230
Freeman, Froude and, 186
Freethinker, 315, 352
Freethinking Father, 231
Free-will, 72, 314, 315, 321, 322
— and Necessity, 316 et seq.
French town fairs, 345
Frenchmen, 207
Friends, 359, 364, 371
Friendship, 141, 230, 382
Froude and Freeman, 186
Fugue, 96, 100, 116, 125, 260
Fundamental Principles, 351
Funerals, 342, 343
Furber, 241, 242
Fuseli and nature, 138
Future, Knowledge of, fatal, 232
— and Fast, 220
— state. Ameliorating the, 293
Gadshill and Trapani, 193, 194
Gaetano, 234
Gaining one's point, 348
Galatea, 398
Gallows, 318
Gamp, Mrs., her speech trans-
lated into Greek verse, 393
Garlic, 270, 310
Garner, Professor, 185
Garvagh, Madonna, 148
Gauntlet of Youth, 108
Gaudenzio Ferrari, 198, 256,
376, 378
Gavottes, Minuets and Fugues, 4
Gear, Gathering, 388
General Confession, I cannot
repeat it unreservedly, 184
Generalism, Specialism and, 222
Generation, Equivocal, 72
— addressing the next, 159
Genius, 159, 174 et seq., 259
— and love, 176
— and providence, 180
— and the unkind fairy, 176
— and the world, 176
— a nuisance, 180
Gentleman, 36
— The Japanese, 245, 246
Genuine feeling, 185
George, St. Perseus and, 222
George I and II, 113
—IV, 242
Gerino da Pistoja, 276
German music; 127, 128
Germans, 207
Germs, 272
— of Erewhon and of Life and
Habit, 39 et seq.
— ^within germs, 70
Getting on, 372
Giacalone, Signor Ignazio, 194
Gig, 281
Gimignano, S., Siena and, 274-6
Giorgione, 135, 152
Giotto, 149, 154
Girl, My son would probably
be a, 366
Giusti, Giuseppe, 379
412
Index
Glacial periods of folly, 197
Glaciers, Tj
Gladstone, 165, 212
Gladstonian, 301
Glory of God, The, 34
"Glory of theLord,"Andthe,ii6
Glory as a test of respecta-
bility, 281
Gnosis, 123
Goats, 267
God, 93, 225, 226, 293, 301, 308,
309, 314-16, 324-6, 330, 332,
334, 337, 339. 34i, 346, ,347,
350, 351, 363, 388-90, 394
— and Convenience, 347
Flesh, 332
Life, 332
Mammon, 24
^Man, 33, 94
Philosophies, 328
the Devil, 25, 333, 334
^the Unknown, 324, 326
— is Love, 226
God the Known and God the
Unknown, 3, 7
Gods, 309
— and Prophets, 333
God's Laws, 26
Goethe, 258
Gogin, Mr. Charles, 2, 4, 5, 100,
152, 243, 245, 246, 255
Gogin, the Japanese Gentleman
and the Dead Dog, 245, 246
Going away, 228
Gold, 172
mines, 224
— ^thread, 146, 147
Good-breeding, 34, 36
Good Faith, The limits of, 229
Good may come. That, 230
Goodwin, Harvey, Bp. of Car-
lisle, 31
Gopsall, 22
Gospel of Hellas, The, 389
Montreal, The, 389
Gosse, Mr. Edmund, c.b., ll.d., 8
Gothic woman, 247
Gounod-Barnby, 251
Gower Street, 266, 251
Gozzoli, Benozzo, 275
Grail, Holy, 290
Grain, The Isle of, 231
Grandfather, My, and myself,
172, 173
Grape-filter, 280
Grapes, Eating them down-
wards, 98, 99
— Sour, 60
Grass, 324, 325
Gratitude, 339
—and Revenge, 340, 341
Gravel, a tool, 19, 20
Gravity, 77
Great art and sham art, 137
Great Bear, The, 239
Great Eastern, The, 43
Great Northern A Shares, 53
Great Russell St., 326
Great things, 179
Great Unknown Source, 352
Great works, 106
Greatest men. The world and
its, 177
Greatness, 219
— in art, 108
—England's, 343
Greece, 5, 283
Greek Art, 388
Greeks, The, 200-4, 207, 338
GriiBn, The, 238
Grosvenor, Hon. Mrs. Richard,
251
Grotta Crimea, 261
— del toro, 199
Ground-bass, 398
Growth, 297
Grumbling, Saints, 211, 212
Guercino, 150
Guido, 150
Guinea-pig review success, 372
Gulliver's Travels, 190, 202
Gumption, 293
Index
413
Gurney, Edmund, 263
Gyges, The true, 52
Haberdasher, Mr. Spurgeon's,
389
Habits, Bad, 231
Habits, On Breaking, 220
Hack-writer, No chance of be-
coming a, 167
Hades, 343-5
"Hailstone Chorus," 175
Hailstones, 397 .
Hair, 356
Hallelujah, 65
"Hallelujah Chorus," The, 115,
173
Halter, 327
Hamlet, 173, 175, 391
Hamlet, Don Quixote and Mr.
Pickwick, 217
Hammer and lever, 20
Hampstead 'bus, 244
Hand, The, 49
Hands, 49
Handel, i, 13, 14, 22, 63, loi,
1 10-14, 120, 121, 123, 126-8,
131-3, 161, 174, 178, 179, 188,
192, 252, 259, 263, 299, 357,
363- 365, 377. 378, 384, 397.
398
— a conservative, 115
— and a letter to a solicitor, 119
Bach, 112
Dickens, 134
Dr. Morell, 115
Ernest Pontifex, 115
Homer, 112
humanitarian nonsense, 119
Madame Patey, 113, 263
Marriage, 119
Music, no et seq.
Shakespeare, 114
Tennyson, 115
the British Public, 113
^the Speaking Voice, 117
^the Wetterhorn, 118
Handel Festival, At a, 133,
134
Handelian, A Yankee, 114
Handel's Commonplaces, 115
— Rules for tuning, 128
— Shower of rain, 120
Handicapped people, 103
Hanging, 317, 341
Hanging the dead, 365
Happiness, 228, 345, 356
— The greatest, of the greatest
number, 294
"Hark how the Songsters," 122
Harmonics, 303, 315, 358
Harmony, 315
Harris, Mrs., 393
Harrow Weald, 248
Harwich, 253
Hartman, Von, 3
Hartog, Professor Marcus, 7
Hate and Love, 83
Hating, 216
Hating, Loving and, 205, 206
Haweis, Revd. H. R., 241
Haydn, 1 11, 126
"He saw the lovely youth," 121
Heads, Veiled, 235
Health, Good, 370
— Money and Reputation, 37
Heat, 315
— and cold relative, 76
Heatherley's, 2, 139, 225
Heatherley's Holiday, Mr., 3
Heaven, 394
— and Hell, 35
— for wicked people, 290
— The Kingdom of, 106, 168,
169, 363
Hebe, 345
Heckmann Quartet, The, 263
Hedge and train, 21
Hedging the Cuckoo, 327
Heir to a fortune, 344
Heligoland, The Archbishop of,
235
Hell-Fire, 343-5
414
Index
Hell, Heaven and, 35
Hellas, The gospel of, 389
Hen, 16, 249, 390
Henry IV, 156
Henry VI, 156
Herculaneum, 230
Hercules, 345
Hercules, 118
Heredity, 61, 62, 332, 375
— and Memory, 57, 66
Heroes, 364
Hering, Dr. Ewald, of Prague,
3. 57, 66
Hertfordshire, 64
Herodotus, 379, 384
Hesiod, 316
"Hey diddle diddle," 266
Hicks, Mrs., 247, 248
Higgledy-piggledy, 215 et seq.,
230
Hindhead, 85
Hired, Waiting to be, 194
Historical Society of St. John's
College, Cambridge, 7
History, Unsettling, 250
Hoare, Henry, 63 et seq.
Hobson, 385
Hogarth, 188, 326
Hokitika Pass, 288
Holbein, 107, 235, 378
Holbein at Basel, 153
— ^A note on his drawing -La
Danse at Basel, 4
Holbein Card, A, 368
Holborn, 237
— Viaduct Station, 381
Holly on Christmas Eve, 61
Holy Ghost, The, 160, 172, 175, 348
Home, 32
Homer, 32, 33, 178, 179, 192,
260, 278, 363, 366, 378
— and the Basins, 254
— and his Commentators, 196
— Handel and, 112
Homer's Hot and Cold Springs,
283-7
Homeric Verse, 380, 393
I'Homme, le Style c'est, I07_
Homoeopathy, British Associa-
tion of, 7
Homo Unius Libri, The Posi-
tion of a, 15s et seq.
Honesty, 122
— a low virtue, 162
Honour after death, 174
— "ceaseth," 316, 390
Honour, Codes of, 93
Honours, Posthumous, 367
Hoo, the Hundred of, 231
Hoodwinking the Public, 162
Hooghe, De, 153, 179, 188, 235,
256
Hoopoes, 283
Hope, Doubt and, 369, 370
— Conceit left in the box as
well as, 170
Horace, 48, 201, 207
— at the Post Office in Rome,
262
Horse, 390
Hot and Cold Springs, 283-7
Housemaid, Moliere's, 109
Hudibras, 157, 159
Human wishes. The vanity of,
219
Humanitarian nonsense, 119
Humanity, Types of rich and
poor, 51, 52
Humming-bird, 391
Humour, 11, 165, 291, 309
—My, 166
"Humour of Homer," The, S,
25s
Humour, Unconscious, and
Dickens, 32
— Unconscious, Myself and, 166
Hundred, a, years hence,
Writing for, 109
Hungarian music, 127, 128
Hutton, Richard Holt, 380
Huxley, 232, 339
Hyam, Mr., 241
Index
415
Hybrids, their sterility, 66
Hyde Park, 243
Hydra, loi
Hydrogen, yj
Hymn, The Evening, immoral,
214
Hymns, 251
Hypocrisy, Cant and, 341
Ice, 179, 329
Ichthyosauri, 48
Ida, Mount, 283
Ideas, Cat and Mouse-, 216
— Incoherency of New, 216
— New, 106, 216
' — Our, 216
— our. Baselessness of, 309, 310
— shadows, 95
— Words and, 65
Identity, 54, 60, 210
—Continued, 353-5
— Personal, 375
Idle Apprentice and Virtuous,
326
Idle classes, 335
Idyll, An, 233
Ightham Mote, 250
Ignorance, 339
— of Death, 356
— the basis of Knowledge, 57
Ignotius complex, 327
Ignotum simplex, 327
Iliad, The, 5, 6, 173-5, 185, 186,
196, 254, 255, 277, 376, 377,
380
Iliad in English Prose, The, 6,
368
Ilium and Padua, 195
Ill-used, 371
Illusion, 229, 323, 357
Image, God in man's own, 309
Imaginary Countries, 105
—Worlds, 232
Imagination, 310, 312
Imaum, 285
Immorality, 230
Immorality, Change and, 29
Immortal to oneself, 357
Immortality, 14, 362
— A good average three-score
years and ten of, 14
Immune to poverty, 225
Immutable law, 322
Imperfect Lady, The, 273
Imperfection, Counsels of, 24
Importances, Relative, 97, 100
Impression, A residuary, 273
Impressionism, 153
Improvement in Art, 139, 140
Improvidence, 322
Improvidence, Providence and,
223
"In sweetest harmony," 65
Inaccuracy, 300, 349
Inarticulate Touches, 137
Incense across the dining-room
table, 274
Increateness of Matter, 314
Increment of knowledge, 312
Incoherency of New Ideas, 216
Incomprehensibles, Two, 323,
324
Indifference to death unde-
sirable, 214
Indigestion, 82
Individual, 358
— The, and the race, 15
— The, and the world, antago-
nism between, 12
Individuality, 319
Infamy after death. Unde-
served, 361
Influence, Moral, 81
Influenza, Severe, 75
Ingenuity, 305
In Memoriam, 263
"In Memoriam to H. R. P.,"
393-S
Innocents, Massacre of, 270
Inoculation, 227
Inorganic, Organic and, 19, 77-8
Inscription on chapel, 341
4i6
Index
Inspiration, 179
Instinct, 266
Insults, Fancied, 61
Intellectual Rattlesnake, 268
- Self-indulgence, 27
Intelligence, "JT, 78
— The, Omnipresence of, ^^
Intentions of parties to a deed,
96
Intoxication, 343
Introduction of Foreign Plants,
281
Intuition, 315
Ionian mode, 129
Iphis, 398
Irreligionof Orthodoxy, The,35o
Irving, Washington, 265
"Is," 31S
"Is not," 315
Isaac, 231
Ishmael, 231
Ismail Gusbashi, 283-7
Italian peasant, 36
— Priesthood, On the, 379
Italians and Englishmen, 207
— The, 207
— 'The early composers, 115, 127
Italian trips, 371
Italy, I, 2, III, 342
Ithaca, 5
Ivanhoe, 279
Ivy Hatch, 311
Ivy on Christmas Eve, 61
Japanese Gentleman, The, 245,
246
Jephtha, 120
Jesus Christ, 341, 352, 375
Jewels in pictures, 147
Jews, The, 200-4
— The return of the, 239
Jig in G. Minor, Handel's, loi
Job, 202-4
Johnians, 384, 385
John's, St., College, Cambridge,
I, 3. 6» 7. 379
Joining, 21
Jones, Henry Festing, 3, 4. S>
7, 8, 65, 114, 121, 132, 133,
153. 219, 237, 239, 246, 250,
253, 376
Jones, Tom, 364
Jones, Tom, 202
Jordan, 398
Joseph Andrews, 190
Joshua, 120
Journal of Philology, 195
Jove, 345
Jubilee Sixpence, 130
Judas Maccdbaus, 117, 118,
120
Judging the Dead, 365
Juggles, Words are, 95
Juices, Gastric, lose their co-
gent fluency, 82
Jumping Cat, The, 339
Jupiter, 338
Jupp, Mrs., 364
Justice, 301, 340
Justifiable baby-getting, 289
Jutes, 350
Jutland and "Waitee," 350
Karma, Squaring the account,
15
"Karma," Three Sonnets, 396
Kemp, Mr., 131, J53
Ken, Bishop, 214
Kensington Gore, 243
Kensington (South) Art
Schools, 2
Kerr, Miss Grainger, 7
Khartoum, Sack of, 244
Kindliness, 352
Kindly disposition. A, 331
Kindness, 299
Kinetic theory, 376
Kingdom of Heaven, The, 106,
168, 169, 363
Kingdom, The Super-Organic,
78
Kingdom, The Unseen, 320
Index
417
Kingdoms, The mineral, vege-
table, animal, mechanical, 43
King's College Chapel, 385
King's Cross, 251
King's Parade, 385
Kingsleys, Drivel from one of
the, 34
Kitchen-maid, Croesus and his,
'89-92
Kitten, Naming, 108
Knife, 285
— and string, 21
Knives and forks, 99
Know, Trying to, 160
Knowing what gives us Plea-
sure, 207-9
Knowledge, 312
— ^based on ignorance, 57
— is Power, 102
Known from the Unknown,
The, 346
Kosmos, 309
Krause, Dr., 3
L. & N.W. Railway, Christ and
the, 339
Lady, An aged, 392
Lady Critic, A, 156
Lady getting photographed and
why, 163
Lady, The Imperfect, 273
Ladywell, 260
Lamarck, 3, 378
Lamb, 390
Lang, Andrew, 166, 197
Langar, i, 260
Langton, Robert, 32
Language, 65
Lark, 391
Larken, Mr. E. P., 236
Last Supper, 257
Latham, Revd. Henry, 253
Laundress, My, 313
Law Courts, 341
Law, The written and the un-
written, 9S
Lawrence, Gulf of St., 269
Laws of God, 26
Lawson, Marmaduke, 364
Lawyers, 339
Lay-figure, The model and the,
136, 137
Layard, Sir Henry, 370
Lazarus, 362
Learning, 102-5
Leather Lane, 237
Leave-taking, 228
Legs, Manzi's too hairy, 245
Leonardo da Vinci, 257, 376,
378
Lethe, 358
Letter, A, and a nervous sys-
tem, 85
— to a solicitor, Handel and a,
119, 120
Letters, 364
Leventina, Val, 271, 350
Lever, 20, 43
Leverrier, 313
Lex, De minimis non curat,
209
Liar, The good, made, not born,
305 .
Liberalism and conservatism,
340
Lie, An absolute, 299
Lies, 301
Life, 10, II, IS, 315, 318, 323,
332, 354-6, 362, 384
— ^A means of prolonging, 229
— ^A short, and a merry one
aimed at, 14
—after death, 13, 23, 383, 397,
398
—an art, 351, 352
—and Death, 93, 355
Life and Habit, 3, 8, 30, 35, 39
et seg., 41, 66, 71, 84, 156,
157, 166, 185, 186, 225, 249,
25o> 337, 368, 372
The Germs of Erewhon
and of, 39 et seq.
4i8
Index
Life and Letters of Dr. Butler,
5, 10, 215, 364, 368, 374, 377
Life and Love, 227
— ^beyond the grave, 13
— easier got than kept, 141
— God and, 332
— in death, 76
— in others, 13
— is it virorth living? 17
— My squandered, 13
— My, the extremes of plea-
sure and pain, 13
— ^My virtuous, 28
— now an equation of only 99
unknown quantities, 57
Life of books. The, 106
— of the World to Come, The,
229, 360 et seq.
— Posthumous, 358
—The Rules of, 11, 351, 352
— The truest, 361, 362
Light and Shade, 140, 328
— The Dim Religious, 338
Limbs, Extracorporaneous, 50,
51
Lincoln's Inn Fields, 237
Lines, Hard-and-fast, cut, 170
"Lips of living men," 397
Literary Man's Test, A, 109
— Power, 108
— Sketch-Book, 237
Literature and Article-dealing,
170
— Difficulties in, 102, 104
— Emotion not words, 96
— Many mansions in the king-
dom of, 181
—The Enfant Terrible of, 183
— useful and useless, 173
Living and non-living, 71
— in others is the true life, 15
Litigation, 338, 339
Lizards, 11
"Loathsome Urns," 116
Logic, 329-31, 333, 346
— and Faith, 330
Logic and Philosophy, 329
Lohengrin, 35
Lohengrin, 263
Lombard portals, 152
London, 3, 161, 237, 342
— Trees, 238
London wall. A, 142
Longden, Mrs., no
Longevity, 66
Longfellow, 226
Lord of the Isles, 262
Lord's Prayer, The, 349
Lord, And the Glory of the,
116
Lord, The, bringing two of his
children, 134
— The Fear of the, 172, 204,
352
— The voice of the, 348
— What is Man? 9 et seq.
Loredano Loredani, 258
Losing cats, 238
"Lost Chord," The, 280
Louis XVI, 260
Love, 226, 332
— and Hate, 83
— and Life, 227
— cut short by death, 359,
381
— dried up and withered, 359,
381.
— Genius and, 176
— God is, 226
— not blighted by death, 359,
381
shop. The, 206
Lovers, Two, 395
Loving and Hating, 205, 206
Loving God, 33
Lucifer, 25
Luck, 315, 319, 320, 322, 323,
370
— and Success, 181
Luck or Cunning? 4, 66, 173,
368, 375, 376
Lucky and Unlucky, 220
Index
M9
"Lucubratio Ebria," 2, 8, 39, 41,
47 et seq.
Lugano, 131
Luino, Bernardino, 131
Lute, The little rift within the,
16
Lydian mode, 129
Lying, 300. 304, 308
— Dissertation on, 304
Macbeth witch, 248
MacCarthy, Mr. IDesmond, 6, 7
McCormick, Revd. Canon Jo-
seph, D.D., 379
McCuUoch, 119, 229
Machines, 45-7, 50
Madingley, 387
Madonna, 230, 334
— ^Ansidei, 145-51
— di S. Sisto, 257
— Garvagh, 148
Magazines, The West-End, 181
Magdalene, Mary, 228
Mahomedan, The, 337
Maid, My books' mother's, 366
Maigre, Dining, 255, 256
Mairengo, 271
Maitland, Mr. J. A. Fuller, 7
Makeshifts, 20
Making notes, 100, loi
Making of Music, Pictures and
Books, On the, 93 et seq.
— Literature, Music and Pic-
tures, Rules for, 96, 97
Mamma, Does she know ? 243
Man, 9, 10, so, 361
— and his Organism, 18
— a tool-box, 18, 86
— domesticated by machines,
45
— God and, 33
"Man in Vain," 122
Man, Lord, what isl g et seq.
— shot out of a cannon, 78
— The, behind the words, 94
Manners Makyth Man, 228
Manning, Cardinal, 255
Man's Place in Nature, 31
Manzi, the model, 245
Marbot, 186
Mares'-Nests, My, 377
Market Square, 385
Marriage, 227, 341
—and the Turk, 285
— Handel and, 1,19
— of Inconvenience, 230
— Offers of, 227
Marrying and regretting, 284
Martin Chusslewit, 380, 393
Mary, The Great Saint, 385
— Magdalene, 228
— Where's my? 311
Masterpieces, 292
Masters, the old, and their pu-
pils, 135
Match-box, 286
Material for' Erewhon Revis-
ited, 288 et seq.
— for a projected Sequel to Alps
and Sanctuaries, 259 et seq.
Matter, 67, 68, 73
Matter, Mind and, 74 et seq.
— Opinion and, 80
— Subdivisible, 82
Maximum, 209, 299
"May he be damned for ever-
more," 392
Meanness, Vices of, 34
Meannesses of Virtue, 34
Meat-eating, 197
"Mecsenas," 262
Mechanical life, kingdom,
world, 43
Mediocrity, 187, 188
Me-e-at, 65
Megalanthrope, 309
Melchisedec, 33
MiWovTa ToOra, 397
Member of Parliament, 314
Memnon, 244
Memoriam, In, 263
Memoriam, In, To H.R.F., 393
420
Index
Memory, 61, 62, 69, 71, 312,
332, 375
— a way, an echo, 58
— and Design, 56 et seq.
— and heredity, 57, 66
— and Mistakes, 62, 63
— and Rhythm, 58
— and Viscosity, 58
"Memory as a Key to the Phe-
nomena of Heredity," 56
"Memory as a Universal Func-
tion of organised matter," 66
Memory of a love cut short by
death, 359, 381
— Reproduction and, 59
— Shocks and, 60
— Slipshod, 306
— The physics of, 66
— Unconscious, 59
Men and Monkeys, 185
— and Women, 226
Men of Science, 219
Mend ele Jeff's Law, 66
Mendelssohn, no, 115, 149, 150,
258, 261
" 'Men's work we have,' quoth
one, 'but we want them,' "
396
Mental and Physical, 69
— and Physical pabulum, 81
Mental Evolution in Animals, 4
Mental stomachs. Our, 310
— Suffering, 370
Men, The finest, 36
Meo, Gaetano, 114
Mercy, 307, 361
Meredith, George, 185, 186
Merian, Baron, 364
Mesopotamia, 288
Messiah, 22, 114, 116, 173, 259,
380
Metaphysics, 266
Meteorological Observatory,
282, 283
Metsu, 99, 100
Michael Angelo, 324
Michael, S., 224
Microbe of knowledge, 204
Microcosm, 309
Middleman of mind, 364
Middle way, The, 331
Mieris, van, 99
Mikado, The, 131
Militant, 374
Milk, 261, 285
Milk-Jug, Flies in the, 216
Milkman, 238
Millet, 259
Mills, Joanna, 364
Mind, 67, 68, 73
— and Matter, 74 et seq.
— ^An Open, 300
Minerva, 338
Miniature, Painting with mop,
94
Minimis, De, non curat lex,
209-11
— ■ — non curat Veritas, 299
Minimum, 209, 299
Minority and Majority, 290
Minus nothing, 316
Miracle of forming opinion, 163
— of nothings forming some-
thing, 210
Miracles, 335-7, 340
"Miraculous Draught of
Fishes," 276
Mischief, Professor of, 291
Mischievous devil, 226
Misery, 345
Misrepresentation, 366, 367,
369
Missionaries, 335
Missolonghi, 244
Mistakes, Memory and, 62, 63
— The Power to Make, y^
Mistress, The Happy, 231
Misunderstanding, Human, 229
Mixo-Lydian mode, 129
Mnemosyne, 358
Model, The, and the Lay-Fig-
ure, 136, 137
Index
421
Moderns and Ancients, 193
Modern Simony, 172
Modes, The ecclesiastical, 129
Modest competency. Vows of,
290
Modification, Descent with, 55
Moliere and his housemaid, 109
Money, 31, 36, 142, 221, 365
— an Art, 277
— and technique, 139
Money and the arts, 171, 172
— and words, 95
— ^Art and Relieion, 229
— Coins potential, 95
— difficulty, 371
doctor, 37
— easier made than kept, 141
— Health and Reputation, 37
—Tying up, 360
Monkey and stick, 49
Monkeys, Men and, 185
Mont S. Michel, 371
Monte-Carlo, 334
Monte Generoso, 270
Monteverde, 129
Month of heaven and month of
hell before birth, 289
Montreal, 269, 388
—A Psalm oi, 3, 4, 6, 379, 388
— The gospel of, 389
Montreuil-sur-Mer, 258
Moon, The Cuckoo and the, 337
Moor Park, 252
Moorhouse, William Sefton,
311. 312
Moral Government before man,
48
—guilt, 366
— influence, 81
Moral Merit, 366
— Responsibility, 317
— Try-Your-Strengths, 184
Morality, 358
— Absolute, is stagnation, 176
— and pleasure, 29
— Elementary, 24 et seq.
Morality, its foundation and su-
perstructure, 24
— The Christian, 25
Morell, Dr., Handel and, 115
Mores, 29
Moritz, St., 260
Moses, 224
Moszkowski, 132
Mother, My son's, 366
Mother's maid. My books', 366
Motion, 74, 76
Mountain, 336
Mount, God's, 341
Mouse-Ideas, Cat-Ideas and,
216
Mouse in the Milk-Jug, 216
Mozart, ill, 123, 126, 132, 252
M.S., My, 184, 187
Mudie, Mr., 202
Muller, 263
Multitude, 84, 310
Murder, 268, 269, 292, 317
Murray, Mr. John, 10
Museum. See British Museum
— of Natural History, Mont-
real, 388
Music, 4, II, 107, no et seq.,
129, 357. 392, 398
— Borrowing or appropriating,
299
^Chapters in, 130, 131
— DiflSculties in, 102
— Emotion, not notes, 96
— Handel and, no et seq.
— How to know whether you
are enjoying, 209
— On Borrowing in, 123 et
seq.
— Pictures and Books, On the
making of, 93 et seq.
— ^Rules for, 96, 97
— Untuning or entuning the sky,
165
— useless, 173
— Writing, 372
Musical Criticism, 123, 130
422
Index
Musician, Only a . professional,
unable to understand Handel,
115
Mustard-seed, 336
Mutton and sheep, 279
My work, 374-8
Myself, 183
— a disappointing person, 158
Myself and my books, 158 et
seq., 366
— and my publishers, 166
— and "Unconscious Humour,"
166
— in Dowfe's Shop, 240
— in love with beautiful young
lady, 284
— My grandfather and, 172,
173
— Nausicaa and, 193
— no special ability, no connec-
tions, 369
— Triibner and, 155 et seq.
— unpopular, 372
Mythology, The Christian, 348
Narcissus, 5, 112, 131, 176, 371,
Z77, 380, 392, 398
National Gallery, 243, 256
— Portrait Gallery, 5
Natural Selection, 289
Nature, 235
— Beauties of, 270
—does not run smooth, 143
— evasive, 226
— like Herbert Spencer, 138
— mediocre, 12
-^Putting salt on her tail,
137
— Sketching from, 137
— Studying from, 136
— Truths from, 138
—Touch of, 185
—The Unity of, 88, 89
— The Works of, 220
Nature's Double Falsehood,
301
Nausicaa, 194
— and Myself, 193
Nay, 295
Necessity, 72, 315, 321, 322
— Free-will and, 316 et seq.
Neglect, 366, 367
Negri, Cavaliere Avvocato, 270,
350
Nelson, 199
Neptune (the god), 254; (the
planet), 313
Nero, 365
Nerves, 79
— and Postmen, 85
New Ideas, 106
New Quarterly, 7, 251
New Testament, 338, 339
New Zealand, i, 8, 21, 39, 63,
99, 213, 250, 268, 270, 271,
283
Newland's Law, 66
Newman, Cardinal, 186, 187
Newspapers, 291, 292
Newton, Sir Isaac, 344, 345
Nice people, 391
Nicholas Nickleby, Telemachus
and, 193
Night, 315
Shirts and Babies, 85, 86
Nihilism, 219
Nihilo, Ex, nihil fit, 312, 314
Nile, The Battle ofthe, 278
Niobean folds, 269
Noise, Making, 373
Non-Ego, Ego and, 321
Non-living and living, 71
Non Omnis Moriar, 355
Nonsense, 72, 75, 328
— Humanitarian, 119
Norman fisherman, 36
"Not on sad Stygian shore,"
397
Note-Books of Samuel Butler,
The, Extracts from, in the
New Quarterly Review, 7
Notes, 363
Index
423
Notes, an author the worst per-
son to edit or even to write
his own, 215
— Making, 100, loi
— These, 261
Nothing, 310, 312, 314, 316
Notoriety, 373
Nuremberg, 258
Obliteration of the Past, 293
Obscurity, 366, 367
— after death, 291
Observation, 363
"O Critics, cultured Critics!"
391
Occasions Supreme, 268, 269
Octogenarian, 354
Gde for S. Cecilia's Day, 165
"Odour of defencefulness," 390
Odyssey, The, 5, 173, 192-9,
254, 277, 302, 369, 376-8,
380
— Homer's, 32
— Rendered into English Prose,
The, 6, 369
— The, and a Tomb at Carcas-
sonne, 198
— The, Bunyan and, 191
— The, a corpse to all who need
Lang's translation, 197
— The, written by a woman,
198
Offers of Marriage, 227
Oil and Water, 210
Old age, 66
Old Masters, The, and their
pupils, 135
Olympus, Mount, 345
Omission in art, 97, 100, loi
Omnibus, Studying faces in,
137
Omnipresence of Intelligence,
77
Omnium gatherum, 10
On the Making of Music, Pic-
tures and Books, 93 et seq.
Oneself, 357
Opera, At the, 131
— Grand, 131
— Italian, 131
Opinion, 335
—and matter, 80
— heredity or post-natal, 321
— Public, 108, 261
Opinion, The Art of propagat-
ing, 164
Opinions kept in the back-
ground, 294, 29s
Oppenheims, 239
Opposite, Its, lurks in every-
thing, 58, 59
Opposites, 76, 297
Oracle in Erewhon, 26
Orchestra, The world an, 134
Orchid, 305
Organic and inorganic, 19, yj-
80
Organism, Our, 86
Organs and Makeshifts, 20
— and tools. Analogies between,
375
—Our, 321, 336
Origin of Life, 48
Origin of Species, The, I, 8, 39-
41
Originality, 292
"Origine Siciliana dell' Odis-
sea," 5
Oropa, 282
Orphan, A born, 33
Orthodoxy, The Irreligion of,
350
Othello, Providence and, 223
Ourselves and the Clergy, 351
"Out, out into the night,"
393
Ova, spermatozoa and embryos
think almost identically, 16
Over-work, 26
Ovum, Impregnate, 54
"Owen John Pickard" (pseudo-
nym), 2
424
Index
"Owen William Bickersteth,"
his supposed brother, 2
Owl, Stuffed, 388
Oxford and Cambridge, 222
Oxygen, 77
Oystefj Who would want to
kiss an? 205
Pabulum, Mental and physical,
81
Padua, Ilium and, 195
Pagani's Restaurant, 7, 8
Pain, 345, 366
— felt by another, 295
Painter, The, an artist, not
merely a mirror, 143
Painter, The Moral, 235
Painter, The young, puzzling
him, 140
Painter's, A, Views on Paint-
ing, 13s et seq.
Painting, 107
— ^A Painter's Views on, 135
et seq.
— an epitomising of nature,
141
— and Association, 138
— emotion, not forms or col-
ours, 96
Painting, useless, 173
Palestine, The Return of the
Jews to, 239
Palestrina, 113
Pall Mall Magazine, 236
Pall Mall Gazette, The Homeric
Deity and the, 33
Pancras, St., bells, 246
Pandora, 170
Pangenesis, 70
Pantomime, 260
Pants, 389
Parables, The, 350
Paracca, Giovanni Antonio, 376,
378
Paralysis (Handel), 113, (Ma-
dame Patey), 114
Parrots, 259
Parry, John, 255
Parsee, A patient, 255
Parsifal, 123
Past, Future and, 220
— Society for Burial of the,
180
Pater, Walter, 184
Patey, Madame, 113, 114, 263
"Patiently," 290
Paul, S., 190, 316, 325
Pauli, Charles Paine, 2, 3, 6
Paul's, St., 70, 199, 267
Pea in boot, 349
Peace at the last, 361
— The, that passeth understand-
ing, 338
Pear's Soap, 209
Peas, Shelling, 343
Pecksniff, 393
Peculiar People, The, 337
Pedals or drones, 225
People, Nice, 391
— The Peculiar, 337
Permanent Success, Ephemeral
and, 180 et seq.
Persecution, 82
Perseus and Andromeda, 225
— and St. George, 222
Persistence, 315
Person, Myself a Disappoint-
ing, 158
Personal Identity, 60, 375
Personality, Double, 235
— The, of the Author, 107
Personified Science, 339
Peterborough, 250, 251
Petrie, Mr. Flinders, 370
Pharisaism, 20i
Philharmonic Concert, At a,
132
Philippians, 162
Phillips, Mr., 343
"Philosophic Dialogue on the
Origin of Species," i, 39-41
Philosophic mind, A truly, 46
Index
425
Philosopher, The, 169
Philosopher's Stone, 358
Philosophies, God and, 328
Philosophy, 327
— Common Sense and, 330
— Logic and, 329
"Philosophy of the Uncon-
scious," 3
Photographed, Why a lady gets,
163
Photographer in every bush,
214
Photographer's nature, 214
Photographs at Herculaneum,
230
— of people in shop-windows,
206
Photography, 4
Phrygian mode, 129
Physical and Spiritual, 96
— Excellence, 26
— Mental and, 69
— pabulum, Mental and, 81
Piano-playing unconsciously, 53
— Well-tuned, 300
Piccolomini, 282
Pickwick, Mr., Hamlet, Don
Quixote and, 217
Picture, 396
Pictures, 357
Pictures, On the making of Mu-
sic, Books and, 93 et seq.
— Rules for, 96, g?
Pienza, 282, 283
Pigs, 252
Pilate, 307
Pilgrim's Progress, The, 188 et
^eq., 193. 202
Pinturicchio, 275
Piora, 272, 273
Pipe, Tobacco, 47
Pitt Press, 385
Planets, 313
Plants, Introduction of Foreign,
281
Plants, understanding, 77
Plato, 150, i86
Piatt, Mr. Arthur, 195, 377
Play, 396
Pleasure, 345
— Morality and, 29
Pleasure, On Knowing What
Gives, 154, 207-9, 331
—With, n8
Plot, 131
Plover, 305, 306
Plus nothing, 316
Podging, 264
Poem, A rhymed, should not
exceed a sonnet in length,
192
Poems, 379 et seq.
Poetry, 192, 193, 266
— better kept short, 197
Poets, The, 225
Poggibonsi, 275, 276
Pogni, Ulisse, 275
Poins, 178
Point, Gaining one's, 348
Points of View, Two, 297
Pollaiuolo, School of, 146
Pomposities of virtue, 28
Pontifex, Alethea and Miss
Savage, 2
— Ernest, 115
Poor, 306 316
Pope, The, 260
Populus Vult, 184
Porpoise, The Contented, 231
Portland Road, 251
Portraits, 107
Portraits of S. Butler, 3, 5
Position, The, of a Homo Unius
Libri, 155 et seq.
Possessing one's soul in peace,
361
Post Office, 286
— in Rome, 262
Postmen, nerves and, 85
Posterity, 362
Posthumous Honours, 367
—Life, 360, 363
426
Index
Posthumous Recognition, 367
Pot-boiler, The Complete, 230
Potato-shoot, 54
Poverty, 225, 315
Power, Knowledge is, 102
— Literary, 108
— to make mistakes, JJ
Praise, 397
Prayer, 212-14
— The Lord's 349
"Prayer," A, 395
Prayer-book, 251
Prayers, Family, 2, 230
— How I shed mine, 213
Praying for rain, 326
Preachers, Street, 222
Preface to Vol. II (of Note-
Books), 215
Pre-lethal life, 363
Preparation for death, 362
Prescription, Eating doctor's,
311
Press, The, N.Z., i, 2, 8, 39-41
Pretending to know things one
does not, stupid, 209
Priest and his breviary, 136
Priests, 38, 334
"Priests' Bargain," The, 236
Priests of art, 124
Priggishness, 35
Prigs, 35
Prigs and Blackguards, 230
Primitive Methodist Chapel,
341
Prince, Jones's cat, 153
Principles, First, 309 et seq.,
330, 331
Probate, 339
Procreation, Wilful, 289
Profane Statues, Sacred and,
139
Professionals, Amateurs and.
Programme, Descriptive, 380
Progress, a desire to live beyond
one's income, I2
Projected sequel to Alps and
Sanctuaries, Material for a,
259 et seq.
Promontogno, 264
Prophets, Gods and, 333
Prophets, stoning them, 157,
201
Property, 309
Proposing, The art of, 289
Prose, 193, 264
— Poetical, 197
— Translations from verse into,
197
Proselyte, 82
Proselytising, eating and, 81
Protoplasm, 58
— and Reproduction, 69
— Viscid, 69, 70
Providence, 322
— and Improvidence, 223
— and Othello, 223
— Genius and, 180
— Tempting, 99
Proverbi Toscani, 379
Proverbs, The, 201, 203
Psalmist, The, 27, 212
"Psalm of Montreal," A, 3, 4,
6, 379. 388
Psalm, A penitential, 230
Psalms, The, 202
Public, Catering for the, 372
— ear. The, 162
— Handel and the British, 113
— Hoodwinking the, 162
—life, 367
— My, a declining one, 369
— opinion, 108, 261
— Wooing the, 371
Publisher, 364
Publishers' antechambers dis-
tasteful, 373
Publishers, Myself and my, 166
Publishing at my own risk, 373
Pulling strings, 396
Punch, 208
Punishment, 343
Index
427
Punishments, Rewards and, 362
Pupils, 173
Pupils, The old masters and
their, 135
Purcell, 122, 127, 128, 188
Purgatory, 219
Purse, Atrophy of the, 231
Purses, Things and, 224
Puzzled atoms, 84
Puzzled to death, 206
Quails, 307
Quarrelling, The art of, 229
Queen, The, 316
— of Heaven, The, 334
Quick people, 294
Quick, The, and the dead, 279
Quickly, Mrs., 264
Quickness in seeing, 139
"Quis Desiderio^ ?" 166
Quixote, Don, Hamlet, Mr.
Pickwick and, 217
RaccoUa di Proverhi Toscani,
379
Race, The, and the individual,
IS
Rachel, Madame, 184
Raffaelle, 256, 257, 324
— the Ansidei, 145 et seq.
Railway, Line of, The last six
inches of a, 380
Rain, 326
Rain-drops of new experience,
62
Rain, Handel's shower of, 120
Rakaia, 288
"Ramblings in Cheapside," 261
Rangitata, 268, 288
Rape of Lucrece, The, 192
Rapson, Mr. E. J., 165
Rarity, 365
Rassegna della Letteratura Sict-
liana, 5
Rattlesnake, An intellectual,
268
Ravens, 253
Reading aloud what I write,
109
Reading and Writing, 328
Real Blasphemy, 341
Reason, 315
— Common Sense, and Faith,
328
— and Faith, 171
—Faith and, 333
Rebelliousness, 332 et seq.
Recognition, Posthumous, 367
Reconciliation, 346 et seq..
"Reconciliation, A step to-
wards," 8, 376
Record Office, 237
Records and Memorials -col-
lected by R. A. Streatfeild, 6
Rectory, 334
Reflection, 344
Reflex Action, 90, 344
Refreshment, Sense of, 17
Regret, 348
Relative Importances, 97, 100
Relative minor, 226, 260
Relaxation of effort, 17
Religion, 35, 329, 346, 347
— Science and, 36
— Women and, 228
Religious light. The dim, 338
Rembrandt, 107, 149, 151-3, 173,
179, 235. 357
— Buymg a, 151
Remembering, 63
Remembrance after death, 360,
361, 367. 369
Renan, 337
Rent, Pay me my, 391
Repentance, The Academic Sys-
tem and, 13s
Reproduction ad infinitum, 54
— and Memory, 59
— the discontent of the germs
inside the parents, 16
Reproduction, Protoplasm and,
69
428
Index
Reproductive system, 68
Reputation, 217, 370, 372
—A lasting, 155
— Cheap, 247
— Money and Health, 37
— Shade, Colour and, i'38
Requiem^ Mozart's, 123
Reserve between parents and
children, 31
Responsibility, Moral, 317
Rest, 17, 315
Resurrection, 324
Resurrection of Jesus Christ,
The Evidence for the, 2, 6
Retirement, 371, 372
Retribution, Forgiveness and,
349
Return of the Jews to Pales-
tine, 239
Revenge, Gratitude and, 340-1
Reversion, My, 4, 61
— Selling a, 229
Reversion to ancestors, 66
Reviewers, 156, 196
Reward, Ten shillings, 341
Rewards and punishments,
362
Rhodes, Cecil, 367
Rhythm and memory, 58
Rhythms, 68, 71, 73
Riches, 315
Rickmansworth, 252
Rift, The little, within the lute,
16
"Righteous Man," The, 304, 316,
380, 390
Righteousness, 200 et seq.
River of Death, 358
Memory, 358
Robbery, 309
Roberts, Mr. Arthur, 132
Robinson Crusoe, 202
Rockstro, W. S., 5, 128, 250-2
Roman Catholic, 342
Roman Emperor, The, 213
Roman Emperors, 325
Roman Empire, The, 206,
207
Romanes, G. J., 4
Romans, The, 200-4, 338
Rome, 262
— Church of, 338
Rosherville Gardens, 260
Rothschilds, 52, 239
Royal Academy Exhibition, 3,
276
Rubens, 230
Rudimentary organs in ma-
chines, 47
Rules for making Literature,
Music and Pictures, 96, 97
— for tuning the harpsichord,
Handel's, 128
—of Life, The, 11, 351, 352
Run smooth, Nature does not,
193
Sacer, The Vates, 363-5
Sack of Khartoum, 244
Sacred and Profane Statues,
139
Sacro Monte, Varallo-Sesia, 5
Varese, 198, 260
Sailor, 311
— ^Archdeacon Farrar not an ex-
cellent, 213
— Boy and Chickens, 245
Saints, 211, 212
Sales of my books. Analysis of,
368, 369
Salt, Putting, on Nature's tail,
137
Samson, 180
"Samuel Butler," an article by
R. A. Streatfeild, in the
Monthly Review, 6
— an Obituary Notice by H. F.
Jones in the Eagle, 6
Samuel Butler: Author of Ere-
whon, A Paper read before
the British Association of
Homoeopathy, 7
Index
429
Samuel Butler: Author of Ere-
whon, A Paper read be-
fore the Historical Society
of St. John's College, Cam-
bridge, 7
Samuel Butler, "Brother, I am
much pleased with," 387
Samuel Butler: Records and
Memorials collected by R. A.
Streatfeild, 6
Sanctified by Faith, 351
Sano di Pietro, 281
Sans souci of indifference,
357
Santa FamigUa, A, with clothes
drying, 86
"Santo Diavolo," 274
Satan, 251
Saul. 65, 133
Saul in the cave, 214
Sausages, 120, 269
Savage, Miss Eliza Mary Ann,
2, 4
Savoyard, A melancholy, 88
Saxony, 128
Scaffolding, Words a, 94
Scarlatti Domenico, in, 112,
126
Scarlet fever, 64
Scartazzini, Signor, 266
Scheria, 5, 350, 370
Schliemann, 370
Schoolmasters, Earnest, 230
Schubert, 133
Schumann, 209
Science, 159, 324, 329, 333
— and Business, 217
— and Religion, 36
— and Theology, 340
— Men of, 219
— Personified, 339
—The Enfant Terrible of Lit-
erature and, 183
Scientific Terminology, 218
Scientists and Drapers, 218
Scotchman at Boulogne, 252
Scott, Mr. R. F., Master of St.
John's College, Cambridge,
7
Scylla and Charybdis, 326, 327
Scylla's cave of scientific ter-
minology, 218
Sea-sick, 254, 255
Sea-sickness, 82
"Searcher of Souls, you who in
heaven abide," 395
Secular thinking, 163
Seed, 363
Seeds, 361
Seeing, 139
— colour, 141 et seq.
— Painting depends on, 139
— Quickness in, 139
Segni, 273
Seigel's Syrup, Mother, 296
Self, 85
Self-confidence, 225
Self-indulgence, Intellectual, 27
Selfishness, 348, 349
Selections from Previous Works.
etc., 4, 368, 380
Selinunte, 194
Sells, What, a book, 161
Senate House, 385
Sensations, 60
Sense, 331
— of need. My reviewers', 196
— of Touch, The, 230
— The Voice of Common, 348
Senses, The link between mat-
ter and mind, 86
Sensible Men, 228
Sensitiveness to newspapers,
291
Sentiment, 329
Separation, 228
— Judicious, 230
— of relations, 32
— Union and, 83
Sequel to Alps and Sanctuaries,
Material for a Projected, 259
et seq.
430
Index
Seriously, Taking life and death
too, 357
Sermon preached by two people,
296
SermonSj Unprofessional, 200 et
seq.
Serpent, A single, 84
Serpentine, Ducks on the, 63
Servants, 89
Sesia, Val, 280
Settlement in the steps of the
Union Bank, 87
Seven Sonnets and a Psalm of
Montreal, 6, 380
Sex, 226
Sexual Matters, 30
Shade, Colour and Reputation,
138
— Light and, 140
Shadows, Our ideas, 94, 95
Shakespeare, 13, 14, 28, 30, 107,
114, 156, 161, 174, 178, 179,
192, 342, 343, 357, 363, 378, 397
Shakespeare, Handel and, ii4
— My Father and, 183
Shakespeare's Sonnets Recon-
sidered, 6, 369, 377, 382, 383
Shakespearean Words, 268, 269
Sham Art and Great Art, 137
Shan States, 381
Sharp, Virtue tunes herself, 27
Shaw, Mr. George Bernard, 7
She-bear, 390
Shepherdness, China with lamb,
230
Shepherds, 23, 398
Shield of Achilles, The, 379, 385
Shocks, 60
Shopkeeper, The Artist and the,
169
Shoolbred's, 218
Shortening, loi
"Should Riches mate with
Love?" 176
Shrewsbury, i, 3, 5, 342, 343
Sicilian Origin of the Odyssey, 5
Sicily, 5, 7, 273, 274
Sickness, 82
Siddons, Mrs. 270
Siena, 281
— and S. Gimignano, 274-6
Silenus, 230
Silvio, 264-7
Similarity, 55
Simony, Modern, 172
Simplification, 97
Simpson, 198
Sin, 395
— ^A Mountain, 29
Sinai, 307
Sincerity, 154, 340
— a low virtue, 162
Singapore, 381
Sins, My secret, 395
— ^that are worth committing,
II
Sisto, Madonna di S., 257
Sisyphus, 344, 355
Sitting quiet after eating, 82
Sixpence, The Jubilee, 136
Skeleton in Cupboard, 315
Sketch-Books, Literary, 237
Sketches, Written, 237 et seq.
Sketching from nature; 137
Skin, dropping off, 88, 89
— of one's teeth, 169
Slade, Mr., 288
Sleep and death, 25
Sleeper, 396
Sleeping Beauties, 116
Slipshod thinkers, 350
Small things, 308
Smalley, Mr., Rector of Bays-
water, no
Smith, 386
— ^and the Rangitata, 268
— Mrs., 316
Snails, slugs and superstitions,
II
Snakes, Poisonous, 392
Snap-shots, 372
Snap-shotting a bishop, 254
Index
431
Snap-shotting Archdeacon Far-
rar, 213
Snipe, 226
So-and-so, Mrs., 347
Societies, The Learned, moult-
ing yearly medals, 206
Society and Christianity, 350,
351
— for the Prevention of Cruelty
to Animals, 206
— for the Suppression of Use-
less Knowledge, 293
— of Authors, 373
Soglio, 264, 265
Solario, Andrea, 149
Solicitor, Handel and a letter to
a, 119
— The Family, 392
— Wound in the, serious, 91
Solicitors, 37
Solomon in all his glory, 224
— The Song of, 201
"Something," 63
Something out of nothing, 57,
310, 312, 314, 346
Son of Man, 348
—My, 366
Songs without Words, no, 149
Sonnet, Rhymed poem should
not exceed in length, 192
Sonnets, 383
— Shakespeare's, Reconsidered,
6, 369, 382, 383
Sorrow within sorrow, 228
Soul, 76
Souls and Books, 95
—Transmigration of, 357, 358
Sound and silence, 328
Soup, 269
Source, The Great Unknown,
352
South Sea Islanders, 207
Sovereigns in the street, 375"^
Sparks, 219
Speaking voice, Handel and the,
117
Specialism and Generalism,
222
Spectator, 3, 161, 380
Speculation, 229
— ^An Astronomical, 232
Spencer, Herbert, 138, 230
Spenlow and Jorkins, 334
Spermatozoa, 16, 17
Spider, 305, 306
Spiritual, Physical and, 96
— Treadmill, 338
Spoiled Tarts, 9
Spontaneity, 319, 323
Spontaneous Generation, 323
Sports, 16
Spurgeon, Mr., 388, 389
Squandering, 13
Squaring accounts, 160, 161
— the account and Karma, 15
Stagnation, 29
Stars ahead of and behind us,
232, 233
Starting again ad infinitum,
361, 362
Statical, 67, 68
Statues, Sacred and 'profane,
139
Stead, Mr., 190
Stealing (Music), 122
Steamboat, 229
Steam Engine, 325
Steam Engines, A fertile union
between two, 46
Steps in ice, 312
Sterility of hybrids, 66
Stevens, Alfred, 199
Stevenson, R. L., 187
Still-born on reaching birth,
361
Stomach, 82, 310
— Our mental, 310
Stone, vivo, 279
Stop, I had better, 378
— Where to, 138
Stories, Unwritten articles, es-
says, 229
432
Index
"Stowed away in a' Montreal
lumber-room," 388
Strad, 241
Straightforwardness, 352
Strand, The, 237
Strange flesh, 30
Street preachejs, 222
— The Man iri the, 121
Streatfeild, Mr. R. A., 6, 7, 8,
40
String and Knife, 21
Struldbrugs, Literary, 229
Studied Ambiguity, 290
Study, Action and, 139
— and Research, 375
Studying from nature, 136
Stuff, 68
Stygian shore, 397
Style, 107, 186, 187
Subdivisible matter, 82
Subject and Treatment, 108
— Choice of, 105
Subjects, Familiar, 277
— Titles and, 229 et seq.
Sub-vicious, 25
Substance, 67-9
— An eternal, unchangeable, un-
derlying, 75
—The Universal, 67, 68
Success, Bored by, 371
— Capping a, 156
— Ephemeral and Permanent,
180 et seq.
— Financial, 373
— My own, 157
Successors, Who will be man's,
44
Suffering, Mental, 370
Sugar, 178
Suicide, 232
Suite de Piices, loi
Sullivan, Sir Arthur, 128, 130
Summer, 315
Sun, 309
Sunday morning chapel, 387
Sunday Times, The, 186
Sunday Walks, 341
Supernatural, The Church and
the, 340
Super-Organic Kingdom, The,
78
Superstition, 346
Superstitions, Life, Snails and
slugs, II
Superstitious Foundations, 309
Supply, 315
Suppressio Veri, 140
Supreme Occasions, 268, 269
Susanna, 120
Swede, An impulsive, 243
Swell, A; all round, 36
Swells, 35
Swift, Dean, 191
Swindling, 341
Switzerland, 342
Symbols, 346
Symphony for Part II of Nar-
cissus, 380, 392
Sykes, at Cambridge, no
Tabachetti, 5, 376
Tabard, The, 262
Tabulae rasae, 357
— scriptae, 357
Tadpoles, 55
Talk, perhaps originally con-
fined to scholars, 94
Tantalus, 343, 344, 355
Technical Knowledge, College
of, 221
Technique, Money and, 139
Tedder, Mr., Librarian of the
Athenaeum Club, 173
Teeth, 356
Teetotaller, 361
Telemachus, 32
— and Nicholas Nickleby, 193
Teleology, 66
Temperament, Equal, 112
and Philosophy, 327
— Mean tone, 128
Tempting Providence, 99
Index
433
Tennyson, 183, 188, 195, 240,
343
— would have spoiled Handel's
music, 115
Terbourg, 243
Terminology, Scientific, 218
Terseness, 100 ,
Tersifying, loi
Test, A Literary man's, 109
— of Faith, 360, 361
Testament, The New, 338, 339
—The Old, 201
Testimony, 324
Thackeray, 178, 188
That-way-and-it-isn'tness, 226
The Enfant Terrible of Litera-
ture, 183
The Germs of Erewhon and of
Life and Habit, 39-55
The Life after Death, Three
Sonnets, 383, 384, 397, 398
The Life of the World to Come,
360 et seq.
The Position of a Homo Unius
Libri, 155 et seq.
The Righteous Man, 304, 380,
390
"The righteous man will rob
none but the defenceless,"
390
Thebes, 230
Theist, 316
— and Atheist, 337
Theodora, 117, 118
Theodora and Susanna, 120
Theology, Science and, 340
Theories, Forming and discard-
ing, 377
"There doth great Handel live,
imperious still," 397
Thieves falling out, 292
Things and purses, 224
—Great, 179
Thinking, 73
—Secular, 163
This-way-and-it-isness, 226
Thomas, Miss Bertha, 274
Thought, 67, 68
— and Word, 93
— ^without words, 93
Thoughts, My, 216
Three hundred a year "deaden-
ing," 34
Three-score years and ten of
immortality, 14
Ticinesi, 350
Tilbrook, Revd. S., 364
Time, 219
— and Life, Accidents of, 358
— heals wounds, 359
— past, present and future, 67
Times, The, 123, 166, 185, 186,
223, 237
Timon of Athens (Purcell's) 122
Tinkering a sonnet, 383
Tintoretto, 256
Titian, 135, 152
Title, Requisitions on, 309, 310
Titles and Subjects, 229 et seq.
Titus Andronicus, 156
Tobacco, Crumb of, 251
—pipe, 47
— plant, 267
Tobacconist, My, 165
Tom Jones, 202
Tom Jones, 364
Tonic, 226, 260
Too much. What is? 103
Tool, 321
Tool-box, 18, 19, 23, 86, 321
Tools, 18-20, 22, 232
— and Organs, Analogies be-
tween, 375
Tooth-ache, 370
Torture of Death, The, 355, 356
Touch of Nature, One, 185
— The Sense of, 230
Touches, Inarticulate, 137
Trade, Art and, 170, 171
Tragic Expression, 269, 270
Trail and Writing, 96
Train and Hedge, 21
434
Index
Train not moving, 311
Translating the Odyssey, 197
Translation, a dislocation, 198
— ^A {Martin Chuzslewit) , 393
— from an Unpublished Work
of Herodotus, 379, 384
Translations, 94
— from verse into prose, 197
Transmigration of souls, 357,
358
Traponese Origin of the Odys-
sey, On the, 5
Trapani, 5, 199, 376
— and Gadshill, 193, 194
Treadmill, The Spiritual, 338
Treatment, Subject and, 108
Treaty, Secret with oneself,
209
Tregaskis, Mr., 40
Trespasses, 340
Trinity Hall, 253
Triumph of Time and Truth,
116
Trubner and Myself, 155 et seq.
Truisms, 331
Trumpington Road, 385
Trunk, Packing our, 100
Truth, 292, 297-303, 307, 352
— ^Absolute, 310
Pretty safe from, 59
— and Convenience, 297 et seq.
— Guesses at, 347
Tellers, Professional, 222
Truths from nature, 138
Troad, The, 5, 283-7
Trojan War, 260
Trouble-saving, 302
Troy, 370
Trying to Know, 160
^make myself like things,
209
Try-your-strengths, Moral, 184
Tub, 384
Tuke, Mr. H. S., a^r.a., 243
Tune, It is a wise tune that
knows its own father, 122
Tuning Death flatter, 358
— Handel's Rules for, 128
— Virtue sharp, 27
Turk, The, and marriage, 285
Turnpikes, 342
Twelve VoUintaries and Fugues
by the celebrated Mr. Handel,
128
Two Deans, The, 379, 387
Two Incomprehensibles, 323,
324
Two Writers, 235
Tylor, Mr. Alfred, 158
Tyndall, 232
Types of humanity, rich and
poor, SI, 52
"Tyrants now no more shall
dread," 118
Ulysses, 6, 122, 377
Ulysses, 32, 194, 19s, 199, 335
— and Penelope, 198
Umbrella, 51
Unburying Cities, 370
Uncle Tom's Cabin, 265
Unconscious, The Philosophy
of the, 3
— Theory of the, S9
— action, 53 et seq.
— association, 65
— humour and Dickens, 32
Myself and, 166
— ^memory, 59
Unconscious Memory, 3, 7, 8,
39, 42, 66, 368, 375
Understanding, 73
— The peace that passeth, 338
Undertakings, Abandoned, 96
Unimaginative, The, are as chil-
dren, 307
Union and Separation, 83
—Bank, The, 87, 88
Unity, 310
— and multitude, 84
—of nature. The, 88, 89
Universe, The, 314
Index
435
Universe, The, the only true
atom, 84
Universal Review, 5, 6, 166, 181,
261, 369, 376
Universal substance, The, 67,
68
Universities, 292, 293, 335
University Calendar, 293
Unknown, Giod and the, 324-6
Unlucky, Lucky and, 220
Unorthodox, 374
Unpopular, Myself, 372
Unprofessional Sermons, 200 et
seq.
Unrest, 315
Unseen Kingdom, 320
—World, II, 168, 320, 347
Untuning the sky, 165
Unwritten law. The, 95
Usefulness, Art and, 173, 174
Useless knowledge, 293
Val Bregaglia, 264
— Leventina, 350
— Sesia, 280
Valentine, 85
Values, 290
Vanity of human wishes, 219
"Vanquished slaves," 119
Varallo-Sesia, 4, 5, 7, 198, 274,
280
Varese, 260
Vates Sacer, The, 363-5
Veal and calf, 279
Vegetarian, 361
Velasquez, 153, 179
Venice, 274
Venus and Adonis, 192
"Venus laughing from the
skies," 117, 118
Venus, Transits of, 232
"Verdi prati," 267
Veritas, De minimis non curat,
299 , .
Verrocchio, 140
Verse, 192, i93
Verse into prose. Translations
from, 197
— ^poetry and prose, 193
Vesuvius, 343
Viale at Pienza, The, 282
Vibrations, 58, 66 et seq.
Vice, 352
— and Virtue, 27, 28
Vices of meanness, 34
Victims, man remains on
friendly terms with his, 82
Vien Tiane, 381
View, Two points of, 297
Views on Painting, A Painter's,
13s et seq.
Vinci, Leonardo da, 257, 376,
378
Violin, 325
maker, Furber the, 241,
242
practising, 270
Virgil, 150, 183, 361
Virtue, 25, 352
— The meannesses of, 34
— The wages of, 289
— Vice and, 27, 28
Virtuous and Idle Apprentices,
326
— Life, My, 28, 29
Viscidity of protoplasm, 69, 70
Viscosity, 58
Vittorio Emanuele II, 270
Vivisection, 390
"Voi che sapete," 252
Voice of Common Sense, 348
the Lord, 348
Volcano, The arctic, 179
Volition, 73
Volterra, 276-9
Vows of modest competency,
290
"Vuaitee," 350
Vult, Populus, 184
Wages, The, of birth, 289
— — — virtue, 289
436
Index
"Wait till the clouds roll by,"
260
"Waitee," Jutland and, 350
Waiting to be hired, 194
Walks in the Regions of Sci-
ence and Faith, 31
Walks, Sunday, 341
Wallace, Mr. A. R., 375
Wandering, 225
Wanted, a Society, 180
Wants and Creeds, 336
War against machines, 46
Wardour Street, 229
Waste, 114
paper baskets. Mental, 216
Washing-up, 99
Wasps, 81
Watch, an intelligent creature,
44
chain, 286
— mending with pickaxe, 94
Water, Channel for, 348
colour drawings, 8
dipper, 20
Watson, Hon. Mrs., 32
Watts, 152
Way of all Flesh, The, 6, 7, 115,
153. 364. 369. 377
"Weakness is utter," 316, 390
Weather, The, 294
Weismann and the germ being
the proper starting-point, 16
"Welcome, welcome, mighty
King," 120
Wellington (Duke), 199
— N.Z., Bishop of, 40
Wespin, Jean de, 376
Westminster Abbey, 199, 290
Wetterhorn, Handel and the,
118
"We were two lovers standing
sadly by," 395
"What is't to live if not to
pull the strings," 396
"While now without measure,"
H7
Whistling Handel, 65
Whitman, Walt, 179
"Who paints a picture, writes
a play or book," 396
"Why," 57
"Why?" 327
Widow, 391
Wife of Bath, The, 262
Wife, My, 249
Wilful procreation, 289
Will, Reconstructing, 392
Wind Concerts, At the, 133
Window-cleaning, 242
Winter, 315
Wisdom, 169, 172, 176, 203, 223
— and Foolishness, 168
— from the West, 284
— ^Worldly, 290, 291
"Wise men flattering," 117,
118
Wishes, The vanity of human,
219
Wit, 365
— No professor of, 221
"With darkness deep," 121
"With their vain mysterious
art," 117, 118
Woman, 226
Womanish men, 334
Woman's suffrage, 227
—religion, 334
Womb, 292
Women, 226, 227
— and religion, 228
Wood, Mr. H. J. T., 7
Woodsia, 271, 272
Wooing the public, 371
Word, Thought and, 93
Wordist, A great, 144
Words, 301, 330
— a scaffolding, 94
— and Colour, 144
feelings, 79
ideas, 65
—juggles, 95
— ^like money, 95
Index
437
Words, organised thought, 93
Wordsworth, 186
— only a poet, not a musician,
116
Work, Ancient, 193
— and the body, 21-3
— Men's, 396
—My, 374-8
— Our, looking to see where it
is wrong, 140
— Poetical, the less a man cre-
ates, the better, 143
— ^to last must be good, 14
Working classes, 335
— Men's College, 5, 56, 204
World, The, 35, 328, 348, 365
a gambling table, 12
and genius, 12
and the individual, 12
governed by self-interest,
12
not wise, 12
of the unborn, 16
pervaded by come-and-go,
14
spiritual and the physical,
174
Unseen, 168, 320, 347
— This masks a greater, 176
— ^to come. The life of the, 360
et seq.
Worldly wisdom, 290, 291
Worlds, Imaginary, 232
Worlds, Two, 24, 25
Worms, 398
Worsley, Mr. Reginald E., 241,
242, 250 /
Worth Doing, 369
Wound in the solicitor, 91
Wounds, Scars of old, 370, 371
Wrangling, 331
Wrath to come, 270
Writer, 247
—A young, 363
Writing for a hundred years
hence, 109
— slowly, 27
— and trail, 96
— unconsciously, 53
Writs of our thoughts, 320
Written sketches, 237 et seq.
"X.Y.Z." (pseudonym), 304,
380
Yankee Handelian, A, 114
Yea, 295
Young, Advice to the, 34
Young people, 30
Youth, The gauntlet of, 108
Ypres, The Two Barristers at,
2S5-8
Zeus, 386
Zoological Gardens, 243, 254
THE END